■^^:i -

lllfe

^i-i

ytMiw

'■'^fy?:/'-* ■:"

■m^'-..

.^'wM

wwmwMkm

f^m

.'mj^Fa

.,*',>•!

'. I.;

mMM.

p/V' *• X''..

$1 ^

'Si

MMk

■.mt.-'^

.?■>•■ *isgs<

i'--,.«*''

Vr'*-

i^-v

i,

r&t

tf

#>••"

fci^

?. V '

arf"^

vVr'i

7.-r ;

• >-'f/^

«'■•.

K*

■^^-^E

^^.'^i-

sf^-

»

r^-, .. >

f. A

Ih '

■ • 4

P 'V*

fc?1V'

'«> .

!-.•

• *

S:?^*

' ■ ,

^**<"

?:.v^-»^v

v-'4^

1'. .? .

!**!&

^.?r-

.lil'!'^;

L.M.B.C. REPORTS. No. Ill

THE THIRD VOLUME OF REPOIITS

UPON THE

FAUNA OF LIVERPOOL BAY

AND THE

NEIGHBOURING SEAS,

WRITTEN BY THE MEMBERS OF THE

LIVEKPOOL MAEINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE,

AND OTHER NATURALISTS,

AND EDITED BY

W. A. HERDMAN, D.Sa, F.R.S.,

PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

WITH TWENTY-THREE PLATES AND A CHART.

PRINTED FOR THE

LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMJMITTEE,
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL;

UY

THOMAS DOBB & CO.,
LIVERPOOL.

1892.

i

Contents.

Introduction. By Professor Herdman, D.Sc P li s

Thibd Annual Report of the Liverpoot: Marinf
Biological Station on Puffin Island (w.th Chart
and Cuts). By Professor Herdman. .. ppl_48

Effort ON the Land Mollusca of Puffin Island.
Ijy Alfred Leicester ,

Third Report upon the Nudibranchiata op the
L.M.B.C. District (with Plates, VI— IX) Bv
Prof. W. A. Herdman and J. A. Clubb, pp 131-169

Third Report on the Poeifera of the L M B C
District (with Plates X-XV). By R. Hanitsch;

T3 '■• ••■ pp.192— 238

Report on the Higher Crustacea of Liverpool Bay
FOB 1889 (With Plate XVI). By Alfred 0. Walker,

Tjr » ■■■ '•• ••• ••• PP- 239—251

Fourth Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine

Biological Station on Puffin Island (with Cuts

and Table). By Prof. Herdman. ppl-54

Notes .on the Foraminifera from the Meesei' By

^ ^-^'ISeSS.... ... ,..pp,gg_e.,

iNOTES ON Gucumaria planci (with Plate I). Bv H C

Chadwick. ... "n^, \]

-p- ^ ■■■ •••pp. 63—64

REVISED List of the Marine Algjs of the L M B C
District (with Plates II-V). By R. J. Harvey
Gibson, F.L.S. ... ... ... pp. 05-125

Report on the Polych.etous Annelids of the
L.M.B.C. District (with Plates XIII -XV) Bv

James Hornell pp. 126-171

Fifth Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine
Biological Station on Puffin Island (with Cuts)
By Prof Herdman. ... pp. i_3o

4 70

IV. - CONTENTS.

Notes on the Structure of Oikopleura (with Plates
I_IV). By Prof. Herdman pp. 31—47

Kecord of Hydroida from the Isle of Man. By G.
W.Wood, F.I.C pp. 48— 49

Eevised Keport on Podophthalmata and Cumacea.
By A. 0. Walker, F.L.S pp. 50—58

Supplementary Keport upon the Testaceous Mol-
LUSCA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. By the late
Francis Archer, B. A pp. 59 — 75

Corrections.

In Third Annual Eeport &c., p. 27, line 6 from foot, for
Swammerdamii read vedlomensis.
Do. do. p. 37, line 8 from top,

D. hradyi may = D. sjiinosa.
In Third Report on Porifera, p. 228, line 8 from foot, the
" prionorrhabds " belong to Sijcaudra.
In Fourth Annual Report &c , p. 10 middle, delete
Sertularella tenella.
Do. do. p. 19, hne 7 from foot,

delete Leda permda.
Do. do. p. 29, line 4 from foot,

delete Chiton discrepans.
In Revised List of Marine Algae, Plates, for PI. 34 read
PL III.
Do. p. 94, Footnote, read Vol. XXVIII.

Do. p. 112, line 5 from top, for 29 read 22.

Do. do. line 6 from foot, for 42 read 45.

Do. p. 114, line 6 fiom top, for 39 read 40.

Do. p. 122, hne 14 from foot, for 90 read 89.

Do. p. 125, add at end : —

Fig. 10. Isolated central cell, X 450.
Fig. 11. Striation on walls of intercellular canal, X450.

INTKODUCTION. ^<j2JS>-^

'-.:A

i

Three years elapsed l)etween the publication of the first
(1886) and of the second (1889) volumes of L.M.B.C.
Eeports, and now after a further interval of three years
this third volume is issued. As in the case of vol. II, all
the papers in the present volume have been read before
the Liverpool Biological Society ; and the L.M.B.C. have
to thank the Council of that Society for the necessary
permission to print off extra sheets of those papers in the
" Transactions " which deal with the Fauna and Flora of
Liverpool Bay. The duplication in the numbering of
pages and plates, due to the fact that the reprints have
been taken from separate volumes of Transactions, need
not cause any difficulty or confusion if authors having
occasion to quote from the work will kindly give the title
of the article as well as of the volume : e.g., the new sponge
described by Dr. Hanitsch as Leucaltis impressa may be
referred to under "Fauna of Liverpool Bay, vol. Ill,
Third Keport on Porifera, p. 234."

The L.M.B.C. desire once more to place on record their
grateful appreciation of the assistance and encouragement
which they have received from various friends in Liver-
pool and the neighbourhood. The Liverpool Salvage
Association have been especially helpful in placing at the
service of the Committee their useful steamer the
'* Hyaena," thus facilitating the exploration of the more
distant parts of the district.

The most notable event in the L.M.B.C. work of the
last three years is the transfer of the Marine Biological
Station from Puffin Island to the Isle of Man. The Puffin
Island Station has been of great service to the Committee

VI. L.M.B.C. REPORT III.

during the past five years, and has been well worth the
small annual expenditure required for its modest outfit ; but
it has been felt for the last j^ear or so that a station at some
place more readily accessible from Liverpool and with hotel
or lodging accommodation obtainable on the spot, would
enable their members to do more work, and al?o be of
more use both to students and to investigators. Also it
w^as becoming evident tliat after five years work upon the
very limited ground presented by the shores of the small
island tlie greater number of the plants and animals had
been collected and examined, and that a change to a new
locality with a rich fauna and a more extended line of
coast would yield increased material for faunistic work ;
and so after a careful consideration of various sites, Port
Erin at the South end of the Isle of Man, was chosen as
the best available place. It is not necessary now to give
any further details, as this is rather the closing of the
Puffin Id. record than any account of the work at the new
laboratory, and as a full description of the Port Erin
Station and its surroundings will be given in the next
L.M.B.C. annual report. It is sufficient to state that the
new Biological Station was formally declared open for
scientific work by His Excellency Spencer Walpole, Lieut. -
Governor of the Isle of Man, on June 4th, and that since
then it has been and is now occupied by several zoologists,
while others are going across during August and Sep-
tember, so that there is every prospect that this first
season will show a good record of work done.

In the introduction to tlie last volume of reports (June,
1889) it was stated that 1456 species of marine animals
and plants had been recorded as the result of the L.M.B.C.
investigations : with the additional species (229) referred
to in tlie present volume tlie number is now brought up
to 1G85. Of these additions, 11 have not been previously

INT RODUCTION. vii.

recorded in British seas, and 5 {Halisarca rubra, Axlnella
mavimillata, Leucaltis impressa, Dasychone lierdmani and
Bhodochorton seiriolanum) are new to science.

A melancholy interest attaches to the Keport upon the
Testaceous Mollusca in the present volume. It was the
last piece of work of the late Mr. F. Archer, who was a
member of the Committee from the beginning, and has
taken an active part in all the work. In addition to all
more personal feeling of loss, his ready sympathy, kindly
criticism, and sturdy common-sense will be greatly missed
at the Biological meetings and on the collecting expedi-
tions. Mr. Archer's place on the Committee has been
filled up by the election, on June 3rd, of Mr. John Vicars,
the Mayor of Bootle. The other reports scarcely call for
any special explanation. It is a matter of regret that the
state of Mr. T. J. Moore's health has not permitted him
to finish his list of the Fishes of the district in time to be
included in this volume.

It only remains for me to express again my cordial
thanks to my friends and fellow- workers who have taken
part with me in the various dredging expeditions and in
the preparation of these reports. Thanks are especially
due to our Hon. Treas. Mr. Isaac C. Thompson for the
large share of his valuable time which he so ungrudgingly
devotes to the management of our financial affairs.

W. A. Herdman.

University College,

Liverpool : July, 1892.

I

THIED ANNUAL EEPORT of the LIVEBPOOL

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION on

PUFFIN ISLAND.

By W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL ; CHAIRMAN
OF THE Ln^ERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY COMMITTEE, AND DIRECTOR OF THE STATION.

[Read 13th December, 1889.]

DuEiNG the past year the work of the Liverpool Marine
Biology Committee has been carried on actively at Puffm
Island and elsewhere in the district, and has resulted in
an miusTially large number of events and observations
worthy of record in this annual report. The first of these
reports was issued after the publication of vol. i. of the
"Fauna of Liverpool Bay," and the greater part of it was
devoted to an account of the establishment of our
Biological Station on Puffin Island ; while the second
annual report was largely occupied by a description of the
experiments with the submarine electric light, a method
which we were the first in Europe to apply to purposes of
biological investigation. On the present occasion I have
to report, amongst other things, upon the further develop-
ment of both of these schemes, viz. (1) the publication of
vol. ii. of the "Fauna," chiefly as an outcome of the work
carried on at the Puffin Island Station, and (2) the
additional electric light experiments which were made
during the five days cruise of the s.s. "Hysena," at the
Isle of Man last Easter, and which resulted in the capture
of a large number of rare and interesting Crustacea.

Publications.

The first volume of the "Fauna" was published in
the summer of 1886, as an Appendix to vol. xl. of the

2 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of
Liverpool, and also as a separate volume.* Later on in
the same year the Liverpool Biological Society was
founded, chiefly as a result of the L.M.B.C. investi-
gations, and through the instrumentality of the members
of that Committee, and it was then felt that this would
in future be the proper scientific society before which
to lay all reports upon the biology of the district. The
various papers dealing with the investigations at Puffin
Island and the results of the dredging expeditions have
therefore been duly read before the Liverpool Biological
Society during the last two sessions (1887-88 and 1888-89),
and have been published in the "Proceedings" (vols. ii.
and iii.).

The L.M.B.C. have now to thank the Council of the
Biological Society for allowing extra copies of these
reports to be printed, in order that they might be collected
and issued as the second volume of the " Fauna of
Liverpool Bay." This volume of 240 pages and 12 plates
appeared in July, 1889, and contains sixteen articles, by
ten authors, dealing with various groups, from Diatoms
up to Seals and Cetaceans. It is proposed to contiiiue
this plan of publication, to communicate the papers in
the first place to the Biological Society, and to issue
successive volumes of collected reports upon the fauna
and flora of the district as they are ready, probably at
intervals of a few years.

The total number of species which we have recorded is
now 1456, and of the additions in this last volume of the
"Fauna" twenty-one have not been previously found in
British seas, and nine (a Sponge, four Copepoda, two

* "Fauna of Liverpool Bay," Report i. London: Longmans, Green and Co.
1886. 372 pp. and 12 pis.

MABINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 3

Amphipoda, a Polyzoon, and an Ascidian) are new to
science.

In the present paper I have to add fifty species, three
of which are new to British seas and three new to science.

Fig. 1. — The Puffin Island Biological Station from the East.

Station Kecoed for the Yeae.

During 1889 the following naturalists have worked at
the Puffin Island Biological Station for longer or shorter
periods: —

DATE,

188'9.
Feb.

NAME.

I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool Copepoda.

— R. J. Harvey Gibson, F .L. S. , University College,

Liverpool Algse,

— Prof. Herdman, University College, Liverpool... Timicata and Nudi-

branchiata.
April. R. J. H. Gibson, F.L.S., Liverpool Algte.

— Dr. R. Hanitsch, University College, Liverpool. Sponges.

— F. Villy, Owens College, Manchester Vermes.

— Dr. K. Meyer, Liverpool General.

May. Prof. Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata and general .

1-2

4 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Jutie. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool Copepoda.

— J. Vicars, Bootle Land plants.

— A. Leicester, Soiithport Mollusca.

— Dr. Stolterfoth, Chester Diatoms.

— Prof. Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata and general.

— W. S . McMillan, F .L. S. , Maghull Copepoda and Ostra-

coda.

— Dr. R. Hanitsch, Liverpool Sponges.

— J. A. Clubb, Liverpool Niidibranchiata.

— W. J. Halls, Liverpool Hydroida.

— R. McMillan, Liverpool General.

— G. Swainson, F.L.S., Bolton General.

— A. F. Dumergiie, Liverpool General.

July. I. C. Thompson, Liverpool Copepoda.

— J. Coventry, Liverpool General.

— Rev. W. Houghton, "Wellington, Salop General.

— Prof. McNab, Dublin Land plants.

— R. J. H. Gibson, Liverpool Land plants.

— R. McMillan, Liverpool General.

— Prof. Herdman, Liverpool Tunicata and Nudi-

branchiata.
August, i. Hornell, Liverpool Polychseta.

— J. Agnew, Liverpool General,

— J. A. Clubb, University College, Liverpool Nudibranchiata.

Sept. W. Cobb, M.A., Oxford General.

The small steam launch referred to in last year's report
was exchanged in April, 1889, for a useful nine-ton sailing
boat, the "Bonnie Doon," a half- decked, double-bowed
cutter, built like the Isle of Man fishing boats ; this has
been in constant use during the summer, and has proved
better suited to the peculiar requirements of the locality
than any other vessel we have tried. The small punt
obtained in November, 1888, has been most handy for
light work, and is still in excellent condition.

The room opening off the kitchen on the north side of
the house (room III. in plan) was considerably improved
early in spring by the insertion of a larger window, so
that it is now not only more pleasant as a sleeping room,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 5

but can be used as a comfortable work room during severe
weather, when the outside laboratory (with a stone floor)
is too cold, and the wind is in such a direction that the
stove cannot be used. The Committee propose that before
next summer a simple fixed work-table running in front
of the window, and a few shelves, should be put up in
this room in order that it may be used regularly as an
in -doors laboratory; while four or six wooden bunks
erected against the wall in the adjoining room (No. II.
in plan, fig. 2) would be a useful addition to the sleeping
accommodation.

vv
H h

RC__ J..

H I-

ROOM I.

^—

KITCHEN

.^ — .id

J^

Fig. 2. — Plan of the Biological Station. W. W. windows; C. chimneys.

Condition of the Sea.

' During the year, the curator (Mr. Alex. Kutherford) has
continued to draw up and forward to Liverpool the weekly
reports described last year, containing a careful record of
the air and sea temperatures and other physical observa-
tions. From these tables it has now become possible to
trace the distribution throughout the year, and the
relations to temperature, of the remarkable Algae, the
appearance of which in such profusion as to cause "foul
water," was first described in letters to Nature, in July,

6 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

1885, by Mr. Thompson from Puffin Island and the coast
of North Wales, by Mr. Chadwick from Beaumaris, and
by Mr. Shrubsole from Sheerness ; and again, in 1886, in
vol. i. of our "Fauna."* This condition of the sea has
since been met with by Prof. Mcintosh f in St. Andrew's
Bay, in 1887, and by the naturalists at the Plymouth
Biological Station, in 1889.: In 1885 and 1886, in our
neighbourhood, the ''foul water" was caused by the
presence of vast numbers of small gelatinous spherical
bodies containing minute spicules. During the last few
years, however, this form has not been observed here, its
place being taken in early summer by gelatinous masses,
which are found on examination to be composed almost
entirely of Diatoms, chiefly Goscinodiscus concinnus.

From the adjoining series of quotations from the weekly
reports, it is seen that the temperature of the sea was at
its lowest (40° F.) early in February, and from that date
the temperature rose gradually till it reached its highest
point (61° F.) early in August, and then commenced to fall.
The surface Algae began to appear about the middle of
May, when the temperature was 50° F., and continued to
be present in great abundance for about six weeks, till
near the end of June, and in less amount up to the 20th
August, when they disappeared. After June, Medusae,
Ctenophora, Copepoda and other surface organisms were
present in great abundance.

When these minute Algae are present in quantity it is
almost useless to tow-net, as the comparatively few other
organisms present in the water become so entangled with
the masses of Diatoms that it is almost impossible to
separate them.

* "Fauna of Liverpool Bay," vol. L, p. 315, 1886.

t Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug. 1887, p. 97.

t Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc, vol. i., No. 2, Oct. 1889, p. 114.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND.

DATE. TEMP. OF SEA. TEMP. OF AIR. CONDITION OF SEA.

1889. max. min.

Jan. 1 45" F 43° 33" Water clear.

45.5° 500 450 ^

420 420 340

41.50 440 390 \SagiUa so abundant in all the

410 350 280 1 surface tow-nettings both day

400 -uo 970 I ^^^ ^^S^^^' ^^^ especially the

■■ ■ 1 latter, as to obscure all else.

42.50 520 440 _

410 390 330 ...

7

—

13

—

25

Feb.

7

—

11

—

17

—

27

Mar.

3

—

10

—

17

Apr.

1

—

10

—

25

May

6 ..:..

—

17

—

26

June

13

—

21

—

24

—

26

July

3

—

23

Aug.

4

—

12

—

28

Sept.

4

—

17

—

27

Oct.

4

—

16

24

410 330 290 Water becoming dirty {Coscino-

discus concinnus).

42.50 470 350 Sagitta Siud Calanus finmarchicus

abundant.
430 510 390 Water very dirty. No use tow-
netting.

450 50 0 370 Same condition continued for

some time.

440 420 3^0 Water clearing a little.

45.50 540 350 Water still too dirty for tow-
netting.

480 640 480 Water clear again. Many larval

Crustacea.
50° 640 450 Brown gelatinous matter ap-
pearing.

520 gQo 490 Gelatinous matter in abundance.

540 600 490 Gelatinous matter very thick.

56.50 080 560 Water still full of gelatinous

matter.
57.50 640 550 First appearance of vivid phos-
phorescence at night.

580 Medusa; in abundance.

440 Small Medusae in abundance.

500 Medusae still abundant.

500 3j;i|i some Coscinodiscus concinnus.

490 Water very turbid.

490 Water clear. Good tow-netting.

450 Ctenophora {Pleurohrachia) in

great numbers.
500 Ctenophora and ^S'rt^zYto very nu-
merous.

470 Water very dirty. Tow-netting

impracticable.
44 0 Tow-net choked with Ctenophora.

550 Ctenophora still numerous; also

Sagitla and larval Decapods.
Shoals of Herring round the
island.
490 490 Water very dirty.

580 ...

... 650

590 ...

... 620

59.50 ...

... 630

610 ..

... 640

6O.50 ...

... 600

600 .;.

... 610

580 ...

... 620

570 ...

... 600

550 ...

... 560

520 ...

... 570

500 .,.

8 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The Puffins {Fratercida arctica) returned to the island
this year on the 10th of April, a week earlier than in 1888,
and left on the 19th of August. Their number remains
about the same.

Zoning of the Shore.

About the middle of February, Mr. Thompson, Mr.
Harvey Gibson and I visited the station for a few days,
and we found that, notwithstanding the low temperature,
work could be carried on both on the shore and in the
laboratory. Mr. Thompson collected Copepoda, Amphi-
poda (including Pleustes glaher, new to Britain) and
Isopoda ; Mr. Gibson occupied himself with the Algae,
and I commenced detailed observations upon the zones of
life on the shore (a subject which was referred to in the
first of these reports), and arranged with the curator for
the measurement of the exact distances of certain species
of animals and plants vertically from high and low-water,
and for the placing of permanent marks upon the shore
at each end of the island so as to facilitate the taking
of future observations and measurements.*

The "zoning of the shore" is no new subject, but it is
one which is full of interest and may be susceptible of
some new developments. From the earliest times marine
biologists have noticed that the depth has a great effect

* These marks which have now been made upon the rocks are: — at the north
end, near the laboratory, the average high-water mark (18 ft. tide) is shown
by a red paint line labelled A.T., and low- water mark of the lowest springs
(21 ft.) is shown by a blue line labelled L.S. ; and at the south end, near the
beach, high-water mark of the highest springs (21 ft. ) is shown by a red line
labelled 21, ditto of ordinary springs (19 ft.) by red line labelled 19, ditto of
average tides (18 ft.) by red line labelled A.T., and ditto of smallest neaps
(10 ft. 9 in.) by blue line labelled 10.9 on rock at both sides of beach. The
accompanying new Chart of the Island and neighbourhood has been carefully
prepared by Mr. Rutherford, the curator.

Puffin Island

AT LOW WATER SPRING TIDES.

By A.

Springs 26 feel, Ne

..rioDJlaff. T

.Hith Level. W
. Lanilns Place. Z

R.

cpsTTfeet rise.

. Moorwys.

Natural Shafts.
Patt, along hh,„d.

..Tid"ma,l,sfarTowm

sI°3L

n Feet.

c -
J» o

»i % 5

^•^"i <

/

tt

ai
al

B
ai
w
la
P'

ai
li
fi:
tl

a]

I

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 9

upon the fauna and flora of a region ; and Professor
Edward Forbes, in his posthumous work on the "Natural
History of the European Seas," pointed out that the sea
bottom explored by the naturalist might be conveniently
divided into four great zones, each inhabited by particular
sets of animals. These are: (1) the Littoral zone, or the
area between high and low- water marks. The animals
and plants are here, of course, under very peculiar con-
ditions, being for a part of their lives submerged in the sea,
while for another part they are exposed to the air, to the
sunlight, to extremes of heat and cold, to the washing of
rain, or it may be to the pelting of snow. Next comes
(2) the Laminarian zone, which extends from low-water
mark downwards to a depth of ten or fifteen fathoms.
This is pre-eminently the region of sea-w^eeds and of
abundant animal life. Here, amongst the great tangled
masses of the shiny brown Laminaria or oarweed, we find
a profusion of nearly all forms of marine life, and here
occur many of those instances of protective colouring and
mimicry which prove such interesting problems to the
evolutionist. This is the region the upper edge of which
is just exposed at extreme low water of spring tides, and
at such times it yields a rich harvest to the collector.
Following the Laminarian zone comes (3) the Coralline
zone, or region of zoophytes, formerly known as ''coral-
lines." This zone extends down, on an average, to a depth
of thirty fathoms or so ; and it is the region in which most
of the scientific dredging is carried on around our coasts.
It contains very few sea-weeds, but a large and varied
assemblage of animals. Lastly comes (4) the zone of
Deep Sea Corals, whose lower limit Forbes did not fix.
To these regions must now be added the Abyssal zone,
made known by the dredgings of the "Porcupine,"
"Challenger," and other scientific expeditions.

10 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Long before the time of Forbes, however, the two
distinguished French naturahsts Audouin and Mihie-
Edwards,* from their enthusiastic work as young men,
among the rocks and islets of the Chausey Archipelago,
and at other points along the coast of Normandy and
Brittany, were able to distinguish five belts of life upon
the shore: — (1) that of Balani (barnacles), only found on
rocky coasts ; (2) the zone of Fucoids, having limpets
(Patella), whelks {Purpura, Nassa) and the common sea-
anemone (Actinia) on rocks, sand-worms (Arenicola,
Terehella) and sand-hoppers (Talitrus, Orchestia) on sandy
shores, and certain other worms (Nephthys, Siptmcidus) in
mud; (3) the zone of "Corallines," only exposed at low
tide, having mussels (Mytilus), simple and compound
ascidians, crabs (Porcellana), Doris, worms (Serpula,
Polynoe) and sponges in rocky places, the molluscs Venus
and Solen in sand, and the small Bissoa and Geritliium in
mud; (4) the zone of Laminaria, having starfish, sea-
anemones and the beautiful limpet Helcion pellucidimi on
rocks, and certain crustaceans on sandy ground; and (5)
the lowest zone in which are found oysters (Ostrea), the
sea-mouse (Aphrodite) , the swimming crabs (Portunus) and
the larger starfishes.

The well-known Scandinavian zoologists M. Sarsf (in
1835) and Sven Loven (more recently) directed their
attention to the distribution of life around the Norwegian
shores, and marked out four belts lying between high
water mark and the Laminarian zone, viz: — (1) " regio
Balanorum," (2) " regio Patellarum," with Fuciis vesicu-
losus and F. nodosus in its upper part, and F. serratus and

* See Ann. des Sc. Nat,, Ireser., t. xxi., p. 326, 1830; and Kecherclies pour
Servir k I'Histoire Naturelle du Littoral de la France, 1832.

t Beskrivelser og Jagttagelser o. nogle mserk. eller. nye i Havet v. d.
Bergenske Kyst lev. Dyr,, Bergen, 1835.

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 11

F. siliquosus in its lower part, along with many shell fish ;
(3) ''regio Corallinarum," with C or allina officinalis, many
ascidians, sea-anemones, molluscs, worms and sponges;
and (4) " regio Laminariarum," with nudibranchs, star-
fishes, ascidians, Helcion, Caprella, Nympho7i and Echini.
The close correspondence between this classification and
that of the French observers is very remarkable.

Ten years later A. S. Orsted, in an important essay,*
showed that in the Strait of Oresund, near Copenhagen,
three zones could be distinguished, both by the charac-
teristic plants and the animals. To these he gave the
names : — (1) "Eegio Chlorospermearum," the belt of green
sea weeds, extending from high water mark down to a
depth of two to five fathoms, and corresponding to the
''Eegio Trochoideorum " amongst animals. The upper
part of this zone is the subregion of the Oscillatorias, and
the lower part the subregion of the Ulvas and Confervas.
(2) is "Eegio Melanospermearum," the belt of olive-brown
sea-weeds, extending down to depths of seven or eight
fathoms, and corresponding to the ''Eegio Gymnobran-
chiorum " amongst animals. Here also there are tw^o
subregions, an upper of Fucoids and Zostera, and a
lower of Laminaria. (3) is "Eegio Ehodospermearum,"
the belt of purple-red sea- weeds, extending from eight to
twenty fathoms, and corresponding to the " Eegio Buc-
cihoideornm " amongst animals. As Vaillant has since
pointed out, the somew^hat abnormal conditions of marine
life in the landlocked Strait of Oresund may account for
the want of exact correspondence between these zones and
those established on the more exposed coasts of France and
Norway, but Orsted's first region evidently corresponds to
the three upper zones of the French observers.

* De Regionibus Marinis. Havnise, 1844,

12 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Edward Forbes* himself, from his own work and a con-
sideration of the observations of others, came to the
conclusion that the subzones of his littoral zone (see above)
are very well marked on the English coast, and can be
distinguished by their characteristic plants and animals, as
follows : — First two regions above half-tide mark (1) with
Fucus canaliculatus, and the molluscs Littorina rudis and
L. neritoides, and (2) with LicJiina, Patella, Balanus,
Mytilus ediilis and incrusting nullipores; then a third
and very prolific belt at half-tide (3) with Chylocladia
articulata and Fucus nodosus, the molluscs Purjnira,
Littoriyia littorea, TrocJms tcmbilicakis, and the common
sea-anemone; then a fourth above low-water mark (4)
with Fuais serratus and the molluscs Littorina ohtusata
and Trochus cinerarius, and finally, just at low-w^ater
mark a series of four very narrow bands most readily
distinguished by their sea-weeds, (5) that of Laureiicia
pinnatifida, (6) Conferva rupestris, (7) Chondrus crispns,
and ( 8 ) Himanthalia lorea ; this last being the most
constant, and being followed by the upper edge of the
Laminarian zone, containing Laminaria on rocky coasts
and Zoster a on sandy.

Professor H. de Lacaze-Duthiers has defined on the
shore at Koscoff, in Brittany, three zones, viz., (1) that of
Fucus, (2) that of Himanthalia, and (3) that of Sargassum;
and Professor Giardf has shown that special series of
Compound Ascidians inhabit these definite belts.

About the same time Dr. Leon Vaillant I occupied
himself with this subject in the same region, on the

* "The Natural History of the Euroj)ean Seas," edited by Godwin-Austen.
London, 1859, p. 93.

+ Archives de Zoologie exper. at gener., t. i., 1872.

X Observ. faites k St. Malo s. 1. zones litt. super., Bull. Soc. Philomat., Paris,
nouv. ser., t. vii., p. 144, 1870 ; and Remar. s, 1. zones litt., Soc. de Biologic,
Paris, 1872.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 13

Brittany coast, and made some very interesting observa-
tions and experiments at St. Malo with the acorn-shell,
Balanus halanoides, which is so commonly found at the
extreme upper edge of the littoral zone on rocky coasts.
Vaillant found that this marine animal, although it can
only expand and obtain food when covered with water, is
able to live so far above ordinary high-w^ater mark as to
remain dry for days at a time, amounting on an average
to eighteen or nineteen-twentieths of its life ; and he
determined by experiment that it can live out of w^ater for
at least forty-four days at a time.

These observations are particularly interesting to me,
as, before hearing in Paris last summer of Vaillant's work,
I commenced some almost exactly similar observations at
Hilbre Island, in 1885* and at Puffin Island in 1887,
from which I made out that the Polyzoon Flustrella
hispida, which is found within a yard of ordinary high-
water mark, must be exposed to the air during about
five-sixths of its existence, and can only feed during the
remaining one-sixth at and about the time of high tide.
Probably respiration can be carried on to a certain extent
both in the case of this animal and of Vaillant's Balani
by a little air being let in periodically to oxygenate the
small quantity of sea-water shut in with the body of the
animal.

Experiments on Harpacticid^.

One of the first things one notices on examining the
zones of life upon the shore at Puffin Island is that there
are certain marine animals above high- water mark. There
are some pools in the rocks w^hich are only reached at high
spring tides, or perhaps only by the spray from the weaves
during storms. These are overgrown with a common

* See Liverpool Daily Post, 15th June, 1885.

14 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

grass-gi'een seaweed, Enteroinorpha intestinalis, and on
this we find enormous quantities of Copepoda belonging to
the genus Harpacticus. The condition of some of the pools
suggested to me that these animals would probably be
able to stand considerable variations in the salinity of
the water, as in wet weather they are flooded with rain
while in dry summers the pools become almost or com-
pletely dried up.

So, taking some sample tubes of salt water with Enter o-
viorpha and Harpacticus fulvus from the pool, I added
to one a third of its volume of fresh water, and con-
tinued every morning to add a little fresh water, until
at the end of twelve days there were nineteen parts of
fresh water to one part of the original sea-water and the
fluid was no longer salt to the taste. The Enteromorpha
appeared healthy, and the Copepoda had increased greatly
in numbers and were very active. The young ones hatched
in the nearly fresh water were all colourless, but the
adults had not lost their original bright red tint.

Al second sample tube of Harpacticus, E7itero77iorplia and
sea-water from the pool was emptied into a shallow glass
dish and allowed to evaporate slowly. The Copepoda in
this case did not increase in numbers, but they did not die
until the dish was almost dry and the salt had crystallised
out round the edges. After evaporation had been going on
for a few days, I noticed that the Copepoda had retreated
into the interior of the Enterouiorpha filaments, where
their bright red bodies were distinctly visible on the green
ground, and I think that under natural conditions they
might in this way escape death when their pool became
dried up, as the desiccation would not be so thorough in
the damp atmosphere of the sea-shore as in the warm dry
air of my laboratory. Mr. W. J. Halls is going to take
this matter up and carry out some further experiments

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 15

with various species, and I have no doubt his results will
be laid before us on some future occasion.

Experiments on Molluscs.

Scattered over the rocks at Puffin Island, above high-
water mark, and above any of the sea-weeds, in the region
of the little incrusting Lichina pijgmcea, the region which
Vaillant has called the subterrestrial or zero zone, we find
numerous specimens of the small periwinkle Littoi'ina
rudis, and it is difficult to see how this mollusc manages
to live, and why it has migrated so far up the shore. It feeds
upon the lichen, and is very sluggish in its habits, often
remaining for days — perhaps months — without moving
from the one spot. Like its relations further down the
shore, it is a branchiferous mollusc fitted for breathing in
water, and yet we find it living and apparently flourishing
in the air : possibly it may be in process by becoming
adapted to a terrestrial mode of life. We know that some
of these molluscs can shut themselves up in their shells so
tightly as not to allow any water to pass in or out. Gosse
has told how Purpura lapillus is able in this way to
withstand the action of fresh water for eighteen hours.
This may help us to understand how it is that some
marine molluscs upon the rocks are not injured by
drenching showers of rain, but it will scarcely solve the
difficulty in regard to the specimens of Littorina which
stick to the dry rock for many days, unless they have
become adapted to breath in air, and some experiments
which I have made render it probable that this modi-
fication has taken place.

I collected some specimens from the rocks above high-
water mark, and after keeping them perfectly dry in a
cardboard box in the laboratory for six days, during which
time they showed no signs of life, I put ten of them into a

16 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

glass jar of fresh water. In this they remained day after
day with the opercuhim or hd which closes the mouth of
the shell tightly shut. At the end of the second day, I
took one of the specimens out of the water, and on opening
the shell found that the animal was alive and active inside.
On the fourth day two specimens died, on the sixth day
four more, and by the end of the eighth day all of them
were dead. Whether this death was due merely to the
prolonged immersion in the fresh water, or may have
been caused by the water becoming slightly impure, was
uncertain, so the experiment has been repeated several
times since (see below, jar B).

It is easy to tell whether the Littorinas are alive or
dead, as, so long as a specimen is alive, it remains
tightly shut up in its shell, while whenever it dies the
operculum opens and a part of the "foot" of the animal
protrudes in the form of a white mass, which rapidly
begins to decompose.

I next collected from the rocks a fresh set of specimens,
which were placed as follows : —

(A) Ten specimens in a jar of clear sea -water, under
muslin (see below, fig. 3).

(B) Ten specimens in a jar of fresh water.

(C) Ten specimens in an empty dry jar {i.e. in air).

(D) Twenty specimens in a slate and glass aquarium,
half full of sea- water and open at the top.

The jar A (see fig. 3) was so arranged as to have a piece
of coarse muslin {m) spread over a hoop just below the
surface of the sea- water, the object being to allow the air
to have free access while preventing the molluscs from
coming to the surface of the water.

These four sets of specimens were examined every twelve
hours for three days, and their positions and apparent

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 17

conditions carefully noted. The experiments were repeated
several times, the general results being that: —

In the A jar, at the end of twelve hours all the specimens
had crept up and were sticking to the under surface of the
muslin ; at the end of thirty-six hours, they had all fallen
from the muslin, and were lying in various positions at the
bottom of the jar; while at the end of the third day one or
two were dead or djdng, and most of the others seemed to
be unwell. As the water in this jar had now gone bad,
this experiment was not continued any further. Whether
the sickly condition of the specimens in this jar was due
merely to being kept immersed in sea-water for three days,
or was caused by the water having become impure through
the accidental {i.e. from some other, unknown, cause)
death of one of the molluscs, it is impossible to say from a
few experiments; but, at least, there is no doubt that the
effect of putting closed up specimens of Littorina rudis
into clean sea-water, out of which they cannot escape, is
that they at once expand, become active, crawl as near
as they can get to the surface of the water, and after
remaining there for a time relax their hold and drop to
the bottom.

.m

Fig. 3. — Experimental Jar containing Littorina kept in the water.

In B (fresh water), all the specimens remained during
the three days lying at the bottom of the jar in a tightly
closed up condition, but were apparently perfectly healthy
at the end of that time. The jar was kept under

2

18 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

observation for some time longer; the molluscs only began
to die on the thirteenth day — a marked contrast to jar A.
Consequently these ''marine" molluscs can live longer in
fresh water than in sea-water.

In C some of the specimens remained, in the contracted
state, where they were put ; while others crawled slowly
about on the sides of the jar, a piece of glass over the
top prevented their escape. None died : apparently, then,
they can live best in the air.

Of the twenty specimens in the aquarium (D) seven had
crawled out of the water in fifteen minutes; at the end of
twelve hours fifteen had crept up the slate sides out of the
water, and at the end of twenty-four hours nineteen had
emerged from the water, and had travelled to distances of
from one to four feet from the aquarium over the stone
floor and painted plaster walls of the laboratory. I
marked pencil rings round the five which had crawled
farthest at the end of the second day, and found they went
no farther after that during the two months they were
under observation.

This experiment has been repeated several times with
the same general result. All the specimens of Littorina
rudis put in a contracted state into an open aquarium
become active, and in the course of a day or two find
cheir way out of the water, and after crawling for a little
distance come to rest and remain there indefinitely. I
have not noticed any specimens crawling downwards again
into the water, even after being for days in the air.

Next, I made some observations on the specimens at
the shore under their natural conditions. The rocks at
Puffin Island are reefs and masses of carboniferous
limestone, broken up by the waves and worn into crevices
and crannies of all sizes and shapes. The Littormas
above high-water mark on these rocks are, I find, almost

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 19

invariably in the hollows, either in rows along the lines of
crevices, or singly at the bottom of the httle rounded
holes. They are never seen to move, they are attached to
the dry rock, and with the exception of the dark coloured
lichen Lichina pijgmcea growing in patches, they have no
visible means of subsistence.

It has been suggested that possibly they descend to the
seaweed-covered rocks during the night and feed there ;
so to settle the matter as far as possible, I chose six
fairly representative individuals, and without in the least
disturbing them, I marked the shell and the hollow in
which it was lying in such a way that it would be easy to
detect any movement on the part of the mollusc. The
first three were marked respectively with one, two, and
three dots of red oil-paint on the shell, and one, two, and
three rings round their hollows ; while the remaining three

Fig 4. — Marked Littorina on the Rocks.

were similarly marked with blue paint (fig. 4). These
marked molluscs were examined by myself at intervals of
from six to nine hours for three days and nights (24th to
26th May), and during that time none of them changed
their positions. After that they were watched for me by
Mr. Eutherford until I returned to Puffin Island on the
7th June, when I found them unchanged. A second set
of six molluscs, on the rocks at the north-east end, were
marked with rings of paint as before by Mr. Eutherford,
on 21st June, and were inspected every day, and remained
in the same position until they were washed away on the

2-2

20 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

13th July by the spray from a heavy sea, caused by an
easterly gale along with an unusually high spring tide.
A new set were then marked (July 13th) higher up the
rocks and remained unchanged in position till I saw them
on my next visit on the 27th July, and Mr. Kutherford
reported to me that they were still in the same spots,
inside their little rings of paint, on the 13th August, whea
they had been exactly a month under observation.

Below the subterrestrial zone at Puffin Island we find
the bands of life on the shore correspond very well with
those recognised by Audouin and Milne-Edwards on the
French coast, and by Edward Forbes in other parts of
the British seas. We have (1) the region of Balani forming
a well-marked line along the cliffs, (2) the area occupied
by Limpets and Littorina ohtusata on rocks covered with
Fucus nodosus, F. serratus, and F. vesiculosus. In pools
on this part of the shore is found Corallina officinalis.
A little lower is the common sea-anemone {Actinia mesem-
hryanthe7nwn) in abundance, and under stones the annelids
Serpula and Spirorbis and the Amphipod Gainmariis locusta.
At this point we have reached about six feet vertically
below the highest Algae on the rocks, and the first Hydroid
Zoophytes are now found, Diphasia pumila on Fucus and
Laomedea on the sides of stones, also Memhranipora pilosa
and Chthamalus. Then follow Purpura, Ano7nia, Mytilus,
Mucronella coccinea, and various Zoophytes ; then Cancer
pagurus (small), Alcyonidium gelatinosum, and Amphiura
squamata. We now reach the ten feet line vertically down
from the top of the Algae, and meet with HalicJiondria
panicea, and Porcellana platyclieles which extends from
this point down to the Laminarian zone. Next is a very
prolific zone, extending to low-water, in which occur
Alcyonium digltatum, Tealia crasslcornis, CrihreUa sangui-
nolenta, Asterias ruhens, Serpula vermicular is, Sabellaria

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 21

alveolata, Littorina littorea, Doris pilosa, Doris proxima,
Chiton ciiiereus, and numerous very fine specimens of
Bugula turhinata.

During a considerable part of April, Mr. Harvey Gibson,
Dr. Hanitsch and Mr. F. Villy worked at the station. Mr.
Gibson confined his attention to the Rhodophyceae, and
he informs me that since his last report, published in the
''Fauna," vol. ii., he has found and identified seventeen
species of Algae, mainly parasitic forms, not previously
known in the district. Dr. Hanitsch has continued his
researches on the Sponges during the year, and reports
six species additional to those recorded in the "Fauna."
Of these three are new to science and will be figured and
described in detail under the names, Axinella mammillata,
n. sp., Leiicaltis impressa, n. sp., and Halisarca rubra,
n. sp., in the next report on Sponges by Dr. Hanitsch.
The last species was obtained by dredging in deep water
during the "Spindrift" expedition of July 20th, while the
two first were collected on the rocks at Puffin Island in
April.

"Hy^na" Expedition.

The Salvage Association have again this year afforded
us the opportunity of making some investigations which
could certainly not have been carried on without the use
of -the s.s. "Hyaena." The old gunboat left the Mersey
on Thursday morning, the 18th of April, on her fifth
scientific cruise, and was absent five days. The proposed
course was to cross to Port Erin, at the south end of the
Isle of Man, and then dredge southwards to Holyhead,
through the deepest water to be found in this district ;
then to work along the coast of Anglesey to Puffin Island,
and from that back to Liverpool. Besides the ordinary
dredging and tow-netting operations, it was hoped that

22 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

two interesting new methods of collecting would be tried
on this cruise. First, the submarine electric light, which
gave such good results in the "Hyaena" expedition of the
previous summer, was to be used as an attraction in the
nets let down to the bottom at considerably greater depths
than was the case in last year's experiments at Eamsey
and Port Erin ; and second, Mr. W. E. Hoyle's new tow-
net (recently exhibited and described before the Biological
Society of Liverpool*), which can be opened and closed at
any required depth, so as to ensure that the contents of
the net were captured in a particular stratum of water,
was to be taken, with the view of trying whether it could
be worked successfully.

It has often been felt by naturalists when they brought
up free - swimming animals (such as fishes, medusae, or
Crustacea) from considerable depths that it was uncertain
when and where these animals entered the net. This was
the case with many of the animals collected during the
"Challenger" expedition. They were obtained in a dredge
net, which had been down to a depth of one, two, or say
three thousand fathoms, but for all we know they may
have been caught on the way down, or on the way up, and
may not be found at the bottom at all. Consequently,
many attempts have been made to construct a net which
can be sent down closed to a particular depth, and then be
opened and towed open for some distance, and then be
closed again before being hauled up.

"Two of these are — (1) the Turbyne tow-net, used at the
Granton Marine Station, where there are two ropes, one
of which, used for letting down and hauling up the net,
forms a slip noose constricting the mouth of the bag; and
(2) the very elaborate piece of apparatus invented by
the Prince of Monaco, and shown lately at the Paris

* See Proceedings, vol. iii., p. 100.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 23

Exhibition, where the square mouth of the net is closed
when required by a bhnd unrolled by the action of a
descending weight.

Mr. Hoyle's net has been ingeniously devised to perform
these same actions by means of a complex mechanism and
two leaden "messengers," which are sent down the rope
from the boat, the first to open the mouth of the net, and
the second to close it. On account of the unfavourable
weather, we were not able to give this net a fair trial on
the "Hyaena" cruise; but later on, during the " Spindrift"
expedition, it worked very satisfactorily.

The first day (April 18th) was spent in crossing to Port
Erin, and after that the weather, although fine on land,
became very unfavourable for marine work, and the
programme had to be considerably altered. On Friday
morning we steamed S.W. towards the deep water, but a
strong wind was blowing, and after a haul of the dredge
in twenty-seven fathoms, about five miles out, some
bottom and surface tow -netting, a sounding in fifty
fathoms, and then a further run to about nine miles from
land, it was found that the heavy rolling of the vessel
(even after the surface agitation had been considerably
quieted down by the use of oil-bags hung over the wind-
ward bow) rendered dredging operations impossible out
in the open sea; so the "Hyaena" was put about and
returned to Port Erin, where tow-netting and other work
was carried on in the bay.

The following day the wind was still stronger, so it was
then decided to give up the Anglesey part of the cruise, and
devote most of the remaining days to shore and shallow
water work around the southern end of the Isle of Man.
Accordingly, the rocks at Port Erin, Port St. Mary,
Poyllvaaish Bay, and Fleshwick Bay were explored on
the third day, and many specimens collected. On the

24 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

north side of Fleshwick Bay there are some exquisite
rock-pools hned with encrusting Nullipores and other sea-
weeds, and containing Sponges, Sea-anemones, Zoophytes,
Polyzoa, Worms, Nudibranchs, and other animals. The
rich green alga Codium tormentosum was obtained in these
pools, but, although carefully searched for, no specimens
of Elysia viridis were found upon it.

As the sea was still very rough, the early part of the
fourth day was spent on board the ''Hyaena," at anchor
in Port Erin Bay. Tow-nets were let down, both on the
surface and weighted so as to reach the bottom, and a
small dredge with a long canvas net was taken out in a
boat and used for obtaining samples of mud and sand to
examine for small animals, such as Foraminifera, Copepoda
and Ostracoda. The strong wind blowing was utilised by
Captain Young, the representative of the Salvage Asso-
ciation, who suggested floating tow-nets across the bay
with lifebuoys, and devised a sailing apparatus, consisting
of an old lifebuoy rigged up with a mast and sail, and
having a tow-net suspended from it, which was let out,
carrying a long line, to leeward, and was then hauled in,
the net keeping distended and working well during both
the outward and the return journeys. Another surface net
was even rigged up attached to a large kite, but this did
not work satisfactorily. By these various means a large
amount of material was collected and preserved for future
examination. Mr. I. C. Thompson and Mr. W. S. McMillan,
who are engaged in working out the Copepoda and Ostracoda
of Liverpool Bay, have lately been getting some interesting
species in mud and other deposits from Puffin Island
and elsewhere, and they predict that it is from such sources
that the most important additions to our fauna will be
made in the future. Consequently, Mr. McMillan has
devised a small dredging tow-net which will bring up

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 25

samples of the bottom deposits, and this was frequently in
use during the cruise. A new species of Copepod, which
was obtained in this manner from muddy sand dredged in
Port Erin Bay at a depth of five fathoms, has been named
Jonesiella hycence, in honour of the old gunboat.

In the afternoon the "Hyaena" made two runs from
Port Erin southwards to the Calf, dredging homewards
with the wind, and got two excellent hauls, which
contained, amongst other things, the rare coral -hke
Sarcodictijon, the flat pentagonal starfish Palviipes, the
remarkable parasitic sea-anemone Adamsia, which is
always found in company with a particular hermit crab
{Pagiirus prideauxii), Echinocyamus pusillus, Stichaster
roseus, Porania pulvillus, Lyonsia norvegica, Ascidia
venosa (with Leucothoe spinicarpa in the branchial sac), a
sponge {Esperella floreu7n) new to the district, and various
rare Crustacea and mollusca.

Electric Light Experiments.

After dark, on two consecutive nights, the electric light
was used for a couple of hours in collecting bottom and
surface free-swimming animals around the ship, in much
the same way as during the previous summer's cruise.

The first application of this important method of
collecting appears to have been made by the United
States Fish Commission in 1884, on board the steamer
''Albatross." On that occasion an arc lamp was merely
suspended above the surface of the water, and it was
found to attract Amphipods, Squids, and young fish to
the surface. In the following year the same naturalists
experimented further by lowering an Edison incandescent
lamp into the water, with similar good results. The Fish
Commission do not give any details in regard to the

26 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

animals collected, nor any comparison between the con-
tents of illuminated and ordinary tow-nets worked at the
same time.

The next submarine electric hght experiments were
those carried out by the L.M.B.C. in May, 1888, on board
the "Hy^na," as detailed in last year's Eeport.* Just a
month later in that same summer (24th to 26th June,
1888) Prince Albert of Monaco! used on board his yacht
"Hirondelle," a tow-net lit by a small Edison incandescent
lamp (12 volts), supphed by a single Bunsen cell in which
the nitric acid was replaced by chromic acid. The battery,
which is let down into the sea along with the net,
is hermetically sealed up in an iron case, while when
the apparatus is used in great depths, the pressure is
ingeniously equalised by a tube connecting the interior of
the case with a strong indiarubber ball filled with air.
This apparatus was tried in the neighbourhood of the
Azores down to a depth of about twenty fathoms.

It may be useful to state here that the ''Hyaena" is
fitted up with the following electric light installation I : —
A Gwynne vertical engine, of six nominal horse-power,
running at 300-400 revolutions per minute, works a Phoenix
compound -wound dynamo, with an effective output of
5,980 Watts (65 volts, 92 amperes) at 1,000 revolutions
per minute. There are two Pilsen arc lamps of 3,000
nominal candle-power each, which can be used on deck or
at mast head, or on the side of the ship; four Edison-Swan
submarine incandescent lamps of 100 candle-power, and
ten of sixteen candle-power each. The dynamo, being
compounded, allows the arc and incandescent lamps to be

* And in Nature, vol. xxxiii., June 7, 1888.
t Comptes-rendus, t. cvii., July 9, 1888.

X I ain indebted to Captain F. Young of the Liverpool Salvage Association
for this information in regard to the plant on board the "Hyaena."

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 27

run together with perfect ease by the use of a resistance
of about 0*5 of an ohm in the arc-hght circuit. The sub-
marine lamps are fitted in strong circular annealed glass
protectors, and can be lowered to any required depth in
the water by means of a special waterproof flexible cable
made of 260 strands of fine copper wire, covered with thick
gutta percha and hemp. The arc lamps require from
twenty-five to thirty amperes, and the submarine lamps
4*5 amperes, so that there is ample power when the whole
installation is running.

This time the two large electric lamps, 3,000 candle-power
each, were hoisted up into such a position as to illuminate
the deck, and cast a bright light on the water for some
distance on each side of the ship. Three submarine incan-
descent lamps of 100 candle-power each were then fitted
in the mouths of tow-nets, and were let down, two of them
to the bottom, at a depth of five fathoms, and the third to
a foot or so below the surface of the sea. Each of these
nets was put out twice, so that we got four bottom hauls
and two surface hauls with the electric light tow-nets.
Another tow-net without any lamp was let over the side of
the "Hyaena," and lay in the brightly illuminated surface
water. AH these nets were stationary, but were kept
fairly distended by the tide. At the same time Mr. I. C.
Thompson was rowed round and round the ship, dragging
an ' ordinary tow-net in the bright area, and this one
haul, in addition to many higher Crustacea, yielded Gastro-
saccus spinifer, Siriella brooM, and some very interesting
varieties oi Atylus swammerdamii, which Mr. A. 0. Walker
is now working out, and twenty species of Copepoda,
including such rare forms as Pseudocalanus armatus, Ecti-
nosoma atlanticum, Zaus spinatus, Laoplionte lamellifera,
Dactylopus tenuiremis, B. tisboides, Cijclopina gracilis,
Brady a typica, Euterpe gracilis, and quantities of Peltidium

28 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

depressum. This last species is usually found attached to
the surface of Laminar ia and other Algae at the bottom,
and Pseudocala7ius armatus has apparently only been
found in British seas before at considerable depths in the
Clyde estuary. Consequently their presence on the surface
is remarkable, and was, no doubt, caused by the attraction
of our powerful electric light.

All the nets were, on this occasion, used in water
lighted up, the surface nets being in the 6,000 candle-
power glare, while the bottom nets were further from this
bright light, but had each their own smaller lamps. All
gave, so far as we yet know, practically similar results,
which are markedly different from both the bottom and
the surface gatherings taken at the same place during the
previous day. The electric light gatherings contain chiefly
Schizopoda, Cumacea and Amphipoda, and the Cumacea,
chiefly adult males of IpJmioe trispinosa, with their long
slender red bodies and active movements, are the most
marked feature; they are very abundant, and form a
conspicuous characteristic in the gathering whenever it is
transferred from a net into a glass jar. In none of the
daylight tow-nettings, either bottom or surface, I think,
was a single cumacean obtained, while every gathering on
the two nights when we had the electric light going
contained Cumacea in abundance. There can be little
doubt that those captured in the surface nets had been
attracted from the bottom by our brilliant deck lights,
which had been shining for fully half an hour before the
nets were put over.

On the fifth day the ''Hyaena" started in the morning
from Port Erin, and arrived at Liverpool soon after
midnight. A little dredging and tow-netting was done on
the way. One good haul was obtained from a stony and
shelly bottom at about fifteen miles south-east of the

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 29

Chicken Rock (depth thirty fathoms), which yielded large
numbers of polyzoa. These have been examined by
Mr. Lomas, who tells me that they include Cellaria
fistulosa (very abundant) and C. sinuosa (new to ''Fauna"),
Cellepora dichotoma, Stoinatopora major and S. johistoni,
Tuhidipora lohulata and T. flahellaris, and a number of
common forms.

At this spot also, it being the deepest water on our
homeward track, we let the electric lamp down to the
bottom in a tow-net (see fig. on page 40) twice, and got
gatherings, consisting mainly of Copepoda, Sagitta, Amphi-
poda, Zoeas, and other larval forms.

That free-swimming Crustaceans are attracted to a
stationary net by the electric light may now, after our
experiments of 1888 and on this last cruise, be considered
established beyond doubt ; and that the illuminated tow-
net can be used in at least moderately deep water was
evident to all who saw the success w^ith which the net
was worked on board the '' Hyaena" in thirty fathoms.

The submarine electric light is, therefore, an important
addition to the collecting methods of the marine biologist,
and one which ought certainly to come into extensive use
in the future. It is, of course, only very rarely that a
vessel like the ''Hyaena," so fitted up that the electric
light can be turned on readily at any time to illuminate a
series of nets, is placed at the use of the biologists, and to
fit out a boat specially with an engine and dynamo and a
set of lamps, would be a very expensive matter. I thought
at one time that storage batteries might serve the
biologist's purpose, but on making inquiries in Liverpool
we found that for even a day's work a considerable
number of batteries would have to be taken, and the
expense would be too great. The plan of sending a
primary battery down in the net, as in the case of the

30 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Prince of Monaco's experiments, seems on the whole — if it
gives a bright enough hght and works satisfactoril}'' —
to be the simplest and most economical method, and the
one which it would be best to adopt where no vessel
already provided with an electric installation is available.

As to the practical application of this method to fisheries,
although there can be no doubt that the electric light
acts powerfully in attracting many free-swimming animals,
and especially Crustacea, there is no very good evidence
that it attracts marine fishes. More experiments are
required before the matter can be considered as settled,
but I am inclined at present to agree with the opinion
which has been expressed by some of the American
investigators, that the method is of more value to the
scientific biologist than to the practical fisherman.

Additional Copepoda.

While collecting near low water mark on the south spit
at Puf&n Island, one evening in summer, I found attached
to a colony of Lepralia, under a stone, a beautiful little
discoid pink and white Copepod, which Mr. Thompson has
since identified as Artotrogus orbicularis, Boeck, a species
never previously found in British seas. Ninety-four species
of Copepoda in all have now been recorded from our
district, of these thirteen are new to Britain and four
{Lichomolgus sahellcc, Hersilioides piiffirii, Cymhasoma
herdmani, and Jonesiella hyce7ice) new to science. Mr.
Thompson tells me that since the publication of his last
report (''Fauna," vol. ii., containing Keports ii. and iii. and
Appendix) , he has found the three following species (new
to our lists) in addition to the Artotrogus mentioned
above, all from the examination of mud and other deposits:
Amymone longlmanay Delavalia palustris and Artotrogus

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 31

magniceps. Another notable point in regard to the Cope-
poda is that at Puffin Island on the night of May 17th,
Cijcloplna littoralis, one of the rarer species, and usually
found singly, appeared in a shoal, and numerous specimens
were captured.

"Spindkift" Expedition in June.

This year the Government Grant Committee of the
Royal Society placed d950 at the disposal of the L.M.B.C.
for the purpose of hiring vessels and men in carrying on
the exploration of Liverpool Bay by dredging expeditions.
The steam-tug '' Spindrift" was accordingly chartered on
two occasions from the Liverpool Tug Company for single
day expeditions. Such exploring trips are very important,
and every one of them adds considerably to our knowledge
of the district. Unfortunately, however, they are so
expensive that in the present state of our funds we cannot
afford to have more than one or two in each season. If
tug companies or owners of small steamers would lend us
a vessel occasionally for a single day or a w^eek-end, it
would materially aid our work and advance the scientific
knowledge of Liverpool Bay.

The first of these expeditions was on Saturday, the
8th June, which proved one of the finest days of the
summer for work at sea. A number of members of the
Committee and other naturalists went down to the Menai
Straits on the previous day, and the "Spindrift" arrived
off Puffin Island at five a.m. on 8th June, and, after taking
some of the party on board from the Biological Station
and others from Beaumaris, steamed to the " Turbot
Hole," off the N.E. end of the island, and commenced the
work of the day. We then proceeded along the north
coast of Anglesey, round Point Lynas, as far as Porthwen
Bay, and dredging was carried on with varying success

32- LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

until about nine p.m., when, after a final haul in the
Turbot Hole, the biologists were again landed on Puffin
Island. The following is a summary of the observations
made on this expedition : —

(A) Turbot Hole, off Puffin Island, sixteen fathoms;
two good hauls : — Gucumaria planci, Tliyonidium drum-
mondi, Zoophytes, and many other things.

(B) West of "Little Mouse," round Point Lynas, nine-
teen fathoms, gravel, shells and sand; one haul : — Hydrac-
tiniay Sponges, Dentalium and Echinocyamus.

(C) Off Porthwen Bay, seventeen fathoms; one haul: —
Pecten varius, Fissurella grceca, Gyprcea europea, Antedon,
Sabellaria, Fhascolosoma vulgare {Syrinx liarveyi), Den-
talium entale, and Ascidians {Ascidia plebeia, Styela
grossularia, and Polycarpa pomaria).

(D) Same, two miles off shore, twenty to twenty-two
fathoms; two hauls: — Garveia nutans, Antenmdaria
ramosa, Antedon rosaceus, Fissurella grceca, Murex erina-
ceus, Natica, Nucula and Gellepora.

(E) Off Point Lynas ; in first haul lost large dredge, then
one haul with small dredge : — Spatangus purpureus in sand.

(F) Off Dulas Island, thirteen to fifteen fathoms, sand
and shells : — Solaster papposa, Sponges and Ascidians.

(G) Same, further off land, twenty fathoms : — Spatangus
purpureus in abundance.

(H) Off middle of Eed Wharf Bay, twenty fathoms : —
Spatangus.

(I) Tm'bot Hole, sixteen fathoms ; one haul : — Same
results as before.

These hauls yielded many interesting Crustacea to
Mr. Walker. Some of the best of these were obtained
by placing the sand and gravel brought up in the dredge
in dishes of sea water, when many Amphipods swam out.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 38

Galathea nexa, Crangon nanus, Mysis inerinis, Cwna
edwardsii (with ova), Atylus uncinatus (new to Britain),
Autonoe longipes, Lilljehorgia pallida, Podocerus ocius,
Drijope irrorata, and Unciola planipes were all added to
our lists on this occasion.

Most of the material collected during this expedition,
coming as it did too late for insertion in the detailed
reports which make up vol. ii. of the "Fauna," has not
yet been distributed to our workers. Miss L. E. Thornely,
who has kindly undertaken to sort out the collection into
groups and identify the Hydroida, tells me that we have
now collected twenty-nine species of Zoophytes, from the
immediate neighbourhood of Puffin Island, including a
number of forms not previously known from that part
of our district ; and Mr. Halls, who is working in the
zoological laboratory at the Zoophytes collected off the
south end of the Isle of Man, reports that he has identified
fourteen species, and is now examining a mass of new
material.

For a couple of days after the "Spindrift" expedition of
8th June, most of the dredging party stayed on Puffin
Island, and a great deal of investigation was carried on,
there being twelve biologists at work, the largest number
since the opening of the station. Mr. J. Vicars devoted
the time entirely to collecting and identifying the land
plants of the island, and added considerably to the list
drawn up by Mr. Button (Chester) and Dr. C. H. Hurst
(Manchester) in 1888 ; * Mr. Alf. Leicester collected land
MoUusca, and succeeded in obtaining sixteen species, upon
which he has submitted a short report to the Biological
Society ; while the rest of the party were at work either
on the shore or in the laboratory. A large number of

* This list, still further augmented by Mr. Harvey Gibson and Professor
McN"ab, is published as Appendix (A) of this report,

3

84

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Polyzoa have been collected during the year at Puffin
Island, and Mr. Lomas reports to me that these include
Valkeria uva, Cellepora armata and C. dichotoma, and
many other commoner forms.

"Spindrift" Expedition in July.

On Saturday, the 20th July, a most unfortunate day as
far as weather was concerned, the "Spindrift" arrived at
Holyhead, at five a.m., and took on board the party of
biologists who had gone down by train from Liverpool the
previous afternoon. The object on this occasion was to
explore the deep water lying south of the Isle of Man, and
which the bad weather at Easter had prevented us from
reaching during the "Hysena" expedition.

Fiff. 5.— The L.M.B.C. District.

We got on the right ground this time, and had several
hauls in from forty to sixty fathoms ; but it rained hard
and blew all day, and there was a heavy southerly swell,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 35

and finally the trawl and the chief dredge were rendered
useless by dragging over the rough bottom, so the work
had to be given up earlier in the afternoon than usual.
Consequently I feel that this region between the Isle of
Man and Holyhead has not yet been sufficiently investi-
gated, and that it is very desirable that we should have
at least another day's work there, in favourable weather,
with a powerful tug such as the '* Spindrift" or the
"Gamecock."

Amongst the rarer species obtained from over fifty
fathoms during this trip were : Cynthia tessellata, Am-
phiura hallii, Palmipes memhranaceus, Balamis pojxatus,
and a new species of Sponge {Halisarca rubra, n. sp.),
encrusting the shell of Mijtilus, which will be described
and figured by Dr. Hanitsch in a future report. Mr.
Walker informs me that so far as the Crustacea are
concerned this trip was disappointing, the only addition
to the ''Fauna" being Hippolyte spinus. Euonyx chelata,
a rare Amphipod, once before taken at Puffin Island, was
however found abundantly on Echinus sphcera.

Deep-sea Tow-net.

On this occasion Mr. Hoyle's deep-sea tow-net was used
down to a depth of thirty fathoms. The closing apparatus
worked without a hitch, save once, when a small piece of
rope which was drifting in the water became twisted round
the line and thus prevented the descent of the messengers.
The possibility of such an occurrence had always been
foreseen, but it is not sufficiently serious to militate against
the use of the apparatus in shallow water. The operation
does not take long, and if one haul should fail it is easy
to make another. In the exploration of great depths,
however, the case is different. The period occupied in

3-2

36 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

letting out and hauling in the line, taken in conjunction
with the time required for dragging the net, is then so
great that it becomes imperative to remove every possible
risk of losing an observation. Furthermore, the time
occupied by the messengers themselves in descending the
line is a not unimportant factor in the case.

The Committee* appointed by the British Association
to investigate this matter were so much impressed by these
considerations that it was resolved to attempt the con-
struction of a piece of apparatus which should bring about
the opening and closing of the net by means of an electric
current, transmitted along wires passing down the interior
of the line by which the net is drawn . This plan has so
far succeeded that Mr. Hoyle has already constructed a
provisional model. The lock (a piece of brass near the
mouth of the net) contains an electro-magnet the armature
of which actuates an escapement which the first time
contact is made liberates the opening rod, and the second
time the closing rod of the net. Such an arrangement
is obviously instantaneous in its action, and not liable to
interference from external causes. It is hoped that this
electric tow-net will be ready for use soon, so that we
may be able to experiment with it during next season's
expeditions.

Higher Crustacea, &c.

During the summer a good deal of shore collecting and
of dredging with a small canvas dredge has been carried on
by Mr. A. 0. Walker, in Colwyn Bay and off the Little
Orme's Head, resulting in the addition of the following
species : — Mysis inermis and M. ornata, Lamj)ro2:)S fas-

* Consisting of Prof. Schafer, Prof. Ilcrdman and Mr. Hoyle (Secretary).
See Report of the Committee, read at the Newcastle-upon-Tyne meeting, 1889,
from which some of the particulars given above are taken.

MABINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 37

'Ciatiis, Danaia duhia, Atylus falcatus, Microprotopus
maculatus and Corophiiun honellii. Mr. Walker also reports
that in dredging on sand and mud in two and a half
fathoms, at Colwyn Bay, in November, he came across a
great number of females and one or two immature males
of Diastylis hraclyi, and a single adult male of D. spinosa,
and he suggests that possibly the so-called immature
males of D. hraclyi may really be the females of D. spinosa.
The pretty little Amphipod Megaluropus agilis, first
described by Dr. Norman only last June, is now found to
be not uncommon in Colwyn Bay. Mr. Walker informs
me that the collections of Crustacea we have made this
year exceed in bulk those of any previous year, and
although they are not yet half worked out they have
yielded a considerable number of novelties.

Towards the end of July, Mr. I. C. Thompson, the late
Professor W. E. McNab, of Dublin, Mr. E. J. H. Gibson
and I were at Puffin Island for a few days. Professor
McNab and Mr. Gibson worked partly at the Algae and
partly at the land plants; while I occupied myself with
further observations on the distribution of the animals
over the littoral zone. At this time there were con-
siderable numbers of two species of Pycnogonids on the
under sides of stones. The one (Nymplion sp.) is of a
straw-yellow colour, and is found adhering to Sertularian
Zoophytes which are of the same tint; wiiile the other
species (Plioxichilus spinosiis) is red and affects Tubularia,
and a sea-weed (Chylocladia articulata) having also a dull
red tint.

We have found the following Nudibranchs during the
year at Puffin Island: — Boris tubercidata, D. proxima,
Goniodoris nodosa, Ancula cristata, Tritonia plebeia, Eolis
viridis, and the spawn of Tergipes despecta. No specimens
of Bendronohts arborescens have yet been seen, so very

38 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

probably the attempt described in last year's report to
transplant this species from Hilbre Island to Puffin has
failed. The nudibranchs at Puffin Island along with those
at Hilbre have afforded material to Mr. Clubb and myself
for a number of anatomical observations during the year,
as v^ell as for those theoretical conclusions in regard to the
usefulness of the branched and highly-coloured processes
from the body as protecting or warning marks, which I
discussed in my Presidential Address to the Biological
Society. This theory in regard to the function of these
structures, and of the colouring of the nudibranchs
generally, has been arrived at independently this summer
by the investigators at three separate biological stations,
viz. — Professor Giard's laboratory at Wimereux, our own
at Puffin Island, and, a little later, at the Plymouth
laboratory.

I am now carrying on some experiments at the museum
tanks for the purpose of determining to what extent the
different kinds of nudibranchs are eaten by various
coast fishes, such as the blenny, sole, plaice, turbot,
conger, wrasse, &c. ; and whether the conspicuously
coloured forms with stinging threads, such as Eolis, are
refused, while the protectively coloured harmless forms,
such as Trito7iia and Doto are eaten when visible. The
experiments are being carefully recorded, and the results
will be discussed in a future report.

Towards the end of autumn the L.M.B. Committee
decided to close the biological station for the winter.
The considerable distance, the numerous winter engage-
ments in town, and the uncertain weather, have rendered it
impracticable for our workers, with a very few exceptions,
to visit Puffin Island at this season, and as it was found that
even when at the station comparatively little could be

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 39

done on the shore, or out in the boat in the short, cold
winter days, it seemed wise to economise time, money and
energy by shutting up the laboratory from October till
April. Consequently, the boats have been placed in safety
in the Menai Straits, the apparatus and specimens have
been brought up to University College, the curator has
obtained a situation for the winter in Liverpool, and the
station has been securely locked up. It is proposed to
re-open the establishment at the beginning of either April
or May, according to the weather and the wishes of our
workers, and I have no doubt that next summer all the
various lines of investigation now started will be followed
up with a renewed enthusiasm which will more than make
up for the loss of the winter observations.

A catalogue of the land plants which have been recorded,
the usual list of subscribers to the L.M.B.C. funds and the
Hon. Treasurer's balance sheet for the year are appended.

40

LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Applications to he allowed to icork at the Biological
Station, or for Specimens (living or p?'eserved) for Museums,
Laboratory Work, and Aquaria, should he addressed to
Professor Herdman, University College, Liverpool.

Subscriptions and Donations should he sent to Mr.
I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., 19, Waverley Boad, Liverpool.

14

Tow-net with Electric Lii'ht.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 41

APPENDIX A.

FIRST LIST of PLANTS on PUFFIN ISLAND.

[I have compiled this list from the records in the station "Journal"
commenced by Mr. F. V. Dutton (Chester), 24th July, 1888, continued by
Dr. C. Herbert Hurst (Manchester), and added to by Mr. J. Vicars (Bootle),
Mr. R. J. Harvey Gibson (Liverpool), and the late Professor McNab (Dublin).
The nomenclature and arrangement are those of Bentham and Hooker'
Handbook —W. A. H.]

DICOTYLEDONS.

I. Thalamiflor^.

Ranunculace^.
Bayiunculus repens, L., Creeping R.

Crucifee^.
Cochlearia officinalis, L., Scurvy-grass.

VlOLAEIE^.

Viola canina, L., Dog violet.

Cakyophyllace^ .
Sagina procumhens {apetala), L., Pearhvort.
Cerastiu7n sp.
Spergiilaria rubra {salina), Pers., Sandspurry.

Geeaniace^.
Geranium molle, L., Dove's-foot G.
- Erodium maritimum, L'H., Sea E.

II. Calycifloe^.

Leguminos^.
Trifolium repens, L., White clover.
Lotus corniculatus, L., Bird's-foot trefoil.

Rosacea.
Pruniis coiiununis, Hud., Blackthorn.
Buhus fruticosus, L., Bramble.
Potentilla reptans, L., Cinquefoil.

42 LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

CEASSULACEiE.

Sedum acre, L., Biting sedum.

Umbellifer^.
Grithmum maritimum, L., Samphire.
Daucus carota, L., Carrot.
Coniuin macidatum, L., Hemlock.

Araliace^.
Hedera helix, L., Ivy.

iii. monopetal^.

Capeifoliace^.
Sambucus nigra, L., Elder.

EUBIACE^.

Galium venim, L., Ladies' bedstraw.

DlPSACACE^.

Dipsacus sylvestris, L., Teasel.

Composite.
Bellis perennis, L., Daisy.
Inula- sp.

Senecio jacobcea, L., Eagwort.
Arctium lappa, L., Burdock.
Carduus lanceolatus, L., Spear thistle.
Carduus arvensis, Curt., Creeping thistle.
Carduus pycnocephalus, L., Slender thistle.
Carlina vulgaris, L., Common carline.
Leontodon sp., Hawkbit.
Sonchus sp., Sow thistle.
Taraxacum dens-leonis, Desf., Dandelion.
Hieracium sp., Hawkweed.

Peimulace^.

Anagallis arvensis, L., Common pinipernel.

Oleace^.
Ligustrum vulgare, L., Privet.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 43
BoRAGINEiE.

Myosotis collina, Hoffm., Early Forget-me-not.
Myosotis arvensis, Hoffm., Field Forget-me-not.
Myosotis versicolor, Pers. (?)
Lycojjsis arvensis, L., Bugloss.

SOLANACE^.

Hyocyainus niger, L., Henbane.

SCROPHULAEINE^ .

Verhascum thapsus, L., Great mullein.

Scrojjhularia nodosa, L., Figwort.

Veronica sp., Speedwell.

Veronica chamcedrys, L., Germander speedwell

Labiate.
Ballota nigra, L.», Black horehound.
Calamintha sp.

Nepeta glechoma, Bentli., Ground ivy.
Prunella vulgaris, L., Self-heal.
Teucrium scorodonia, L., Wood sage.

Plumbagine^.
Armeria vulgaris, Willd., Common Thrift.

Plantagine^.
Plantago media, L., Hoary Plantain.
Plantago lanceolata, L., Kibw^ort P.
Plantago coronopus, L., Buck's-horn P.
Plantago 7?iaritima, L., Sea P.

IV. MONOCHLAMYD^.

Chenopodiace^ .
Ghenopodium album, L., White Goosefoot.
Chenopodiicm ruhrum, L., Eed Goosefoot.
Beta maritima, L., Common Beet.

POLYGONACE^.

Bumex crispus, L., Curled Dock.
Bumex acetosa, L., Sorrel.
Bumex acetosella, L. Sheep sorrel.

44 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Ukticace^.
Urtica dioica, L., Common Nettle.
Urtica urens, L., Small Nettle.
Parietaria officinalis, L., Pellitory.

MONOCOTYLEDONS.
Akoide^.
Arum maculatum, L., Cuckoo-pint.

Orchidace^.
Orchis maculata, L., Spatted Orchis.

Iride^.
Iris fcBtidissima, L., Fetid Iris.

Liliace^.
Scilla nutans, Sm., Bluebell squill.

Gramine^.
Holcus lanatus, L., Common H.
Arrheriatherum avenaceum, Beauv., False-oat.
Festuca ovina, L., Sheep's fescue.
Poa (Sclerochloa) maritima, Huds., Sea poa.
Air a prcecox, L., Early Air a.
Bromus arvensis {7nollis), L.

CEYPTOGAMS.

Filices.
Asple7mmi ruta-mnraria, L., Wall-rue.
Asplenium mariimmi, L., Sea- spleen wort.
Aspidium filix-mas, Sw., Male Fern.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 45

APPENDIX B.

SUBSCKIPTIONS and DONATIONS.

Subscriptions. Donations.

£ s. d. £ s. d.

Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, 28, Eodney-st. 2 2 0 —

Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Eodney-street 2 2 0 —

Booth, Alfred, 14, Castle-street — 5 0 0

Brook, George, 19, Greenhill Gardens,

Edinburgh 110 —

Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, University

College, Liverpool 110 —

Brown, J. Harvie, Dunipace House,

Larbert, N.B 0 10 0 10 0

Burton, Major, Fryars, Beaumaris 2 2 0 —

Caine, Nath., 10, Orange-court, Castle-st. 110 —

Caton, Dr., 31, Eodney-street — 1 1 0

Chad wick, H. C, 2, Beech-road, Chorlton-

cum-Hardy, Manchester 0 5 0 —

Clemence, S., Chester 110 —

Comber, Thomas, Leighton, Parkgate 110 —

Coventry, Joseph, 24, Linnet-lane 1 1 0 —

Davidson, Dr., 2, Gambier-terrace 1 1 0 —

Denny, Prof., Firth College, Sheffield 10 0 —

Derby, Earl of, Knowsley 5 0 0 —

Drysdale, Dr., 36a, Eodney-street 1 1 0 —

Fritsch, Dr. Anton, Prague — 3 0 0

Gair, H. W., Smithdown-road, Wavertree 2 2 0 —
Gamble, Col. David, Windlehurst, St.

Helens 2 0 0 —

Gaskell, Holbrook, J. P., Woolton Wood,

Much Woolton 110 —

Gaskell, E. H., North Hill, Highgate,

London — 3 3 0

Gibson,E. J.Harvey, 16, Sydenham-avenue 110 —

46 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Subscriptions. Donations.

£ s. d. £ s. (1.

Gifford, J., Whitehouse-terrace, Edinburgh 10 0 —

Glynn, Dr., 62, Eodney-street 110 —

Halhed, W. B., Sunnyside, Prince's Park. 110 —

Halls, W. J., 35, Lord-street 110 —

Henderson, W. G., Liverpool Union Bank 110 —

Herdman, Prof., Univ. College, Liverpool. 2 2 0 —

Higgin, Thos., Ethersall, Eoby 110 —

Holder, Thos., 1, Clarendon Buildings,

Tithebarn-street 1 1 0 —

Holland, Walter, Mossley Hill-road 2 2 0 —

Holt, George, J.P., Sudley,Mossley Hill... 10 0 5 0 0
Hornby, T. D., The late, Olive Mount,

Wavertree 1 1 0 —

"Hyaena" — collected on board — 3 8 6

Johnstone, Rev. Geo., M. A., 41, Bentley-rd. 0 5 0 —

Jones, Chas. W., Field House, Wavertree 5 0 0 —

Jones, J. Birdsall, 10, St. George's-crescent 110 110

Leicester, Alfred, 24, Aughton-rd.,Birkdale 110 —

Macfie, Robert, Airds 10 0 —

Marshall, Prof. A. Milnes, Owens College,

Manchester 1 1 0 —

McMillan, W. S., 17, Temple-street 2 2 0 —

McMillan, R., 20, Aubrey-street 0 15 0 —

Meade-King, R. R., 4, Oldhall-street 0 10 0 —

Meade-King, H. W., Sandfield Park,

West Derby 10 0 —

Melly, George, 90, Chatham-street 10 0 —

Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street 10 0 —

Miall, Prof., Yorkshire College, Leeds 110 —

Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall — 5 0

Nicol, W., St. Michael's Mount, St.

Michael's 1 1 0 —

Oelrichs, W., 3, Wexford-road, Oxton 10 0 —

Phillips, Prof. E.W., Univ. College, Bangor 110 —

Poole, Sir James, Tower Buildings 2 2 0 —

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 47

Subscriptions. Donations.

£ s. (1. £ s- (1.
Eathbone, E. E., Beechwood House,

Grassendale 2 2 0

Eathbone, Theo., Backwood, Neston 2 2 0

Eathbone, W., M.P., Greenbank, Allerton 2 2 0 —

Eoberts, Isaac, Kenessee, Maghull 1 0 0

Samuelson, Edward, J. P., Trefriw, North

Wales 10 0 —

S.B.D., per Prof. Herdman — 0 5 0

Scott, W. G., 26, Dingle-lane 110 —

Shepheard, T., Kingsley Lodge, Chester... 110 —
Smart, Eev. E. H., Kirby-in-Cleveland,

Northallerton (Half-year's Sub.) 0 10 6 —

Swamson, Geo., North Drive, St. Anne's-

on-the-Sea 1 1 0 —

Tate, A. Norman, 9, Hackins-hey 2 2 0 —

Thompson, Isaac C., Woodstock, Waverley-

road 2 2 0 —

Thornely, James, Baycliff, Woolton-hill... 110 —

Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, Woolton... 10 0 —

Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road 1 1 0 ~

Vicars, John, 8, St. Alban's-square, Bootle 2 2 0 —
Villy, F., 7, Barton-street, Moss Side,

Manchester — 1 0 0

Walker, Alfredo. ,Nant-y-glyn,ColwynBay 5 0 0 —

Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Prince's Pk. 110 —

Watson, A. T.,Tapton-crescent, Sheffield. 110 —

Westminster, Duke of, Eaton Hall 5 0 0 —

£96 13 6 £28 18 6

Eoyal Society Grant, per Prof. Herdman.. — 50 0 0

w

M

H

H

HH

^^

pj

F^

w

^H

t3

^

CO

o

^

o

H

?-*

;>^

o

o

,^

t^,

3

g

/— s

P-i

^-^

^

hH

o

PQ

::iq

d

^

o

O

-6

o o

c

(M

o

vj

COOCT

s

t^

<^

t^occ

,_,

>o

iX)0

-^

CO

?oc

OCC

oo

r-l

^

CO(N

rHOC

ot^

r-l r-l

«5C<5

^CC

CO \C>

OS

05<N

c^eo

<^

*""

)4

f3

O)

s

^

o

TU

W

;->

o

«*-!

.2 >.

^^

! ^h

ft?:

S ^^s

^3

2 ^

1
i

1

.2^

i -1 il

_0 '^ .il (T

s

1

-' ^ ^

^1
§0 02

1

o 5 J
5?^

'-^ >>

r. „

o

m

H

^-^

I-H -^CC

CO OO t^ o o o

(MOSl-

<M

d

r/r-lC

OO^

(^ lO O oo CO O vo

05 t^OC

(M

o>

1—1 1—

I— 1 I— ( F— 1

1— (

1 — 1

I— 1

■—I

^^^g

lO,-!'*

r- O O t^ .-

«5 00

!>. O (M

r-l

CO

CM

Tl

^

: :

o

o

oo

<^

"

• >i

C'.

2

: S

oo

o

OOOC

2
1-

-.2

(M

t^

zz

00

: '^

?^.

COOl

28

I— 1

o

:

-§^

:^

^

1

s

■•'2

<-

d

cc

la

: S

5

'tS

s

Oj -1-

-d

(—1

t o

six
rr ^

: If 1-3 £Q o

i

If

:

• '73 O

'c

>

"?

1

1

H =

.? gfx

ci

cS"^ - —

■^

3

in

a:

-1^

H

2 ^

<

•^

s

TS

1

L

■-13 '^

2

5opqry:

i 1 J

5

1%
<^1

o

'"' o

„ .. »

^

^

^

>.

^

r-

,s

"^

■"

PC

'IS

'«

(A

O pq

CO c;

Ph H

S .

o I

EEPOET on the LAND MOLLUSCA of PUFFIN
ISLAND.

By Alfred LeicestePw

[Read ISth December, 1889.]

In presenting this report on the land Molkisca of Puffin
Island, I may remark that on accomit of the small size of
the island the numbers to record cannot possibly be large,
or the species very varied, still what species have been
found are well represented. The collections were made in
the autumn of 1887 and summer of 1889. Further time
devoted to the search in the future may result in the
discovery of a few additional forms, but it is not to be
expected that many such will be found. So far tw^o
families only are represented, viz. Limacidse by one species,
and Helicidae by fifteen species.

I have not yet made a very careful search on the main-
land of Anglesey, around Penmon Point, or on the Great
Orme's Head, but most of the species found on the island
have also representatives on the mainland ; whilst one
noticeable form found commonly on the Great Orme's
Head does not occur on the island, viz. Cijclostoma elegans^
the- only operculated land shell. It seems strange that
not even a dead specimen should have been found on
Puffin Island considering its proximity to the land, and
this being so, it would appear that no communication can
have existed for a long period, or else such a striking form
would surely have left some trace.

The nomenclature I have used is that of Forbes and
Hanley's " British Mollusca."

2 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

GASTROPODA.

PULMONATA.

Family: Limacid^.

Limax agrestis, Miill.

Very common, especially after rain. No other slugs
have been observed.

Family: Helicid^.

Vitrina pellucida, Miill.

Only a few specimens found.

Zonites cellar ins, Miill.

Fairly common, some good ones. No other Zonites
found on the island, but another species, Z. alliarius,
Mill., was obtained on the Great Orme's Head, when one
specimen only was found.

Helix aspersa, Miill.

It is a strange fact that this common shell should only
be represented by dead specimens, not even a single living
one having been found on the island. The quantity of
dead ones is very large, show^ing that the species must
have been very common formerly. Most were found at
the mouths of the rabbit holes. Both on Anglesey and
the Great Orme's Head living specimens are found.

Helix 7ie?noralis, L.

By far the most common land shell on the island, and
some are very good examples. The Conchological Society
of Great Britain and Ireland are now making each
differently banded shell a distinct variety, which is to my
mind a great mistake. The number of bands and colouring
of this shell is certainly too slender ground to go upon in
forming named varieties. Some shells have only one band

THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PUFFIN ISLAND. 3

half way round and two bands on the remainder. Many
of the hving shells are w-eathered to a greater or less
extent, which may be accomited for by the very exposed
situation of the island.

Helix liispida, L.

A few specimens found, also a good one on the Great
Orme's Head.

Helix caperata, Mont.

Fairly common. This shell is also found on the Great
Orme's Head.

Helix rotundata, Miill.

Very common, some specimens being rather large.

Helix pulchella, Miill.
Not very frequent.

Helix icmhilicata, Mont.

On the first visit only one specimen w^as found, but since
a fairly good number have been taken.

Buliinus aciitus, Miill.

Very common. Some of the specimens are very strongly
marked and are good examples of the species. They
abound in the cliffs all round the island. This shell is
very local in its distribution and variable in its markings.

Bulimus ohscuriis, Miill.

Only one dead specimen found on the island, but several
on the Great Orme's Head.

Pupa umbilicata, Drap.

Also very freely distributed all round the island ; there
are, however, a good many dead specimens. No other
Pupa noticed on Puffin Island or on the Great Orme's
Head.

4 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Clausilia nigricans, Mat. and Rack.
Very common, and the specimens large.

Zua lubrica, Miill.

Only one specimen, fomid by Mr. Gregory ; no doubt
there are more, but so far they have escaped notice.

PNEUMONOCHLAMYDA.
Family: CYCLOSTOMATiDiE.

Cyclostoma elegans, Miill.

This beautiful shell was found to be fairly common on
the Great Orme's Head, and so far as I have read I have
not noticed it recorded as having been found previously in
this district.

131

THIKD KEPOKT upon the NUDIBEANCHIATA

of the L.M.B.C. DISTKICT.

By W. a. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S.,

I'llOFKSSOK OF NATURAL HISTORY ; AND

J. A. Clubb,

ASSISTANT IN THE NATURAL HISTORY DEPARTMENT, UNIVEItSITY COLLEGE,

LIVERPOOL.

With Plates YL, VIL, VIIL, IX.

[Read May 9tli, 1890.]

Since the last Report, published a year ago *, a large
number of Nudibranchs have been collected at Puffin
Island, Hilbre Island, and in other parts of the district ;
and although no species previously unrecorded have been
found, new localities have been added for some of the
rarer species, and a number of additional observations
upon habits and variations have been made. We have
continued some of the anatomical and histological investi-
gations on the structure of the cerata commenced last
year, and have instituted a comparison between the con-
ditions of the various dorso-lateral ridges and processes
in the different genera. We also record here some
experiments made in the fish tanks of the Liverpool
Aquarium with the object of testing the theory proposed
by one of us that the chief function of the cerata or dorsal
papillae is, according to their condition, to contribute to
the inconspicuous and protective appearance of the animal
or, in other cases, to render it conspicuous and warn
predaceous animals of some special offensive property.

* Proc, Biol. Soc, L'pool, vol. iii., p. 225.

132 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

This report is divided into three parts : — (1) the system-
atic account of the species, (2) some remarks upon the
epipodial nature of the cerata, and (3) an account of the
experiments with fishes. The usual tabular view of the
distribution of the recorded species throughout the district,
brought up to date, will be found on p. 146.

Part I. Systematic Account of the Species.

NUDIBRANCHIATA.

A. PYGOBKANCHIA ( == HOLOHEPATICA) .
Family DoRiD^.*

Archidoris tuherculata, Cuvier.

We have several times lately found this common species
lying in hollows of large sponges {[lalklwndria jfauicea),
the Nudibranch being in such cases very completely hidden
from observation. Garstang f has recently noticed this
protective resemblance in specimens found at Plymouth,
and Giard I has referred to it in discussing the Nudi-
branchs at Wimereux, on the coast of Normandy. In
1888 we described § a remarkable specimen which was
so coloured as to resemble exactly the lining of the rock-
pool in which it lived.
Lamellidoris hilamellata, Linnaeus.

This is the commonest species of Dorid in the Mersey,
and although richly coloured with yellow and brown, so

* We consider the form " Doridre " preferable to " Dorididre " as it avoids
confusion with the family Doridiidte formed for the genus Duridium.

tJour. Mar. Biol. Assoc, vol. i. no. 2, p. 174.

+ Bull. Sci. de la France, &c., t. xix., p. 492. Giard had also pointed out
some years before (Arch. Zool. 6xp6r., t. ii., 1873, p. 487) that this and
a few other species sometimes resemble the conn)ound ascidians upon which
they live.

§Proc. P>iol. Soc, L'pool, vol. iii., p. 13.

NUDIBEANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 133

as to be a striking object in a white dish or a vessel of
clear water, it is quite inconspicuous on the dark purple-
brown rocks spotted with patches of adhering mud, sand,
small algae and zoophytes found in this neighbourhood.
We were much impressed with this on a recent visit
(March, 1890) to Hilbre Island when we found that a reef
of rock we were exploring had a number of specimens of
this species scattered over it w^iich were not at first
noticed because of the perfect manner in which their
colours blended with those of the surroundinsfs.*
LamelUdoris proxima, Aid. and Hanc.

We have taken this again at Puffin Island and Hilbre
Island, and Dr. Hanitsch found it at Port Erin, Isle of
Man, in April, 1890.

AcantJiodoris p'dosa, 0. F. Miiller.

Found again at Hilbre Island, March, 1890 — colour dark
grey. Transverse sections of this species bring out very
clearly that the large papillae on the dorsal surface are
much more prominent on the sides than along the middle
line of the back (PL VI. fig. 5).

Family Polycerid^.
Goniodorls nodosa, Montagu.

Found at Port Erin, Isle of Man, in April, 1890, by Dr.
Hanitsch. We have made use of specimens of this species
for an enquiry into the condition of the epipodial ridges
(PL VI. fig. 6) which will be discussed below.

Pohjcera quadrilineata, 0. F. Miiller.

Dr. Hanitsch obtained some specimens at Port Erin,
Isle of Man, in April, 1890. We have found this species
an important transition form, in the condition of the

^ 111 this connection see the experiments on fishes given on p. 152, and the
remarks on colour on p. 162.

134 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

dorsal ridges and epipodial processes, between Goniodoris
and AncidaA The anterior part of the body in the
region of the rhinophore shows in transverse section
(PI. YI. fig. 7, e.p.) a prominent lateral ridge which becomes
considerably lower as it is traced back (PI. VI. fig. 8,
right side) , and then rises again at the sides of the bran-
chiae (PI. VI. fig. 8, left side, and fig. 9) and immediately
behind them to form prominent cerata comparable with
those of Ancula (PI. VI. fig. 10). These posteriorly placed
cerata of Polycera contain numerous large glands (PI. VII.
figs. 3 and 4) which we shall have to refer to again in
connection with Ancula (p. 136).

Ancula cristata, Alder.

This species was found by Dr. Hanitsch at Port Erin,
in April, 1890, and we took it in extraordinary profusion
at Hilbre Island in March, 1890. On one reef of rocks
especially, a little way above low water mark, there must
have been many thousands of specimens present. For
yards it was impossible to walk without treading on them
and handfuls were readily collected by scraping the speci-
mens together from the mud-covered rocks. Many of these
were kept alive and used for the experiments with fishes at
the Aquarium described below.

The variation in size and colouring of this species at
Hilbre is very great, and the larger specimens are almost
invariably white, light grey or almost colourless, while the
smaller ones are more or less conspicuously ornamented
with bright yellow. This species is very slimy, and a num-
ber of specimens put together in a bottle very soon form a

tGarstaiig (loc. cit. p. 181) has already pointed out that the cerata of an
allied forni, Iiiaha aspersa, are plainly homologous with the ridges of
Goniodoris &c., and the epipodial folds of Doris; and has expressed his
belief that their honiologues are to be found in Tritonia, Lomanotus and
Eulis. See also, Herdman, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. xxxi., p. 42,

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 135

reticulum of mucus with mud and entangled foreign bodies
in which they remain hidden. In the natural state the
mucus seems chiefly on the foot and especially at its pos-
terior end, each individual having a slimy string attached
to the end of the tail by which it is anchored. This no
doubt accounts for the manner in which the animal is
able to live on exposed rocks in the wash of the tide. We
have several times watched specimens of Ancula in a few
inches of water when there was a strong tide running past
the rocks and waves dashing on them and noticed that
they w^ere swayed backwards and forwards in the water
but were securely anchored by their tails.

Transverse sections through the body show that at least
three different sets of glands connected with the integu-
ment are present. First there are the mucus-secreting
goblet cells in the ectoderm which are abundant over the
whole surface (PL VII. figs. 5 and 6, g.c); then there are
the distinct glands in the foot (PI. VII. fig. b,f.gl.) which
are large and extend for a considerable way into the
mesoderm ; and finally there are special glands which are
placed chiefly on the side of the body in its posterior part
(PL VII. fig. 6, gl'.), and in large masses occupying the
apices of the cerata (PL VII. fig. 8, gV).

The foot glands are multicellular pyriform masses open-
ing by narrow ducts on the surface of the foot (PL VII.
figs. 5 and 6, f.gl). The cells are distinctly nucleated
and granular, and stain deeply with picrocarmine. The
special glands on the sides of the body and tail consist of
large single cells of spherical or pyriform shape which
are generally aggregated into clumps. These cells are
distinctly nucleated, but the nucleus is sometimes dis-
placed to one side and the greater part of the cell is
occupied by a clear or faintly granular secretion (PL VII.
fig. 6, gV). Ducts are not so obvious as in the case of the

136 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

foot glands. At the apices of the cerata the glands are
much more distinctly arranged in ovate or pyriform masses
(PI. VII. figs. 7, 8, 9) and there are usually distinct
ducts (PI. VII. fig. 9, gV). The cells are smaller, are
invariably filled with a clear secretion, and the nucleus
is displaced to the side. We find that the cerata are
occupied by large blood spaces (the ceratal sinuses,
PI. VII. figs. 7 and 8, h.s.) exactly like those of the
cerata of Dendronotus arhorescens*

Ancula is not protectively coloured ; and as it has no
cnidophorous sacs, its bright white and yellow colouring
and conspicuous appearance on dark rocks seemed for a
time inexplicable. From our experiments we have come
to the conclusion that it is distasteful to fishes (see below,
p. 155), and possibly it is the secretion of these large
compound glands at the apices of the cerata w^hich is of an
offensive nature.

In Polycera quadrHineata (PI. VII. figs. 3 and 4) the
cerata terminating the lateral ridges on the body, which
we regard as representing the cerata of Ancula, contain
numerous glands. These are simple pyriform sacs filled
with large polygonal granular cells which stain deep
crimson with picrocarmine (PL VII. fig. 3, gl). These
glands open between the ectoderm cells by long narrow
tubular ducts (PL VII. fig. 4).

In Ancula the large glands in the cerata are somewhat
different from those of Polycera quadriUneata. The masses
are not so regularly placed and shaped, and the cells are
not so granular, but seem to a large extent filled up with
a clear secretion, while the nucleus is displaced to one
side of the cell. And whereas in Polycera the glands ex-
tend nearly all over both sides of the cerata, there being

* Compare our last report, Proc. Biol. Soc, L'pool, vol. iii., PI. xii. %. 2.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 137

only a narrow basal tract free from them, (PL VI. fig. 9),
in Anciila they are confined to the terminal one-third or so
of the cerata. Possibly these glands, both in Polycera and
Aacida, correspond to those found in a similar position
in Aplf/sia (PI. VII. fig. 1), viz., along the edges of the
epipodia. In Aplysia punctata, however, these epipodial
glands are smaller and not so conspicuous, those of the
under surface of the mantle edge being relatively larger
and more numerous (PL VII. fig. 2).

B. CEKATONOTA (^ CLADOHEPATICA.)
Family DoTONiDiE.

Doto co7'onata, Gmelin.

Dredged in Turbot Hole, off Puftin Island, August, 1889.

With the view of determining the structure of the
cerata, and especially the meaning of the little pigmented
projections which give them their turretted appearance
(PL IX. fig. 1), we have made a number of serial sections
both longitudinal and transverse. The hepatic caeca in
the cerata are very large and are branched and swollen, so
that usually several large hepatic cavities are found cut in
each section (PL IX. fig. 1).* Between the hepatic caeca
and the ectoderm we find almost a continuous layer of
gland cells which stain deeply with picrocarmine and are
arranged in elongated clumps lying parallel with the
ectoderm and usually two or three cells thick (PL IX.
fig. 3, (/L). On the pigmented projections the columnar
ectoderm is found to become rapidly cubical and then
almost squamous (PL IX. figs. 2 and 4, k), while the dome-
shaped cavity below the thin ectoderm is nearly filled up

* For the general relations of the hepatic cpeca in the cerata to the parts
of the liver in the body see Herdnian, Quart. Jour. Microsc. Sci., vol. xxxi.,
p. 51, and pi. ix.

138 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

with gland cells amongst which are found one or more
small cavities.

Vayssiere * has described in Doto cinerea, and briefly
referred to in D. coronata, the presence of remarkable large
miicellular glands on the papillae of the cerata which he con-
siders as offensive organs comparable with the cnidocysts
of the Eolididae. Yayssiere finds that these cells when
mature are able on slight pressure to emit a delicate tube
filled with a finely granular fluid, which escapes from a slit
in the end of the tube, and may be regarded as a poison
serving to defend the Doto against enemies.!

Our figures (PI. IX. figs. 2, 3 and 4) are of course taken
from preserved specimens, where no doubt there has been
a certain amount of contraction, but the sections certainly
give us the impression that the large cells are arranged
in distinct masses or glands containing a central cavity
(PI. IX. figs. 2 and 4) and opening to the exterior at the
apex of the little papilla where the epithelium becomes low.
From Vayssiere' s figure I it appears that in Doto cinerea
the epithelium remains columnar all over the summit of
the papilla. We do not find in our specimens any trace
of the ''urticating cells" filled with minute fusiform
spicules found by Vayssiere in Doto cinerea.

Family Eolidid^.

Facelina {Acanthopsole) coronata, Forbes.

We find that in this species, which we have been inves-
tigating since the last report, the apex of the hepatic
caecum in the cerata is connected with the cnidophorous
sac by a long narrow tube very much as in Facelina
drummondi (see PI. IX. fig. 8). The cnidophorous sac

* Ann. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. de Marseille, t. iii., mem. 4, p. 104, 1888.
tloc. cit., p. 105. Jloc. cit., \)\. vii. fig. 133.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 139

narrows gradually at its lower end and passes over into
the connecLing tube which is bent upon itself in a sigmoid
curve. Fig. 6 shows a section in which hepatic caecum (/i.e.),
connecting tube (cd.) and cnidophorous sac (c.s.) occur
together all cut transversely. The large cells or cnidocysts
in which the thread-cells lie (fig. 6, c.s.) are distinctly
nucleated and contain each a very large number of cnida.
They get much smaller at the upper and lower ends of the
sac and pass gradually into the ordinary ectoderm cells on
the one hand and the cubical or low columnar cells of the
connecting duct on the other.

The cnida are of elongated fusiform shape and are
slightly curved * (fig. 7) . None were seen in the exploded
state. At the junction of the connecting tube with the
apex of the hepatic caecum the cubical epithelium passes
gradually into the glandular hepatic, cells, and there appears
to be no distinct sphincter present. Figure 5 shows the
very narrow opening of the hepatic caecum into the lateral
branch of the liver (/./.) leading to the posterior end of
the stomach.
Facelina {Acanthopsole) drummondi, Thompson.

A number of specimens were found at Hilbre Island
on September 9th, 1889, at extreme low water.

The remarkably long curved connecting duct between
the cnidophorous sac and the hepatic caecum in this species
is shown in PI. IX. fig. 8, cd. PL IX. fig. 9 shows the

* These are evidently the forms described by Vayssiere as the reniform
nematocysts (Ann. du Miis. d'Hist. Nat. de Marseille, Zool. t. iii., Mem. 4,
p. 40, 1888) ; we have not found the second kind described as oviform.
Bergh, in his recently published admirable account of the Cladohepatic
Nudibranchs (Zoolog. Jahrblich., Bd. v. 1890), seems to consider it still
doubtful whether more than the one kind of cnida is really produced in the
cnidophorous sac, but Vayssiere's figures show very distinctly, in the case of
Coryphella landshurgi at least, unbroken cnidocysts containing two distinct
kinds of cnida, large reniform and small pyriform.

140 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

appearance of the hepatic caecum m the living condition,
and fig. 10 shows some of the pigmented yellow (a) and
red (b) liver cells set free.
Corypliella ruJlhranchiaUs, Johnst.

This species is considered to be a synonym of Corypliella
landshurgi by Trinchese, Vayssiere and others, but we are
convinced of its distinctness. In C. rufihranchialis the white
zone on the cerata is very wide, and the cnida differ from
those of C. landshurgi (see PL VIII. figs 2 and 9.) It
has been added to the Fauna of Puftin Island by Mr.
Thompson who collected three specimens on the south
spit in April, 1890.

As this is a common species in this neighbourhood, and
we have been able to examine a number of very fine speci-
mens, we give the following notes taken from the animal
in the living condition : —

The body is white and less translucent than in Facelina
coronata and many other Eolids ; it is more solid and fleshy-
looking. The front of the foot is prolonged laterally to
form a pair of conspicuous curved processes. The tail is
very long and tapers to a fine point. The largest speci-
mens we have taken at Hilbre Island during the last year
measure 4*5 cm. in length.

The dorsal tentacles are of the same white colour as the
body. They are tapering and are not laminated, but are
irregularly corrugated along their edges. There is a little
opaque white pigment scattered over their tips.

The oral tentacles are of the same form, length, and
colour as the dorsal tentacles. In one of our specimens
we found the left oral tentacle bifurcating into a pair of
long slender divergent branches with very sharp points.

The cerata are large and awkward looking, and the ani-
mal has a habit of erecting them in a bristling manner and
of waving them about energetically with a somewhat jerky

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THI^ L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 141

motion. The colour of the hepatic caeca in the cerata is
from a bright brick-red to vermiUion and is quite opaque ;
while the surrounding integument (" sheath " of Alder
and Hancock) is colourless and transparent. There is
a ring of opaque white pigment on the surface near the
apex (PI. VIIL fig. 1, pg.) The cerata are placed indis-
tinctly in rows which are placed very close together and
are 18 to 20 in number. There are about 6 cerata in each
row, the smallest being as usual on the outside. Some
of the smaller cerata have little or no colour, and in one
of our specimens we found one of the largest cerata near
the middle of the body to be perfectly clear and colourless
— apparently the hepatic caecum was absent.

The hepatic caeca in this species are very distinctly
lobulated (PL VIIL figs 1, 3, 4 and 5). In some cases it
might be said that short branches are present, thus lead-
ing in the direction of the distinctly branched caeca of
Doto. Figure 3 shows one of the cerata of Cori/jjhella
rufihranchlalis in longitudinal section and exhibits the well
marked lateral lobes or short branches of the caecum, while
fig. 5 shows the condition, and arrangement of the red (r)
and yellow {y) pigmented masses, in part of a slightly
squeezed living specimen.

The broad ring of superficial pigment near the tip of the
cerata hides the greater part of the cnidophorous sac (PI.
VIIL fig. 1, py.) allowing only the apex and the wide
base to be seen. The sac is large and of elongated pyri-
form shape, and has a very muscular w^all. The cnidocysts
are long and narrow and rather numerous. They nearly
meet in the centre of the sac (PI. VIIL fig. 4, c.c.) The
connecting tube between the cnidophorous sac and the
hepatic C{©cum is so short as to be reduced to a mere
opening (see PL VIIL fig. 1, surface view, and fig. 4,
section), on the edges of which the smaller basal cnidocysts

142 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

are seen to pass gradually over into the hepatic cells. The
cnida, which are very numerous, are large and of nearly
globular form (fig. 2) like those of Facelina drummondi,
and the thread is coiled transversely to the longer axis
of the cell.

Coryphella lamls'mrgi, Aid. and Hanc.

We found four specimens of this rare species at the
north end of Hilbre Island, on March 21st, 1890. This is
apparently the first time it has been taken in the district
since the two original specimens recorded by Byerley in
1849 and 1853.* Our specimens were obtained at extreme
low water of a twenty foot tide, and at least two of them
were attached to Flustra foUacea.

The length of the largest specimen when extended was
1*5 cm.; and the colouring was very brilliant, the body
and tail and the tentacles, both oral and dorsal, as well
as the surface layer of the cerata being of a bright lilac, or
from that to a violet tint, while the central part of the
cerata varied from a bright brick red to a vermillion col-
our, very much as in the case of Coryphella rufihranclualis.
Under a low power the characteristic lilac colouring is seen
to be in a granular condition, and is due to a large number
of rounded pigment cells scattered closely over the surface
layer of the mesoderm (PI. YIII. fig. 10).

The cerata are arranged in groups. Commencing at
the anterior end there are first four rows closely placed,
then two rows, then four sets of single rows having six
cerata in each row. The larger cerata are long and taper-
ing. Near the tip of each is found an incomplete ring of
opaque white pigment placed upon the surface and obscur-
ing the median portion of the cnidophorous sac (PI. VIII.
fig. 7, p(j). There is also a little opaque white pigment

* See our lirst Report in vol. i. of " Fauna," p. 274.

NUDIBEANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 143

scattered over the tips of the dorsal and oral tentacles.
The eyes are very distinct, and are placed some way behind
the bases of the dorsal tentacles. Sections however show
that they are sessile upon the cerebral ganglia.

The cnidophorous sac is pyriform in outline, the upper
end being pointed while the lower wider end communicates
with the apex of the hepatic caecum by a short straight
tube (PI. YIII. fig. 7). The wall of the cnidophorous sac
is unusually muscular, and while one of the animals w^as
under observation in the living condition w^e saw a large
number of the cnida expelled with force from the terminal
opening (PL YIII. fig. 8.) in the exploded or evaginated
condition. The cnida are large (measuring 0'028 mm. in
length and 0*01 mm. in breadth) and are of an ellipsoidal
shape (PI. VIII. fig. 9).* The thread is distinctly seen to
be coiled along the axis of the cell and not transversely
to it as in Facel'nia drummoinU and other species. When
evaginated the thread is seen to be provided with num-
erous long sharp spines placed alternately so as to give
rise to a zig-zag appearance (PI. VIII. fig. 9).

Galvina pk'ta, Aid. and Hanc.

We collected half a dozen specimens of this species at
Hilbre on September 9th, 1889, and several on March 21st,
1890; and Mr. A. 0. Walker dredged a specimen in
Colwyn Bay in February, 1890. It appears to be becom-
ing more common in the district.

Figure 11 on Plate IX. shows a transverse section
through the tip of one of the cerata of this species. On
the inner side of the large ectoderm cells is found a thin
layer of connective tissue ime.s.), then an irregular series
of blood sinuses, then another thin layer of connective
tissue, and then, occupying the centre of the section, is

* Described by Vayssiere as reniform (loc. eit., p. 78.)

144 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the cnidophorous sac (c.s.) with its wall formed of large
cnidocysts (invaginated ectoderm cells) packed full of cnida.
The sac is rather long, the cnidocysts are very distinct
and not numerous, and the cnida are of elongated rod-like
form with the thread coiled transversely to the long axis
of the cell.
Cratena concinna, Aid. and Hanc.

We obtained this species for the first time during the
recent cruise of the " Hyaena" (May, 1890). It was re-
corded many years ago by CoUingwood, from the neigh-
bourhood of the Mersey. We dredged three specimens off
Lleiniog in the Menai Straits, between Puffin Island and
Beaumaris, from a depth of six fathoms.

The colour of the hepatic caeca in the cerata differed a
little in these specimens, being in one much redder and
in the others browner. Under a low power of the
microscope the colour seems very much yellower than it
does to the eye. It is coarsely granular, and in some of
the cerata the caeca are much lobed.
Cratena viridis, Forbes.

We found one specimen of this rare species amongst
zoophytes dredged from the Turbot-hole near Puffin Island
in August, 1889, and took one specimen at Hilbre Island
on March 21st, 1890. The latter is the first that has been
recorded from the neighbourhood of the Merse}^ and the
species was only known previously from the other parts of
our district by one specimen from the Isle of Man and one
from Puffin Island. We also dredged a specimen in
Khoscolyn Bay, Anglesey, during the recent cruise of the
"Hyaena" (May, 1890). The following notes were taken
from the Hilbre Island specimen in the living condition : —

The length of the body is 4*5 mm. The dorsal and oral
tentacles are rather short and colourless, and have slightly
irregular edges. There are ten closely place! rows of

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 145

cerata which are short and stout in form. The hepatic
caeca under a low powder of the microscope are seen to be
irregularly speckled with green and black pigment, while
at the apex the cnidophorous sac forms a large opaque
yellowish mass. This apical colouring is not superficial as
in the case of Corypliella landsfmrc/i, C. rnji/iranchialis, and
other species, but is apparently in the wall of the sac itself.
There is, how^ever, a little opaque white sprinkled down
the anterior surfaces of the cerata. One of the larger
cerata was found to be bifurcated at its tip, and provided
with two distinct cnidophorous sacs. Curiously enough
the single specimen from Puffin Island, which we recorded
last year, showed exactly the same abnormality.*

The cnidophorous sac (PI. IX. fig. 12) is flask shaped,
and communicates with the hepatic caecum by a very short
tube. Several masses of gland cells (^/.) are placed around
the junction.

The table on the following page shows the distribution of
the species of Kudibranchs recorded up to now in the four
regions of our district which have been sufficiently investi-
gated. The first column includes Hilbre Island, w^hile the
third takes in the Menai Straits and the coast of Anglesey :
we separate Puffin Island from the preceding region
merely because it may be convenient for those working
at the Biological Station to know what species have been
found on the shore. Fifteen species have now been ob-
tained at Puffin Island.

* Proe. Biol. Soc, Liverpool, vol. iii., p. 234,

146

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

NUDIBRANCHIATA.

Archidoris tuherculata ...

A. johnstoni

A. jiammea

LamelUdoris hilamellata .

L. depressa

L. pro.i'ima

Acanthodoris pilosa

A. quadrangulata

Goniodoris nodosa

G. castanea

Trlopa claviger

Polycera lessoni

do., var. ocellata.

P, quadrilineata

Ayicula cristata ,

Tritonia liomfergi

T. plehela

Dendronotus arhorescens
Doto coronata

D. fragilis

Janus cristatus

J, kyaluius

EoHdia papillosa

EoUdiella glauca

Facelina coronata

F. drummondi

Coryphella lineata

C. gracilis

C. landshurgi

C. rufihranchialis

Cratena concinna

C. olivacea

C. amcena

C. aurantiaca

C. arenicola

C viridis

Cuthona nana

Galvina picta

G. tricolor

Tergipes despecta

T. exigua

Emhletonia pallida

Fiona manna

Estuary
of the
Mersey.

Isle of

Man.

North
Wales.

Puffin
Island.

X

X

X

X

X

X

...

...

X

...

X

X i

X

X

X \

X

X

...

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

...

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

...

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

1

X

X

...

X

X

i

NUDIBKANCHIATA 01^' THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 147

Part II. Epipodial Natuee of the Cerata.

In a paper* laid by one of us before the British Associa-
tion last September, it was suggested that all the various
projections from the sides and back of Nudibranchs known
as cerata are to be regarded as epipodial papillae, or out-
growths from a more or less distinct epipodial ridge.
And Garstang f has independently arrived at the same
conclusion in his recent Report upon the Nudibranchs of
Plymouth Sound.

Pelseneer has lately drawn attention I to the presence
and condition of the epipodia in Trochus and other Rhipi-
doglossate Gastropods, but he does not consider these
structures as being homologous with the large epipodial
flaps of Aplysia and other Opisthobranchs and Pteropods.
For these latter he uses the term parapodia, introduced
by von Jhering, and open to the objection that it is already
appropriated by a totally different structure in another
group of animals. But the condition of the parts in
Trochus is so very similar to that found in Poli/cera and
Idalia, and the dorso-lateral processes of the two latter
forms are so clearly comparable with the large lateral flaps
of Aplysia, that we are inclined to regard all these projec-
tions as being homologous structures, entitled to be con-
sidered as epipodial in their nature.

We now give figures of a series of transverse sections
(PL VI.) for the purpose of showing the condition of the
epipodial structures in a number of different forms of
Nudibranchs.

The typical epipodia are seen in Ehjsia (PI. VI. fig. 1)

* Herdman on the Struct, and Functions of the Cerata, &c., Brit. Assoc.
Report, 1889 (abstract only), and j)ublished in full in Quart. Journ. Microsc.
Science, vol. xxxi., p. 41.

t Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc, vol. i. no. 2., p. 181.

X Sur r 6pipodium des Mollusques, Bull.^Sci., 1888, p. 182.

148 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

or in Aplysia (fig. 2,) in a well developed state, and a trans-
verse section through the latter mollusc at about the
junction of the anterior and middle thirds of the body
shows that the epipodia are folds of the lateral integument,
extending upwards and inwards (PL VI. fig. 3, e.p.) so
as to cover over the greater part of the dorsal surface.

It is generally beheved * that the fold of integument
over-hanging the foot in Doris should be regarded not as a
mantle edge but as an epipodial ridge. Figures 4 and 5
show transverse sections through Doris pilosa, and the
lateral ridges {e:p.) above the foot are seen to be large, to
have the same general relations as the epipodial folds of
Aphjsia, and to bear on their surface a number of prominent
papillae. When we examine next a transverse section of
Goniodoris nodosa (PI. VI. fig. 6) we find that the lateral
ridges have assumed a more dorsal position, and have
slightly projecting nodules or papillae at intervals along
their course. In Poh/cera (PL VI. figs. 7, 8, 9) we find
the same lateral ridge has become more prominent, bears
more distinct papillae throughout its course, and rises up
at its posterior end alongside the median dorsal branchiae
to form a pair or more of large simple or bifurcating
processes which are entitled to the name of cerata
(PL VI. fig. 9).f

In the genus Idalia a similar epipodial ridge is present
bearing numerous slender cerata, especially in its posterior
part, alongside the branchiae ; and even in ^^Egirus punc-
tilucens, where the back and sides of the body bear
numerous tubercles, there is a row of larger projections
distinctly visible on each side, which probably represents
the epipodial ridge of other forms (PL VI. fig. 11, e.p.).

* E.g., see Lankester, Ency. Brit., 9th ed., vol. xvi., Art. IMollusca, ]). 655.
+ Pai'ieto-cerata, Herdiiiaii, loc. cit.. (^)uait. Jour. Mic. Sc, p. 42.

NUDIBEANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 149

In Ancula m^^afa the lateral ridge has almost disappeared
as a ridge, but it is evident that the five pairs of large
simple cerata placed at the sides of the branchiae (fig. 10)
correspond to the similar structures seen in Polycera and
IdaUa. Then in Triopa claviyer (fig. 12) the cerata have
become more numerous (seven pairs), are directed more
laterally, and extend from the head nearly to the posterior
end of the body.

In passing next to the family Tritoniidae we find that
the cerata become branched in an arborescent manner, but
on comparing sections of Goniodoris (fig. 6) or Polycera
(fig. 9) with those of Candiella jAeheia (fig. 13) it is im-
possible to doubt that one is dealing wdth the same series
of projections. Cahrilla occidental is, which has been lately
described and figured by Fewkes,* presents an interesting
intermediate condition between Triopa and Tritonia. Cah-
rilla is evidently referable to the Doridoe ; it has short
laminated rhinophores and a posteriorly-placed circle
of branchiae, but is possessed of six or seven pairs of
laterally-placed cerata which are branched at their ends,
and are evidently comparable with the parieto-cerata of
Tritonia and Dendroiiotus. In Dendronotus the large parieto-
cerata become very complicated in form (fig. 14), but are
evidently merely a further development of the smaller but
similar processes of Candiella or Tritonia.

Finally, in the great group Cladohepatica we find large
and conspicuous hepato-cerata (PI. VI. figs 15 and 16), as
in Doto, Eolis, and Proctonotus, but we must regard these
as being merely cerata, originally like those of the Doridae
and Tritoniidae, wdiich have been invaded by the hepatic
caeca and have afterw^ards become enlarged and modified

* Zoological Exciii-sions, I. Ne^v Invertebrata from California : Boston,
89, p. 4-i.

150 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in various ways. In Dofo (fig. 15) there is a single row of
cerata on each side of the body, but each member of the
row is lobed. In most species of EoUs (fig. 16) there are
several rows of cerata on each side, or in other words each
of the lobed cerata of Doto is represented by a group of
simple cerata in Eolis (see PL VI. figs. 15 and 16).

Consequently we think there are grounds for considering
all these dorso-lateral projections, whether they be ridges
or parieto-cerata or hepato-cerata, simple or branched, as
being epipodial in their nature.

Part III. Experiments with Fishes.

With the view of testing the theory that the remarkable
shapes and colours of Nudibranchs are either of a pro-
tective or of a warning nature,* and are definitely related
to their edibility or the reverse, we arranged some experi-
ments on the feeding of Fishes with Nudibranchs, which
were carried out in the Aquarium of the Liverpool Free
Public Museum, with the kind co-operation of the Curator,
Mr. T. J. Moore, and some of his assistants.

Most of the expernnents were made in three large fish
tanks, which may be called A, B, and C. A and B are rec-
tangular slate and plate-glass wall-tanks lit from the top,
measuring 7^ feet long, SJ feet wide, and 3:^ feet high,
and containing each about 700 gallons of sea water and
some rock- work. A has a gravel bottom, and contains
about twenty very healthy and active adult shannies {Blen-
iilas jj/iolis, obtained from the Menai Straits) ; while B
has a sandy floor and is devoted to flat fish — it contains
a considerable number of soles {Solea vabjarU) and plaice

* See Herdman, Opening Address, in Trans. BioL Soc, Liverpool, vol. iv.,
p. It) ; and Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci., vol. xxxi., p. 41, April, 1890.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 151

{Pleuronectes platessa), a few small thornback rays (Rata
clavata), turbot {Rhomhus madumus), and one brill {Rhomhus
Icevis), and on one occasion had some young cod {Gadus
morrhua). The average size of these flat fish is six or
seven inches in length, and there are over sixty of them
altogether in the tank.

C is an octagonal centre or table tank with a sandy
bottom, measuring 4 feet 6 inches in diameter and 17
inches in depth, and holding about 100 gallons of water.
It contains various small fishes, viz., bullhead (Cotfus
hufniUs), wrasse or goldsinny {Ctenohifnnis rtipestris), J)0gge
(Ac/onus cataphractus) , gemmeous dragonet {GalUonymas
hjra), five-bearded rockling {Moiella Diustela), viper w^eever
{Trachinus vipera), and young cod {Gadus morrhua).

All these fishes were in a thoroughly healthy condition,
and some of them had been living undisturbed in their
tanks for periods varying up to four years. The water in
the tanks is kept aerated, and in constant circulation by
a water engine. The fish are usually fed upon mussels,
cockles, and occasionally worms, which are thrown in at
the top of the tank and allowed to sink slowly through the
water. Such food matters are usually seen at once and
eagerly pounced upon and eaten during their descent. We
adopted the same plan in putting most of the nudibranchs
into the tanks ; and as, in anticipation of the visit to the
Aquarium in the afternoon, the fishes were not fed on the
days we intended to experiment with them, they had been
fasting for about twenty-four hours, and so may be regarded
as being unusually eager to seize any object dropped into
the water. At the beginning, and again at the end of each
day's experiments, we threv/ a couple of cockles or mussels
into the tank, and found that they were at once caught
and bolted in the usual manner.

152 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

I. October 29th, 1889. [A supply of healthy average-
sized specimens of Lamellicloris h'dameUata was ob-
tained from the rocks at New Brighton. Mr. Moore,
the curator ; Mr. R. Paden, assistant ; and Woods,
the Aquarium attendant, were present. Notes were
taken by Professor Herdman.]

A. Shanny Tank : —

Doris* 1. — Seized when falling by a fish and taken at once
to dark corner.

2. — Seized and at once rejected ; seized by ano-
ther fish and at once rejected ; seized by a
third and rejected, then allowed to lie on
bottom.

3. — Seized and rejected by two fish in rapid suc-
cession, then seized by third and taken to
dark corner.

4. — Seized and rejected by first fish, taken to dark
corner by second.

5. — Seized and rejected by three fish in rapid suc-
cession, and then left.

B. Flat Fish Tank :—

Uoris 1. — Seized and rejected in rapid succession by a
turbot, a sole, another sole, and a plaice,
and then left lying on sand.

C. Table Tank:—

Doris 1. — Seized and rejected by a wrasse, tried again
by same and again rejected, then left.
2. — Seized and rejected by a Cottns and by a
dragonet in rapid succession and then left.

* In the account of tliese experiments we shall use the old well-known
generic names Dori^ and Eolis instead of Ijumellidoris, Coryphella, &c.

NUDIBRAXCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 153

Finally, another Doris was dropped gently into a fourth
tank containing a conger eel so as to fall in front of its
nose, but although the fish passed close to the nudibranch
several times while under observation it apparently took
no notice of it, and certainly made no attempt to seize it.

From these nine experiments there can be but little
doubt that Doris hilamellata is distasteful to these eight
kinds of fish. This w^as an unexpected result, as the Doris
has no stinging apparatus, and certainly seems to be pro-
tectively coloured. The distastefulness may be due either
to the spicules in the skin or to the abundant mucus
covering the body.

II. February 21st, 1890. [AVe brought a large supply of
Ancula cristata, and a few specimens of Dendronotus
arhorescens, Corypltella rujiJ>ran('hialis,Sjiid Galvinajjicta,
which we had collected at Hilbre Island the previous
evening. Mr. Moore, Mr. K. Paden, and Woods
w^ere present. Notes were taken by Professor
Herdman.j

Mr. Moore and Professor Herdman each eat an
Ancula. The specimen was placed alive upon the
tongue. No stinging or other disagreeable sensation
was perceived. It was then chew^ed slowly and swal-
lowed. The taste was pleasant, and distinctly like
that of an oyster.

Ancula cristata.
A. Shanny Tank : —

Ancula 1. — Seized and rejected by a fish and then bolted
suddenly by a second.
2. — Seized when falling and rejected by ten fish

in rapid succession.
8. — Seized when falling and swallowed by a fish.

154 LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

4. — Seized and rapidly rejected by five fish in

succession.
5. — Seized and rapidly rejected by four fish in

succession.

p. Flat Fish Tank :—
Ancula 1. — Seized and rejected by a young cod and six
plaice in rapid succession.
2. — Seized and rejected by seven plaice in rapid

succession and left lying on sand.
3. — Seized and rejected by four plaice in rapid
succession and left lying on sand.

The fish were then tried with some cockles, which,
when thrown in, were eagerly pounced upon and eaten.
Then four specimens of Ancula were thrown in together
and were tried and rejected by two young cod and three
plaice.

C. Table Tank:—

Ancula 1. — Touched by a young cod but not taken, then
tried and rejected by goldsinny.

2. — Touched and rejected several times by cod.

3. — Touched and rejected by first cod, bolted sud-
denly by second.

The shannies at once take an object into the mouth
even though they reject it again immediately, but the
young cod usually approach it very closely and appear to
smell it or feel it with the lips and then turn away from
it, or else suddenly bolt it, in which case it does not re-
appear. The shanny seems to test the edibility inside its
mouth, the cod outside.

Some crabs {Ilijas araneus) in two small tanks were
then tried with specimens of Ancula with the following
results :—

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 155

Ancula 1. — Seized at once by crab but eaten very slowly.
Pulled to pieces by third maxillipedes, and
apparently only some parts eaten.
2. — Taken no notice of.

3. — Taken up by chela, then dropped and left.
4. — Apparently not noticed by crabs.
The three last specimens of Ancula were found alive and
fully expanded next day, and crawled about the two crab
tanks undisturbed for some time.

Finally a few specimens of Ancula were taken to the
anemone tank and allowed to drop upon the fully expanded
tentacles of a white and a pink Actinoloha diantkus ; they
were not sw^allowed in either case, but after lying for some
time w^ere allowed to fall off the tentacles.

In all, then, Ancula was rejected by fifty-three animals
and taken by four. These experiments gave us the dis-
tinct impression that Ancula was distasteful to the
animals tried, although we did not at that time under-
stand why and had expected to get a contrary result.

Deiuironotus arhorescens.

A. Shanny Tank : —

Dendronotus 1. — Seized at once by shanny and carried off
to back of tank. Shortly afterwards two
shannies were found fighting over it, each
having hold of an end, as they do wdth a
large worm, finally they each ate a part of
the Dendronotus.

B. Flat Fish Tank :—

Dendronotus 1. — Tried and rejected by brill and young
cod. Then seized by plaice and kept in
mouth for a long time, during which it was
pursued by other fish.

156 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

C. Table Tank :—

Dendronotus 1. — Touched and left by a young cod, taken
partly into mouth and rejected by two bullheads
(Cotfus) four or five times.

The general impression we received was that Dendrono-
tus was more acceptable to the fish than Ancula, but that
they were incommoded by the size. Our specimens were
large ones, over two inches in length, and none of the
fishes tried seemed able to get the whole of the, Dendronotus
comfortably into the mouth at once ; several took half the
body into the mouth and sw^am about with the other half
hanging out. This was well seen in the case of the shan- ,
nies who each eat half of the specimen, and of the plaice
which carried about its prey for a considerable time, during
which it was actively pursued by the others. That speci-
men was in all probability eaten by one or more of the
plaice, as we could find no trace of it some httie time after-
wards. The rejection by Coitus may be accounted for
by the awkward size of the morsel. The two fish had each
at least two tries at it, taking it half into the mouth, giving
it a shake, sending it out, and then going at it again as
if to get a better hold.

Eolis.
A. Shanny Tank : —

Eolis 1. — {Coryphella ruJihrancliiaUs) — Seized by largest
shanny, who at once shook it vigorously and kept
moving its jaws and ejecting the cerata in groups
of three or four, and finally put out the rest of
the body. Then tried and rejected by four or
five other fish in rapid succession, and then by
the large shanny again, then by several others,
and finally left lying at the bottom of the tank.
The large shanny who first tried it was noticed

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 157

going about for some time afterwards (5 p.m.)
with the month held open, but was all right again
next morning.

C. Table Tank :—

EoUs 2. — {Galvina iiida) — Touched or tried and rejected
at once by cod, bullhead, and w^eever. The cod
came very near it or touched it with its snout
several times afterwards, but never took it into
the mouth.

Eolis is undoubtedly distasteful. The cnida on the tips
of the cerata probably sting the lips, &c., of the fish.

As it had occurred to us that the natural conditions would
be more nearly reproduced if the nudibranchs w-ere not
dropped into the tank, on the following day, February
22nd, a few specimens of Ancula w^ere placed upon pieces
of stone and low^ered cautiously into tanks A and B in
such a way as not to attract the attention of the fish.
The nudibranchs reached the rockwork safely, and were
seen crawiing over various parts of the tanks for several
days untouched by the fish (shannies and flat fish) . Woods
(the x\quarium attendant) tells us that the fish sometimes
went close to the Anc^da and looked at them but never
attempted to touch them. The nudibranchs w^ere last
seen about a w^eek after being put into the tanks. They
then disappeared, but may possibly have retreated into
the back part of the tank, or have crawled up out of the
water as Ancula is very liable to do when kept in captivity.

III. March 22nd, 1890. [We brought to the Aquarium
specimens of Dendronotus, Eolis, and Doris, w^hich we
had collected at Hilbre Island on the previous after-
noon. Mr. Moore, Mr. Chard, assistant, and Woods
were present — Professor Herdman taking notes.]

158 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Dendronotus arhorescens.

A. Shanny Tank : —

Dendronotus 1. — Seized at once by the large shanny and
kept in mouth, half the niidibranch projecting.
This shanny was pursued by others, one of which
caught the projecting end of the prey, and in the
ensuing struggle tore half the body off and eat
it. The large shanny at once retreated with the
remainder to the back of the tank ; came out
shortly afterwards with the Dendronotus still in
mouth, and was again pursued and retreated to
the back, appearing again soon without the nudi-
branch.

C. Table Tank :—

Dendronotus 1. — Pounced upon at once by three bullheads
which made rapid dabs at it successively, until
one secured it and carried it off to a quiet place
where he seized it in his mouth and rejected it
nine times in succession, each time taking it
half into the mouth and keeping it there for
some seconds, then spitting it out and at once
pouncing upon it again. Finally the now some-
what mangled remains of the Dendronotus were
taken out and put into tank A, where one of
the shannies at once seized and swallowed it.
The Dendronotus was large. It was larger than
the head of the Cottus, and caused the mouth
cavity to bulge out greatly when half taken in.
The general impression was that tlie Cottus found
the Dendronotus desirable food but an uncom-
fortably large mouthful and was trying to worry
it to pieces.

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTKICT. 159

Eolis.
A. Shanny Tank : —

Eolis 1. — {Gor(/j)]iella rirfilmmcJuaUs) . — Tried and at once re-
jected by three fish in rapid succession, then
seized by the large shanny and carried behind the
rock-work ; immediately numerous red cerata
were seen scattered through the water in that
neighbourhood, show^ing that the Eolis had been
forcibly ejected in pieces. The cerata floated
about for some time in the water, but were not
touched by any of the fish.
2. — {Facelina coronata). — Pounced upon by several
fish together — one secured it and at once rejected
it, and then seized the white body and managed
to bite it across, setting free the dorsal portion
with all the cerata. It then retired to the back
of the tank, and the cerata were left floating about
in the water untouched.

Doris hilamellata.

A. Shanny Tank : —

Doris 1. — Tried and rejected by two fish, then seized by
large shanny and carried off to back of tank.

B. Flat fish Tank :—

Doris 2. — Several fish darted at the nudibranch, but a
large sole suddenly slipped up vertically between
them and bolted it.

3. — Tried and rejected by six or eight plaice, and
finally left on the sand.

4 to 6. — These three specimens w^ere gently lowered
into the tank by a net, so as to reach a shelf of
the rock- work without attracting attention. They
soon began to expand and move. One plaice

160 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

swam up and looked or smelled at them but did
not touch them.

The action of the large sole in bolting Doris No. 2 above
may possibly be explained as a result of the habits of com-
petition for their food. Three or four other fish were
darting at the nudibranch and the sole took the only
possible course by which it could secure the prey ; it made
a rapid movement upwards between the snouts of its com-
petitors and swallowed the Doris entire ; there was evi-
dently no time for examination.

These experiments are manifestly incomplete and must
be largely added to in the future, but we believe it may be
useful to publish them at this stage, especially as we would
be glad of suggestions from any other biologists working
on the same lines.* Our general impression is that the
order of edibility of the nudibranch s offered to the fishes
is: — Demlronotas, Doris, Ancula, and Enlis : Eolis being
the most distasteful form, Ancula next, Jh)ris less so, and
Deudronotus edible, but from its size offering difiiculties to
the rather small fishes which we tried.

We have used altogether fifty-three nudibranchs, offered
to twelve different kinds of fish and other voracious
animals, and we have recorded over a hundred and thirty
distinct transactions between the fishes and the nudi-

* Mr. Batesoii's interesting paper on "The Sense-organs and Perceptions
of Fishes," in the last number of the Jour. Mar. BioL Assoc., elated April,
1890, which however only reached Liverpool on May 14th, has a})peared since
our paper was read (May 9th) and just as we are passing it for press. In
regard to the sole being one of those fishes which hunt for their food and re-
cognise it by the sense of smell alone, we would remark that the specimens in
the Aquarium here certainly seem to perceive their food as the plaice do liy
sight, tlie two kinds of fish often darting together at a food morsel — and, as
has just been shown above, the sole being sometimes more alert than its com-
petitors. Possibly these soles have changed tlieir habits like the rockling
described (p. 238) l)y Mr. Bateson.

NUDIBKANCHIATA OF THE L.M.li.C. DISTKICT. 161

branchs. Our nudibranchs were all alive, healthy, and
good-sized specimens ; and our fish were probably the
right kind, being nearly all shore fishes, found in the im-
mediate neighbourhood of where the imdibranchs live.
But still the conditions were, of course, to a certain extent
artificial, and that must be taken into account in drawing
conclusions. Dropping the nudibranchs into the tank
from above is unnatural, and may give rise to a mislead-
ing result, especially where the fish are accustomed to
have their food thrown in from above, and onhj receive
edible food.

Then again, at least some of the fish — those that have
been some time in captivity, have been educated to com-
pete with one another for the food masses. When anytliiiKj
is throw^n in— a bit of white shell will do — there is at
once a rush made upon the falling object, and no time is
allow^ed for inspection or consideration. I would account
for the seizing of Eolis by the shannies (very active, vora-
cious, and apparently impulsive fishes), even when the
prey is evidently distasteful and has brilliant warning
colours, as a result of this acquired habit of competition,
and of pouncing upon anything throw^n into the tank ;
several times when a morsel was suddenly bolted, it
seemed to be because another fish was coming up to seize
it. Still there is a marked difference between the man-
ner in which they take a cockle and, say, an Ancula. The
cockle is taken right in and swallowed at once, while the
distasteful nudibranch, even if seized, is usually only
partly taken into the mouth, in some cases it is seen to
be held by the very front of the jaws, and is then ejected
with force.

Ancula has been a particularly interesting case. Start-
ing with the general opinion that Ancula is a perfectly
defenceless soft-bodied animal, we were astonished to find

162 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

that it was present on the rocks at Hilbre Island in great
abundance, in very prominent and exposed situations,
and that its colouring was not protective but rendered
it conspicuous. Our experiments at the Aquarium next
showed us that this nudibranch is distasteful to fishes and
other shore animals, but for a time we did not understand
why. Lately, however, we have found that besides the
abundant mucous glands scattered over the integument,
Ancula possesses special large glands,* occupying the
apices of the cerata and opening on the exterior. These
glands are placed just where an offensive organ would be
most useful, and where the stinginoj cells are found in
Eolis, and it seems probable that their secretion has an
acrid or some other objectionable property.

The protective colouring of Doris hilamellata\ may be
accounted for in one or both of two ways:— (<2.) It may
serve to protect from certain other shore animals which
we have not yet tried, and to which the spicules and mucus
of the Doris are not objectionable, and {h) it may save the
animal from being tried by fishes, &c., not sufficiently
aware of its (to them) distasteful nature. t It is obvious
that if an animal is not thoroughly objectionable, and has
not yet become conspicuous with warning colours, it will
be better for it to be protectively coloured. Eolis is a most
distasteful form and has conspicuous colours of a warning

* See this Report, p. 135 and PI. vii. fig. 9, gl'.

t See this Report, p. 133.

X A very similar case seems to be that of the two British species of Hermcea
as described by Garstang (loc. cit., ]). 191). H. bifida has its conspicuous
hepatic ramifications exceedingly like the branches of the red seaweeds of the
genus Oriffithsia amongst which the animal lives. Ff. dendritica is coloured
bright green so as to resemble Codium tormentosum on which it lives. Both
species are protectively coloured and have no stinging cells like those of Eolis,
but they seem to possess the i)ower of emitting, when irritated, an ofi'ensive
fluid.

NUDIBBANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTKICT. 1(33

nature. Ancida is also distasteful and is conspicuously
coloured. Do^^is is less distasteful and is still protectively
coloured ; while Demlronotus, which we believe to be edible,
is very effectually concealed amongst the seaweeds it lives
on by its large branched cerata and red-brown colours.

Explanation of the Plates.

Where not otherwise stated, the drawings were made
from serial sections prepared by hardening in Kleinen-
berg's picric acid and graduated alcohols, staining in
picrocarmine, embedding in paraffin and cutting with the
rocking microtome.

Keference Letters.

ap. opening of cnidophorous sac to exterior; ^r. bran-
chiae ; h.s. blood sinus ; c. cnida ; ex. cnidocysts ; c.s.
cnidophorous sac ; c.cl. connecting duct between cnido-
phorous sac and hepatic caecum ; cer. cerata ; d. duct of
gland ; e.p. epipodial ridges, folds, or processes ; ec. ecto-
derm ; /. foot ; f.gL foot glands ; g.c. goblet-like mucus-
secreting cell ; gl, gV glands ; h.c. hepatic c^cum ; k. knob
on papillae of cerata of Boto ; 1. 1, lateral duct of liver lead-
ing from hepatic caeca ; m. mantle ; m.p. metapodium ;
mes. mesodermal tissue; m.f. muscle fibres; m.l. median
duct of liver in body; oA. ovotestis ; pp. propodium ;
pg. pigment; rh. rhinophores; r. red pigment; t. tentacles ;
y, yellow pigment.

164 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

S. 1. = Swift's 1 in. obj., oc. 2, magnifying about 45 diam.
q 1 — 1 230

S.^= „ I „ „ „ „ 330 „

Z. j2- = -^^iss's ~ (oil immers.), oc. 2, ,, ,, 505 ,,

Plate VI.

Comparative views of the condition of the Epipodia as

seen in transverse sections of various Opisthobranchiate

Mollusca.

Fig. 1. Sketch of Elys'ia from the dorsal surface to shov^
the epipodia {e.p.) X 2.

Fig. 2. Sketch of Aplysia from the left side to show the
epipodia (ep.), nat. size.

Fig. 3. Outline of transverse section of Aplysia, one- third
along the body from the front, to show the
relations of the epipodia {e.p.), mantle (m) and
foot (/). Zeiss a*, 10.

Fig. 4. T.S. (transverse section) of Acanthodoris pilosa,
through the rhinophores {rh.) showing the epi-
podial ridge and large papillae. S.l. reduced.

Fig. 5. Another section of the same, about middle of
body, showing the distinctly lateral arrange-
ment of the papillae. S.l. reduced.

Fig. 6. T.S. of Goniodoris nodosa, one-third along body
from the front (ten sections behind rhinophores),
to show the lateral epipodial ridges (e.p.). S.l.

Fig. 7. T.S. of Polycera quadrUineata (60th sect, from
front) showing the lateral ridges at the sides of
the rhinophores. S.l. Compare with fig. 4.

Fig. 8. Another of same (150th sect, from front, about
middle of body) showing the prominent ridges
(right side) and processes (left side) containing
glands, placed at the sides of the branchiae. S.l.

NUDTBEANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 165

Fig. 9. Another of same (60th sect, from posterior end,
about three-fourths along body) showing the
large epipodial processes (or "cerata") contain-
ing glands. S.l.

Fig. 10. T.S. oi Ancula cristata, showing the large cerata
{e.p.) alongside the branchiae {ln\) S.l. Com-
pare with fig. 8.

Fig. 11. T.S. of ^'Egirus panctilucens, showing the row of
large lateral papillae {e.p.) representing the epi-
podia. S.l.

Fig. 12. T.S. of Triopa claviyer, showing the lateral cerata
and dorsal papillae. S.l. Compare with fig. 11.

Fig. 13. T.S. of Tritonia pleheia, about middle, showing
the branched cerata. S. 1.

Fig. 14. T.S. of Dendronotus arhorescens, about middle,
showing the large branched parieto-cerata, S. 1.,
reduced.

Fig. 15. T.S. oi Doto coronata, about middle, showing the
large lobed hepato-cerata. S. 1.

Fig. 16. T.S. of EoUs, showing the clumps of simple
hepato-cerata representing epipodia. S.l.

Plate VII.

Figs. 1 and 2. Aplijsia p)unctata.
Figs. 3 and 4. Polycera quadriUneata.
Figs. 5 to 9. Ancula cristata.

Fig. 1. Section of the edge of the epipodium of Aphjsia
punctata to show the glands igl.). S. 1-

Fig. 2. Section of the mantle edge of Aplysia to show
the very numerous large glands opening on the
lower surface {gl.) S. |.

Fig. 3. Vertical section of one of the cerata at the pos-
terior end of the epipodial ridge of Polycera

166 LIVERPOOL BIOLOOICAL SOCIETY.

quadrilineafa, to show the abundance of glands

fc/Z.). S. 1.
Fig. 4. Small piece of edge of same more highly magni-
fied to show the structm-e of the glands (^L). S. h-
Fig. 5. Transverse section through Ancula cristata, near

posterior end of body, to show the foot glands

(/. gL) and the special lateral glands {gl' .). S. 1.
Fig. 6. Part of edge of foot of same more highly magnified

to show the structure of the glands. S. I-
Fig. 7. Transverse section of one of the cerata of Ancula,

showing the ceratal blood sinus {h.s.) and the

glands [gl'.)- S. 1.
Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of one of the cerata of

Ancula, showing tlie ceratal blood sinus {]>.s.)

and the glands {gl'.), '^.1.
Fig. 9. Part of the edge of same near tip, showing the

structure of the glands {gl'.). S. ^

Plate VIII.

Figs. 1 to 6. Coryphella rujibranchialis.
Figs. 7 to 10. Corypliella landshurgi.

Fig. 1. Tip of one of the cerata of C. rufihranchialis,
drawn from the living specimen, showing the
very broad superficial zone of opaque white
pigment {i>0-) which covers the greater part
of the cnidophorous sac {c.s.). S. 1.

Fig. 2. Five cnida of C. rufiln-anclikdis, discharged from
living specimen. S. h

Fig. 3. Part of a longitudinal section (not quite median)
of cerata of C. rufihranchialis, showing the lobu-
lated condition of the hepatic ca3cum {h.c.) S. 1.

^ig. 4. Longitudinal section of apex of cerata of C. rufi-
hranchialis, showing the cnidophorous sac {c.s.)

NUDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 167

and its connection with the hepatic ccecum
(h.c.) S. h

Fig. 5. Part of the edge of one of the cerata of C. ruji-
hranchiaUs, drawn from the hving specimen,
shghtly squeezed, to show the colom's of the
hepatic caecum, t/. indicates the generally dis-
tributed yellow granules, r. the masses of red pig-
ment, and cl. the groups of clear globules. S. h

Fig. 6. The contents of the hepatic caecum when
squeezed out of the living specimen : a, vesicle
containing yellow granules ; h, vesicle contain-
ing red granules ; c, clear oil-like globules. Z. i.

Fig. 7. Tip of one of the cerata of C. landshurgi, drawn
from the living specimen, showing the superfi-
cial zone of opaque white pigment (pg.) sur-
rounding the middle of the cnidophorous sac

{C.S.). S. 1.,

Fig. 8. Apex of cnidophorous sac of C. lamlshurgi,
slightly squeezed while alive and emitting
cnida {c.) S. ^.

Fig. 9. Group of cnida of C. landshurgL S. h (the two
lower ones enlarged, Z. i).

Fig.- 10. The subepithelial layer of the integument in
surface view, drawn from the living specimen,
showing the violet-coloured pigment corpuscles
(pg.) to which the colour of the body is due. S. I.

Plate IX.
Figs. 1 to 4. Doto coronata.
Figs. 5 to 7. Facelina coronata.
Figs. 8 to 10. Facelina drummondi.
Fig. 11. Galvina picta.
Fig. 12. Cratena viridis.
Fig. 1. Transverse section of Doto coronata, near the

168 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

middle, to show the relations of the hepatic
caeca to the body and to the large turretted
cerata (cer.). S. 1.

Fig. 2. Section through one of the papillae on the cerata
showing the small terminal knob {k.) and the
masses of gland cells (gl.). S. h

Fig. 3. Section through the edge of one of the cerata
showing the large masses of gland cells lying
between the hepatic caecum {h.c.) and the epi-
thelium (ec). S. h

Fig. 4. Section through one of the papillae on the cerata
showing a cavity and duct (d.) amongst the
gland cells and leading to the apex of the
knob (k.) S. h'

Fig. 5. Section through the base of one of the cerata of
Facelina coronata, showing the opening of the
hepatic caecum into one of the lateral ducts of
the liver (Z.^.). S. 1.

Fig. 6. Transverse section through the tip of one of the
cerata of F. coronata, showing the hepatic
caecum {h.c), cnidophorous sac (c.s.) and con-
necting tube (c.d.) all cut transversely. S. J.

Fig. 7. Some of the long curved cnida of F. coronata,
S. h' enlarged.

Fig. 8. Upper half of one of the cerata of F. drummondij
mounted entire, showing the long connecting
tube {c.d.) between the cnidophorous sac and
the hepatic caecum. S. 1, reduced.

Fig. 9. Part of edge of one of cerata of F. drummondi,
from living specimen, showing the cilia on the
surface and the colours of the hepatic caecum.
S. i r, red ; y, yellow.

l^UDIBRANCHIATA OF THE L.M.13.C. DISTRICT. 1G9

Fig. 10. A few of the yellow (a) and red (h) cells squeezed

out of the last when alive. Z. ^^
Fig. 11. Transverse section through tip of one of cerata

of Galvhia jncta, showing the cnidophorous sac

{c.s.) S. h
Fig. 12. Apex of one of the cerata of Cratena virldis,

mounted entire and seen in optical section,

showing the opening {cip.) of the cnidophorous

sac {c.s.) to the exterior, and the clumps of

gland cells (gl.). S. i

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. IV. PI. VI.

W.A.K. ^el

EPIPODIAL PROCESSES.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. IV. PL VII.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2.

Fig. •?.

T. A. C, del.

Figs. 1 & 2, APLYSIA PUNCTATA.
F.GS. 3 8. 4, POLYCERA QUADRiLlNEATA. F.GS. 5-9. ANCULA CRISTATA.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc,

Vol. IV. PI. VIJI,

V. cl. P'S- 5.

C.S..

Fig. 4.

Fig. 6.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 10.

W. A. H., del.

FIGS. 1-6, CORYPHELLA RUFIBRANCHIALIS.
Figs. 7-10, CORYPHELLA LANDSBURGI.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol. IV. P!. IX.

mes.

W A. H., del.

Figs 1-4, DOTO CORONATA.
Figs 5-7, FACELINA CORONATA. Figs 8-10, FACELINA DRUMMONDI.

Fig. 11, GALVINA PICTA. Fig. 12, CRATENA VIRIDIS.

192

THIKD KEPOET on the POKIFEEA of the
L.M.B.C. DISTEICT.

By Kichard Hanitsch, Ph.D.,

DEMONSTRATOR OF ZOOLOGY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plates X.— XV.

[Read 9tli May, 1890.]

In the two previous reports* on the Porifera of the district
forty-four species were recorded, one of which was new to
British seas and three new to science. Several cruises in
Liverpool Bay during the summer of 1889 and the present
spring, and also shore- working at the Biological Station,
Puffin Island, in April, 1889, and at Port Erin, Isle of
Man, last April, enable me to add twelve species to
the record, three of which are new to science, making in
all fifty- six species.

In my former report I fell into a serious error in regard
to the structure and systematic position of Seiriola compacfa,
n. sp., and I desire to acknowledge my indebtedness to
Professor Sollas, D. Sc, for the great kindness with which
he has pointed out the mistake to me and has answ^ered
many questions having a bearing on that species. I give
now a re-description of Seiriola compacta (see below).

The following table gives all sponges found up to the
present date in the district, and show^s the distribution of
the species in the four parts in which they have been most

* "Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. District." by Thomas Higgiii,
F.L.S., in " Fauna of Liverpool Bay," Vol, L, 1886. And " Second Report on
the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. District," by R. Hanitsch, in Proc. Biol. Soc,
Liverpool," Vol. IIL, 1889, and "Fauna," Vol. IL

PORIFEEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 193

carefully collected. There is nothing very striking in the
distribution. The estuaries of the Mersey and the Dee are
by far the poorest in Porifera, as might have been expected.
But it is rather surprising that up to now only one tetrac-
tinellid sponge {Par h// mat is ma johnstonia, B.) has been re-
corded from the Isle of Man. Most probably there are
numbers of Tetractinellida living on the rocky shores of
that island, and simply requiring to be sought for. The
north-east corner of our district has, as far as I know,
not yet been specially searched for sponges, so that only
two species are recorded from Morecambe Bay. These are :
Chaluia ocidata, J. and Suherites domuncula, N. I have not
thought it necessary to give in the table a special column
to that locality. Puffin Island is only separated from the
North Wales column in order that there may be a record
of the species found in the immediate neighbourhood of
our Biological Station. In all twenty-six species have
now been found on the shores of the island.

The lists in the former reports included the species
Halicliondrla cocciuea, B., which had been collected in
Belfast Lough. I shall leave it out in the present report,
as that species has not yet been found inside the boun-
daries of our district. Also Pap'dUna suherea, S., has now
been left out as it is merely a synonym for CUona celata,
Gr. I shall adhere to the classification employed in the
pre^dous report, but the nomenclature of the species differs
in a few instances. I now use : —

Spongelia fragdis, M., instead oi Dysidea fragdis.

Chalina pallida. B., ... ,, Chalimda j^ciUida.

Chalina densa, B. , ,, Chalimda densa.

Amphilectus i/icrusfans, J ., ,, Desmacidon incrustans.

Esperella cegagropda, C, ,, Esperia cegagropila.

Suherites domuncula, N., ,, Suherites sid/erea, M.

Dercitus hucklandi, B., ,, Dercitus niger, C.

194

LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

List of Porifera recorded from the L.M.B.C. District.

Order I. MYXOSPONGIjE.

Family.

Halisarcid^ — Halisarca dujard'mi, J

Halisarca rubra, n. sp

Order II. CERATOSA.

Spongelid^ — Sponyelia fragilis, M

Order III. MONAXONIDA.
Subord. HALICHONDEINA.

HoMORRHAPHID^ — Hallcliondria panicea, J.

Halichondria alfiescens, J

Hallchondria caruncida, B

Reniera varians, B

Reniera elegans, B

Reniera simulans, J

Reniera fistidosa, B

Reniera clava, B

Reniera seniituhulosa, S

Reniera ingalli, B

Chalina ocidata, J.

Chalina limhata, M

Chalina montagui, T

Chalina pallida, B

Chalina densa, B

Chalina gradient a, B

Heterorrhaphid^ — None.
Desmacidonid^ — Desmacidon fucorum, J. ,

Esperella wgagropila, J

Esperella floreum, B

Aniphilectus incrustans, J

Clathria seriata, J

Plumohalichondria pluniosa, C

Plumolialichondriaatras anguinea, B
AxiNELLlD^ — Hgmeniacidon sanguinea, J..

Accinella mammillata, n. sp

Raspailia rentilahrinn , B

Raspailia rigida, M

Estua-
ries of
Mersey
& Dee.

Isle of
Man.

X

X

X

X X

North
Wales.

X

1
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

...

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

... i

X

X

X

PORIFEKA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT.

195

Subord. CLAVULINA.

SUBERITID^ — Suherites carnosa, J..

Saherites domuncula, N

Suherites Jicus, E

CUona celata, Gr

Polymastia mammillaris, J.

Polymastia ro1>usta, B

Spirastrellid.e — ^None.

Order IV. TETRACTINELLIDA.

Subord. CHOKISTIDA.

Tetillid^ — Tethya lyncurium, J

Pachastrellid^ — Dercitus Imcklamii, B,
Stellettid^ — Seiriola compacia, Hn. ...

Stelletta gruhei, S

Stelletta colling si, B

Ecionemia pomierosa, B

Geodiid^ — Pachymatisma johnstonia, B.

Kstii.-i-
rios of
Mersey
it Dec.

Subord. LITHISTIDA.
None.

Order V. HEXACTINELLIDA.

None.

Order VI. CALCAREA.

I

AscoNlD^ — Ascetta coriacea, F ...

Ascaltis botryoides, F ^ ...

Ascaltis contorta, B | X

Ascortis lacu.nosa, J I ...

Leuconid^ — Leucaiulra Jistidosa, J j . . .

Leucamhxt gossei, B ...

Leucamlra nivea, F X

Leucaiulra johnstoni, C ; ...

Leucaltis impressa, n. sp ...

Syconid^ — Sycortis aspera, G ...

Sycandra cdiafa, F ; X

Sycandra compre-isa, F i ...

Apltroceras ranwsa, C j ...

Isle of
Man.

X

North
Wales.

Puffin
Island,

196 LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Order I. MYXOSPONGIiE.

Halisarca rubra, n. sp. (PL X., figs. 1 and 2.)

New species of Halisarca have been described so fre-
quently, which have afterwards been shown not to belong-
to that genus or even not to exist at all, that it is with
some reluctance that I establish the new species Halisarca
rubra. The specimen was dredged on the " Spindrift"
Expedition in July, 1889, off Holyhead, from a depth of
about fifty fathoms. It encrusted both valves of a living
Mytilus edulis with thin brick-red patches, the entire thick-
ness of the sponge being 0'45 mm. Its surface showed a
somewhat wavy outline, which condition was apparently
solely caused by the hairs of the Mytilus projecting through
it, and the sponge growing for a short distance upwards
along those hairs. Oscula and pores were not visible to
the unaided eye.

Vertical sections showed that the outer portion of the
sponge had suffered, so that its structure could not be made
out satisfactorily. The figure (see PL X., fig. 1) of it
therefore is somewhat diagrammatic. The inner and
greater portion of the sponge was well preserved (PL X.,
fig. 2). There is a " dermal membrane " between the outer
world and subdermal cavities, about 0*014 mm. in thickness.
The subdermal cavities are flat, and seem to be distinct
from the wide irregular cavities of the canal system.
Oscula and pores could not be detected. The flagellated
chambers are round or oval, with a diameter of 0'08 to
0"14 mm. The size of the collar-cells, of which however
the collars and flagellae were never seen distinctly, is about
0*006 mm. The mesoderm consists of fibrous tissue. Im-
bedded in it are large red pigment-cells, 0*02 to 0'026 mm.
in size, more or less oval and pretty numerous. Their
nuclei are small, and sometimes only indistinctly seen.

PORIFEKA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 197

In sections prepared without staining the pigment-cells
have preserved almost their natural colours.

The only acknowledged species of Halisarca is the well-
known cosmopolitan Halisarca dujanlud. It has been re-
described and figured (after Schulze) by Lendenfeld,* but
there seems to be a good deal of difference between it and
H. ruhra. In N. dxjardini the cavities of the canal system
are not distinct from the subdermal cavities, and the
flagellated chambers are irregularly tubular and branched.
It may be that my new species belongs to the genus
Bajulus, Lendenfeld (loc. cit. p. 724), in which there are
distinct subdermal cavities and regularly oval flagellated
chambers.

Although none of Carter's species of Halisarca have been
acknowledged by Lendenfeld, still it ought to be remem-
bered that Carter described two red species of Hcdisarca.
The one is Halisarca ruhitingens, C, f from the Gulf of
Manaar. Carter describes it as " amorphous, indefinitely
spreading and agglomerating together everything in its
course, at the same time that the whole is tinged externally
by its red colour, appearing in the form of a thin mem-
brane when stretched across cavities, composed of poly-
gonal divisions (cells) in juxtaposition, filled with granular
contents in which the pigment is situated." The other
red species is Halisarca cruenta, C, + from the Gulf of Suez.
Carter says about its colour : " crimson colour of the sur-
face, which is seated in an extremely thin cuticula, fading
off into grey internally." Evidently in both of Carter's
species the pigment is placed in the ectoderm, and

* R. V. Lendenfeld, "A ^lonograpli of the Horny Sjtonges," p. 728, PI.
50, fig. 2.

t Carter, "Annals and Magazine of Xatural History," 5tli ser., vol. vii.,
p. 366.

+ Carter, loc. cit., vol. viii., }>. 247.

198 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

therefore they cannot be identical with Halisarca rubra.
It is well known that the colour in Sponges is sometimes
caused by ova. * Still that could scarcely be the explana-
tion of the red cells in Halisarca ruhra, as the nuclei of the
cells in question are much too small to be the germinal
vesicles, and in general appearance the cells did not re-
semble ova.

Order II. CERATOSA.

Spongelia fragilis, Montagu.

To the two localties where this species had been found
previously, Church Bay, near Holyhead, and Puffin Island,,
I am able to add now Penrhos Bay, Anglesey, where we
dredged it on the " Hya3na" Expedition of May 25th, 1890.

This form is probably identical with Lendenfeld's f
Spongelia frag lUs var. irregularis. Still there is some differ-
ence in the colour. Lendenfeld says in regard to his
variety, " the colour of the living sponge is dull violet-red
on the surface and yellowish in the interior." My speci-
mens are of a yellowish sand-grey throughout.

Order III. MONAXONIDA.

Reniera varians, Bowerbank.

This species, which has been recorded from the Mersey
and Hilbre Island, has now been discovered also at Puffin
Island. I found one specimen hanging from a ledge of
rock at the north end, below the Biological Station, in
April, 1889. The under surface of this particular rock
was literally covered with other species of sponges : Clathria
seriata, Plumohalichoiulria atrasanguinea, Ampliilectus iiicrus-

* Carter, " Notes Introductory to the Study and Classitication of the
Spongida, A.M.N.H,," 4th ser., vol, xvi., p. 37.

t R. V. LendenfeUi, "A Monograph of the Horny Sponges," p. 662.

POEIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 199

tans, Baspa'dia rhjida, Leucandra nivea, Sucandva ciliata,
and Sycamlni compressa.

A great number of very fine specimens were collected
again at Hilbre Island on March 21st, 1890, although this
species had not been seen there for several years.
Renter a in<jalU, Bowerbank.

Isodidya ivijaJU, BoAverb., Brit. Spong., vol. iii., p. 241, pi. Ixxviii.

Bowerbank gave his description from three dried speci-
mens which had been sent to him from Southport. The
one specimen, which I found in a tidal pool at Port Erin,
April, 1890, has quite the appearance of that figured by
Bow^erbank, although it is only about one-half the length.
Its colour, when alive, and also after having been kept in
spirit, is a browmish-yellow. It is hard and stony to the
touch. The spicules are slightly curved, and rather bluntly
pointed oxea, measuring 0'15 by 0*009 mm. They are
held together by a rather large amount of ceratose, and
form somewhat irregular meshes, which may be unispicu-
lar or bispicular. The width of the oscula varies from
1 to 2 mm.
Chalina gracdenta, Bowerbank.

This species is new to our district and was first described
by Bowerbank,* who collected it at Torbay, Scarborough,
coast of Northumberland, and Hastings. Oscar Schmidt f
seemed to have some doubts about its systematic position
or even its existence, but I am able to confirm Bower-
bank's statements in regard to both points.

I found one specimen of Chalina gracdenta at the north-
east end of Puflin Island, April, 1889, in one of the tidal
pools, where it was attached to Cora/Una officinalis. It
formed an encrusting mass of oval shape, 11 mm. by 5 mm.,
of yellow^ish-grey colour.

* Bowerbank, " British SiJongiadre," vol. 11., p. 372, and vol. ill. p. 171.
t Oscar Schmidt, " Spongienfauna des Atlantischen Gebietes," p. 77.

200 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

This species is a very interesting one, as from a super-
ficial examination with a low power one might think it a
ceratose sponge. Even with a high power the spicules
are difficult to recognize in the thick ceratose fibres, whilst
in other species of Chalina they are seen well with a low
power. The thickness of the ceratose fibres is 0*02 to
0*075 mm. The spicules are extremely thin oxea, 0'07 by
0*002 mm. The width of the ceratose meshes varies from
0-15 to 0-30 mm.

If Lendenfeld* is right in his theory, as he most prob-
ably is, that " the skeleton of the Spongidse was developed
from that of the Homorrhaphidae by the entire replace-
ment of the spicules by spongin," then we must certainly
think of forms like Chalina gradient a, which lost the small
traces of spicules they still possessed, whilst simultane-
ously essential changes in the canal system took place, and
thus became changed into Ceratosa. In regard to the
changes of the canal system, especially the change of the
small flagellated chambers of the Monaxonida into the large
sac-shaped ones of the Ceratosa, we may perhaps accept
the mechanical explanation which Keller f gives in a recent
paper. As a ceratose skeleton has certainly less rigidity
than a siliceous one, the flagellated chambers of the Cera-
tosa are more liable to become compressed, and to be
seriously affected in their function, than those of the silice-
ous sponges. An increase in size of the flagellated chambers
would therefore be of advantage, as even under pressure
some parts of them would remain expanded and functional.
Keller's theory accounts well enough for the large flagel-
lated chambers of the Ceratosa and Myxospongige, but
scarcely for those of the Hexactinellida, which seem to

* R. V. Lendenfeld, "A Monograj)!! of the Horny Sjwnges," p. 770.
+ Conrad Keller, "Die S})ongienfauna d. rotlien Meeres." 1. Hiilfte.
Zeitsehr. f, wissenscli. Zoologie, 48, Band, 3. und 4. Heft.

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 201

have acquired both large flagellated chambers aiid a rigid
siliceous skeleton.

Chalina montcujui, Johnston. (PL XI., fig. 1.)

Halichondria montagui, Jolinst., Brit. Sponges, p. 99, pi. vi.

Chalina montagui, Boweib., B. S., vol. ii., ]). 366; vol. iii., pi. Ixviii.

This species is an addition to the Fauna of our district.
I found it in a large and rocky tidal pool at Port Erin,
April, 1890. Johnston records it as " not uncommon in
the estuary of Kingsbridge at very low water, adhering to
stones, and is occasionally taken by the trawl in the open
sea on the coast of Devon, Conamara, and Dublin Bay."
Bowerbank adds to those localities Brighton and Hastings.

The figure of the sponge, which I give in natural size
on PI. XL, was drawn by me from a photograph which
Dr. Kohn (Chemical Laboratories, University College,
Liverpool) had kindly taken from the specimen after it
had been in spirit for some time. The specimen is larger
than the one figured by Johnston, and differs from it in
having shorter and less whip-like tubular portions. Bower-
bank's figure had been taken from a rather poor specimen.

The colour of the living specimen was straw-yellow.
The oscula are always placed on the extremity of conical
elevations, and measure 3 mm. in diameter.

The spicules are mostly oxea, but a number of styli are
also present. Both kinds of spicules are slightly curved,
and measure on an average 0-096 by O'OOS mm. They are
imbedded either in ceratose or in the so-called ascending
fibres. Inside the ceratose the spicules are arranged in
unispicular row^s. The thickness of the ceratose fibre is
0-007 to 0-036 mm. The diameter of the ceratose meshes
varies from O'Oo to 0-1 mm. The ascending fibres extend
throughout the whole mass of the sponge, and give off
branches in all directions. Their diameter is 0-05 to 0-08
mm. Inside those ascending fibres the spicules are

202 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

arranged in about five longitudinal parallel rows. These
fibres seem to consist only of connective tissue and spi-
cules. Ceratose does not appear to be present in them.
Esperella floreum, Bowerbank.

Hymeniacidon fioreu7n, Bowerbank (vol. ii., p. 190).
Rhaphiodesma jioreum, Bowerbank (vol. iii., p. 94).

This species is an addition to our fauna, and was dredged
off the Calf of Man, on the " Hyaena" cruise of Easter,
1889. Another species of the same genus, Esperella cega-
gropila, J., had previously been collected at Holyhead.*
Our species was first described by Bowerbank, under the
name Hymeniacidon floreum, which was afterwards changed
by the same author into Bhaphiodesma floreum. Oscar
Schmidt f was the first who pointed out that this species,
together with Hymeniacidon lingua and Hymeniacidon suh-
clavata belonged to Nardo's older genus Esperia. In the
course of time the genus Esperia had to be changed into
Esperella, I so that we now arrive at the name Esperella
floreum, B.

Our specimen was found encrusting a living Pecten oper-
cidaris, with a thin and rugged layer of greyish colour.
The thickness of this layer is about 1 mm. The skeleton
consists of megascleres and microscleres. The former are
styli (0"24 mm. by 0*008 mm.), which lie in irregularly
arranged and loose bundles. The microscleres consist
firstly of anisochelse, which are arranged in beautiful
rosettes. Similar structures are found in Esperella lin/y.a,
B.,§ in Joplion ahnormalis, Kidley and Dendy,; and in

* Thos. Higgin, ''Report on the Porifera of the L.iM.B. C. District." In
" Fauna of Liverpool Bay, " vol. 1., p. 85.

t Oscar Schmidt, " Si^ongienfanna des Atlantischen Gebietes, " 1870, j). 76.

X Vosniaer, " Bronn's Klassen u. Ordn. d. Thierreichs, Porifera," }>. 353.

§ Bowerbank, "British Spongiadie," vol. i., pi. xviii., fig. 297.

II Ridley and Dendy, " Report on the Monaxonida, collected by H. M, S
Challenger," pi. xvii., fig. 7,

PORIFEHA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 203

Desmacidon tituJ>ans, Schmidt.* The length of the isolated
anisochelae in Esperella Jioveum is 0"036 mm. Besides
those microscleres we find also simple sigmata, 0*06 mm.
in length. Lastly there appeared to be present also a
most minute kind of microscleres, but, on account of their
smallness, I could not make out whether they were sigmata
or cheltie. '1 hey measure 0*008 — 0'016 mm. in length.
Possibly they are simply younger stages of the large ani-
sochelae and sigmata.

In no other species of sponge did I ever see such great
masses of ova and developing embryos (morulse) as in
Esperella fi oven m. The ova are placed quite close to each
other so that one might almost speak of ovaries, and they
lie near to the limiting membrane, " in the position of
greatest security." The morulae are nearer to the surface.
It was interesting to me to find that the greatest part of
Ridley's and Dendy's " Embryological Notes " + is taken
from the examination of some species of Esperella. These
authors found that in large and massive sponges, like
Esperella lapkiiformis, where the position of the ova and
embryos is a matter of no very great importance, so long
as they do not lie near to the surface, those elements are
scattered through the w^iole of the choanosome ; whilst
in a small and delicate species, like Esperella h/serialis, the
embryos take refuge in the centre of the spicular axis.
Further they state, that in Esperella mammiform is the em-
bryos are found grouped close to the stone to wliich the
sponge is attached, near the centre of the base.

Our species has been recorded by Bowerbank from East
Loch, Tarbet, Harris, and Strangford Lough.

* Carter, "Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. ix., pi. xii.. fig. 24.
t Ridley and Dendy, loc. eit., p. 4.

204 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Amphilectus incrustans, Johnston.

Haliclwndria incrustans, Johnston.
Halichondria saburrata, Johnston.
Halichondria panicea, Grant.
Desmacidon incrustans, Schmidt.

This species seems to be of world-wide distribution.
Higgin* states that it has been found in the West Indies
and Falklands Islands ; Bowerbank f records it from Frith
of Forth, Hebrides, Orkneys and Shetland Islands, Welsh
and Irish Coasts, Channel Islands, and Hastings. Further,
it has been previously collected in two parts of our district,
at Port Erin and Holyhead, and now I am able to add
also Puffin Island to the list.

This sponge has been described or mentioned by Grant,
Johnston, Bowerbank, Carter, and Higgin under the genus
Halichondria. But Oscar Schmidt recognized that it, to-
gether with eighteen other of Bowerbank's species oi Hali-
chondria, belongs to the Desmacidonidee, and accordingly,
in my " Second Keport," &c., I called this sponge Desma-
cidon incrustans. However, as I intend to follow Ridley
and Dendy's principles of classification as far as possible
and to accept their definitions of genera, I find it now
necessary to remove our species to the genus Amphilectus,
Vosmaer, t also one of the Desmacidonidse. In doing so
I think it advisable to repeat what Ridley an'S Dendy say
in regard to this genus : — '' We make use of this genus in
the manner indicated by its founder, namely, as a pro-
visional receptacle for a number of doubtful Desmaci-
donidse. "§

* Higgin, " Report on the Porifera," in " Fanna of Liverpool Bay," p. 84.
t Bowerbank, ' British Spongiadne," vol. ii., p. 249.

% For delinition of the genns A mphHectus see Vosmaer, ' ' Notes from the
Leyden Mnseum'" vol. ii,, p. 109.

§ Ridley and Dendy, "Report on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S,
Challenger,'" p. 123,

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C, DISTRICT. 205

Amphilecfus inci'usfaus is fairly plentiful at Puftin Island
where it is found encrusting the rocks at ahout low-water
mark (April, 1889). The colour is straw-yellow, and a
kind of meandering marking on its surface is very cha-
racteristic. These markings seem to be caused by the
alternate presence and absence of spicules. There are two
kinds of megasclera : fii'stly tornotee, measunng 019 mm.
by 0*005 mm., which are found chiefly in the ectosome,
and project with about half of their length beyond the
ectoderm. And further: spined styli, measuring 0*195
mm. by 0"008 mm., wliich are found scattered irregularly
through certain districts of the choanosome. The micro-
cleres consist of palmate isochelse (0'034 mm.) and simple
sigmata (0.02 mm). I found also a few anisochekie, but
I am not quite sure whether they belong to the sponge.
Ceratose is present in a small amount and is best seen
in very thin sections. The arrangement of the spicules
is rather remarkable, as they are found only in certain
tracts which stand at right angles to the surface. Alter-
nating with those spiculated portions we find tracts of
tissue v/hich are quite devoid of spicules, and these latter
tracts seem to be wider than the spiculated ones. The
alternate arrangement of these tracts causes, I think, the
meandering marking on the surface of the sponge. The
diameter of the oscula is about 1 to 2 mm.

A red coloured and elastic sponge which I collected at
Port Erin, April, 1890, apparently belongs to the same
species.
Clathria seriata, Johnston.

Halichondria seriata, Johnston.

Spongia seriata, Grant.

Chalina seriata, Bowerbank (vol. ii,, p. 376).

OphUto'psongia seriata, Bowerbank (vol. iii., p. 167).

In my previous report, in giving the list of the Porifera
recorded from the L.M.B.C district, I placed the sponge

206 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOCxICAL SOCIETY.

referred to by Mr. Higgin under the name Ophlitaspongia
seriata, under the genus Clathria, Schmidt. Having found
this form in profusion at Puffin Island, April, 1889, and
at Port Erin, Easter, 1889 and 1890 (at both places for
the first time), I am able to give now a further account of
its systematic position.

I may use the same v^ords in regard to this species
which were used by Kidley and Dendy* about Clathria
inanchorata: "Although it possesses no chelae, yet this
species agrees so closely with the genus Clathria in other
respects that we have deemed it advisable to include it in
that species, it is perhaps a form that once possessed iso-
chelate microsclera and has now lost them." And this
Clathria inanchorata is the only Desmacidonid sponge
which forms an exception to Kidley and Dendy's defini-
tion of the family Desmacidonidse. Their definition runs
as follows (page 62): — " Desmacidonidse : Megasclera of
various forms, usually monactinal. Microsclera always
present and always including chelae." Then they add in
a footnote : " We have included one or two species with-
out chelae on the supposition that they have had them and
subsequently lost them." I would prefer the exception
to be included in the definition proper of the family, espe-
cially as we do not know whether their " supposition "
corresponds to phylogenetic facts. For that reason I am
inclined to accept rather Lendenfeld's f definition of the
Desmacidonidae : " Cornacuspongiae with a supporting
skeleton composed of spiculiferous, often echinated fibres.
Generally with cheke in the ground substance. If chelae
are absent, the fibres are echinated by projecting spicules."

* Ridley and Dendy, " Rei)Oit on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S.
' Challenger/ " p. 150.

t R. V. Lendenfeld, "Descriptive Catalogue of the Sponges in the Aus-
tralian Museum, Sydney," p. 210.

PORIFEHA OF THE L.M.B.(!. DISTllICT. 1>07

Onr Clathria seriata fits in very well in Lendenfeld's defi-
nition of the Desniacidonidao, and agrees also with the
generic characters of Claihrin as given by the same author,
page 22: "Genus Clathria — Desmacidonidse with a
skeleton composed of bundles of spicules invested by
spongin, from which spined styli protrude." One of
Lendenfeld's species oi Clathria has choidd {C. pjjramida)
and two have no chelae, (C. macropora and C. australis).
Therefore up to now there are four species of Clathria
without chelae, viz., C. australis, C. inanchorata, C. macro-
'pora, and C. seriata.

The living sponge is of a dark blood- red colour, and
encrusts the rocks with a layer of about 3 mm. in thick-
ness. The skeleton consists of a network of horny fibres
0'016 — 0'028 mm. thick. The meshes are square, and
0'09 — 0"225 mm. w4de. In the axis of the horny fibres, as
well as echinating from the fibres, smooth styli are found,
0*1 mm. by 0*008 mm. The echinating styli generally
stand together in bundles, and spring from the points
where the fibres meet. According to Bowerbank toxa
are very abundant in this species, but I found compara-
tively few of them. They measure 0"05 mm. by 0"001 mm.

The oscula are numerous, and 1 to 1'5 mm. in diameter.

As I mention on page 208, this species is frequently found
along with Plumohalichondria atrasanguinea, B. As these
two species agree completely in colour, and as PI. atra-
sanguiiiea is decidedly the form which is best defended by
the spicules, it might be regarded as a case of mimicry.
The bright colouring of PL atrasanguinea would then be
warning, and that of Clathria seriata protective. The simi-
larity in colour may, however, be quite accidental.
Plumohalichondria atrasanguinea, Bowerbank.
Microciona atrasanguinea, Bowerbank.

This form is new to our district, another species of the

208 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

same genus, Plumohallchondrla plmnosa, Carter, having
previously been obtained at Holyhead.* I found it at
Puffin Island, April, 1889, and at Hilbre Island, May
1889, a short way above low- water mark.

Bowerbank f records it from St. Katherine's Cave,
Tenby ; rocks off Hastings ; Guliot Caves, Sark ; Lennen
Cove, Land's End, Cornwall, and he describes the external
appearance of this sponge in the following words : — " Its
appearance is that of a small patch from one to two inches
in diameter, of dark clot of blood adhering closely to the
surface of the rock, and it can be obtained only by cutting
away the piece of stone to which it adheres. It rarely
exceeds about half a line in thickness. Its extreme thin-
ness readily distinguishes it from the deep red coloured
sponge, Clial'ma scrlata,^ which occurs abundantly along
with it in that cave (at St. Katherine's Island, Tenby),
and which is so thick as to be easily removed from the
rock with a knife." Bowerbank's description applies very
well to the condition in which I found this form, together
with Clathrla seriata, at Puffin Island. In order to get
sections of Plamolialichondria atrasdngaiaea one has to
remove a portion of the rock (carbonate of lime) together
with the sponge, and dissolve the former with acids.
Specimens from Hilbre Island are of less use for histologi-
cal purposes because the rocks there consist of sandstone.

The ceratose skeleton of our species consists of a limit-
ing membrane which is closely applied to the rock, and
of ascending fibres, arising about at right angles from the
limiting membrane. Those fibres are furnished abundantly
with echinating megascleres of two kinds ; there are styli

* Thomas Higgiii, "Report on tlie rorii'era," in "Fauna of Liverpool
Bay," p. 78.

t Bowerliaiik, " British Spoiigiadae," vol. ii,, p. 139.

§ Chalina seriata is identical with Clathria seriata, see }). 205.

POEII-'IJRA OF THE L.M.B.C. DiSTKlCT. '2()9

(0-3— 0-53 mm. by 0-012 mm.) and spined styli (0-148
mm. by 0008 mm). The former generally spring from
the inner portions of the fibres, and at less acute angles
(about 25°), whilst the spined styli have their bases more
in the outer portions of the fibres and spring at greater
angles (about 50") from the fibres. There are also two
kinds of microscleres — toxa (0-124 mm. by 0*002 mm.) and
extremely minute chelae (0-012 to 0-016 mm). The micros-
cleres are irregularly scattered through the tissue between
the ascending fibres.

A very brief description of this species has also been
given by Carter.*
Aj'inella mammillata, n. sp. (PL X., figs 3 — 5).

I was doubtful for some time in which genus of the
family Axinellidse, the new sponge described below, should
be included. At first I was rather inclined to make of it
a new species of RaspaiUa, Nardo, but as Eidley and
Deiidy t propose to reserve the genus RaspaiUa exclusively
for the whip-like forms, I decided to place the new sponge
under the genus A.cinella, Schmidt, t Still in doing so I
do not feel great satisfaction, as the genus A.cinella seems
at present to be a receptacle for all iVxinellidae which do
not belong to the more clearly defined genera : Hijmenia-
cidon, VhihelUa, Clocabjpta, Acantliella, RaspaiUa, Dendropsis,
and Thrinacophom. Ridley and Dendy say, in regard to
the genus A.vinella, " Sponge typically ramose, but may
be massive. Skeleton fibre plumose. Megasclera stylote
and sometimes oxeote. No microsclera. This is a very
critical genus, and it is impossible to give a satisfactory

" Carter, "Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist.," fourth ser., vol. xvi., p. 195,
and fifth ser., vol. vi., p. 40.

t Ridley and Dendy, "Report on the Monaxonida, collected by H. M.S.
' Challenger,' " p. 178 and p. 188.

X Oscar Schmidt, " Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres." 1862, p. 60.

210 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

diagnosis of it. It comes very near to BaspaiUa, but the
latter is conveniently kept distinct on account of its very
characteristic whip-like external form." Consequently
the genus Axinella seems to fulfill a similar function
amongst the Axlnellidce to that of Amphilectus, Vosmaer
amongst the Desmacidonidae.

Externally and in colour, Axinella mammillata, n. sp.,
has very much the appearance of Polymastia mammillaris,
J. It consists of a basal mass with papillae arising from it.
The basal mass measures 22 mm. by 16 mm. horizontally
and 8 mm. vertically. There are about thirty papillae on
the specimen, with a length of 1 to 8 mm. and 1 to 1'5
mm. in thickness. Generally we find two or three papillae
springing from a common origin. The colour is oiange,
with exactly the same tint as Raspailia rujida, M.

The skeleton consists only of megasclera, and these are
styli of two different sizes, the one kind measuring 0*5
mm. by 0*008 mm., and the other kind 0"15 mm. by 0004
mm. Inside the papillae the longer styli are packed to-
gether in bundles which run parallel to the longitudinal
axis of the papillae. The shorter styli do not form bundles,
they stand at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the
papillae, and project for about half their length through
the ectoderm. Some of the styli show a slight swelling
on their broader end and approach tylostylote character.

Ceratose is present in this species, but only in very
small amount. It is found near the base of the bundles
of the large styli.

Interesting are certain spinrlle-shaped granular cells
(see PI. X, figs. 4 and 5) of the mesoderm, measuring about
0"018 mm. by 0.003 mm. Their nucleus is small, and often
only indistinctly seen. These cells are aggregated together
in strands, and are found in the immediate neighbourhood
of the longitudinal bundles of styli, and running parallel

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 211

to them. Their chief character is : they are filled up by
strongly light-refracting clear granules, the diameter of
which I estimate to be 00006 mm. From their position
and appearance I scarcely doubt that those cells are the
skeleton-forming elements (scleroblasts), and the appear-
ance suggests that these granules represent anabolic stages
in the formation of the siliceous material for building up
the spicules. However, developing spicules were never
seen inside those cells.

Apparently the same structures have been figured by
Oscar Schmidt* in HaUsarca giittuhi, S., Spongia adrl-
atica, S., and Spongelia elegans, S. He describes them as
irregular, mostly spindle-shaped bands of sarcode, with
delicate processes, full of molecular granules, but without
cell membrane, nucleus or nucleolus. He gives the fol-
lowing resume about the nature of these structures : *' Die
sehr allgemein bei den Spongien vorkommenden Koi-ner-
ballen, welche oft regelmassig und dicht gescliichtet er-
scheinen und nicht selten mit einem helleren Centralfleck
versehen sind, sind weder nach ihrer Entstehung noch
nach ihren Bestandtheilen als gemeine Zellen aufzufassen.
8ie sind ein Product oder Derivat der Sarcode, und da
ich die Kornchen bei keinem Schwamme vermisste, ein
mehr oder weniger wesentlicher Bestandtheil dieser Sub-
stanz." Notwithstanding Schmidt's views I cannot help
regarding those structures as true cells. To call them
*' Product oder Derivat der Sarcode" is no satisfactory
explanation from the standpoint of modern histology.

Similar cells have been figured by Ridley and Dendy +
in Ad'hiella (?) ijarado.ca, which in the explanation of the

* Oscar Schmidt, " Supplement der Spongien de.s Adriati.sclien Meere
enthaltend Histologic," &c,, p 3, pi. i., figs. 6 — 11.

t Ridley and Dendy, "Report on the Monaxonida, collected by H.M.S
* Challenger,' " pi. xlix., tig. 2a.

212 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

plate are called " portion of a band of elongated mesoder-
mal cells found accompanying a skeleton fibre."

I have mentioned already the great similarity which
exists in the external appearance of Axinella mammiWtta
and Polymastia mammillaris. As it might be misleading
to distinguish the species by the spicules alone, as those
of Axinella mammillata sometimes approach the tylostylote
character, and those of Folymastia mammillaris the tylote
character, it appeared quite necessary to sectionize one of
the papillae for the sake of identification. The difference
then is quite striking. In Polymastia mammillaris the
papilla has the form of a tube with a large central cavity,
with large subdermal spaces and well developed pote-
membranes.* None of these characters are present in
Axinella mammillata. Inside of the papillae we have here
and there larger or smaller quite irregular cavities, no
distinct subdermal spaces, and of oscula, pores and pore-
membranes nothing definite could be seen.

I found one specimen of this new species in one of the
tidal pools on the north end of Puftin Island, at low^est
tide, April, 1889.
Raspailia ventilahrum, Bowerbank.

Dictyocylindrus ventilahrum, Bowerbank.

In my previous report I regarded this species as identi-
cal with Raspailia viminalis, Schmidt, and described it
under that name. But, as pointed out recently by Top-
sent,! there exists a difference between P. viminalis, S.,
and P. ventilahrum, B. The styli are slightly tylostylote
in R. viminalis, whilst in R. ventilahrum they are of the
normal character.

* See my former Report in Proc. Liverpool Biol. Society, vol. iii., pi. vi.,
figs. 2 and 3.

t lijjnile Topsent, " Etndes de Spongiaires." Revne Biologique du Nord
de la France, tome ii., no. 8, Mai, 1890.

PORIFEKA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. ^13

A single specimen bad previously been recorded from
Cburcb Bay, near Holybead. On tbe " Hyaena" expedi-
tion of May 25tb, 1890, we dredged tbree specimens in
Penrbos Bay (10 fatboms) and off Kboscolyn Beacon
(12 fatboms), on tbe west coast of x\nglesea. Tbe best of
tbe specimens sbowed a narrow base witb four brancbes,
tbree of wbicb were again divided dicbotomously. Tbe
colour was a dull purple. Tbe beigbt of tbe specimens
ranges between 4 and 6 cm. Tbeir brancbes are perfectly
cylindrical, wbilst Bowerbank's * figure sbows rugged
ridges along tbe brancbes. Probably Bowerbank's figare
is not quite reliable, as it bad been taken from a dried
specimen.

RaspaiUa rig Ida, Montagu.

Spongia rigida, Montagu, Mem. Weni. Soc, vol. ii., pt. i.

Non Raspaih'a (?) rigida, Ridley and Dendy, Cliall. Rep., p. 191.

Tbe species, wbicb in my former report I regarded as
RaspaiUa stelUgera, Scbmidt, seems in reality to be Ras-
pailia rigida, Montagu. Topsent's t recent paper bas
drawn my attention to tbis fact. Tbere are two species
of tbe genus RaspaiUa, Nardo, wbicb possess stellate
spicules, botb first described by Montagu under tbe names
Spongia stuposa and Spongia rigida, the latter differing from
tbe former by baving mucb sborter brancbes and larger
stellate spicules. Bowerbank considered tbe Sp. rigida
merely as a dwarfed variety of Sp. stuposa, and included
botb in tbe name Dictgocglindras stajyosns. But Topsent
sbows tbat tbey are really distinct species. Consequently
as my specimens bave very sbort brancbes indeed and
comparatively large stellate spicules, I consider tbem to
be RaspaiUa rigida, M. As stated by Topsent, tlie Ras-

* Bowerbank, loc. cit , vol. iii., pi. xvi.
+ Eniile Topsent, loe. cit.

214 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

pallia stelligera, Schmidt, is only a superfluous synonym
for Raspailia stuposa, Montagu.

There are, as mentioned above, two species of Raspa'il'ui
with stellate microscleres, R. stuposa, M., and R. rir/ida,
M. In my former report I drew attention to Eidley and
Dendy's statement that the only stellate forms of micro-
scleres " which are certainly known to occur in the Mon-
axonida" are spirulse, discastra and amphiastra," and I
proposed that spherasters should be mentioned as a fourth
form of stellate microscleres in the Monaxonida, and that
the limits of the genus Raspailia, as given by Ridley and
Dendy, should be enlarged by leaving out the negative
character *' no microsclera," so as to reconstitute the
older and wider genus defined by Nardo and Schmidt. I
see now that Lendenfeld's definitions of the group in ques-
tion also want alterations. In his " Descriptive Cata-
logue"* the definition of the order *' CornacuHpongige,"
which comprises also the Axinellidae, is too narrow, as it
gives the negative character " Microsclera, never stellate."
This character should be left out. Similarly in the " Mono-
graph!" Lendenfeld defines his sub-family " Axinellinie,"
which includes Raspailia, as "Axinellidae without micro-
sclera." This definition also wants correction.

This species which has now been found on the shores
of Puffin Island several times, has also been dredged on
the " Hyaena" expedition of May 25th, 1890, in Penihos
Bay, west coast of Anglesey, from a depth of about 10
fathoms.
Suberites domuncida, Nardo.

Halichondria suherea, Montagu.

Johnston t describes this sponge under the name Hali-

* R. V. Lendenfeld," Descriptive Catalogue of the S})onge.s in the Aus-
tralian Museum, Sydney," p. 74.

t R. V. Lendenfeld, "A Monograph of the Horny Sponges," }). 903.
X Johnston, "British Sj^onges," p. 140.

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 215

clwndria suhurea, and says, in regard to its liabitat, " It
has the singular property of being attaclied only (so far as
1 have been able to ascertain) to old univalve shells, which
it entirely invests." He mentions then that most of those
shells w^ere inhabited by hermit-crabs. Schmidt's* defini-
tion is similar, " Suberites globosus, incrustans et invol-
vens conchas, quas Paguri domos sibi elegerunt." Mr.
Higgin has already recorded specimens of this peculiar
habit from Holyhead and Morecambe Bay, and I am able
to add Calf of Man, v^here it w^as dredged on the " Hyaena"
expedition of April, 1889. But still this species does not
seem to restrict itself exclusively to univalve shells in-
habited by hermit-crabs, although those cases are the
conspicuous and interesting ones. A sponge, ap[)arently
of the same species, was dredged on the above mentioned
" Hyasna " expedition of April, 1889, and also off Calf of
Man. It encrusted a living Pecten opercularis, forming a
thin layer (about 2 mm. in thickness) of greyish colour.
I have found it also encrusting tetractinellid sponges, on
Seiriola compacta, mihi, and on Stelletta colling si, B. As I
shall state more fully on page 221, 1 erroneously described
in my former report such an encrusting layer of Suberites
domuncula as the ectosome of Seiriola. The upper portion
of fig. 1, PI. VIL, Vol. IIP, Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc. may
therefore be taken as a fairly correct representation of
a vertical section through a Suherites domuncula. The
thickness of that specimen was unusually small, only
about 0'24 mm. Tlie spicules of it are tylostyli O'l to
0*38 mm. by 0"003 to 0'006 nnn. They are arranged in
bundles, and project for about one-half of their length
through the ectoderm. The heads of the longer tylostyli
are supported by the basal membrane. The figure also

* Oscar Schmidt, " Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres," Tlieil i., p. 67.

216 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

shows pore-membranes, pores and sub-dermal cavities,
Suherites Jicus, Esper.

Alcyonium ficus, Esper.

Halichondria ficus, Jolmston.

Hymeniacidon ficus, Bowerb., B, S,, vol. ii., p. 206 ; vol. iii., pi. xxxvi.

Halichondria ficus, Carter, A.M.N.H., 5, ix., p. 353.

Suherites ficus, Sclimidt, Spoiigienfauna des Atlaiit. Gebietes, p. 76.

Two specimens of this species were found by Mr.
Herbert C. Chad wick opposite the ferry-shp, at Bangor,
in August, 1887, attached to the rock. I was unable to
record it in my former Report, as I heard only quite
recently about this find. The one specimen is about 3
cm. in height, the other one 1"3 cm. This species has
been recorded by Bowerbank from the coast of Scotland ;
coast of Northumberland; Island of Harris; Hebrides;
and from Gilter Sound, near Tenby. I may mention that
about fifteen fine specimens of S^iher lies ficus were dredged
by Professor Herdman in the Sound of Mull, in 1881, and
are now in the Zoological Museum of University College,
Liverpool.
Cliona celata, Grant. (PL XL, fig. 2, and PI. XII).

Vioa celata, Nardo.
Spongia terebrans, Duvernoy.
Halichondria celata, Jolmston.
Hymeniacidon celata, Bowerbank.
Raphyrus Grifiithsii, Bowerbank.
Vioa celata, 0. Schmidt.
Papillina suhurea, 0. Sclimidt.
Spongia sulphurea, Desor.
Cliona sulphurea, Verill.

Mr. Higgin, in his " Report on the Porifera of the
L.M.B.C. District," page 85, has already mentioned that
in our district both forms of Cliona celata are found, the
" massive" and the " sinuous" one, but I am not aware
that massive specimens of such a size were ever found before
in our neighbourhood as those which were dredged on the
" Hyaena" expedition of May 25th, 1890, on the west coast

PORIFEEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 217

of Anglesey. The first specimen was got in Penrhos Bay,
from a depth of about ten fathoms. More material was
taken off Towyn (twelve fathoms), and lastly off Khos-
colyn Beacon (twelve fathoms) the dredge brought up a
specimen larger than any sponge ever found in our district,
and probably not exceeded in size by any sponge ever col-
lected on the British coast. It measures horizontally 31
cm. by 20 cm., and vertically 12 cm. The figure on PL
XII. represents the specimen in not quite one-half natural
size. I drew it from a photograph wliich Mr. Benjamin
Davies (Physical Laboratories, University College, Liver-
pool) had kindly taken from the specimen after it had been
in spirit for some time. Those members of our expedition-
who attempted to photograph it on board of the " Hyaena"
were less successful.

The colour of the largest and of most of the smaller
specimens, when alive, was ochreous-yellow. But the
first specimen which we got from Penrhos Bay, was dis-
tinctly sulphur-yellow. The oscula are large and well
marked. They have the shape of slits, and measure from
2 by 1 mm. to 8 by 3 mm. Two of them are seen in the
figure upon one of the smaller lobes. A row of oscula on
the upper edge of the largest lobe could not be represented
in the figure. The pore-areas form extremely numerous
and well-marked circular patches (2 mm. in diameter) on
the extremity of very short papillae, just projecting beyond
the level of the sponge. In the " sinuous" form of Cliona
celatd those little papillae with their pore-areas are generally
the only things which are visible inside of or projecting
from the smal circular holes of the inhabited and perfor-
ated shell.

The spicules are tylostyli. They measure 0315 mm. by
0-008 mm. A few of them were smaller, down to 0-225 by
0'003 mm. A vertical section through the sponge shows

218 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

at the first glance two very different tissues. The one is
strong, fibrous and full of spicules, the other one is highly
porous and reticulated, with a smaller number of spicules.
The latter chiefly forms the choanosome, the former the
ectosome, but broad strands of the ectosome are given off,
which project down and branch throughout the choano-
some, thus giving a strong support to the soft tissue of
the choanosome (PI. XI., fig. 2). The incurrent and ex-
current canals are large and numerous. The size of the
flagellated chambers is about 0"04 by 0"028 mm.

If one sees only the two extremes in the mode of growth
of Cliona celata, the small boring form, which scarcely pro-
jects out of the holes of a perforated oyster shell, and the
large massive form described above, then it is really diffi-
cult to convince oneself of the identity of the two forms.
Intermediate stages, however, soon show the identity.
The Zoological Museum of University College, Liverpool,
possesses a specimen, dredged by Professor Herdman in
Cailliach Bay, Mull, September, 1882, which represents
an exceedingly good example of such an intermediate stage.
The pore-areas of the future massive form are all fully
developed, but they are easily recognized as being the
upper surfaces of small papillae which project from the
holes of the perforated foreign body. Further, there is a
layer of sponge-mass (varying from 1 to 3 nnn. in thick-
ness) outside and above the non-perforated surface of the
foreign body (an igneous rock), which layer extends
laterally to and fuses with the papillae.

After the boring form of Cliona celata had been described
by Grant and Nardo, Johnston discovered the massive
stage and recognized it as a variety of the boring one.
Other authors again considered both forms as different
species, so also Bowerbank, who established a new
genus for the njassive form and called it Raphjrus Griffith-

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 219

account of this comedy of errors I
refer to Leidy's recent paper "The Boring-Spouse, CUona f "

Leidy, in his paper, also discusses the question whether
the CUona sulplmrea, Desor, of the American coast, which
is found both boring and massive, miglit be identical with
CUona celata, Grant, of Europe. He finds that the two
forms agree in all respects except two. Hancock t had
stated that in CUona eeUita, Grant, hexagonal siliceous
granules are found on the surface of the sponge, by which
the latter is able to work out the cavities it inhabits.
Leidy says he has not been able to detect those granules
in the American sponge. The second difficulty is : " Grant,
Hancock, Bowerbank, and Lieberkiihii give as the size of
the spicules of CUona celata about J^ of an inch, while in all
our ('i.e. American') forms of CU.ona, in the oyster and
clam, and in the largest massive varieties, the size of tlie
spicules is only about ^^ of an inch."

The first difficulty about the hexagonal granules has
been solved by Topsent.§ He considers them as broken
pieces of the prismatic layer of the perforated shell, perhaps
intermixed with grains of quartz. In regard to the second
difficulty, Topsent remarks that the difference in size of
spicules cannot be of much value, as he himself has ob-
served spicules from 0"18 mm. to 0*35 mm. in length. On
page 217 I gave as the length of the spicules O'Blo mm. As
g'^inch is equal to 0-508 mm., and ^^ inch is equal to O'SIT
mm., we see that Topsent's and my own observations agree
with Leidy' s measurements as exactly as one could expect?

* Bowerbank, "British Si>ongiad£e," vol. ii., p. 354 ; vol. iii., jil. Ixiv.

t 111. "Pro. Acad. Xat. Sciences, Philadelphia," part i., January— April,
1889, p. 70.

t Albany Hancock, "On the excavating power of certain Sponges belong-
ing to the genus Cliona," 1849.

§ Emile Topsent, " Cliona celata on CUona sit'phurea f Bulletin de la
Society Zoologique de France," 1889, p. 351.

220 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

whilst we all three differ from the older and perhaps
incorrect observations. There can be no doubt whatever
that CUona salphurea, Desor, is identical with Cliona celata,
Grant. I will add that I have measured also the spicules
of a boring form of Cliona celata from Puftin Island, and get
the following results : most spicules about 0'36 by O'OOS
mm., a few smaller down to 0*27 by 0'003 mm.
PoU/niastia mammillaris , Johnston.

Several specimens of this were dredged on the " Hyaena"
expedition of May 25th, 1890, in Penrhos Bay (10 fathoms),
off Khoscolyn Beacon (12 fathoms), and off Porth Dafarth,
Anglesey. The largest of the specimens forms a globular
mass with a diameter of 4 cm. More than one hundred
papillae rise from its upper surface. The other specimens
were slightly smaller and flatter. They all were of a bright
orange-yellow. One small specimen was also collected at
the east end of Puftin Island, June 18th, 1890. This
species had previously been dredged in Church Bay, near
Holyhead. For description and figures see my former
report.
Polymastia rohusta, Bowerbank.

In my former report I recorded this species from Church
Bay, Holyhead. We have dredged since two specimens of it
on the " Hyaena" expedition of May 25th, 1890, in Penrhos
Bay (10 fathoms), and off' Ehoscolyn Beacon (12 fathoms),
on the west coast of Anglesey. The specimens are hemi-
spherical masses, of a diameter of about 4*5 cm. in hori-
zontal direction and 2 cm. in height. The colour of the
one specimen was a dirty greyish-yellow ; of the other one
a pure orange tint.

Order IV. TETRACTINELLIDA.

Tetliija lyiiGurium, Johnston.
Five specimens of almost perfect globular form were

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 221

dredged on the " Hyaena" expedition of May 25th, 1890,
in Penrhos Bay (10 fathoms), and off Khoscolyn Beacon
(12 fathoms), on the west coast of Anglesey. The cortex
of the hving sponge was cadmium-yellow, its inner portion
brown. The diameter of the specimens is 1*5 to 2 cm.
One of them was covered with about thirty buds.*

One specimen of this species had previously been dredged
in Church Bay, Holyhead.
Dercitus hucJdandi, Bowerbank.

This sponge, which had already been recorded by Mr.
Higgin under the name Dercitus niger, C, from Holyhead,
has now also been discovered at Puffin Island. I found a
few specimens of it at the entrance of the large cave on the
north end of the island, at low spring tide, April, 1889. The
largest of the specimens measures 3 cm. by 2 cm. in hori-
zontal direction and 0"6 cm. in height. Colour, dark black.

For an extensive list of the literature, and a revised
description of this species, see Sollas.f
Seiriola compacta, Hanitsch (PI. XIII., figs. 1 — 4).

In my former report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C.
District I I described and figured a new species of a tetrac-
tinellid sponge under the above name, which I took to be
the representative of a new family. But in doing so I fell
into a serious error, and I have to thank Professor SoUas,
D.Sc, for pointing out the mistake to me. The two layers
which I described as ectosome and choanosome of one
sponge are really two quite separate sponges, an encrust-
ing Suberite and an encrusted Stellettid. " Each is," as
Prof. Sollas writes me, after having seen my preparations,
" a separate individual, the Suberite is defined from the

* Compare Bowerbank, " British Spongiadse," vol. ii. p. 94.
+ Sollas, " Report on the Tetractinellida collected by H.M.S. ' Challenger,'"
p. 108.

X Proc. Liverpool Biological Society, vol. iii., p. 169 — 172, pi. vii.

222 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Stellettid by its own basal membrane, and the Stellettid
from the Suberite by its outer epitheHum, distinguished
in favourable parts of the sections by the somewhat dense
layer of sanidasters which usually are more crowded there
than elsewhere. The basal membrane of the Suberite
supports the heads of the longer tylostyles as so commonly
happens in these sponges." Curiously enough Doderlein *
fell into a quite similar error in regard to Discodermia calyx,
D., and Bowerbank t in regard to Stelletta colUngsl, B.,
and Stelletta schmidtei, B. As, notwithstanding the above
stated error, the encrusted tetractinellid sponge is new to
science, and is the only representative of a new genus,
Seiriola,l I propose to give now a corrected description of
it. No new figure of the spicules will be necessary, as I
can refer to Vol. III., PI. YII., where, however, no notice
should be taken of the upper thinner layer which does not
belong to Seiriola compada. This foreign layer is cha-
racterized by tylostylote spicules and is separated from the
lower portion, the Seiriola compacta, by a definite line of
demarcation. It belongs to a monaxonid sponge. Saber ites
domnncula, Nardo.

The first specimen of Seiriola compacta was found at
Puffin Island, in June, 1888, in one of the caves on the
north-east side of the island, which are exposed only at
low spring tides, and then accessible only by boat. It
formed a knob-like mass, like that of so many tetractinellid
sponges, and measured horizontally 4 cm. by 1"5 cm., and
vertically 1*3 cm. It came into my hands after it had
been in rather weak spirit for several weeks, and was then

* Sollas, "Report on the Tetractinollida," collected by H.M.S. "Chal-
lenger," p. 295.

t Sollas, loc. cit., p. 186.

X From Seiriol, an early Welsh saint, who is said to have had his cell on
PiitHn Island.

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 223

of dark grey colour. In April, 1889, I collected in the
same cave several specimens of Seiriola which were white
with a slight greyish tint, and have kept their colour per-
fectly w^ell in strong spirit. The specimens have ahout
the same dimensions as the original one, but they are
flatter. Although the shape and colour of this sponge
agree completely with those of Stelletta colling si, B., which
I collected at the same time and in the same locality, still
one may distinguish the two forms in the following way :
Stelletta has a hispid surface ; Seiriola is smooth to the
touch ; Stelletta shows a cortex even in a rough vertical
section made with the pocket-knife ; Seiriola does not.
Curiously also a specimen of the new material was en-
crusted by Suherites domuncula, and in the same way also
one or two specimens of Stelletta colliiu/si. The rest were
not encrusted, Oscula and pores were not visible in the
living specimens.

The skeleton of Seiriola compacta consists of megascleres
and microscleres. The former show the following forms :
dichotriaena, orthotriasna, oxea, styli, strongyla, tylota.
The dichotriaena are very numerous, and are arranged im-
mediately beneath the surface, with their cladomes directed
towards the surface. The rhabdome measures from 0"36
to 0*42 mm., the protocladus from 0'06 to 0*09 mm., and
the deuterocladus from 0'037 to 0*45 mm. The ortho-
triaena are far less numerous and slightly smaller than the
dichotriaena. They are also placed close to the surface.
The oxea are the most numerous spicules, and are arranged
in bundles, which take their origin in or immediately
beneath the region of the triaena, and stretch vertically
down through the whole depth of the sponge. The oxea
measure 0'34 to 1"5 mm. by 0'009 to 0'026 mm. Amongst
them we find a few stylote, strongylote, and tylote spicules.

The microscleres are oxyasters, 0*025 mm. in diameter,

224 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and sanidasters (not spirasters, as I called them in my
previous report) 0'012 to 0"016 mm. in length, and are
both very typical forms. The oxyasters are found only in
the choanosome, the sanidasters chiefly in the ectosome,
and a few also in the choanosome.

Besides those megascleres and microscleres, I found
fragments of a third kind of spicule (see fig. 2 c, PL VII.,
Vol. III.), the appearance of which, in my former report, I
compared with broken blades of fret saws. The largest of
these pieces measured 0*08 by 0'0014 mm. They were
found just beneath the surface of the sponge. But now I
think it quite possible that they do not belong to Seiriola
at all, but rather to Stelletta colling si, in which latter sponge
I now describe them for the first time (see PI. XIV.,
figs. 1 and 2). As my specimens of Seiriola and Stelletta
had been taken from the same rock, and had been kept
together for some time in the same jar of spirits, it is pos-
sible that fragments of those spicules found their way acci-
dentally into the Seiriola.

Oscula and pores could not be distinctly seen, neither
in the living specimens nor in sections. The incurrent
and excurrent canals seem to branch in a very irregular
manner through the sponge. The chamber-system ap-
pears to belong to the eurypylous type,* in so far as the
flagellated chambers lie closely round the excurrent canals,
and as the apopyles are not continued into special tubes
and are extremely short. At the same time the term
"eurypylous" does not apply correctly to /SW/v'o/a, as the
apopyles are extremely narrow. The flagellated chambers
and collar cells are very small. The former are oval, and
measure 0*012 by O'OOS mm. The collar cells measure
0-0013 mm.

The mesoderm of Seiriola consists of sarcenchym, the
* Sollas, loe. cit., p. xv.

PORIF'ERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 225

greatest part of which however has been replaced by cys-
tenchymatous tissue, also called vesicular connective tissue
or bladder-cells C' blasiges Bindegewebe " of German
authors). These bladder-cells are generally spherical,
with an average diameter of 0'04 mm. In the original, less
well preserved material of Seiriola, these cells contained
very little protoplasm which, together w^ith the small
nucleus, adhered to one side of the cell- wall only, leaving
the greatest part of the cell quite empty (compare PI.
VII., fig. 1, Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, Vol. III). Also in
the second and well preserved material the bladder cells
showed eccentrically situated nuclei ; the protoplasm, how-
ever, was found not only round the nuclei and along the
neighbouring parts of the cell-wall, but threads of it radi-
ated throughout the remainder of the cell (PL XIII., figs.
1 and 2). Bladder-cells have been already observed by
various authors in other sponges, as by Vosmaer * in Fol(/-
mastia hemi splicer ica, by Sollas t in Pachijmatisma, Stnjphnus,
&c., and also in some of the Lithistida. A similar tissue
is known to occur in many Molluscs and in Tmiicata. j

Of great interest too were strands of spindle-shaped cells
which occur in great frequency (PL XIII. , figs. 1 — 3).
The cells are arranged longitudinally and in parallel rows,
and are apparently imbedded in a clear gelatinous matrix.
Their size varies greatly, the largest cells measure about
0'048 by 0"014 mm. Both ends of the cells are prolonged
into delicate fibres. They are all highly granular, and in-
tensely stained after treatment with picro-carmine. The

* Vosmaer, "Sponges of the ' Willeni Barents Expedition, 1880 and 1881,"
in " Bijdragen tot de Dierknnde."

t Sollas, "Report on the Tetractinellida, " collected by H.M.S. "Chal-
lenger," p. xxxix.

X AV. A. Herdman, " Report on the Tunicata," collected by H.M.S. "Chal-
lenger," Vol. I., pp. 28—29.

226 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

nuclei are small and not very conspicuous, apparently on
account of the opaque protoplasm of the cells. The nature
of these cells seems to be distinctly different from that of
the much smaller spindle-shaped cells described in Axi-
nella mammillata, n. sp. (page 211). In the latter species
the granules of the cells are distinctly spherical, clear, and
highly light-refracting. In Seiriola the granules are opaque,
and apparently of no definite outline. Further, in Axinella
the spindle-cells run in strands along the chief masses of
spicules, and suggest at once that they might be " sclero-
blasts." But in Seiriola such a relation between the
spindle-cells and the spicules does not seem to exist.
On the contrary, quite independently of the presence or
absence of spicules, the strands of those cells permeate
the choanosome in an irregular fashion, giving off numer-
ous branches (PL XIII., fig. 3). Further, I have not
been able to find any connection between those strands
and the incurrent and excurrent canals, or with any other
structure. Transverse sections through the strands are
frequently met with in preparations, and they show a
round outline. Sollas's "myocytes" seem to be similar
structures, but they differ from those cells in Seiriola
by chiefly occurring '' concentrically arranged about the
openings of the water-canals." Still I shall not be sur-
prised if future investigations prove those cells to be neuro-
muscular elements.

In regard to the systematic position of Seiriola compact a
Professor Sollas wrote me as follows : — " The choano-
somal spicule is a characteristic oxyaster, the ectosomal
microsclere is a typical sanidaster ; this latter places the
sponge in the Sanidasterina. Of the genera of this group
it approaches most nearly Stri/phiua^, but differs from all
the species of this genus which I have seen. The sani-
daster is a better sanidaster, i.e., more typical and regular

PORIFERA OP* THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 227

than in most species of Strypluius, and the oxeas are
not colossals, while they do seem to be arranged in bmidles."
Prof. Sollas further suggested placing Seiriola compacta as
a new species of the genus Stryphnas, Sollas.*

In consequence of Prof. Sollas' s advice I have now de-
cided to drop the new family '' Seiriolidse" which I esta-
blished in my former report, and I place the new sponge
amongst the Sanidasterina, a sub-family of the family
Stellettidse. But I still intend to retain the new genus
" Seiriola." The differences between it and the genus
Stryphnus justify, I think, my doing so. These differences
are : —

(1.) Stryphius — The choanosomal megascleres are colos-
sal oxeas, closely strew^n through the sponge,
not aggregated to form fibres and not radiately
arranged. Seiriola — The choanosomal megas-
cleres are oxeas of ordinary size, and besides those
also styli, strongyla and tylota. The spicules
seem to be aggregated in bundles, and somewhat
radiately arranged.
(2.) StrypJuiHs — The microscleres are some form of eu-
aster, and an irregular amphiaster or sanidaster.
Seiriola — The microscleres are typical forms of
oxyaster and sanidaster.
(3.) Stryphiius — The flagellated chambers are either ap-
hodal or slightly diplodal. Seiriola — The flagel-
lated chambers are eurypylous.
Stelletta collingsi, Bowerbank (PI. XIV., figs. 1—3).

Tethea collingsi i, Bowerbank.
Tetliea schmidtei, Bowerbank.
Collingsia sarniensis, Gray.
Collingsia schmidtei, Gray.
Stelletta coUingsii, Sollas.

The sponge, which in my former report was mentioned

* Sollas, loc. eit., p. 171.

228 lilVteEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

under the name Eclonemia jjonderosa, B., has, by further
examination, turned out to be a Stellettu colling si, B., or at
least a variety of it.

I have found in it all the different kinds of spicules which
have been mentioned by Bowerbank, and more recently
by Sollas,* and some other spicules in addition to those.
The megascleres are — oxea 1'8 by 0*032 mm. ; orthotrigena,
the rhabdome of which measures 1"42 by 0*032 mm., and
the cladi 0'105 by 0*028 mm. ; a few dichotrisena, the pro-
tocladi of which raeasure in length 0"056 to 0*084 mm., and
the deuterocladi 0*028 to 0*046 mm. ; and a very few pro-
triaena, rhabdome 0*40 mm., cladi 0*036 mm. Both dicho-
trisena and protrisena had not been mentioned by previous
authors. The microscleres are — chiaster, 0*012 mm. in dia-
meter, found only in the ectosome, just beneath the surface ;
and oxy asters with a varying number of actines, found
chiefly in the choanosome. It seems to be the rule that the
larger the oxyasters are, the smaller is the number of their
actines. I fomid that —

4 radiated oxyasters measured 0*056 mm. in diameter

6 „ „ 0*040 „

8 „ „ 0-032 „

Besides those above-mentioned kinds of megascleres and
microscleres I found an additional kind of spicule which
I will call '' prionorrhabds" t (PI. XIV., figs. 1 and 2).
They are long and slender spicules, 0*40 by 0*002 mm.,
one end of which is profusely spined, the other and larger
portion is smooth. The two extreme ends of the spicules
are sharply pointed. I have found these prionorrhabds
only in the ectosome, with their spined ends imbedded
in it and the smooth ends projecting through the ecto-
derm and penetrating into a calcareous sponge Sijcan-

* Sollas, loc. cit., p. 185.
t From vpiuv a saw.

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 229

(Ira ciUata, which was attached to the surface of the
Stelletta. The prionorrhabds are arranged radiately, the
ideal centre of the circle lying inside the Sycandra. But
only this one small portion of the Stelletta, opposite to
which the Si/candra is situated, shows those spicules.

As this special kind of spicule has never before been
described in Stelletta colling si, nor in any other sponge, the
question arises whether my specimen is identical at all
with St. coU'nu/si or whether the spicules are present in all
specimens of St. collingsi and have been overlooked by
former investigators, or lastly, whether they are a special
acquirement which may become developed in the sponge
under certain conditions. I am inclined to accept the last
of the three views. I have mentioned already that the pri-
onorrhabds were found only in a certain portion of Stelletta^
and I believe that they have been acquired by the sponge
under the special abnormal conditions to protect itself
against the encroaching foreign body, a calcareous sponge.
As in my specimen they are very localized, it is quite
possible that they have been overlooked by other workers.

I collected several specimens of Stelletta collingsi at Puffin
Island, in one of the caves on the north end of the island,
in April, 1889. One specimen had been found there already,
in June, 1888. The colour of the living specimen is
greyish-white.
Padhymatisma johnstonia, Bowerbank.

The colour of this species is known to be subject to
great variation. Bowerbank* states — *' Littoral specimens,
light to dark slate-grey. Deep sea specimens, pink or
red." And Sollasf says — " Slate-grey on the portion ex-
posed to the light, almost white beneath ; specimens from

* Bowerbank, " British Spongiadae," vol. ii., p. 51.

t SoUas, "Report on the Tetractinellida, " collected by H.M.S. "Chal-
lenger," p. 243,

230 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

considerable depths, pink or red (Bowerbank)." I had
excellent opportunity of convincing myself of this varia-
tion in colour in one of the large caves at Puffin Island, in
April, 1889. The cave, situated on the north end of the
island, is accessible only at lowest spring tides, and even
then only with boat. Eight at the entrance to the cave
I noticed that the specimens of Pachymathmd were of a
dark slate-grey colour. Kowing further into the interior
I found specimens of a light grey, and in the farthest recess
of the cave I discovered some splendid specimens of a
perfect cream- white tint. I found quite similar conditions
in April, 1890, near Brada Head, Port Erin, in a cave
which also is accessible only with boat and at lowest tide.
The specimens of Pachymatisma, larger even than those at
Puffin Island, were lighter in colour the further back in
the cave they were found.

The explanation of these facts is, in my opinion, found
only in the direct action of the light of the sun. The
more exposed the specimens were to the light, the darker
they were ; the more protected, the lighter. I know very
well that such an explanation is not at all in accordance
with the generally accepted views, and Wallace's* state-
ment, " that light and heat of the sun are not the direct
causes of the colour of animals," is not only his own
view, but is shared by the majority of modern biologists.
Still my own view finds support in what Lendenfeldf
has recently said in regard to the Ceratosa— " No differences
are observed in the colour of different parts of the surface
except that the lower side is generally lighter-coloured
than the upper side. This is less of a protective acquisi-
tion than a direct effect of the light. The parts of the
surface exposed to it are darker coloured by its photo-

* Wallace, "Darwinism," p. 195.

t R. V. Leiidenfeld, "A Monograph of the Horny Sponges," p. 742.

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 231

graphic action than the lower side which is always in
shade." I therefore merely apply what Lendenfeld said
in regard to different parts of the same specimen to dif-
ferent specimens of the same species.

I will not omit to state that in neither of the two cases
could one think of accomiting for the colouring by protec-
tive resemblance to the environment. The lighter speci-
mens especially were as different in colour from the rocks
(carbonate of lime at Puffin Island and slate of Ordovician
age at Brada Head, Port Erin) as they possibly could be.
Altogether it has not been proved yet that sponges ever
imitate their surroundings in colour. Out of the numer-
ous species of our district which I have had occasion to
examine in the living condition, not a single instance
seemed to give a sure proof of such an imitation. If here or
there a species of sponges, organisms which in their shades
and tints show almost as innumerable transitions as the
spectrum itself, happens to resemble its surroundings,
whilst the vast majority of the other species do not, then
it is surely out of place to take that one example as a proof
of imitation of the environment. I may quote what Len-
denfeld * says in regard to the Ceratosa — "The horny
sponges never imitate their surromidings in colour, although
some of them, particularly those which have an arenaceous
cortex, are very similar in colour to the sea bottom on which
they, grow. Most of the horny sponges are, like many of
the other shallow water Silicea, very intensely coloured, and
it would appear that these vivid colours have been adopted
by the sponges for the purpose of frightening their
enemies." This seems really to be the only explanation
for most of the colours in sponges. Animals which, like
the great majority of sponges, are so extraordinarily well
defended by their skeleton, are scarcely in need of a pro-

* R. V. Lendenfeld, "A Monogi-apli of the Horny Sponges," p. 742.

232 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

tective colouring to enable them to escape from their
enemies ; what they really want are warning colours.

The dimensions of the largest specimen of P achy mat isma
from Puftin Island is 10 cm. by 7 cm. in horizontal direc-
tion; 1*5 cm. in height. The largest specimen from Port
Erin measures 12 cm. by 6 cm. horizontally and 6 cm.
vertically. I give also the measurements of the spicules,
as my results differ somewhat from Bowerbank's and
Sollas's * : —

I. — Megasclera : strongyla, 0*57 to 0*75 mm. by 0*012
to 0*024 mm. Orthotrisena : rhabdome, 0*405 by 0*016
mm ; cladus, 0*255 by 0*016 mm. Also a few styli are
present, which are not mentioned by Bowerbank and
Sollas. They measure 0*635 by 0*009 mm.

II. — Microsclera : sterraster, either spherical, 0*045 to
0'075 mm. in diameter ; or elliptical, from 0*06 by 0*045
mm. to 0*09 by 0*068 mm. Oxyaster, 0*048 to 0*056 mm.
n diameter ; microstrongyla, 0*018 by 0*003 mm.

This species seems to be the only tetractinellid sponge
which up to now has been found at the Isle of Man, and
it is now for the first time recorded in our L.M.B.C.
reports from that locality. I hear that Mr. Geo. Swainson,
of Bolton, collected some specimens of it at Parwick Bay,
Isle of Man, during last autumn.

Order VI. CALCAREA.

Ascetta coriacea, Fleming.

I found a single small specimen of this species at Puffin
Island, April, 1889, at lowest spring tide, in the large cave
on the north side of the island. It encrusted a living
oyster, which latter was firmly attached to the wall of the
cave.

* Sollas, loc. cit., p. 242.

PORIFEEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 233

Ascetta coriacea had previously been recorded from Port
Erin and Holyhead, and I collected again great quantities
of it at Fleshwick Bay, near Port Erin, Easter, 1890.
Ascaltis botryoides, Fleming.

A number of specimens of this form were obtained in
Fleshwick Bay, near Port Erin, on the " Hyaena" expedi-
tion of Easter, 1889. I found them in a shallow pool just
beyond the entrance of a long and narrow cave, where I
collected some again at Easter, 1890. The level of the pool
was near high-water mark (!).

Mr. Higgin records this species from Holyhead.
Ascaltis coiitorta, Bowerbank.

Leucosolenia contorta, B., Brit. Spong., vol. ii., p. 29 ; vol. iii., pi. iii.
Leucosolenia contorta, Carter, Midland jSTaturalist, vol. iii., p. 195.

A few small specimens have been found for the first time
in our district by Mr. Herbert C. Chadwick, near Beau-
maris, August, 1889, and subsequently I found it myself
at Hilbre Island, March, 1890. Bowerbank records it
from Guernsey, Scarborough (?), and from the Guliot Caves,
Sark.
Ascortis larunosa, Johnston.

Grantia lacunnsa, Johnston.
Leucosolenia lacunosa, Bowerbank.

I refer to this species a few specimens which were
dredged on the '' Hygena " expedition of May 25th, 1890,
in Penrhos Bay, off Ehoscolyn Beacon, and off Porth
Dafarth, where they w^ere found sticking to Zoophytes.

The presence of oxeote spicules in the stalk-like portion
of these specimens shows that they belong to this species
and not to Ascetta primordkiUs, Hkl., some varieties (espe-
cially N ardor us primordiaUs)* of which they resemble very
closely. For figures and descriptions see Bowerbank!

* Hoeckel, " Die Kalkschwoemme, " vol. iii., pi, ii., fig. 5.
+ Bowerbank, loc. cit. vol. ii., p. 22 ; vol. iii., pi. iv.

234 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and Hgeckel.* Two specimens, which in my former report

I recorded as Ascetta pr'nnord'ialis, are also referable to this

species.

Leucaltis impre.ssa, n. sp. (PI. XV., figs. 1 — 3).

I fomid three specimens of this new species at Puffin
Island, April, 1889, in one of the large tidal pools on the
north-east end of the island. The sponge consists of a
solitary persona, which has an elongate and somewhat
flattened shape. In two of the specimens the surface is
longitudinally corrugated, but is even in the third specimen ;
it is, however, smooth in all three cases, and hard to the
touch. The average height is 12 mm., the diameters in
the two horizontal directions 6 mm. and 4 mm. The
osculum is terminal, it bears no frill, and measures 0'5
mm. in diameter. The colour is white.

A transverse section shows a thick body-wall and a
gastral cavity of about the same width as the body- wall.
The diameter of the gastral cavity is therefore only about
one-third of the diameter of the whole specimen. The
flagellated chambers are spherical or ovoid and exceedingly
numerous. They measure from 0*09 mm. to 0*18 mm. in
diameter. The inhalent canals branch and anastomose
between the flagellated chambers, and open finally into the
gastral cavity. These openings are 0'05 to O'l mm. in
diameter.

The skeleton of the body-wall and of the outer surface
consists of triacts and tetracts. The former are by far the
more numerous, and each of their rays measures about 0*1
mm. by 0"008 mm. There are also a few triacts with rays
■of 0*16 mm. in length. In all these triacts one of the rays
is straight, the two others slightly curved. The tetracts
which are found in the outer surface and in the body-wall
generally have about the same dimensions as the triacts,

* Heeckel, loc. cit., vol. ii., p. 70 ; vol. iii., pi. xi , fig. 2.

PORIFERA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 235

but their fourth ray, which stands vertically upon the
three others, is short and hook-like. It measures 0'03
mm. In addition to these spicules we find large gastral
tetract spicules. They consist of three short rays (0"14
mm.) which lie in one plane, and of a fourth long ray
(0'43 mm.), w^hich stands at right angles to the former.
The short rays are slightly curved, they lie in the inner
surface of the body- wall and parallel to its circumference.
The fourth ray projects freely into the gastral cavity. These
tetract spicules are very numerous, so that their short rays
form a kind of dense basket-work on the inner surface of
the body- wall.

The spherical flagellated chambers of this species aud its
ramifying canals place it amongst the Leuconidae, and its
triact and tetract spicules bring it under the genus Leu-
calt'is, Haeckel. Following now Haeckel's " Ubersicht der
6 Species des Genus Leucaltis,"* and taking no notice of
the tetracts w4th the one hook-like ray, we arrive at Leu-
calt'is pumila, Bow^erbank. The respective steps in that
"Ubersicht" are: 1. " Skelet nicht scharf getrennt in
ein vollig verschiedenes Kinden-und Mark-Skelet." 2.
" Haupt masse des Skelets aus Dreistrahlern gebildet.'
3. " Vierstrahler entweder bloss in der dermalen oder
bloss in der gastralen Flache. Alle oder ein Theil der
Dreistrahler und Vierstrahler nicht regular." 4. "Vier-
strahler bloss in der stacheligen gastralen und canalen
Flache." 5. " Basal Strahl der Vierstrahler langer als
die lateral en. — Lexical tis pumila.'' Yet when we compare
the specific characters of LeucaltU pumila, as given in the
detailed descriptions of Haeckel and Bowerbank,t with our
species, we find so many and such great differences between
these two forms that I feel obliged to establish a new

* Hreckel, "Die Kalkscliwaemme," Bd. ii, p. 143.
t Bowerbank, "British Spongiad.T," vol. ii., p. 41.

236 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

species. These differences are : 1. In Leucaltis pumila
there are no tetracts with hook-hke rays, such as are found
in Leucaltis impressa. 2. The proportion in size of the
gastral tetracts is different in the two species, the stalk
being much longer in the new form. 3. The inner surface
of the body-wall in Leucaltis impressa appears not to be pro-
vided with triacts in addition to tetracts as in Leucaltis
pumila. 4. Bowerbank mentions the " very large size of
the surface spicula" in Leucaltis pumila, of which there is
no trace in our species.

I may mention that Leucaltis piimila has, according to
Hseckel, a very wide geographical distribution. It has
been found at Guernsey by Norman ; at Magador (coast
of Morocco) by Haeckel ; at the Cape by Wilhelm Bleek ;
and in the Indian Ocean (Bass Strait) by Wendt.
Leucamira gossei, Bowerbank.

This form had previously been recorded from Port Erin
and Holyhead. A few specimens of it have been collected
again at Port Erin (April, 1889, and April, 1890), and also
at Flesh wick Bay (April, 1890). It is one of the rarest
calcareous sponges in our district.
Leucamira jolinstoni, Carter.

A number of fine specimens of it were collected by me
at Fleshwick Bay, Isle of Man, and a few also at Port
Erin, in April, 1890. It had previously been found at Port
Erin and Holyhead.
Leucamira nivea, Fleming.

In Mr. Higgin's report this species was recorded from
the Isle of Man only. I have found it since, and in pro-
fusion, at PufHn Island, April, 1889 ; and a few specimens
also at Hilbre Island, June, 1889. An unusually large and
highly corrugated specimen of it, recalling Leucamira john-
stonia, C, was collected by Mr. Charles Walker at Flesh-
wick Bay, April, 1890.

PORIFEEA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. ^37

It generally forms small white patches on the rocks,
and is easily recognizable.
St/candra cillata, Fleming.

Owing to an oversight Sijcanilra c'diata was not re-
corded in the two previous reports as having been found
at Hilbre Island. It had been collected there in the
summer of 1885 by the members of the Liverpool Marine
Biological Committee,* and I have found a few small
specimens of it in the same locality in March, 1890.
Common in other parts of the district.

Explanation of the Plates.

ch. choanosome. m. gastric cavity.
cy. cystenchymatous tissue, p. a. pore area.

d,m, dermal membrane. p.c. " problematic cells."

e. ectosome. ])(/. pigment cells.

e.c. exhalent canals. 2>r. prionorrhabds.

f.c. flagellated chambers. s.c. subdermal cavities.

i.e. inhalent canals. ^d. layer of scleroblasts (?).

Plate X.
Fig. 1. Vertical section through outer portion of Halisarca

rid>ra, n. sp., semi-diagrammatic (X 250).
Fig. 2. Vertical section through inner portion of Halisarca

ndjva, n. sp. (X 250). It is doubtful whether

the parts in figs. 1 and 2, named " i. c," are

inhalent or exhalent canals.
Fig. 3. Axinella mammdlata, n. sp., natural size.
Fig. 4. Scleroblasts (?) oi Axinella mammdlata (X 800).
Fig. 5. Portion of a longitudinal section through one of

the papillse of A.vinella mammdlata (X 150).

Plate XL
Fig. 1. Chalina montagtu, Johnston, natural size.

*W. a. Herdiiian, in ' ' Intioductiuii" to "Fauna of Liverpool Bay," Vol. I. p. 8.

238 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 2. Vertical section through the massive form of Cl'wua
celata, Grant (X 3).

Plate XII.
Fig. 1. CUona celata, Grant, not quite one-half natural size.

Plate XIII.

Fig. 1. A portion of the choanosome of Seirlola compada,
Hanitsch, showing chamber-system, strand of
"problematic cells" (in longitudinal section),
and cystenchymatous tissue (X 250).

Fig. 2. Transverse section through a strand of " proble-
matic cells" of Selriola comjmcta, with cys-
tenchymatous tissue around it (X 250).

Fig. 3. Section through the choanosome of Selriola com-
pacta, showing the branching of the strands of
" problematic cells " (X 50).

Fig. 4. Portion of fibrous layer of Selriola compacta, situated
between ectosome and choanosome (X 250).

Plate XIV.

Fig. 1. Vertical section through the upper portion of the
ectosome of Stelletta colling si, Bowerbank. The
encroaching Sycamlra cillata (in the upper left
corner of the plate), shown diagrammatically,
(X 200).

Fig. 2. Spined portion of a prionorrhabd (X 800).

Fig. 3. a, chiaster (X 800) ; h, c, and d, forms of oxyaster
(X 400).

Fig. 4. a, protrigena; l>, dichotriEena (X 60).

Plate XV.
Fig. 1. Portion of transverse section through Leucaltls

Impressa, n. sp. (X 80).
Fig. 2. Two specimens of Leucaltls Inipressa, natural size.
Fig. 3. a, h, c, and d, triacts and tetracts of the body- wall

(X 150) ; /, gastral tetract (X 150).

Trans. L poo) Biol. Sec

\' 1 l\ m X

Fig. 1.

I.e.

Fig. 2.

b^^^^pp^^'

^^^%^.

R. Hanitsch, del.

HALISARCA RUBRA, n SP.
AXINELLA MAMMILLATA. N S P.

Trans. L'pool Biol St

Vol. !V. P). XI.

Fig. 1.

^>^^

T="ig. 2.

f p,a.

R- Hanitsch. del.

CHALINA MONTAGUL JOHNSTON.
CLIONA CELATA, GRANT.

Trans. L'poo! Biol. Soc.

Vol IV. PL XII,

\

R. Hanitsch, del.

CLIONA CELATA, GRANT.

Tran>. L'podl Biol. Soc.

Vol. IV. PI. XIII.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 4.

..;t:#::.;:

Qm^fi'mm'-h4

"iff- 3.

V {

fe

K«

^Q.i^^^,^•^

^;.;0'.

R. Hanitsch, del.

SEIRIOLA COMPACTA, HANITSCH.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc

Vol. IV y\. XIV

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

a.

b.

— o* -

Fig. 4.

a.

R. Hanitsch, del.

STELLETTA COLLINGSI. BOWERBANK-

Trans. L pool Biol See.

Voi. IV. PI XV.

Fig-. 3.

R. Hanitsch. del.

LEUCALTI3 iMPRESSA. N. so.

239

KEPOKT on the HIGHEK CKUSTACEA of
LIVEKPOOL BAY taken in 1889.*

By Alfred 0. Walker, F.L.S.,

With Plate XVI.

[Kead May ytli, Ibyu.j

The operations of the L.M.B.C. during 1889 have on the
whole been very successful as regards the higher Crustacea,
and especially the Amphipoda. Many new species have
been added to the fauna of Liverpool Bay and a few to
that of the British Isles.

Adopting the same plan as in the previous two Reports
the localities where work has been carried on may be
enumerated as follows :—

I. Puffin Island— chiefly shore hunting.

II. Isle of Man, visited at Easter, when the electric
ight was used at various depths. These are indicated m

the Report by E.L.b. and E.L.s. for the bottom and sur-
face respectively.

III. Colwyn Bay from the Little Orme (8 fath ) to
Penmaenrhos. The greater part of the species collected
here were obtained by using a small dredge with a frame
of sheet brass 12in. long by ^m. wide with a bag of

cheese-cloth " open at the tail end but closed by a
wrapping of string. A small lead weight was attached to
the dredge cord about 3ft. in front of the dredge. After
dragging the dredge for a short time on sandy gi-omid it
would be brought up containing a considerable quantity of

♦ See forme,. Reporb in " Fauna of Liverpool Bay," Vol. I., ISSG. ,,, '1
-2-b, and iu Vol. II., pp. 171-181 and pp. S8-85.

240 LIVEilPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

sand. The bag was untied over a small bucket of sea
water, into wiiich the sand was dropped and, after being
well stirred round with the sand, allowed to settle for a
few seconds, when the water was poured through a muslin
bag with a moveable ^in. brass sieve over its mouth to
stop the larger pieces of weed, &c. Most of the Crustacea
pass into the bag with the water, and after repeating the
stirring and straining process the sand is thrown away.
The dredge is put out again as soon as it has been
emptied and is working while the washing and straining
is going on. The muslin bag containing the living
animals collected is then everted into a wide-mouthed
glass jar (a French plum jar is the best) filled with sea
water. This may be taken home and the contents emptied
into dishes when most of the Crustacea will swim out of
the weed and sand that still remains and be captured by a
small muslin ring net ; or the bag may be at once turned
out into a bottle of spirit, or spirit, glycerine and water,
to be examined at leisure. The number of creatures that
are taken by this method in places that are absolutely bar-
ren to the dredge with a net bag, is astonishing. I have
to thank Dr. Norman for showing me this excellent device^
In shore-hunting it was found a good plan to wash Algge
in a bucket, pouring the water after several such washings
through a muslin net which is then treated as above.
This appears to be the best method of obtaining Fodocerus
isopus in March and April.

IV. The coast of Anglesey, from Puffin Island to Por-
thwen Bay (13 to 22 fathoms), '' Spindrift" trip on June
8th. See Dr. Herdman's '' Third Eeport on the Puftin
Island Biological Station," p. 33.

V. The deep water (40 to 60 fathoms) between Holy-
head and the Isle of Man, " Spindrift" trip on July 20.
"Third Keport on the Puftin Island Biological Station," p. 36.

THE HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 241

VI. The shore at low tide in Moelfre Bay, Anglesey,
where Mr. F. Archer made some collections in August.

The following species, not previously recorded in the
several localities, were taken during 1889 : —

I. Puffin Island.

* Ml/ sis ornata C2)§, Sars. Off the Lighthouse ; one male.
Janira maculosa, Leach. W. Spit ; low-water.

Jcera )iordmaniii, Rathke. 8. side of island; low-water.
^Pleiistes glaher (12), Boeck. Shore; Feb., I. C. T.
f Tritceta doUchony.r (13), Nebeski. On Compound Asci-
dians ; W. spit ; low-water, with Tritceta gibhosa.

* Microj)rotopus maculatus, Norman. Turbot Hole, 15 fath.

* Corophium bonellii, M. Edwards. Ditto ditto.

II. Port Erin, Isle of Man, Easter, 1889, " Hysena", E.L.

=: Electric Light ; s. = surface ; b. = bottom.
f Sirlella iiuvveglca (1) , Bars. E .L . s. Several, chiefly males.

* Gastrosacciis spiuifer, Goes. do. A few males and females.

* Conilera cijlmd7\icea, Montagu. One at sea (? on float-
ing weed).

S,k.r..n. ru,i.,..la flj («), Leach (JojcUog^^^^^^^^^^^^

* Cgmadijcea. emaryiiiata (8), Leach, nggg Ay ^ JJ )

Tryphosa cdiata, Sars. E.L., 5 fathoms. One young.

* Poidocrates haplocheles, Grube. E.L. b. Three; also
one in 1888, at E.L. in Ramsey Harbour.

Triketa dolichout/x, Nebeski. E.L. b. Six males.

Hdlirages hlspiiwsus, Bate. E.L. s. and b. Gonnnon.

Calliopius leviusculus, Kroyer. E.L. s. Several.

CalUopius uorvegicus,l^oeck. E.L., 5 fath. One female.

^ Leucuthoe spliiivarpa, Abildgaard. Four; from bran-
chial sac of Ascidla veiiosa, " Hyaena," May 20, 1888.

* Not previously lecoiTled in Fauna of Liverpool Bay.
t , , . , , , of Great Britain.

^ Tlic numbers folluwing the names refer to the sueeeediny notes, p. '1\\.

242 LIVEEl^OOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Amathilla sabini, Leach. E.L. s. Comnion.

Gammarus locusta, Linn, ditto ditto.

Fleshwick Bay, Isle of Man, same trip, shore.

Stenothoe monoculoides, Mont. One.

Calliopius norvegicus, Boeck. Several.
III. Colwyn Bay, 2ifath. to 8 fath. (Little Orme).

Gastrosaccus spinifer, Goes.

'^ My sis neglecta (3), Sars. Ehos Bay, low tide, June 15.

* My sis inermis, Kathke. Shore; Penmaen Ehos, Aug.
11. One adult.

Mysis ornata, Sars. Shore to 8 fathoms. Several.

Cuma scorpioides (4), Montague. Little Orme, Sept. 18.

Iphinoe trispinosa, Goodsir. Colwyn Bay ; 2^ fathoms,
sand. Several females.

^ Lamprops fasciata (5), Sars. Colwyn Bay and Little
Orme. Several, males and females.

* Diastylis spinosa (6), Norman. Colwyn Bay.

* D. rathkei, Kr. Two immature males ; Little Orme ;
Sept. 18.

Pseudocuma cercaria (7), van Beneden. Colwyn Bay.
Abundant.

Dynamene ruhra^ Montague. Penmaenrhos shore.

Astacilla longicornis (9), Sowerby. Little Orme, and shore
Colwyn Bay, Sept. 2.

\ Metopa ruhro-vittata (10), Sars. Little Orme. Several.

Stenothoe marina, Bate. ditto One.

Amphilochus manudens (11), Bate. ditto Several.

Iphimedia ohesa, Eathke. Colwyn Bay. Scarce.

*Danaia duhia, Bate. Little Orme. A few.

Monoculodes longimaniis, Bate and Westwood. Common
in sand.

Megaluropus agilis, Norman. Eatherj^common.

Pleustes glaher, Boeck. Little Orme. One.

t Atylus falcatus (14), Metzger. ditto, Colwyn Bay ; a few.

THE HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 243

Microprotopus 1)1 iculatus,^0Yin.'A>i\. do., Kather common.

Aora graciUs, Bate. Little Orme and Colwyn Bay.
Rather common.

Corophiam honellii, M. Edwards. Little Orme. One.

Ihdiclua porrecta,^Site. Little Orme and C. Bay. Several.

PodaUrius typicus, Kroyer, ditto ditto ditto.

IV. " Spindrift " trip from Puffin Island to Porthwen Bay,
Anglesey, Jmie 8, 13 to 21 fathoms.

Portii nus pusiUus, Ijesich.. Dulas Bay ; three specimens.

Elxdia tuherosa, Pennant. ditto two ditto.

Ehalla tumefacta, Montague, ditto four ditto.

Anapagurus hyndmanni, Thompson. Two miles off
Porthwen Bay. One small specimen.

* Galathea nexa, Embleton. Two specimens.

* Crangon nanus, Kroyer. Turbot Hole. Two females
with ova.

Crangon allmanni, Kinahan. Three miles off Dulas
Bay. One young.

Mysis ornata, Sars. Turbot Hole. One young.

My sis inermis, Rathke (?). Dulas Bay. Young.

Ct/ma scorpioides, Montague, ditto. One female with ova.

Lamprops fasciata, Sars. Three miles off Dulas Bay.
One female.

Afylus falcatus, Metzger. Off Red Wharf Bay. One
female with ova.

*'L'dljehorgia pallida (15), Bate. Porthwen Bay. One.
. Pliotis longicaudatus, Bate. Dulas Bay ; one young female.

* Autonoe longipes, Lilljeborg. One male.
Podoceropsis rimapalma, Bate. A few males and females.

* Podocerus ocius, Bate. Turbot Hole. Two females.

* Uticiola irrorata, Say. Several specimens.

* Unciola planipes, Norman. Red Wharf and Dulas Bays.
Several.

Y. Second ''Spindrift" trip, 16 miles N. of Holyhead

244 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 20, 40 to 60 fathoms.
Xantho rivulosa, Risso.
Galathea ne.va, Embleton. Several.
Galatliea dispersa, Bate. One.

* Hipjjolyte spinus, Sowerby. One specimen.
Pandalus hrevirostris, Rathke. One female.
Pandalus annuUcornis, Leach.

Janira maculosa, Leach. Two.

Euowjx chelatus, Norman. Abmidant on Eclwius sphoira.

Pleustes hlcuspis, Kroyer. Two.

TritcEta gihhosa, Bate. One.

Ampelisca tenuicorms, Lilljeborg. Two.

Gammaropsis erijthrophtlialmus, Lilljeb. One.

Podocerus falcatus, Montague, yslt. pulchellus. One.

Erkhthonius (Cerapus) ahditus, Templeton. A few, males
and females.

''Hyaena" trip, May 21, 1888, 20 miles S.E. of Isle of
Man, on sponge, 30 fathoms.

* Coloimistiv, pusilla, Grube. Two (= Cratippus teauipes,
Bate and Westwood = PJxunguia stlUpes, Norman, in Ann.
and Mag. N.H., 4th ser., vol. iii., p. 59.).

VI. Moelfre Bay, Anglesey ; low tide, Aug., F. Archer.
Dynamene rubra, Montague.
Dynamene montagui. Leach.
Calliopius norvegicus, Boeck. A few females.
Dexamine spinosa, Mont.
Amphkhoe podoceroides, Rathke. Abundant.

* Snnamphifhoe gammaroides (16), Bate. Several, males
and females.

Caprella acanthlfera Leach. Many, with well-developed
spines.

Notes on the above Species.
1. Slriella norvegka, Sars.

To this species I refer several males and one or two

t

THE PIIGHER CRUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 245

femrJes taken with the electric Jight. The general cha-
racters and the peculiar tridentate spinule at the extremity
of the telson agree with Sars' description. The spines,
however, on the inner edge of the inner uropods agree
rather wdth those of *S*. crassi2)es, Sars, (from which species
this differs in its longer limbs) in having no small spines
betw^een the larger, all being nearly equal in size and
set closely together, except towards the extremity. A
female examined had three setae on the inner margin
of the last joint of the peduncle of the upper antennae, and
two seta? on the distal extremity of that joint, which agrees
with Sars' figure. Length about 15 mm. from tip of an-
tennal scale to tip of telson.

2. Mys'is oruafa, Sars.

In Eeport I., p. 221,- I have erroneously recorded M,
sp'irit'us (Norman) for this species, wiiich is not uncommon
in Liverpool Bay. It may be knowai from M. spirltus by
its short, thick eye-stalks, and by having only five joints
in the tarsi of the anterior legs instead of seven to nine.

3. Mijsis negleda, Sars.

This species is sometimes abundant in tidal pools in
June and July. The colour varies Irom the faintest tint
of green (almost colourless) to dark olive-green. The
greater number were grass-e^reeii. All had the peduncle
and inner branch of the upper antenuie, the eyes, and tips
of both branches of the uropods, golden-yellow. The
fringes (setae) of the antennal scales and uropods were red-
purple. A large living specimen, which was of the usual
pale grass-green when taken out of the white dish in which
it was swimming, placed m a watch-glass on a black glass
plate, became in about an hour dark olive-green, while a
smaller and almost colourless specimen lost what little
colour it had. Some specimens were much infested on
the head and thorax by an EpistyUs. This species differs

246 LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

from M. flexuosa (Miiller) in having only five joints in the
anterior tarsi instead of six, and in the antennal scale
being barely tv^ice as long, instead of more than twice as
long, as the peduncle of the upper antennae.
4. Cuma scorpio'ules, Mont.

I have referred the specimens taken to this species as
the oldest. Nevertheless if Sars is correct in saying that
this species is distinguished from C. edwardsl, Goodsir,
(among other characters) by the inner branch of the uro-
pods consisting of one single joint instead of two joints as
in C. edwardsl* then our specimens should be referred
to the last-named species. Sars also states that C.
edivardsi may be distinguished from C. scorpiokies " by its
shorter length and by its dark brown-violet colour."!
But all my specimens, except one, are of a sandy colour,
and that one, which is almost black, was taken at the same
time and place as two or three sandy-coloured individuals,
from w^hich it does not differ in structure. Hoek appears
to be doubtful whether these two forms are specifically
distinct. 1 Goodsir's description § of C. edwardsl and C.
audouhui is so full of errors that it is impossible to make
much of it. The figure of C. audoumii shows indications
of pleopoda, which are not mentioned in the description,
and I am inclined to think that one of the above species
is the female and the other the immature male of C.
scorpiokies. The '' thumb-like process" of the " first pair
of legs" (the third maxillipedes) is merely the external
extremity of the first joint, and is, of course, not jointed
at all. No such jointed process at the extremity of this,
as described and figured by Goodsir, exists in the Cumacea,

* Middlehavet's Cumaceer, p. 21.

t Oversigt af Norge's Crustaceer, p. 55.

X Nederlaiidselie Dierkundige Vereen., 1889, Deel 2, p. 2.

§ Ediiiburgli New Phil. Journal, 1843 ; vol. 34, pp. 123—6. pi. ii. & iv,

THE HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 247

yet he makes the difference between the above two species
largely to depend on the number of joints in it. Until it
is proved more clearly than it seems to be at present, that
there is more than one species having the characteristic
raised lateral line on the carapace and free thoracic seg-
ments parallel with the dorsal outline, I must incline to
the opinion that both the above species should be referred
to C. scorpioides (Montague). It is to be noted that the
two species of Goodsir are evidently both straw-coloured,
which does not agree with Bars' definition.

5. Lamprops fasciata, Sars.* (PI. XYI., figs. 1-3.)
Several specimens were taken, mostly females. The

largest female measured 7 J mm. from point of rostrum to
tip of telson. Sars, who describes the female only, gives
4 J mm. as the length. In the male the carapace equals
in length the first three thoracic segments. The lower
antennae reach to the end of the second free thoracic seg-
ment ; the peduncle is thick and densely furred on the
upper side. This species resembles Pseudocuma cercaria
in having three oblique striae or folds on the sides of the
carapace, but it may be at once distinguished by its well
developed telson and larger size. The peduncle of the
uropoda has eight spines on the mner margin, of which
the six distal are compound, i.e., are themselves spinous.
It has been taken by Mr. D. Eobertson in the Firth of
Clyde, and at Tarbert, Loch Fyne.

6. Diastylis spinosa, Norman (Brit. Ass. Eeport, 1868, p. 271.).

Diastylis himarginatus, Bate (A. & M.N.H., ser. 5, vol. i,, p. 409, and cut).
,, ,, Sim ( ,, ser. 5, vol. ii., p. 453, pi. xviii).

D. hradyi, Norman (Ann. and Mag., N.H., ser. 5, vol. iii., p. 59).

There can, I think, be no doubt that D. hradyi is the
female of D. spinosa. Although adult males are rare, yet,

* Cm den aberrante Krebsdyrgi'uppe Cumacea, &c., p. 191 ; and Norman,
Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1887, p. 100.

248 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

as a few of these and no other adult males and a large number
oi D. hradi/i — all females or immature males, and no other
species of female — have been taken together in Colwyn Bay
on more than one occasion, it is impossible to suppose
that they can be other than the same species. Prof. G. 0.
Sars, to whom I sent specimens, has been good enough to
inform me that he was misled by a damaged specimen of
D. sp'mosa in referring to it as its female I), echinata,
Bate.* He adds, " I now regard your identification of
D. sphiosa as the adult male of D. hradtjl to be most likely
correct." The immature male attains its full growth
before acquiring the spinous pleon of the adult, this being,
until the last moult, even less spinous than in the female.

7. Pseudocuma cercaria, van Beneden.
Very abundant in sand ; Colwyn Bay.

8. Cymadocea emarginata, Leach.
Sphwroma rugicauda, Leach.

These were found together in a dead Balamis shell, a
circumstance which lends support to Hesse's opinion that
Sphceroma is the female of Cymadocea A

9. Astacilla longicornis, Sow.

Arcturus longicornis, Bate and Westwood.

Two specimens were taken, one at low- water with the
young (which, being cream-coloured, contrasted strongly
with the dark brown parent) attached to the long outer
antennae, as described by Bate and Westwood, by their
hind legs. They sometimes left their perch and returned
to it after swimming about. This species has been re-
corded from the mouth of the Dee by Mr. Byerley.

10. Metopa ruhro-vittata, G. 0. Sars.

This appears to be rather a common species in Colwyn
Bay. Two or three specimens were beautifully and

* " Clialleiiger" expedition, Zoology, Report on Cnniacea, p. 50.
t Ann, des Sciences Nat., r)tli ser,, vol. xvii., p. 1, &c.

THE HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 249

regularly spotted or speckled with bright crimson.

11. Ampldloclias marmdens, Bate.

As illustrating how little dependence can be placed on
colour in the determination of species, I may mention that
among several specimens taken at the same time all, except
one, ichuh teas bright scarlet, were mottled with brown, and
in one or two instances, almost entirely black.

12. Pleustes glaher, Boeck.

PJeustes (Paramphithoe) assimilis, G. 0. Sara.

It appears to be somewhat doubtful whether these are
specifically distinct. The principal distinction is in the
hinder angle of the third pleon segment, and this is vari-
able in the few specimens I have, which seem rather refer-
able to the var. assimilis. Mr. D. Eobertson also suggests
the identity of the two species.* I prefer to retain the
older genus Pleustes, as expanded by Boeck, in place of
Parampliitlioe, for which there seems to be no necessity.!

13. Tritceta dolichonyj', Nebeski. (PI. XVI., figs. 4 and 6.)
I have little doubt that this is the adult male of T.

gihhosa (Bate). Only the males appear to have the cha-
racteristic excavation in the anterior edge of the hand of
the second gnathopods, and both Mr. D. Eobertson^ and
myself (Puffin Island, on Compound Ascidians) have taken
them associated with T. gihhosa. It has been taken in the
Adriatic and the Canary Islands. §

14. Atijlus falcatus, Metzger.jl

A. uncinatus,G. 0. Sars (OversigtafNorges Crust., p. 101, pi. v., 1882).
A. falcatus, Hoek (Tijdsclirift der Nederlaiid. Dierk. Vereen, 1889, Deel
ii,, p. 26, pi. viii).

* A Contribution towards a Catalogue of the Amphipoda and Isopoda of the
Fn-th of Clyde. Trans, of the Glasgow Nat. Hist. Society, 1888, p. 94.
+ " Challenger" Report on Amphipoda. Stebbing, pp. 424 — 870.
X Stebbing I.e., p. 520.

§ Walker, " Proc. Liverpool Biol. Society," Vol. IL, p. 130 (1888).
II Die wirbellosen Mceresthiere der ostfriesischen Ktiste, Hannover, 1871,

250 LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

This species has occurred in two locahties in the district.
The single specimen from Ked Wharf Bay (an ovigerous
female) agreed with Sars' figure in having no dorsal teeth
on the first three pleon segments as shown by Hoek,
Those from Colwyn Bay, on the other hand, agreed with
Hoek's figure in this respect. Both differed from Hoek's
figure and agreed with Metzger's description and Sars'
figure in having the hinder angle of the first three pleon
segments produced backwards as a small tooth. The Red
Wharf Bay specimen measured 6 mm. ; an ovigerous
female from Colwyn Bay 5 mm. None of my specimens
have the remarkable first peraeopod hairy, as showfi in
Hoek's figure. Mr. Stebbing, on the faith of Sars' descrip-
tion, has suggested that this species ought probably to be
referred to the genus Tritceta* but the presence of a mandi-
bular palp seems to preclude this. Its general aspect also
is much more that of an Atijlus than a Tritceta.

15. Lilljehorgia 2^ciliida, Bate.

According to Bate and Westwood the third uropods
'' have the branches much shorter than the peduncle,"
while Boeck says they are " paulo longiores." My speci-
men agrees with Boeck.

16. Sunamphkhoe gaimnaroides, Bate.

Amphithoe gammaroides, Bate and "Westwood (Brit. Sess. Crust., p. 427).
SunamphitJine gammaroides, Stebbing (Ann. and Mag. N.H., 4th ser.,
vol. xiv,, p. 114, pi. 11 and 12).

This would appear to be a rare species. It is not in Dr.
Norman's catalogue.

17. Podocerus isopus, Walker. (PL XVI. fig. 7.)

I have this year for the first time met with the adult
male of this species. The second gnathopod is much
larger in proportion to the first than in the immature male
and female. The palm, however, is distinctly convex, and

♦ " Challenger" Report on Aniphipoda, p. 941.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Vol IV. PI. XVI.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3,

Fig. 7.

Figs. 1-3. LAMPROPS FASCIATA, Sars.
FiQS. 4-6. TRIT>ETA GIBBOSA, Bate.
Fig. 7. PODOCERUS ISOPUS, WALKER.

THE HIGHER CRUSTACEA OF LIVERPOOL BAY. 251

the hand cannot be described either as '' curvata" (Boeck)
or " arcuata'' (Kroyer), the terms used by these two
authors in their descriptions of Podocerus anguipes (Kroyer),
which, in other respects (except size), this species much
resembles. It occurred abundantly in tidal pools at dead
low water in April.

Explanation of Plate XVI.

Figs. 1-3. Lamprops fasciata, Sars, adult male.
Fig. 1. Lower antenna.

2. Telson and right uropod.

3. Inner edge of peduncle of uropod.

Figs. 4-6. Tritceta gihhosa, Bate (= Tritceta doliclwnyx,
Nebeski), adult male.
Fig. 4. Peduncles of upper and lower antennae.

5. First gnathopod.

6. Second do.

Fig. 7. Podocerus isopus, Walker, adult male ; first and
second gnathopods.

FOUKTH ANNUAL KEPOET of the LIVEEPOOL

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION on

PUFFIN ISLAND.

By W. a. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE,

LIVERPOOL; CHAIRMAN OF THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY

COMMITTEE, AND DIRECTOR OF THE STATION.

[Read 14th Novembei-, 1890.]

The Year.
The past year, although rather an uneventful one, can
show its fair share of work done both at Puftin Island and
also by means of dredging expeditions in Liverpool Bay.
In accordance with the decision of the Committee ex-
pressed at the end of last year's report, the Puffin Island
Biological Station was closed from the beginning of
November till the middle of March, but although it
seemed best to do this under the special circumstances of
the time, the Committee hope that they may never require
to close the station again. The interruption to work and
the disorganization of arrangements was considerable, extra
troub'e and fresh expense were caused at the re-opening
in spring ; and although the former keeper, who had ob-
tained a temporary situation in Liverpool during the
winter, came back to the Station and was in charge
most of the summer, he had evidently become unsettled
and no longer displayed that single-minded devotion to
Biology which is essential in such a situation. Later in
the summer he became engrossed in other matters which
occupied his time and energies to an extent quite incom-
patible with any further tenure of the Puffin Island post.

2 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and consequently he had to leave the employ of the Com-
mittee. He has been succeeded as keeper by Thomas
Jarrett, who was at one time an assistant at the Biologi-
cal Station and left, of his own accord, for the purpose of
getting married — after which he went to sea.

Jarrett and his wife have now been in charge of the
Station for some weeks, and are carrying on the work of
taking observations and making collections very satis-
factorily. Only a few days ago, by taking a tow-netting off
Puffin Island in the very early morning before it was light,
he obtained a number of specimens of the interesting
phosphorescent Schizopod Nyctiphanes norvegica, which had
never been found before in our district.

Station Eecord.

The following Naturalists have been w^orking at the
Biological Station for longer or shorter periods during the
present summer : —

DATE. NAME. WORK.

1890.

April. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool Copepoda.

— R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S., University

College, Liverpool Algse.

— G. A. Burrow, Botanical Assistant, Liverpool Algse.
May. 1. C. Thompson, F.L.S Copepoda.

— George Brook, F.L.S., University of Edin-

burgh Embryos of Molluscs.

— W. A. Herdman, University College, Liverpool. Nudibranchs and

Tunica ta.

— R. J. H. Gibson, F.L.S Algfe.

— Nath. Caine, Liverpool General.

— A. J. Ewart, University College, Liveri)ool... Algpe.

— J. Hornell, Liverpool Polycliiieta

— J. Lomas, Liverpool Polyzoa.

— Percy F. Kendall, Manchester Mollusca.

[A number of others forming the di'cdging
party on the " Hypena " expedition of May
23rd paid a passing visit to the Station.]

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 8

June. J. Hornell, Liverpool

— R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S

— George Murray, F.L.S., British ]\Iuseum

— L. K Boodle, R. Coll. of Sci., London...

— E. A. L. Batters, F.L.S., London

— H. C. Chad wick, IManchester

August. J. Vicars, Bootle

— J. A. Clubb, University College, Liver[)ool

— E. Briscoe, Liverpool ,

— A. Butchart, Liverpool

— A. T. Watson, Sheffield

Sept. Miss L. R. Thornely, Liverpool

— Miss J. H. Willmer, Birkenhead

— Miss M. Beaumont, Liverpool

— W. Thornely, Liverpool

October. I. C. Thompson, F.L.S

— R. J. Harvey Gibson, F.L.S

— W. A. Herdman

— Alfred Leicester, Southport

Polychseta.

Algre.

Algfe.

Algse.

Algfe.

Echinoderms.

Land Plants.

Nudibranchs.

General.

General.

General.

Hydroida.

Polyzoa.

General.

General.

Copepoda.

Algcie.

Tunicata and Nudi-
branchs.

Land Mollusca.

This list happens to contain exactly the same number of
entries as the corresponding one for 1889, but in the present
year the Station was not open for work until April. The
absence of any workers during July may be partly accoun-
ted for by the general bad weather during that month,
and by the specially bad weather on July 12th when
several of the Committee who intended to work for some
time at tlie Station started with a dredging expedition in
the steamer "Spindrift" but could not be lauded at
Puffin Island and were brought back in the evening to
Liverpool.

The sailing boat "Bonnie Doon", the black rowing
boat " Ascidian " and the small blue punt are still in ser-
viceable condition and have been in constant use during

o

the season. The fixed work-table and shelving in front of
the window in the room opening off the kitchen, and the
sleeping bunks in the inner room, were put up early in the

4 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

year and have proved useful additions to the somewhat
meagre accommodation at the Station.

Publications.

Since the last Keport no new volume of the " Fauna "*
has been issued, but several L.M.B.C. papers have been
communicated in the usual way to the Biological Society
and published in the Transactions. Extra copies of these
in sheets have been printed off for the purpose of being
included in the third volume of the ''Fauna" which will
probably be ready some time in 1892. These papers
are : — (1.) a third report by Dr. K. Hanitsch, on the
Sponges of the district, a lengthy paper illustrated by six
plates, adding twelve species to our record and three
species new to science, containing a re-description of the
remarkable Seirlola compada from the caves on Puffin
Island, and giving an account of the enormous masses of
Cliona celata obtained off Ehoscolyn, on the west coast of
Anglesey, during the " Hygena " cruise of May, 1890;
(2.) a hst of the land Mollusca of Puffin Island, by Mr.
Alfred Leicester ; (3) a report (one plate) by Mr. Alfred
0. Walker on the Higher Crustacea collected during
1889, containing some notes on Cumacea, and a descrip-
tion for the first time of the adult male of the Amphipod
Podocerus isojms ; (4) a paper by Mr. I. C. Thompson, on
the remarkable Copepod genus Monstr'dla and the family
Cymbasomatidge ; and (5) the third report on the Nudi-
branchiata, by Professor Herdman and Mr. J. A. Clubb,
with four plates, and containing some further investiga-

* Volume I. of the Fauna of Liverpool Bay, price 8/6, was published in
1886. It contains 372 pp. and 12 plates. Vol. IL, price 7/6, and containing
240 pp. and 12 plates, was issued in July, 1889. Cojjies of these may be
obtained on application to the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, Univer-
sity College, Liverpool.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 5

tioiis into the structure and functions of the cerata or
dorsal papillae, a discussion of the condition of the epipodia
in various genera, and an account of some experiments
made at tlie Liverpool Aquarium in feeding fishes with
certain Nudibranchs.

A number of additional L.M.B.C. reports are
well advanced and will be laid before the Biological
Society in the course of the present session. Amongst
these may be mentioned, — an extensive report by Mr.
Harvey Gibson on the Algse, in the preparation of which
Mr. Gibson has been fortunate enough to secure the
assistance of Mr. E. A. L. Batters, Mr. George Murray
and other celebrated algologists ; and a report upon the
Polychseta, on which Mr. J. Hornell has been engaged for
a couple of years, and in which upwards of 70 species will
be discussed, at least half of which are additions to the
Fauna. The long expected report upon the Fishes of the
district, by Mr. Moore, will, it is hoped, be soon completed ;
and we welcome as new recruits Dr. C. Herbert Hurst, of
Owens College, who has taken charge of the Pycnogonida,
and Mr. F. Archer, who has been a valued friend and
critic and a member of our Committee from the beginning,
and who is now responsible for the Testaceous Mollusca
and has already added considerably to the records pub-
lished by Mr. Darbishire in our first volume of "The
Fauna."

Surface Organisms.

The weekly records filled up by the keeper show that
the gelatinous surface Algae referred to in last year's report
have again been present in abundance. This condition of
che sea was first noticed on June 6th, and continued with
intermissions until September 6th, when it finally disap-
peared. According to Mr. A. W. Bennett, to whom it has been

6 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

submitted, the brown gelatinous matter is a Diatom allied
to Rhlzosolenia, but in a peculiar condition being without
its siliceous covering. Mr. Thompson noticed the abundance
of small drum- shaped greenish-brown Alg^ in the tow-net-
tings which he examined from June 7th onwards. Cteno-
phora have been present in profusion on the surface
throughout the summer. Mr. T. Comber, F.L.S., has
examined some of this year's surface gatherings for Diatoms,
and finds by far the most prevalent form in the samples he
received is BUldulplua haijl'd (96 per cent, in gatherings
taken in May). However, his further observations are
reserved until more material has passed through his hands.
The surface Dinofiagellata {Ceratium tripos and allied forms)
which are sometimes present in great abundance are now
being investigated by Mr. I. C. Thompson.

The Puffins {Fratercula arctica) are still abundant. They
came to the island this year in the last week of April, and
left about the middle of August.

The Sea-weeds of the District.
Investigations on the Algae of Puffin Island and the
neighbourhood are now being carried on very actively by
Mr. Harvey Gibson, who tells me that he has on
record 275 species in all, of which 70 are additional to his
former report. Early in April Mr. Thompson, Mr.
Gibson and the Botanical Laboratory Assistant, Geo.
Burrow, went to the Island for the Easter holidays. Mr.
Thompson worked the surface successfully, taking
gatherings by moonlight round the Island (when Zaus
.y)/'iiafu.s and other forms were taken), and also leaving a
tow-net out all night attached by a rope 20 feet long to
the " D. B." or Dinmor buoy, about one mile out to sea
from Dinmor Point, Anglesey. This net was found when
examined '24 hours after to have caught an enormous

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 7

quantity of surface organisms, the greater number being
Copepoda, and these chiefly Temora longicornis^ Centroimges
hamatus, Pseudocalanus elongatus and Calanus finmarchicus ;
with these were a quantity of Peltidium depressum, a littoral
species usually found attached to Lam'maria, but apparently
swimming on the surface during the early morning hours.
A large number of Cumacea (3 species) were also in the
tow- net and several Schizopoda, Amphipoda (5 species)
and some Sagitta. The net, although kept extended near
the surface by the strong tide, probably sank at the slack
tide near to the bottom so as to have taken Cumacea and
such a feebly-swimming Amphipod as DuUchia porrecta.

Mr. Gibson occupied himself with the Algae, examining
especially the Beacon rocks, the Sponge caves and shelving
rocks on the north side of the Island, the caves at Dinmor
Point and the D. B. buoy, where he was fortunate enough
to find, along with many common forms, over 20 of the
rarer species, including Li/ngh^ a gracilis , Dermocarpa prasinaj
Entocladid icittrocki, Epicladia flustrce, Pringsheimia scutatay
CalUhlepharis juhata, and Ahnfeltia plicata, new to our dis-
trict, and one, Rlwdochorton seir'iolanum, new to science.
Mr. Gibson again visited the Island towards the end of
May along with Mr. Ewart, and made further collections
of Algae from the rocks, chiefly of the North side and N.E.
Spit, including Callithamnion corymhosum, Ceramium acan-
tlionotum, Grifjithsia setacea, Ralfsia verrucosa, Hlldenhrandtia
rosea, and Polijides rotundus.

Later on (June 21st), an important party of Botanists,
consisting of Mr. George Murray, F.L.S., of the British
Museum; Mr. L. N. Boodle, Demonstrator of Botany at
the Eoyal College of Science, London ; Mr. E. A. Batters,
F.L.S. ; and Mr. Harvey Gibson, visited the station with the
object of prosecuting further researches on the Algal flora
of the Island. As this was the first occasion on which the

8 • TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

marine plants had received the attention of an algologist
so skilled as Mr. Batters, it was to be expected that many
rarities would be collected and many additions made to
the preliminary list already published. The party utilised
every low tide occurring during their stay, and although
the tides were by no means very favourable, yet at least
150 species were collected, including: — Ascocijdus reptans,
Istlimoplea spJiferophorti, Si/mploca Juirve/ji, Ertocarpiis ferinin-
alis, Lamituiriahf/perhorea, Ijithophijllnm lenorm'indi, Fanctarla
tenn'/ssima Chantransia secnndata, Plujllophora trailUi, CalU-
thamnion grac'dlhnum and Dictjjota dirhofoma, var. hitricdta.
A form hitherto undescribed and formii>g the type of a
new genus was discovered by Mr. Batters encrusting the
sl^ems of Cladophora pellucida, and will be described by
Bornet and Batters under the name of Sclimitziella eiidoj}-
loea, n.sp. and n. gen. One of the richest localities on
the island is undoubtedly the deep gully on the north-
east side, and there, and in the deep rock pools on
the east Spit, the best finds were made. Altogether the
two days' work was productive of no less than '21 species
new to the district, of which one is new to science.
Mr. Gibson and Mr, Batters visited Hilbre Island in
July and examined the rocky parts of the Island. Their
chief finds were : — Sjdidcelaria radkans, Litosiphon pusdlus,
Prasiola stipdata, and several species of Cyanophycese.

Mr. J. Vicars visited Puffin Island again this year for the
purpose of collecting land plants (see Appendix A. to last
year's report, p. 43). He chose Ins tim.e so as to be a
couple of months later in the year than on his previous
visit, but was not able to make any additions to the list.

In a final visit to Puffin Island at the end of October, Mr.
Gibson found on the S.W. Spit, Rhodochorton niemhraiia-
ceinn, lUiodpnieida palmata, /'rasiola Ht/pitaid, and many
species already noted from Hilbre Island, and elsew^here,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN IS! AND. 9

but new to this locality. On this occasion also the cysto-
carps of Cnteiiella <>j>ini/ia, which have; been seldom seen
before, were found in abundance.

Zoophytes, Annelids, &c.

Before the ''Hyaena" dredgino expedition in May, a
party of eight members of the Committee and others, in-
cluding Mr. George Brook, F.L.S., Lecturer on Embry-
ology in the University of Edinburgh, worked at the
station ; and a week later Mr. J. Hornell, who had been
on the ''Hy?ena" trip, left the rest of the party at
Bangor and then devoted some time to the investigation
of the Annelids first of the mud flats about Garth, where
he found several species new to the district, and secondly
at Puffin Island. Amongst the most notable forms col-
lected on this occasion by Mr. Hornell were Dasychone
lucullana, Serpula reversa, Si(jalion boa, Troplionia phnnosa,
Phyllodoce lamlnosa, FlahelUgera affinls, Scoloplos armiger
and a specimen of the curious and aberrant Spharodorum
flavum. The most abundant Polychaeta on tlie shore at
Puffin are Eidalia v'mdis, Nereis pehu/ica, Polynoe lagisca,
and a Cirratnlus. The Gephyrean worm Phiscolosoma
vuJgare also occurs in mud under stones on the south Spit
(October 26th, 1890).

Mr. Chadwick collected at Beaumaris and at Puffin
Island towards the end of June, and had a couple of days
dredging from the Turbot Hole upwards to the straits;
and Mr. J. A. Clubb and others did some work at the
station in August. Mr. Chadwick dredged a fine Chdlna
oculata, eight inches in height, four examples of Pllumnus
hirtellus each ensconced within a separate w^ielk shell,
many Clavelhia lepadiformk, which is very abundant near
Beaumaris, and some Cucumaria plauci which have since
reproduced by transverse fission in captivity, three of them

10 TRANSACTIONS livp::rpool biological society.

having now become seven in number (see Trans. L'pool
Biol. Soc, vol. v., 1890-91).

Early in September, three lady students of University
College, Liverpool, Miss L. R. Thornely, Miss J. H.
Willmer, and Miss M. Beaumont, accompanied by Mr.
W. Thornely, spent a week at the Station chiefly in collect-
ing and preserving material and in examining the Hydroids
and tlie Polyzoa, at which Miss Thornely and Miss
Willmer had been working for some time previously.

Miss Thornely has examined^ and identified nearly all
the collections of Hydroid Zoophytes and Polyzoa made
in the various expeditions during the year, and reports to
me that we have now found 71 species of Hydroids in the
L.M.B.C. district, and of these 34 have been found on the
shores of Puffin Island. Among the rarer forms found
recently may be mentioned : Hydranthea margarica, Sertu-
larella tenella, Campanularia hincks'd, Gonothyrcea gracilis,
Aglaophenia tuhulifera, and Plumularia echinulata. During
her Vv'ork at Puffin Island Miss Thornely found
the following four species of Polyzoa which had not been
previously recorded, viz., Lepralia paUasiana, Cdlepora
avicularis, PedicelUna cerniia, and P. gracilis. Miss
Thornely has also identified 25 species of Polyzoa found
by Mr. F. Archer at Bull Bay.

In April, Dr. Hanitsch, Mr. Hornell, and Mr. C. H. II.
Walker spent some time in collecting at Port Erin, Isle of
Man, where they succeeded in getting some remarkably
fine specimens of Pachymat'isma jolinstoni and other species
of sponges, including two new to the district, viz., Reniera
ingaJli, B., and Chalina montagui, J., the latter an extremely
fine specimen, equal to if not surpassing in size any speci-
men of the species ever recorded. In fact Dr. Hanitsch
considers that in sponges this year has been remarkable
rather for the number of fine specimens obtained than for

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON TUFFIN ISLAND. 11

additions to the list of species. Those collected during
the *' Hyaena" expedition will be referred to further on.

Protective Colouring.

The important and now popular subject of the relations
existing between the forms and colours of animals and
their environment has received a good deal of attention
at Puffin Island, and various instances of protective and
warning colours have been noted in the reports. There
are two additional cases of ' 'procryptic" colouring (according
to Poulton's excellent system of nomenclature) which
seem worthy of record, viz., the small flat-clawed crab
Porcellana platycheJes and the Annelid Eulalia viridis.

P. platycheles is very common on the shores of Puffin
Island and is generally found on the under surfaces of
irregular fragments of carboniferous limestone. A dozen
or more specimens may be exposed on turning over a large
stone, but until one is aware of the concealment, the crabs
are so inconspicuous that they usually escape notice. They
place their flat bodies in slight depressions on the stone,
and the du'ty greyish-brown colour of the carapace cor-
responds exactly with the muddy surface of the decay-
ing limestone, while to still further aid this protective
resemblance, the strong hairs with which the limbs are
fringed entangle mud particles and other foreign bodies
and so help in grading off the body of the crab into the
surrounding stone. And then the habits of the animal
come in : P. platycheles is a peculiarly sluggish crab, and
certainly in many cases its salvation must depend upon
lying quiet. When the stone is turned over the crabs
usually "sham dead" or rather, in this case, " sham rock,"
and so long as they remain motionless are very incon-
spicuous indeed. It is obvious that in such a case the
more sluggish the animal is in time of danger the greater

12 TRANSACTIONS LIVilRPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

is its chance of escape, and very probably the habit of
lying quiet has been acquired for this purpose by the action
of natural selection. The ventral surface of the crab is
white, in marked contrast to the dark coloured back, and
^his I believe is also protective. When stones are turned
over or shaken a certain number of crabs lose their hold
and fall on their backs. They then lie still with the white
ventral surface exposed and are readily mistaken for the white
worn fragments of shells an^ chips of rock found im-
bedded in the mud under such stones.

Enlalia virldis is a Phyllodocean worm of a brilliant
green colour which is very common on the shore at
Puffin Island in the crevices of rocks and in the holes made
by Sii.ricava rugos<t, and is often seen hanging in a loose coil
or festoon from an overhanging ledge or from the under
surface of a stone. It is of course, when seen by itself
or when attention has been drawn Lo it, a conspicuous
object on account of its colour, but when lying upon green
seaweeds it is very effectually concealed. Very frequently,
however, the worm occurs amongst red and reddish-brown
seaweeds where it naturally forms a contrast with its
surroundings. In such cases it bears considerable resem-
blance to the tufts of the green filamentous Alga Cladophora
rupestris which are seen scattered about amongst the red
seaweeds. You may look at a tangled green bunch which
seems to be an Alga and wonder what it is that is slightly
unusual it its appearance, when perhaps one of the coils
will slowly move and the apparent seaweed resolves itself
before your eyes into a specimen of Enlalia. It is won-
derful how easily even the practised eye of a naturalist
may be deceived by these resemblances, and I have no
doubt it is the same with the eye of the careless fish or
other passing enemy.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 13
NUDIBRANCHIATA.

Mr. Clubb and I have been carrying on oar observations
on Nudibranchs during the last year whenever opportunity
offered. We went to Hilbre Island on February 20tli, to
attend the 20-foot tide. Althougli low water was not till
6 p.m. wlien it was rather cold and dark, we succeeded in
finding the following species: — Eolis paj/illosa (spawning),
Acanthopiiole coronata, Cort/phella rn/lhranrhi<ilis, Cuthona
nana (?), Galviaa jy'icta {two distinct colours), Deudrouotus
arhorescens (many of all sizes), Ancula cristata (very abun-
dant, and spawning) and Doris hilamellata (spawning).

In regard to the otlier animals noticed on this occasion it
may be mentioned that the spawn masses of Arenicola and
of Scoloplos wxre abundant in pools on the sand. The
Hydroid Zoophyte Garveia nutans was also abundant.
This form is certainly spreading in the district and has
been found twice this year at Puffin Island, by Mr.
Thompson on April 4th, and by myself on October 26th.
The masses of SaheUaria alveohda at Hilbre were found to
be spreading and to cover a large area. Many young
colonies of Alcijoniuni digitatuni were observed, and many
small specimens of Sahella. The starfishes which are
usually so very abundant were almost entirely absent on
this occasion. No young mussels, and ik) specimens
of Hydrohia were found.

A month later, in March, we made a second trip to
Hilbre at a very low ebb, accompanied by Dr. Hanitsch,
and again succeeded in obtaining a number of Nudi-
branchs. We found several specimens of the i-are Coryplielii
landshunji. This is apparently the first time this species has
been found in our dist.ict since the two ori<;inal specimens
recorded by Dr. Byerley in 1849 and 1853. These new
specimens afforded us the opportunity of re-describing the

14 TEAXSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Jiving animal and of observing the condition of tlie cnida
or stinging cells. We also found Galvina picta again, and
Mr. Walker has sent us specimens dredged at Colwyn Bay
during the same montli. There can be no doubt that
this species is becoming more abundant in the neighbour-
hood.

We were much impressed on both the February
and March visits to Hilbre with the effective protection
afforded to Doris hilamellata by its rich yellow and brown
tints which, although rendering it conspicuous in a
white dish or a vessel of clear water, harmonize com-
pletely with the animal's natural surroundings, the dark
pui'ple-brown rocks spotted with patches of adhering
mud, sand, small Algae and Zoophytes. A reef of rock
which we were exploring on the March visit had a num-
ber of specimens of this Nudibranch scattered over it which
were not at first noticed because of the perfect manner in
which their colours blended with those of the environment.

Anciila cristata was again present in extraordinary pro-
fusion at Hilbre in March. On one reef of rocks a little
way above low water mark, there must have been many
thousands of specimens present. For yards it was im-
possible to walk without treading on them, and handfuls
were readily collected by scraping the specimens together
from the mud-covered rocks. Many of these we brought
to Liverpool alive and used for the experiments with fishes
in the Museum Aquarium, which were described in our
Third Eeport on the Nudibranchiata, and in ''Nature" for
26th June, 1890. This Nudibranch anchors itself to the rock
by a string of mucus attached to its tapering tail, and this
habit enables it to live as it does on exposed rocks in the
wash of the tide. I have several times watched specimens
of Ancida in a few inches of water when there was a strong
tide running past the rocks and waves dashing on them,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 15

and noticed that they were swayed backwards and for-
wards in the water, but remained securely anchored by
their tails.

Ancula is not protectively coloured ; and as it has
no cnidophorous sacs with stinging cells, like those of
Eolis, its bright white and yellow colouring and con-
spicuous appearance on dark rocks seems at first in-
explicable. From experiments made at the Aquarium
last spring I came to the conclusion that it is distasteful
to fishes, and possibly it is the secretion of certain large
compound glands at the apices of the cerata or dorsal
processes which is of an offensive nature.

Doto coronata, when it is found at Hilbre Island, gene-
rally occurs on colonies of the Zoophyte Clava multicornis ;
but Dr. Sibley Hicks tells me that he has found it in our
district, on the sides of the body of the sea-anemone
Anthea cereus, lying in cavities which it had apparently
eaten out for itself. Another rare Nudibranch which we
found at Hilbre in March was Cratena viridis, of which only
two specimens had been found before in our district, one at
the Isle of Man and the other at Puffin Island. A fourth
was dredged later in the summer in Rhoscolyn Bay, Angle-
sea, during the cruise of the "Hyaena."

Altogether we have now recorded forty-tln-ee species
of Nudibranchs in our district, of which thirty-one have
been found at Hilbre Island and seventeen at Puffin
Island. Besides affi^rding opportunities for investigations
into the condition of the stinging organs in various species
of Eolids, and into tlie relation of tlie colouring to the
environment in other forms of Nudibranclis, these speci-
mens have enabled us to make a comparison of the epi-
podial structures throughout a series of genera, from
which we have arrived at the conclusion that all the dorso-
lateral projections, or cerata, of Nudibranchs, often the

IG TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

most conspicuous and brightly coloured parts of the body,
are to be regarded as outgrowths of an epipodial ridge.

The experiments with fishes referred to above, and
which I announced my intention of undertaking in last
year's L.M.B.C. report, have been fully described since
in the third report on the Nudibranchiata. They showed
that the order of edibility of the forms which were offered
to the fishes was : — Dendronotus, Doris, Anciila, and EoUs ;
Eolls being the most distasteful form, Ancnla next, Doris
less so, and Dendronotus edible, but from its size offering
difficulties to the rather small fishes which we tried.*
These results are of importance in connection with the
explanation of the colours of the various Nudibranchs.
It is obvious that if an animal is not thoroughly objec-
tionable, from taste or otlierwise. and has not yet become
conspicuous with warning colours, it will be an advantage
for it to be protectively coloured. DoUs is a most dis-
tasteful form, and has conspicuous colours of a warning
nature. Anmla is also distasteful and is conspicuously
coloured. Doris is less distasteful and is still protectively
coloured ; while Dendronotus, which I regard as edible, is
very effectually concealed amongst the seaweeds it lives
on, by its large branched cerata and red-brown colours.

The " Hy^na" Expedition.
The Liverpool Salvage Association having once more
kindly placed their s.s. " Hyaena" at the disposal of the
L.M.B.C, a four days' dredging cruise was arranged and
successfully carried out at Whitsuntide. The old gunboat
left the Mersey on Friday, May 23rd, and steamed to the
Menai Straits. Some of the party spent the afternoon
and evening collectiiig on the shore at Puffin Island, near
which the " Hyasna" was anchored for the night. On the

* For further details see Trans. Biol, Soc,, Liverjjool, Vol. IV,, \). 150,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 17

followin.cj morning (after landing some beds, chairs, dredges,
and otlier supplies for the Biological Station), the various
sections of the part}^ were gathered from Puffin Island,
Beaumaris, and Bangor in time for breakfast on board the
steamer. There were nearly thirty biologists in all (the
largest number we have yet had on one of these cruises),
including Mr. N. Rundell, Secretary of the Salvage As-
sociation, Captain Young, who had been with us on seve-
ral previous " Hv?ena" trips, representatives from Owens'
College, Manchester ; University College, Liverpool ; the
Manchester Museum ; Edinburgh University ; University
College, Bangor ; Firth College, Sheffield ; and other
naturalists from Liverpool, Manchester, Chester, Sheffield,
and Southport.

It had been proposed to explore the northern coast
of Anglesea, but the weather was so bad and the
sea so rough in the direction of Point Lynas that, after
a few hauls of the dredge off the north side of the
South Spit, Puffin Island, the plans were altered and a
start was made in the opposite direction. In passing up
the Straits some dredging was done off Lleiniog, between
Penmon Point and Beaumaris, depth six fathoms, where
several specimens of the rare Nudibranch Cratena con-
cinna were obtained, along with a single very small speci-
men (2 '5 mm. long) of Dendronotus ar})orescens. The latter
is interesting in connection with our attempt (see the second
of these Reports, p. 7) to introduce this species at Puffin
Island. We cannot of course be sure that this small
specimen is tlie offspring of any of the Dendronotus which
we set free in September, 1888, only about a mile away,
but, at any rate, tliis is the first specimen of this species
which we have found in that neighbourhood.

The next haul was off Port Dinorwic, where the dredge
came up filled w^ith sand, stones, and broken shells, on

18 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

which many animals were attached, including large num-
bers of the small red Ascidian Styela arossularia. The
" Hyaena" then passed on into Carnarvon Bay and com-
menced working along the southern coast of Anglesea.
The dredges and various kinds of tow-nets, surface and
bottom, were used at intervals. A very large midwater
net, attached to a triangular wooden frame was used for
the first time and worked satisfactorily, but did not catch
much, probably on account of the large size of mesh of the
strong material of which it was made.

Mr. W. E. Hoyle's deep-water closing net has 7iow
been modified in the direction indicated in last year's
report, so that it can be opened and closed not by the
agency of sliding weights, but by an electric current.
The " Hyaena," with its powerful dynamo, affords special
facilities for experiment with this novel form of tow-net,
which was used frequently during the cruise, not so much
with the object of collecting specimens as for the purpose
of detecting and remedying any possible defects in the con-
struction, and of guarding against conditions which might
interfere with the proper action of the apparatus. On the
whole the net worked satisfactorily, the causes of occasional
failures were discovered, and when an improved form of
frame, made according to the design advocated by Pro-
fessor Hensen, of Kiel, has been incorporated, the appara-
tus will, no doubt, be a most useful addition to the imple-
ments of the marine biologist. The mechanical details
for working this tow-net may be described as follows : * —

The mode of opening and closing the net by tlie suc-
cessive detachment of two cords, or links, has been re-
tained ; but these are now looped round the shorter arms
of two bell-crank levers, the longer extremities of which

* See Report of Committee on this Tow-net, laid before Section D of the
British Association, at the Leeds Meeting in September, 1890,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 19

rest upon two studs projecting laterally from the sector of
an escapement wheel near its circumference. The lengths
of the levers are so adjusted that when the first tooth of
the escapement is liberated one of them falls, whilst the
second is retained until the third tooth has been liberated.
The escapement sector is actuated by a spring, and its
movements are controlled by an electro -magiiet, whose
armature is attached to, or rather made solid with, the
escapement itself. The current passes to the magnet
down a wire in the rope by which the net is towed, and
when the net is let down closed the circuit is open. As
soon as the desired depth has been reached contact is made,
the movement of the armature releases the first tooth of
the escapement, and the net opens. When the circuit is
broken the second tooth of the sector is caught by the
escapement, and held until a second contact sets free the
other lever and closes the net.

A further contemplated improvement is the combina-
tion of this electric opening and closing tow-net with the
electric illuminated tow-net which we have now used dur-
ing several successive cruises of the " Hyaena." A small
incandescent lamp will be placed in the mouth of the net,
and the same current will be used for causing the move-
ments of the net and for supplying the light.

Several hauls of the dredge were taken during the after-
noon in Carnarvon Bay on a sandy bottom, at depths of
12 to 20 fms., in which, amongst other things, Ascidla
plehela, a Holothurian, Leda permda, Astarte sulcata, Acmcea
testud'nialis, and Pandora incequivalv'is were obtained. The
*' Hyaena" anchored for the second night in a small rocky
bay, Forth Dafarch, on the south side of Holyhead Island
(close to where the s.s. '' Missouri" was wrecked a few
years ago), and about half the party were landed to sleep
on shore. After dark, those who remained on board com-

20 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

menced tow-netting by electric light, and repeated, with
some modifications, the experiments which had been made
dm-ing the last two cruises of the - Hy^na" at the Isle of
Man in 1888 and 1889, and which were fully described ni
the L.M.B.C. reports for these years.

Yig. i._Tow-iiet with electric light.

On the present occasion the large arc lamp was hoisted
over the side of tlie ship so as to throw a strong glare on
the water, and Edison-Swan incandescent lamps were sent
down to the bottom in tow-nets, which were hauled up at
intervals. Comparatively few Cumacea, Amphipoda and
^chizopoda were obtained this time, but shrimps and young

MARINE lilOLOGlCAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 21

fishes were, for tlie first time in our experience, attracted
by tlie light to the surface, and some of them were caught
and preserved. The fishes proved to be young of Ammo-
dijtes lancea and Gadas cireiu.

One of the ship's boats was kept in the area illuminated by
the arc lamp, and by leaning over her side the small objects
in the surface-layer of water could be most distinctly seen,
and particular animals picked out and captured with a
liand-net as they darted about in the neighbourhood of
tlie light. Mr. Leicester and Mr. Hornell were indefatig-
able in this work and rendered good service. Dr. Hurst
and I arranged to be awakened by the sailor on watch at
three a.m., when we got up and took a surface tow-netting
about dawn, which was afterwards found by Mr. Thomp-
son to contain a much greater number of Copepoda, and
more variety than any of the other tow-nettings, either
day or electric-light, surface or bottom. Amongst other
interestnig things it contained a large number of specimens
of Peltidlum depressum which had not been taken at all dur-
ing the day, and only in very small numbers with the
electric -light bottom-net. This same species was taken
shortly before near Puttin Island by Mr. Thompson in the
tow-net which he left out all night attached to the Dinmor
buoy. This Copepod is usually found sticking on Lamhiarla
in the day time, but evidently comes to the surface in
abundance late at night or early in the morning. It is
evident that this plan of taking surface gatherings at 2 or
3 a.m. will have to be further developed in our future
cruises. Probably the best way will be for the biologists
to keep watches like the sailors and have the tow -nets
going all night long.

The following day was spent in steaming slowly about
off the southern coast of Anglesea, dredging and tow-netting
at frequent intervals. The surface life was found to be

22 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

very poor, comparatively few Copepodaand almost no repre-
sentatives of other free-swimming groups being obtained ;
but Mr. Thompson noticed the relative abundance in all
the tow-nettings, both surface and bottom, during the day,
and also with the electric light at night and at dawn, of
unusually large specimens of Dias longiremis, and also the
prevalence of the somewhat uncommon Isias davlpes in all
the surface gatherings, though none were taken in the
bottom ones.

Mr. Walker reports that as regards the higher Crustacea
the results were rather poor. A few novelties, however,
were the Cumacean Eudorella triincatuhi, Bate, taken close
to Puffin Island with a small canvas dredge on the
previous day, a new species of Podocerus from near
Lleiniog, and Leptocheirus hirsutimanus, Bate, taken in
the Straits, and also off Towyn.

The dredging results during this day were good. The
following localities were explored: — (1) Forth Dafarch,
(2) Penrhos Bay, (3) two miles off Towyn Lodge, (4) be-
tween Towyn and Khoscolyn Head, and (5) off Ehoscolyn
Beacon, where we had six hauls. Some very fine Sponges
were obtained, and Ascidians (six species) were plentiful.
One patch of rich ground was discovered near Khoscolyn
Beacon, where Antedon rosacea, in the " pentacrinoid "
and also in the adult state, was brought up in abun-
dance, along with various Tunicata {Asc'uUa virg'niea, and
A.venosa), Holothurians, Nudibranchs {Cratena viridis and
Doto frag'dis), Zoophytes, Polyzoa, and especially large
Sponges. Altogether this expedition was, probably, more
prolific in regard to Sponges than in any other group.

Dr. Hanitsch tells me that, in addition to a number of
commoner species, we obtained in that one day (May 25th),
in the dredgings in Penrhos Bay, off Towyn, and off Khos-
colyn Beacon, specimens of Raspallla ventilahrnm, Pol//-

Marine biological station on puffin island. '23

mastia )n(tmmill(iris, P. rohusta, Tethya hjncurlum (budding),
and magnificent examples of the massive form of CUona
celata, the largest specimen, from near Khoscolyn Beacon,
measuring 81 cm. by 20 cm. horizontally, and 12 cm.
vertically, and being probably not exceeded in size by any
sponge ever collected on the British coasts.

Miss L. K. Thornely, who has carefully examined all
the material we brought back from this expedition, in-
forms me that we obtained 26 species of Hydroid
Zoophytes, including Halecium tenellum, Diphasia atten-
nata, Plnmularia echinulata, Eudendrium cap'dlarc, and
Garvela nutans. Miss Thornely has also given me a list of
the Polyzoa which she has identified from this cruise,
comprising 88 species, six of which have not previously
been recorded from that region (Anglesea) of our district,
viz., Scrupocellaria scrupea, Menihranipord pilosa form
dentata, Smiftia reticalata, Cellepora avicularis, Boiverhankia
caudata, Q,nd Pedlcell'ina cernuafoTui glabra. In a collection
made by Mr. F. Archer at Bull Bay, on the north coast
of Anglesea, later in the summer. Miss Thornely finds 25
species, including several of the rarer ones mentioned
above, and Cellepora ramidosa.

Mr. Hornell tells me that this cruise gave for the first
time to our local fauna the Annelids Sp'mther oniscoides,
Nicomache lumbrkalis, Sahellaria spimdosa, large numbers
of Pol(/noe scolopendrina, and one example of Nychia cirrosa,
which, curiously, was first described as British by the
Swedish naturalist, Malmgren, from a wrongly named
specimen of Polynoe in the British Museum, labelled as
hailing from Beaumaris.

On the third night we again anchored in Forth Dafarch,
and after dark the electric lights were again used for a
couple of hours. This time the large arc lamp was taken
to the stern and suspended close to the surface of the

24 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

water, but as it was not working steadily one of the incan-
descent submarine lamps was lowered over the side and
kept a few inches under water, and this proved most effec-
tive in attracting animals to a stationary tow-net or a hand
net beside it.

Some samples of the mud and other deposits brought up
by the dredge from several localities during this cruise,
and that of the " Spindrift " on September '27th, have been
carefully examined by Mr. F. G. Pearcey, of the Manchester
Museum, for Foraminifera. Mr. Pearcey has kindly sup-
plied me with a list of the 71 species found, which I append
to this Keport (see Appendix A, p. 40). It will be noticed
that this list of Foraminifera adds 8 species to those jire-
viously recorded in our district, and of these one, Amnio-
discus spectahilis, is new to British seas. Mr. E.
Halkyard, F.R.M.S., informs me that he has found
at Southport the two unrecorded species Poli/morphina
sororia and P. mi/ristiformis ; while further additions
to our list have been made from material collected by Mr.
Thompson from the Mersey at Aigburth, and examined
by Mr. E. Burgess, and which will form the subject of a
separate paper in the Transactions of the Liverpool Bio-
logical Society, Vol. V., p. 73.

On the fourth day the " Hyaena" returned through the
Menai Straits to Liverpool. As usual the specimens col-
lected were distributed to our specialists, and are now in
process of being worked out. I have only been able to
give a meagre preliminary account of the results, and I
have no doubt we shall hear more in future L.M.B.C.
Reports of the " Hyasna" expedition of 1890.

Other Dredging Expeditions.
Through the kindness of Mr. J. Herbert Lewis a small
tug, the " Albert," belonging to Messrs. Coppach, Carter
and Co., of Connah's Quay, was lent to the Committee for

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. '25

an afternoon's dredging at the mouth of the Dee, on July
5th. Mr. Carter accompanied the vessel from Mostyn,
and picked up the party from Liverpool at Hoylake about
one p.m. Unfortunately the sea was rough, and although
a number of hauls of the dredge were taken, both in
Hilbre Swash and in the Welshman Gut, they were rather
unproductive. Late in the afternoon the beam trawl was
tried with more success, bringing up quantities of Zoo-
phytes, Sponges, &c., along with some fish. The dredging
party landed on Hilbre Island in the evening for the low
tide, and were joined there by some of the otlier members
of the Liverpool Biological Society, it being the occasion
of the annual field meeting for the presidential election.

The tow-nets had been w^orked as usual with great success
during the afternoon, and Mr. Thompson has furnished
me with a hst of Copepoda, &c., from Hilbre Swash, in
which the following occur, besides many of the usual com-
moner forms : — l)ias discaudatus , Ci/clopina gracilis, Lao-
phonte lamelliferd, Licliomolgus (?), and Euterpe grucilis,
along with several Cumacea, Appendicuhtria and the
Cladoceran Podon intermedins which, although not un-
common, appears not to have been before recorded from
British seas. Some good Copepoda were taken in the
tow-net at Puffin Island on August 27th, including one
specimen ol Monstvilla rigida, and a larval Lenuca.

A most w^elcome grant of <£50 from the Government
Grant Committee of the Koyal Society, to be applied to
the further exploration of Liverpool Bay, has enabled us
to hire seaworthy tugs on a couple of occasions for single
day trips to the " central area" of Liverpool Bay. This
region, which Hes N.W. and W. of the bar Hghtship and
onwards towards the Isle of Man, we regard as being still
comparatively virgin ground, and as on each occasion
when we have visited any part of it, notwithstanding very

26 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

adverse weather and want of sufficient time, we have been
encouraged by finds which gave promise of rich ground

Fig. 2.— Map of the L.M.B.C. District.

and abundant spoil, we feel that more of our efforts in the
future must be directed towards the exploration of this
region outside the bar.

On July 12th we hired the tug " Spindrift," belonging
to the Liverpool Steam Tug Company, for a day's work,
and a party of fourteen of us started from the Landing
Stage for a long day at sea. We steamed to a point about
25 miles N.W. of the bar lightship, where, at depths of
about twenty fathoms, we had a dozen hauls of large and
small dredges, besides tow-netting work. The bottom, as
a rule, was composed of sand and broken shells, covered
in places with enormous quantities of Ophiuroids — mostly
OphiothrLv pentaphj/lliiDi. Spatangus purpureus was also
obtained in abundance and of large size. Mr. Walker
tells me that a very large Iph'tmedia ohesa and two Euonyx

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON I>UFF*IN ISLAND. 27

chelafa were picked off an Echums. During the " Hyaena"
expedition another similar case of Amphipoda Hving on an
Echinoderui had been met with when a number of females
and young males of Melka ohtusata were found on Asterias
ruhens.

The following Annelids were obtained intliis " Spindrift"
expedition : — Lnmhrlnereisfrdgilis, Sthenelais llmicola, Mahn-
grema castanea, Syllis tulnfex, Splianrodorum flavum, Eunice
sp., Hermadlon pellucidum, and H. assim'de It is worthy
of remark that the two species of Hermadlon were in all
cases discovered as commensals with Echinoderms. One
specimen of H. pellucidum was picked off a Solaster, another
off an Astropecten, and a third off an Ophiurid, while ff.
assimile was taken from Echinus sphcera.

On September 12th, Mr. Walker saw two very fine
living specimens of Palinurus vulgaris, the spiny lobster,
which had been caught at Valley in Anglesea. This is
believed to be the first record of its occurrence in Wales.

Another expedition to the " central area" in the '' Spin-
drift" took place on September 27th. We hoped on this
occasion to be able to reach the ground where the very
large specimens of Fusus antiquiis, brought into market by
the Fleetwood trawlers, live, and for that purpose Mr. R.
D. Darbishire brought with him a Fleetwood trawler as
a guide ; but some time was spent in dredging on the way,
and although we eventually reached the proper region, we
were evidently not on the exact ground, as our dredges
and trawl failed to bring up any of the desired whelks.

We tried on this occasion anew trawl, made on the pat-
tern of those recommended by Prof. A. Agassiz and by the
Prince of Monaco. The runners are double, and both
sides of the net are weighted, so that it is a matter of in-
difference which side the instrument falls on, and the
wooden beam is replaced by two iron bars, which can be

28 TKANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

unshipped so as to allow of easy transport. This instru-
ment worked well on every occasion on which it has been
tried.

We obtained, at about 15 miles N.W. of the bar,
a number of specimens of PKdhie aperta, several of the
beautiful large Nudibranch, Eolls tricolor, some Holothuri-
ans (Caciimaria liijndmanni) and Ascidians, and also dozens
of the strange scabbard-like tubes of Onuphls conchylega.
Amongst the other worms obtained and since identified
by Mr. Hornell, are : — Oicenia jiliformls, N'lcolea venustula,
Lumhruiereis fragiUs, Serpula reversa, Thelepus cinciiinatus,
Stlienelats limicola, Malmgrenia castanea (on every specimen
of Spatangus purpureas) and Hermadion pelluciduni.

On this expedition, and on the previous " Sf)indrift" trip
in July to the same region, Mr. F. Archer took special charge
of the testaceous Mollusca, and passed large quantities of
the sand and gravel brought up by the dredges through
his sieves, in search of the more minute forms. He has
now found ten species which were not recorded in the Eeport
on the Mollusca in the first volume of our Fauna, includ-
ing : — Pa)tdora hice(piivalvis, Vemis chione, Fwicturella
noachhia, and Adeorbis suhcarinatus.

The mud dred<red on this trip has been examined for
Foraminifera by Mr. F. G. Pearcey and Mr. G. W. Chaster,
and has yielded 63 species (see Appendix A, p. 40.) The
Zoophytes of this expedition, and of the " Albert" trip on
July 5th, have been examined partly by Miss Thornely and
partly in the Zoological Laboratory of University College
by Mr. W. J. Halls. The " Spindrift " forms include the
following additions to our list : — Hydra nthea margarica,
Blmerla veatita, Caiupanalaria hhickslf, Gonotliyrcea gracilis
and Aglacpheuia tuhaUfera. The surface life on this occa-
sion (Sept. 27th) was very abundant, the tow-nets bring-
ing up great quantities of Copepoda, &c. Amongst these

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 29

Mr. Thompson has found several of the rarer forms, e.y.,
Euterpe y vac ills, Pontella u-oU<(.<t<)ni , and Pfirapo/ifella brevJ-
coriiis.

Mr. A. Chopin, of Manchester, spent a week at the end
of August in collecting Invertebrata round the southern
end of the Isle of Man, and was singularly successful in
some groups. He has kindly submitted all his lists, and
some of the specimens, to me, and I note that he ob-
tained : —

Sponges, eight species.

Hydroida, twenty-seven species, including Sijncoryne
ea-imia (dredged off Spanish Head), and Lafoea fruticosd
(on Sertularia ahietina), not previously found in our district.
Some members of the Manchester Microscopical Society
also obtained in June, CorymorpJia nutans, (near Shagg
Rock, 12 fathoms), and Coryne pusilla (Flesh wick Bay),
both rare species.

AcTiNiARiA, eighteen species and recognised varieties,
including Sagartia nivea and its variety imni'imlata, not
previously recorded.

EcHiNODERMATA, eight species.

PoLYCHiETA, five spccies.

KoTiFERA, Synclid'ta haltica, Ehr., not previously recor-
ded.

Arachnida, Halacarus rliodosticpna, Gosse (always on
BowerlanJda imhricata) , not previously recorded.

PoLYZOA, twenty species.

Crustacea, tw^eiity species, including Porfunus corrucia-
tus, not previously recorded.

MoLLrscA. thirteen species, including Chiton discrepans,
new to the district.

Mr. Chopin collected at Hilbre Island, in September,
the following Sea-Anemones: — Sagartiii v id uat a, xmrieiies

30 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

celurops and melanops, and Sagartia troglodytes, varieties
scolopachia and Candida.

The Shrimp Enquiry.

At the February Meeting of the Biological Society, last
Session (see "Proceedings," p. xiv.), I announced my inten-
tion of trying to collect statistics during the coming year
that would aid in giving us more exact knowledge of the
life-history and habits of the common shrimp (Crangon
vulgaris) in this neighbourhood. It is well known that we
are here in the centre of a considerable shrimping industry,
and large numbers of shrimps come into the Liverpool
market from various points on the adjacent coasts of
Lancashire and Cheshire, both in the fresh condition and
also potted in butter.

I prepared a circular, asking a few simple questions,
such as a fisherman or shrimper would be perfectly well
able to answer, and despatched a set of questions with
blank spaces for answers, one for each month of the year,
to five centres in the district, where I was fortunate
enough to find gentlemen who kindly undertook to get
the forms filled up by fishermen and returned to me. Mr.
T. Comber, F.L.S., undertook Parkgate ; Mr. K. L.
Ascroft, Lytham ; Mr. A. Leicester, Southport ; Mr. A.
G. Haywood, Crosby; and Mr. Henry Isaacs, Hoylake.
Unfortunately I have not received anything like com[)lete
returns for the year from all of these fishing centres, but
two of them, Lytham and Parkgate, have continued to
send me reports during the whole year with the greatest
regularity. I have now reduced these reports to a tabular
form, which is annexed. I have also received some inter-
esting information from Mr. W. B. Halhed, obtained from
Parkgate fishermen. I wish to express my acknowledg-
ments to all these gentlemen for their hearty co-operation,

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 31

I have in many cases simplified the wording of the
answers, and have left out some irrelevant remarks. The
Crosby fishermen complain bitterly of the prejudicial effect
of the Liverpool refuse boats upon their industry, and
declare that these boats discharge their rubbish much
nearer the shore than they are permitted by law.

It will be noticed from the answers* to the first question
that the shrimps are more plentiful on the fishing grounds
in summer and autumn than in winter and spring, and
there seems to be abundance of evidence that they are
directly affected by the weather. In cold or very stormy
weather they are said to bury themselves deep in the sand,
and several of my correspondents mention having disin-
terred them when raking for cockles at a depth of more
than a foot in the sand. The prawns also disappear in
cold weather, but whether they burrow is doubtful as they
live on *'hard" ground.

There seems to be a general belief that shrimps spawn
all the year round, and I have no doubt tliat out of a great
many shrimps some few may be found with spawn at any
time, but from the answers to question 4 in the table it
is evident that late winter and spring are the spaw^ning
times in this neighbourhood. Then nearly all the speci-
mens taken are large and full of spawn, while in summer
and autumn "fry" and immature forms make their ap-
pearance in quantity, and individuals with spawn are few
or absent.

Many of the answers in regard to the food and the
enemies of the shrimp were " don't know" and " cannot
tell." The greater part of the positive evidence is that
they feed upon " shore worms" in '' sand pipes" (or their

* The standard of a good catch appears to vary somewliat with the locality
and the time. What is considered "plentiful" at one time is returned as
scarcity in another month.

32 TEANSACTIONS LIA'EEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

excreta?), which I take to mean Sahellarla alveolata; while
their enemies are generally said to be cod, whiting, flukes,
small thornbacks, weevers, and crabs (especially "white
crabs," Polt/hlushenslowi). Pleurohrachia ("marble blebs"),
which is sometimes put down as an enemy, would be very
unlikely to be able to injure a shrimp.

It may be of interest perhaps to record a typical week-
end visit to Puffin Island in rather wintry weather. Near
the end of October four of us (Mr. Thompson, Mr. Gibson,
Mr. Leicester, and myself) arrived at the Island on a Satur-
day, after a spinning sail down from Garth, in the " Bonnie
Doon," and found that the new keeper, Thomas
Jarrett and his wife, had been busy for some days white-
washing and cleaning the station within and without, and
had introduced several much-needed improvements in the
household arrangements.

This particular expedition to the Island was made
partly for the purpose of collecting certain special
animals and sea-weeds, and partly in order to estab-
lish the new keeper in his place, and give him full
directions for making collections and taking observations
during the winter. Certainly the biologists have never
before been so comfortably housed at Puffin. The ar-
rangements in regard to board and lodging were as
satisfactory as could well be in such a delightfully iso-
lated spot, where everything, from a sack of coals to
a pat of butter, has to be brought from Bangor, if not
further, landed when possible on the rocks or the shingle,
and conveyed on one's own back, or the donkey's — usually
the former — up a cliff, and over half a mile of island top,
consisting chiefly of long grass, limestone rocks, and awk-
wardly placed rabbit holes, before it reaches the biological
station. The new sleeping bunks, fixed in three tiers of

SHRIMP REPORTS FOR 1890.

Ql'ESTIONS.

JANUAKV.

rEBKUAKY.

MARCU.

APRIL.

MAY,

JUNE.

.lULY.

AUliUST

SEPTEMBER,

OCTOBER.

NOVEMBER.

DECEMBER.

rarkg-tc

Lytham

South'pt

Crosby

P'gate

L-th'm

S'port

Crosby

H'lake

Parkg-te

Lythiim

Southp't

Crosby

Parkg'te

Lytham

Southp't

Lytham

Parkg'te

Lytham

Parkg'te| Lytham

Parkg'te

Lythani

Parkg'te Lytham

Parkg'te Lytham

Parkg'tej Lytham

Parkg'te Lytham

1 .-Hare Shrimps been plentiful
this month, and «liat was
the average cat<^h ?

No, a
oe'^'n^l'y

No.
40qts.

No.ve.-y
scarce.
20 qts.

notTqt.

No.

No,
15 qts.

No,
12 qts.

No,
2 qts.

No,
very

No,
4 qts.

No,
10 qts.

No,
3-4
qts.

No,
ipt.

No,
1-2 qts.

No,
10 qts.

No,
3-4 qts.

No,
4 qts.

Yes,

Yes.
20 qts.

J.l,

No,
6 qts.

Yes,
eatfes.

Yes,
60 qts.

Yes,
qts.

Yes,
qts.

Yes
30-50
qts.

Yes.
100 qts

Y'cs,
30 qts.

Yes,

80-100

qts.

a.S:;t

none.

Fairly,
50qt;.

2.-Were they of large size?

Yes.

Yes.

Yea.

Yes.

Yes.

Yes.

Yes.

Half
large.

Me-
dium.

Yes.

Yes.

Yes,
all.

Half

large.

Yes.

Yes.

Yes.

Yns.

Yes.

Some.

Mixed. Yes.

Average.

,s.

Not

No.

Fairly
m^xSre

No.

mixture

Not
very
large.

1 Not

- Ills.

3.— Were any young or immature
ones seen !

No.

Yes.

Very

No.

No.

Few.

Few.

No.

No.

No.

Few.

No.

Yes,
escape.

No.

\&

No.

No,

Y„s.

Yes,
and fry.

Some.

Y'cs,
plenty,

Some.

All
ture.

Good

many

Some.

Many

Some.

Many
young
and

A great
many

ture.

4.-Had any of them eggs'

Yes.

Yes,
most.

Yes,
about
half.

Yes,

Yes.

Yes,
all.

Yes.

Yes.

Yes.

Yes, full.

Yes, all.

Yes, full.

Yes,

Yes, fuU.

A few.

Yes, full

Few.

Yes.

Not
many.

A few
still in
spawn.

eggs.

None
noticed.

No.

Hardly
any.

Few.

No

Not
many.

A good
many.

^nST'

5.-In Tvhat locality were they
caught?

Off Point

°'anf
Hilbre.

Black-
pool Pier

Nelston
Buoy.

Formby
0 end of
South-

Bootle
Dock
Wall to

?o™f.^

As
before.

before.

As
lefore.

bcfoL

Out-
side

Banks.

Oir Point
of Ayr.

Black-
lool Pier
to the
Gut
Buoy.

As
before.

As
before.

As
before.

As
before.

As
before.

Blackpool
Southport.

On the
sand
banks.

before.

Near
N.W.

before.

Near
N.W.
Light
Sh!p.

^e-to

Off Point
of Ayr.

before.

Off Point
of Ayr.

before.

Off
Hilbre
Island*
Point 0

Ayr.

As
bafore.

As
before.

As

before.

6.-In what depth of water, and
on what bottom ?

10-12
feet,
sand.

fathoms,

sand and

mud.

1-3
fathoms.

3 feet,
sand.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

4-6
fms..

Tnd
mud.

3 fms.

"&nd
Prpes.-

4-12
sand.

Do.

Do.

I fathom
sand.

Do.

Do.

1—4
fms.
mud.

l.'i
fms.
sand.

Do.

8-10
fms
sand.

Do.

Shal-
lower
than
last.

3-8
feet,
sand.

10—12
fins,
slrttch

stones.

Do.

8-10

fms.
slutch

and
stones.

-

Sand.

1—5

on mud.

As
before.

1—6
fins.

;.-Wl,atnere the Shrimps feed-

iug on ?

SmaU,
thin
lug

worms.

Don't
know.

Green

Shore
"and"

Do.

Don't
know

Dead

crabs.

Do.

Shell
6sh.

Small

wirL
in°ind
pipes.

Don't

Small

anTcSad
matter.

Shore

Don't
know.

Don't
know.

Small
etc.

Don't
know.

Don't
know.

Don't
know.

Can't

say.

Don't
know.

Don't
know.

Can't
say.

Don't
know.

Don't
know.

Don't
know.

8.— Did yon see anything eat-
ing the Shrimps ?

Cod and
crabs.

Whiting.

Codling
WWting.

Whiting
Flukes.

Do.

^CoT
ling.

Cod-
ling.

Do.

whit

Tnl
Cod-
ling.

Codling.

Marble
blebs.t

Codlings

before.

No.

blebs,
^«S-t Codlings
white
crabs, t

blebs,
white
crabs,
and ray
patchest.

cS.

blebs,
white
crabs,
and ray
patches.

Marlde
blebs
and
white
crabs.

Can't
say.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

A^great
wSg.

9.-What has been the general
weather and state of the
sea this month!

::^.

Rough.

r-gL

17.

Cold.

::i

Rough

^a^f
cold.

line.

Fine
and
rough.

-^..

^nT
cold.

If mild
should
be many
inApril.

Fine.

Fine,
calm.

Variable.

Veryrough
Ma°y.

Fine
then
rough.

Un-
settled.

XI

Good.

Not very
good.

Fair.

Fine
rough.

Fair,
gate.

Jn^^.

Pine
then
frost.

rl^.

Severe
frost.

Weather

thick

and

sea calm.

10.— Have you any other remarks
to make ?

In cold
wc-iithcr
Shrimp
bury in
sand.

1
11

Shrimps

i:riS

wTtt

sand.

If dry
March
April

many

young

Dearei

"ket
than

known

Small
Shrimps

water.

1

Rake up

^^rir

sand
de°e°p!

Very
soEu

1

Bad

aito-
gether.

i

1

Nothing
very

Some
covered

"we'ed's"

(Zoo-
phytes).

Not as
plentiful
as usual
in July.

Very bad
spring
but good

"for™"
shrimps.

Shrimps

wh°n
fi-ost

Shrimps
buried'in
sand.

1

c

c

I

r
s
h
a
fi
a
tl

C(

si

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. S3

two each against the wall of one of the rooms, (II. in fig.
3) are found to be a great improvement on the camp beds,
especially in cold weather ; and a long fixed work-table,
with some shelving, has converted another room (III.)
into a most useful indoors laboratory, where work can be
carried on at night and on very cold days, when the out-
side laboratory, with its stone floor and many windows,
is too uncomfortable, even for the enthusiast.

W . w

■i — I — J — I — h

ROOiV) -liL

ROOM

ROOM I.

LABORATORY.

. iLX

KITCHE

ll

Fig.'S.— Plan of the Biological Station. W.W., windows ; C, chimney.

Saturday was bright but showery all day. The after-
noon was spent by the whole party on the long south spit
at low tide, and the animals and plants collected were
arranged, identified, and preserved in the laboratory dur-
ing the evening. At night the wind rose and blew with
great force against the north side of the house, and squalls
of bail rattled against the windows at intervals. In the
morning we were up at half-past seven, and found a heavy
sea rolling in, a keen north wind blowing, and the moun-
tains behind Penmaenmawr and Llanfairfechan white
with snow. Mr. I. C. Thompson, with characteristic
energy, at once conveyed me off to the cliffs for a morning
plunge in the breakers in the middle of a shower of mingled
sleet and driven sea foam ; while our more sensible com-

34 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

panions superintended Mrs. Jarrett's efforts to fry our
ham and eggs in the station frying pan, which was found
to have a considerable perforation in its centre.

Immediately after eight o'clock breakfast the biological
work began, and lasted till dark. Mr. Alfred Leicester ex-
plored the Island, high and low, for land molkisca, and suc-
ceeded in finding three simils {Zonkes allidrhis, Z. nitidulus,
and Helix virgata) previously unrecorded. Mr. Harvey
Gibson followed the retreating tide downwards foot
by foot as he searched the shore for Algae. Mr.
Thompson and I initiated the keeper into the mysteries
of tow-netting for the purpose of making collections of
surface life. We went out in the punt with our nets and
bottles, and coasted as far as we dared venture in that frail
craft along the lee side of the Island, getting abundant
gatherings as we went, and storing up the Copepoda and
Diatoms in tubes (duly labelled), which will give many an
hour of hard work at the microscope to our specialists
before the results are known, and the lists printed in our
reports. Later on we all assembled on the reefs opposite

Fig. 4.— View of Puffin Island fVom the end of the Soutli Spit at low
tide. The best collecting ground is amongst the haviinaria and boulders
shown in the front of the fio^urc.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 35

the Beacon rocks for the last of the ebb, and worked
downwards with the tide, trying hterally to leave not a
stone unturned, for in such a spot the biologist finds his
choicest specimens in the sheltered nooks and crevices
underneath the boulders and ledges of rock, which have
to be turned over — sometimes by the united strength of
the party — in order that the treasures beneath may be re-
vealed.

Under one such stone as it rolled back I caught
sight of a large cuttlefish, Eledone cirrlwsa, closely related to
the octopus. There it sat in a shallow pool, something
like a large yellowish toad, blinking its brilliant eyes,
changing, chameleon-like, the colour of its skin, puffing
out its fat round body, and squirting water at me with its
funnel. I carried it home from Puffin Island next day in
a large jar of sea- water, and it was before me on my study
table as I wTote these lines, climbing about the jar by
means of its eight long tapering arms provided with
powerful sucking discs, stretching itself up to the surface
of the w^ater, and extending its arms out in all directions
like radii — suggesting the appearance of some monstrous
spider in which the web is part of the animal's body — and
then suddenly collapsing and dropping all in a heap to the
bottom.

We found besides many Ascidians, and a few Nudi-
bianchs ; Sponges, Zoophytes, and Polyzoa, were in
profusion, and of the new Algae, which fell to Mr. Gibson's
share, there was almost no end. Altogether we were in
luck, and when w^e had followed the tide down to its
lowest, and a little beyond, and were driven up the shore
by the advancing waves and the approaching darkness,
saturated to our knees and elbows, and ordinarily wet over
most of the remainder of our bodies, but laden with spoil,
we tramped across the Island to our snug little station,

36 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

where Mrs. Jarrett was boiling the kettle and frying the
fresh herrings for tea, agreeing as we went that there was
no place like Puftin, and no pursuit so delightful as marine
biology. It is not, as some think, only in the height of
summer that the biologist can carry on his field work.

We brought back collections of various groups which
have been distributed to our specialists. A small bag of
matted algae and mud from low-water mark has yielded
Mr. Archer 16 species of the smaller mollusca, including
Fecten sim'dis, lllssoa jKirva var. interrupUi, lilssoa semi-
striata (new to the district), Chemnitzia eley ant Iss'ima, Jeff-
rey sla opalina, and Phasianella pullas.

It is perhaps worthy of record here that we have found,
half hidden in the soil on the S.W. corner of the Island, a
slab of stone marking the grave of a sailor who was buried
there a century and a quarter ago. The inscription is now
only partially legible, but Mr. Thompson found in the
Linnean Society's Library a copy of an old work ;^iving an
account of excursions in this part of Wales, made in 1798
and 1801 by the Kev. W. Bingley, F.L.S., in which occur
the following passages about Puffin Island : — " Tradition
respecting Priestholme says that when the now Lavan
Sands formed a habitable part of Carnarvonshire a bridge
communicated across the channel, and they yet pretend
to show the remains of an ancient causeway from there to
Penmaenbach, near Conway, for convenience of devotees
who made pilgrimages to the Island;" and "On the
Island I found an upright stone with the inscription —

Bare. Stout,

belonging to the

Salley, died in

the small pox

Nov. ye 3rd, 1767.

N.B. — The ship was cast
away here."

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 37

The present condition of the inscription is this : —
Bar . . .
belo . . .
Sal ... .

a w .

We are to have neighbours on Puffin Island in future.
The rabbitting, &c., on the Island has been let by Sir
Kichard Bulkeley to Jeremiah Griffiths, from Bangor — •
the use of the house, &c., for scientific purposes, being
reserved as before for our Committee, as I am courteously
informed by Mr. Preston, the agent for the estate.
The ruined cottage at St. Seiriol's old church on the top
of the Island is now being repaired as a habitation for
Jeremiah Griffiths, and as he and his sons propose to
carry on fishing operations of various kinds all the year
round in the neighbourhood of the Island, the biologists
may regard this industrial invasion with equanimity, and
even satisfaction. I am sure that the scientific and the
economic exploration of the ' ' Turbot Hole ' ' will go on
peacefully side by side, and prove mutually beneficial.

Fig. 5. — St. Seiriol's Chiirch tower and old cottage on Puffin Island,
(From a "Kodak" photograph).

88 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Appended to this report will be found : —

(A.) A list of the Foraminifera identified by Mr. Pearcey
from the deposits obtained during the " Hysena" and
" Spindrift" expeditions.

(B.) A list of the papers on the Fauna and Flora of Liver-
pool Bay, published since 1886, as the result of the
L.M.B.C. investigations.

(C.) The Hon. Treasurer's usual statement, containing
the list of Subscriptions and Donations to the L.M.B.C.
funds, and the Balance Sheet for the year.

Yisx. 6. — Puffin Island from the north.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUP'FIN ISLAND. 39

Applications to he allowed to work at the Biological Station,
or for specimens (living or preserved J for Museums, Laboratory
work, and Aquaria should he addressed to Professor Herdman,
Universitg College, Liverpool.

Subscriptions and Donations should be sent to Mr. I. C.
Tlnmipson, F.L.S., 19, Waverleg Road, Liverpool.

Fig. 7. — The Naturalist's Dredge.

40 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Appendix A.

NOTES on the FOKAMINIFEKA dredged by the
L.M.B.C. in LIVEKPOOL BAY during 1890.

By F. G. Pearcey, Manchester.

In June of this year Professor Herdman was good enough to leave with
nie to examine for Foraniinifera four samples of the residues from bottles
containing animals which had been collected from various localities in Liver-
pool Bay during the cruise of the " Hyrena " in May ; and since that I have
received through Mr. Standen a further sujjply of deposit dredged during the
"Spindrift" excursion on the 27tli of September in the same district. Mr.
G. W. Chaster also preserved some samples of deposits from the " Simidrift"
expedition, and picked out and identified the Foraminifera. He has, on
Professor Herdman's suggestion, submitted the rarer and more critical species
to me for confirmation, and his results are now included in my lists.
This last is the richest sample I have yet had an o})portunity of examining from
Liverpool Bay. It is not to be expected that with such a small supply
from so large an area, anything very remarkable would be made out ;
especially after the long continued researches on this particular group of
organisms in the same district by Mr. J. D. Siddall of Chester, Avhose
admirable report on the Foraminifera of Liverpool Bay was published in the
first volume of reports of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee in 1886.
In that rei)ort several representative deep-sea forms are recorded, and there-
fore I was anxious to have the o]»portunity of examining some of the deposits
from this district.

In accordance with Professor Herdman's request I herewith append the
result of my investigation, which although small is sufticient to show that
there are a number of interesting forms to be found in the district marked out
for exploration by the L.M.B. Committee ; and I venture to point out to any
Rhizopodists resident in the locality, who may have time to spare, that,
from the nature of the deposits which have so far come under my observation,
they should search well for the following forms, which I believe may yet be
taken viz., Astrorhiza limicola, Felosina variabilis, Hyperanimina arhores-
cens and Hyperammina vaijans, more especially if carefully looked for along
the seaward boundary. Perhaps a word or two here on the method of
collecting may not be out of place. Whenever an opportunity occurs a good
quantity of the deposit should be carefully washed through sieves in a tub of

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 41

sea-water on the, spot, especially in cases where a muddy deposit is found.
The siftings so collected should be carefully preserved in bottles with spirit,
and labelled (inside) with a good B.B. pencil, while a part should be kept as
long as possible in sea-water and examined in the fresh state. The water
remaining in the tub in which the material has been washed, should Ijc
poured through a fine muslin bag or net, made for the purpose, and the
contents of this net should also be carefully preserved for future examination,
as in this way some of the rarer forms are often taken.

Notwithstanding the small amount of material examined by me, I have
been able to add eight new species to the locality, one of which is new to
British seas ; these are as follows : — MilioHna puhhella, d'Orb. ; HapJojohra-
gmium agghitinana, d'Orb. ; Ammodiscus spectabilis, Brady ; Textularia
trnchus, d'Orb. ; Lagena ghh<>sa, Mont. ; L. clavafa, d'Orb. ; L. laevigata,
Reuss ; and Gloldgerina huUnides, var. trihba, Reuss. Two of these are
worthy of further note, viz. ,
MiHolina pulcheUa, d'Orb. (sp).

Mr. H. B. Brady, in his Challenger Report, pi. iii, figs. 10 — 13, and M.
Terquem in his memoir on the Foraminifera of the Upper Pliocene beds of
the island of Rhodes, figure this form. Mr. Brady says, M diolina puhhella
is not uncommon amongst the larger Miliolpe of comparatively shallow water
at depths of less than 100 fathoms. It occurs on the northern portion of our
own coast, and occasionally elsewhere in the Xorth Atlantic, in the
Mediterranean, and more rarely amongst the East Indian Islands. It is
therefore of considerable interest to have met with it in Liverpool Bay.
Ammodiscus spectahihs, Brady.

One perfect and one broken specimen of this species were obtained amongst
the material dredged off Penrhos, Avhich answer in detail to those described
and figured by Mr. Brady (Report on the Challenger Foraminifera, vol ix.,
pi. xxxviii., figs. 20 — 22) with the exception merely that those taken off
Penrhos are much smaller. This form is only known to have been taken from
two other localities, viz.. North Atlantic, and off" the East Coast of Buenos
Ayres in 1900 fathoms. It is therefore now added for the first time to the
British Fauna.

It is interesting to find that many of the Foraminifera which we know as
inhabitants of the great ocean basins, also occur in the shallow seas round
our own' coast ; and this is of great importance in discussing the Geo-
gi-aphical and Bathymetrical distribution of these forms.

I now give a list of the species found in 1890, with the localities. No. 5 being
the only one from which what could be called a good sample of a rich deposit
was obtained.

4*2 TBANSACTIOKS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.
20 MUes

GENERA, SPECIES, AND VARIETIES OF

LleiniogI Port

Carnar-

nff

N.W. of

FORAMINIFERA.

Menai

Dinor-

von

un

Bar

Straits

wic.

Bay.

Penrhos

Lisrht

Ship.

BilocuHna

depressa, d'Orb

...

...

...

...

X

B.

ring ens, Faiilk

....

X

B.

elongata, d'Orb

....

X

SjjirolocuUtia

e.icacata, d'Orb

...

X

S.

Umhata, d'Orb

....

...

...

...

X

S.

planulatd, d'Orb

X

Miliolina

sid'Totunda, Mont.

....

X

X

X

X

X

M.

hicornis, W. tt J. .

X

X

M.

semimdum, Linn. .

....

X

X

X

X

M.

agglutinans, d'Orb..

X

X

* M.

pidcJieUa, d'Orb

....

.. .

X

X

M.

ohlonga, Mont

X

...

X

M.

trigomda, Lamk.. . .

....

X

Ophthalmidian

. inconstans, Brady .

....

X

Cornusp'ira

involvens, Reuss

....

X

X

X

. . .

Dendrophri/a

erecta, Str. Wright

X

X

X

Psammosjjiicera

fusca, Schulze

....

X

X

Haliphi/sema

tumanowk'zu, Bow.

....

X

X

X

Reophax

d[fflugiformis, Brad

y---

X

...

X

...

R.

scoopiurus, Mont. .

. . .

X

X

R.

fusfformls, Will

. . .

X

R,

moniliforme, (?) Siddall

X

Haplophvtujm'mm canan'ense, d'Orb. ...

X

X

X

X

* //.

agglut'nians, d'Orb . . —

X

X

Placopsilina

hulla, Brady

X

X

X

...

P.

varians, Carter

X

X

. . .

^Ammodiscus

spectahilis, Brady .

...

X

...

T'rocliamm'uia

injiatd, Mont

X

Te.ctularia

sagitt ida , Defrance

X

* T,

trochus, d'Orb

X

T.

varialulis, Will

...

...

X

Verneuillna

poh/stropha, Beuss.

. . .

X

X

Bidimina

elongata, d'Orb

. . .

X

B.

elegans, d'Orb

. . .

. . .

. . .

X

BoUvina

punctata, d'Orb ....

...

X

X

Cassididina

la'vigata, d'Orb

. . .

. . .

. . .

. . .

X

^Laqena

glohosa, Montagu .

, . .

...

X

* L.

clavata, d'Orb

• . .

, , ,

. . .

. . .

X

* i.

Icevigata, Eeuss ....

...

...

...

...

X

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 43

L.

sulcata, W. & J

X

X

X

X

L. sulcata, var. interrupta, Will.

. . .

X

L.

costata. Will

X

L,

u^'llia mson i , Alcock

X

L.

Sijuaniosa, Mont

L

he vis, Mont

*X

...

X

X

L.

seni /'striata, Will

X

L.

lie.faijona, Will

X

X

Nodosaria

communis, d'Orb

X

X

N.

pi/rula, d'Orb

X

Cristellaria

rotulata, Lamk

X

c.

crepiduli, F. & M

X

Foh/morpliina

(/ihha, d'Orb

X

X

P.

compressa, d'Orb

X

X

P.

concava, Will

...

...

X

P.

lactea,\N. <t. J

X

Glohiijerina

Imlloides, d'Orb

. . .

X

* G. lmlloides,Y8iY.triloha,'RevLSS

. X

Discorhi)ia

rosacea, d'Orb

X

X

X

X

D.

ijlohularis, d'Orb

X

X

X

D.

orhlculavls, Terq

X

X

X

X

Flanorhidina

medUerranensis, d'Orb.

X

X

Truncatidhia

lohatula, W. & J

...

...

X

X

T.

refuhjens, Mont

...

..

. X

T.

yngeria)ia, d'Orb

X

. X

Hot all a

heccarii, Lmn

X

X

X

X

X

R.

nit id a, Will

. X

Gi/psina

inhwrens, Schultze ...

...

...

X

X

Nonionlna

depressula, W. & J. ...

:::

X

X

N.

scapha, F . & M

. X

Poh/stomtdla

crispa, Linn

X

X

. X

p.

striatopunctata, F. & M.

X

X

X

X

• X

Those marked with an * are additions to the former lists of Foraminifera
found in the L.M.B.C. district.

44 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Appendix B.

LIST of PAPEES on the FAUNA and FLOEA of

LIVEEPOOL BAY published smce 1886 as a

result of the L.M.B.C. investigations.

1886.

1. Introduction to Vol. I. of ''Fauna," by Professor W. A. Herdman

D.Sc, F.R.S.E., F.L.S. (Fauna of Liverpool Bay, vol. i., 1886, pp.
1 — 15, and chart.)

2. Pioneers in local Biology, by Rev. H. H. Higgins, M.A. (Fauna, vol.

i., pp. 16—31.)

3. On Shallow-water Faunas, by Professor A. Milncs Marshall, M.A.,

M.D., D.Sc, F.R.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 32—41.)

4. Report upon the Foraniinifera of the L.M.B.C. district, by John D.

Siddall, Chester. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 42 — 71, and pi. i.)

5. Report upon the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. district, by Thos. Higgin,

F.L.S. ; with description of a new species of Aphrocera-^, by H J.
Carter, F.R.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 72—94.)

6. Report on the Hydroida of the L.M.B.C. district, by W. R. Melly,

J. Sibley Hicks, L.R.C.P., F.L.S., and Prof. Herdman, D.Sc.
(Fauna, vol. i., pp. 95 — 113.)

7. List of the Medusae and Ctenophora of the L.M.B.C. district, by J. A.

Clubb. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 114 — 119.)

8. Report on the Alcyonaria of the L.M.B.C. district, by Prof. Herdman,

D.Sc. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 120 — 122, and pi. ii.)

9. Report on the Actiniaria of the L.M.B.C. district, by John W. Ellis,

L.R.C.P., F.E.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 123—130, and pi. ii.)

10. Report ui)on the Crinoidea, Asteroidea, Echinoidea, and Holothuroidea

of the L.M.B.C. district, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. (Fauna,
vol. i., pp. 131—139.)

11. Report on the Ophiuroidea of the L.M.B.C. district, by Herbert C.

Chadwick, Manchester. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 140 — 143.)

12. Report on the Vermes of the L.M.B.C. district, by R. J. Harvey Ciibson,

M.A., F.R.S.E., F.R.J^l.S. (Fauna, voh i., pp. 144—160.)

13. Report on the Polyzoa of the L.M.B.C. district, by Joseph Lomas,

Assoc. N.S.Sc. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 161 — 200, and pi. iii.)

14. Report on the Cupcpoda of the L.M.B.C. district, by Isaac C,

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 45

Thompson, F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 201—208, and pi. iv.)

15. Notes on tlie Cirripedia of the L.M.B.C. district, by F. P. Marrat,

Liverpool Museum. (Fauna, vol, i., pp. 209—211.)

16. List of the Amphipoda of the L.M.B.C. district, by G. Herbert Fowler,

B.A., Owens College; with list of the recorded Isopoda, compiled
by Prof. Herdman. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 212—220, and pi. iv.)

17. Report on the Podophthalmata of the L.M.B.C. district, by Alfred 0.

Walker, F.L.S., Chester. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 221—226.)

18. Report on the Pycnogonida of the L.M.B.C. district, by W. B. Halhed

Liverpool. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 227 — 231.)

19. Report on the Testaceous Mollusca of the L.M.B.C. district, by R. D.

Darbishire, Manchester. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 232 — 266.)

20. Report on the Nudibranchiata of the^L.M.B.C. district, by Prof. W. A.

Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 267—277.)

21. Notes on the Cephalopoda collected by the L.M.B.C. during the sum-

mer of 1885, by W. E. Hoyle, M.A., M.R.C.S., F.R.S.E. (Fauna,
vol. i., pp. 278—280.)

22. Report on the Tunicata of the L.M.B.C. district, by Prof. W. A.

Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S. (Fauna, voh i., pp. 281 — 311, and pis. v., vi.)

23. Preliminary list of the Algte of the L.M.B.C. district, by Alfred

Leicester, Southport. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 312 — 314.)

24. First Report on the Marine Fauna in the neighbourhood of Penmaen-

mawr, by Isaac C. Thompson, F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol i., pp. 315 — 317.)

25. Notes on the Marine Livertebrata of the South End of the Isle of Man,

by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 318—341, chart.)

26. Notes on some of the Polych^ieta collected by the L.M.B.C, by R. J.

Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.R.S.E., F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp 342
— 353, and pis. vii. and viii. )

27. Notes on Variation in the Tunicata, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc,

F.L.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 354—364, and pi. ix.)

28. On a new species of Sycandra, by R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.R.S.E.,

, F.R.M.S. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 365—367, and pi. x.)

29. Note on the possible naturalization of the American Clam, Venus mer-

cenaria, on the coasts of Lancashire and Cheshire, by Thomas J.
Moore, Liverpool Museum. (Fauna, vol. i., pp. 368 — 370.)

[The preceding papers, 1 — 29, form Volume I. of the Reports on the Fauna of
Liverpool Bay, published by the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee]

1887.

30. The Liverpool Marine Biology Station on Puffin Island, by Prof, W. A.

Herdman. (Nature, vol. xxxvi., pp. 275 — 277, Avith cuts, July
21st ,1887.)

46 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

31. On Ascopodaria nodosa, n.sp., by Joseph Lomas, Assoc. N.S.S. (Proc.

Lit. and Phil. Soc, L'pool, vol. xli., p. xlvi.)

32. Notes on the Mysidfe of Liverpool Bay, by A. 0. AValker, F.L.S.

(Proc. L'jiool Biol. Soc, vol. i., pp. 26 — 28, with cuts.)

33. Notes on the structure of A Jcynnidium gelatinosum, by Joseph Lomas,

Assoc. N.S.S. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. i., pp. 29 — 33, and pi. iii.)

34. On some Copepoda, new to Britain, found in Liverpool Bay, by Isaac

C. Thompson, F.L.S. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. i., pp. 34—39,
and 2)ls. iv. — vi.)

35. The Exploration of Liverpool Bay and the neighbouring parts of the

L'ish Sea by the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee, by Prof. W. A.
Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S. (British Association Report, Manchester,
1887, p. 733.)

36. On some Copepoda, new to Britain, found in Liverpool Bay, by Isaac

C. Thompson, F.R.M.S. (British Association Report, Manchester,
1887, p. 734.)

37. The Reproductive Organs of Alcyonidnim gehdinnsum, by Prof. W. A.

Herdman. (Nature, vol. xxxvii., p. 213, Dec 29th, 1887.)

1888.

38. The Foundation "and First Season's Work of the Liverpool IVlarine

Biological Station on Puffin Island, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc.
(Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. ii., pp. 38 — 62, with cuts.)

39. Second Report on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay, by I. C. Thompson,

F.L.S. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. ii., pp. 63 — 71, and pis i and ii.)

40. Cyclista coccinea, Mlill., an Actiniarian new to Liverpool Bay, by John

W. Ellis, L.R.C.P., &c (Proc L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. ii., pp. 72—73.)

41. Report on the Polyzoa of Puffin Island, by Josej^h Lomas, Assoc N.S S.

(Proc L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. ii., jip. 74 — 77.)

42. The Geology of Puffin Island, by J. W. Gregory, F.G.S., British

Museum. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. ii., pp. 78 — 94.)

43. Contributions to the Anatomy and Histology of Limax a<jresti<, by

Richard Hanitsch, Ph.D. (Proc L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. ii., pp. 152 —
170, and pis. x — xii.)

44. Report on the Crustacea of Liverpool Bay 1886-87, by A. 0. Walker,

F.L.S. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. ii., pp. 171 — 181, and i^l. xiii.)

45. Marine Biology and the Electric Light, by Prof. W. A. Herdman.

(Nature, vol. xxxviii., pp. 130—131, June 7th, 1888.)
40. Tlie Utility of Specific Characters, by Prof. W. A. Herdman. (Nature,
vol. xxxix., pp. 200—201, Dec 27th, 1888.)

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 47

1889.

47. Second Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine Biological Station

on Puffin Island, by Prof. W. A. Herdnian, D.Sc. (Proc. L'pool
Biol. Soc, vol. iii., pp. 23 — 45, with chart and cuts.)

48. Report on the Marine Diatomacere of the L.M.B.C. district, by Dr.

H. Stolterfoth, M.A., Chester. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iii.,
pp. 117—127.)

49. Report on the ]\Iarine Algre of the L.M.B.C. district, by R. J. Harvey

Gibson, M.A., F.L.S. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iii., pp. 128—154.)

50. Second Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. district, by Richard

Hanitsch, Ph.D. (Proc L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iii., pp. 155 — 173,
and pis. V. — vii.)

51. Second Report on the Echinodermata of the L.M.B.C. district, by

Herbert C. Chadwick. (Proc L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iii., pp. 174 — 180.)

52. Third Report on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay (L.M.B.C. district), by

Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. (Proc L'pool Biol. Soc, vol
iii., pp. 181 — 191, and pi. viii.)

53. Appendix to Third Report on the Copepoda of Liverpool Bay (L.M.B.C.

district), by Isaac C Thompson, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. (Proc. L'pool
Biol. Soc, vol. iii., pp. 192 — 194, and pi. ix.)

54. Third Report on the Higher Crustacea of the L.M.B.C. district, by

Alfred 0. Walker, F.L.S. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iii., pp. 195
— 213, and pis. x. and xi.)
65. Second Report on the Polyzoa of the L.JM.B.C. district, by Joseph
Lomas, Assoc. X.S.S. (Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iii., pp. 214 —
224, with cuts. )

56. Second Report on the ISTudibranchiata of the L.M.B.C. district, by

Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.R.S.E., and J. A. Clubb.
(Proc. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iii., i)p. 225 — 239, and pi. xii.)

57. Second Report on the Tunicata of the L.M.B.C. district, by Prof.

W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.R.S.E. (Proc. L'pool BioL Soc,
vol. iii., pp. 240—260, and i)l. xiii.)

58. Report on the Seals and Whales (Pinnipedia and Cetacea) of the

L.M.B.C. district, by Thomas J. Moore, Con. Memb. Zool. Soc.
Loud. (Proc L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iii., pp. 261—278.)

59. Introduction to Vol. II. of Fauna of Liverpool Bay, by Prof. W. A.

Herdman (pp. v — viii, and cut, 1889).
[Papers 38, 39, 44, and 47 — 59 form Volume II. of Reports on the Fauna of
Liverpool Bay, published by the L.M.B.C. in 1889.]

60. The Liverpool Marine Biology Committee's Easter Dredging Cruise, by

Prof. W. A. Herdman. (Nature, vol. xl., p. 47, May 9th, 1889.)

48 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

61. On tlie Structure and Function of tlie Dorsal Papillre in Nudibranchiata,

by Prof. W A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S. (Britisli Association Rejiort,
Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1889, pp. 630—633.)

62. On some new and rare Copepoda recently found in Liverpool Bay, by

Isaac C. Thompson, F.L.S. (British Association Report, Newcastle-
upon-Tyne, 1889, p. 638.)

63. On the Electric Light as a means of attracting Marine Animals, by

Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. (British Association Report, Newcastle-
upon-Tyne, 1889, pp. 633—635.)

64. Report of the Committee, consisting of Professors E. A. Schafer and

W. A. Herdman and Mr. W. E. Hoyle (Secretary), appointed to im-
prove and experiment with a deep-sea Tow-net for opening and closing
under water. (British Association Report, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1889,
pp. 111—112.)

1890.

6.5. Third Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine Biological Station on
Puffin Island, by Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, &c.; with first list of
the Plants of Puffin Island. (Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iv., pp.
36 — 83, with cuts and chart.)

66. Note on some habits of Crustacea, by A. 0. Walker, F.L.S. (Trans.

L'})Ool Biol. Soc, vol. iv., pp. 84 — 86.)

67. Report on the Land Mollusca of Puffin Island, by Alfred Leicester,

Southport. (Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iv., pp. 87 — 90.)

68. On the Structure and Functions of the Cerata or Dorsal Pai»illre in some

Nudibranchiate Mollusca, by Prof. W. A. Herdman. (Quarterly Jour-
nal of Microscopical Science, vol. xxxi., pp. 41 — 63, pis. vi. — x., 1890.)

69. MonstriHa and the Cymbasomatidre, by I. C. Thom2)Son, F.L.S.

(Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iv., pp. 115—124, and pi. iv.)

70. Third Report upon the Nudibranchiata of the L.M.B.C. district, by

Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, and J. A. Clubb. (Trans. L'pool Biol.
Soc, vol. iv., pp. 131 — 169., and pis. vi. — ix.)

71. The Sixth Scientific Cruise of the Steamer " Hytena " with the Liver-

pool Marine Biology Committee, by Prof. W. A. Herdman. (Nature,
vol. xlii., p. 132, June 5, 1890.)

72. Some Experiments on Feeding Fishes with Nudibranchs, by Prof.

W. A. Herdman. (Nature, vol. xlii., pp. 201—203, June 26th, 1890.)

73. Report of the Committee, consisting of Professor Haddon, ^Ir. W. E.

Hoyle (Secretary) and Professor W. A. Herdman, appointed for
improving and experimenting with a Deep-sea Tow-net for opening
and closing under water. (Report of British Association, Leeds, 1890.)

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 49

74. Third Report on the Porifera of the L.M.B.C. district, by Richard

Hanitsch, Ph.D. (Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iv., pp. 192 — 238,
and pis. X — xv.)

75. Report on the Higher Crustacea of Liverpool Bay taken in 1889,

by A. 0. Walker, F.L.S. (Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. iv., pp.
239—251, and pi. xvi.)

76. Fourth Annual Report on the Puffin Island Biological Station, by

Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc. ; with list of the Foraminifera dredged
during 1890. (Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. v., pp. 19-72, with cuts).

50 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Appendix C.

Snbscriptions.
£ s. d.

Donations.

£ s. d.

5 0 0

]. 1 1 0

—

.220

. 2 2 0

SUBSCRIPTIONS and DONATIONS.

A Friend (per I. C. Thompson)
Archer, Francis, B.A., 21,Mulgrave-st. 1
Banks, Prof. W. Mitchell, 28, Kodney-

street
Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Bodney-street
Boodle, L. N., 116, St. Martin's-lane,

London, W.C — 0 10 0

Brook, George, 19, Greenhill Gardens,

Edinburgh 110 —

Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, University

College, Liverpool ... ... 1 1 0 —

Brown, J. Harvie, Duiiipace House,

Larbert, N.B 0 10 0 —

Burton, Major, Fryars, Beaumaris ... 2 2 0 —
Caine, Nath., 10, Orange-court, Castle

street ... ... ... ...110 — ■

Caton Dr., 31, Bodney-street... ... — - 110

Comber, Thomas, Leighton, Parkgate 110 —
Davidson, Dr., 2, Gambier-terrace ... 1 1 0 —
Denny, Prof., Fn^th College, Sheffield 110 —
Derby, Earl of, Knowsley ... ... 5 0 0 —

Drysdale, Dr., 3Ga, Kodney-street ... 1 1 0 —
Dumergue, A. F., 79 Salisbury-road,

Wavertree 0 10 6 —

Gair, H. W., Smithdow^n-road, Waver-
tree ... ... ... ... ... 2 2 0 —

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 51

Subscriptions. Donations.
£ 8. d. £ s. d.
Gamble, Col. David, C.B.jWindlehurst,

St. Helens 2 0 0 —

Gaskell, Holbrook, J.P., Woolton

Wood, Mach Woolton 110 —

Gibson, E. J. Harvey, 41 Sydenham

avenue ... ... ... ...110 —

Gifford, J., ^Vllitehouse-te^race, Edin-

bm^gh 10 0 —

Glynn, Dr., 62, Kodney-street ... 1 1 0 —

Halhed, W. B., Smmyside, Prince's

Park 110 —

Halls, W. J., 35, Lord-street 110 —

Henderson, W. G., Liverpool Union

Bank 110 —

Herdman, Prof., University College,

Liverpool ... ... ... ... 2 2 0 —

Higgin, Thos., Ethersall, Eoby ... 1 1 0 —

Holder, Thos., 1, Clarendon-buildings,

Tithebarn-street ... ... ...110 —

Holland, Walter, Mossley Hill-road ... 2 2 0 —
Holt, George, J. P., Sudley, Mossley

Hill 10 0 —

Hornell, J., Egremont... ... ... 1 1 0 —

Hurst, Dr. C. H., Owens College,

Manchester ... ... ... — 2 2 0

''Hygena" — collected on board ... — 3 13 8

Johnstone, Eev. Geo., M.A., 41,

Bentley-road ... ... ...0 5 0 —

Jones, Chas. W., Field House, Waver-

tree 5 0 0 —

Jones, J. Birdsall, 10, St. George's

crescent ... ...110 —

52 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Subscriptions. Donations.
£ s. d. £ s. d.

Leicester, Alfred, 24, Aughton-road,

Birkdale 110 —

Macfie, Eobert, Airds 10 0 —

Marshall, Prof. A. Milnes, Owens

College, Manchester ... ... 1 0 0 —

McMillan, W. S., 17, Temple-street... 2 2 0 —
Meade-King, E.K., 4, Oldhall-street... 0 10 0 —
Meade-King, H. W., Sandfield Park,

West Derby 10 0 —

Melly, George, 90 Chatham-street ...1 0 0 — ,
Melly, W. E., 90, Chatham-street ...10 0 —
Miall, Prof., Yorkshire College, Leeds 110 —
Monks, F. W., Brooklands, Warring-
ton 10 0 —

Muspratt, E. K, Seaforth Hall ...5 0 0 —
Nicol, W., St. Michael's Momit, St.

Michael's 110 —

Oelrichs, W., 3, Wexford-road, Oxton 110 —
Phillips, Prof. E. W., Univ. College,

Bangor ... ... ... ...110 —

Poole, Sir James, Tower Buildings ... 2 2 0 —
Eathbone, E. E., Beech wood House,

Grassendale ... ... ...2 2 0 —

Eathbone, Theo., the late, Backwood,

Neston 2 2 0 —

Eathbone, W. , M. P. , Greenbank, Aller-

ton 2 2 0 —

Eendall, Principal, University College,

Liverpool ... ... ... ...110 —

Eoberts, Isaac .. ... ... ...100 —

Samuelson, Edward, J.P., Trefriw,

North Wales 10 0 —

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 53

Subscriptions. Donations.
£ s. d. £ s. d.

Shepheard,T.,Kingsley Lodge, Chester 110 —

Smart, Eev. E. H.,Kirby-in-Cleveland,

Northallerton 110 —

Southport Society of Natural Science — 0 5 0

Tate, A. Norman, 9, Hackin's-hey ... 2 2 0 —

Thompson, Isaac C, Woodstock,

Waverley-road ... ... ...2 2 0 —

Thornely, James, Baycliff, Woolton... 110 —

Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, Wool-
ton 10 0 —

Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road 110 —

Vicars, John, 8, St. Alban's-square,

Bootle 2 2 0 —

Walker, Alfred 0., Nant-y-glyn, Colwyn

Bay 3 3 0 —

Walker, Horace, South Lodge, Prince's

Park 110 —

Watson, A. T., Tapton-crescent,

Sheffield 110

Westminster, Duke of, Eaton Hall ... 5 0 0 —

Willmer, Miss J. H., Fernleigh, West-
bourne-road, Birkenhead... ... 0 10 0 —

100 7 6 12 11 8
Eoyal Society Grant, per Professor

Herdman 50 0 0

H

I— I

o
o

;^

o

o
I— I

y

=ti

«D O
OS CI

?0 00

00 i-H

O rH

(N O «0 00

t^ O --H CO

T— 1 I— 1 T-H

Oi O (M CO

(M

o

O

CO

o

CO

^ s

o 2

'^ a

^1

t— 1

^ ^

-73

a^

03

.^s

-^^

o1

1^

M r^

M>.

CO p^

■^ -

^ „.

>.-2

^ ^

■ p^ ?

ii^l

SP^

o

• ii

Oc»

P3S

s o

> o

'^^

1^

O
O

»

• OiOOCOCO'X'COOCOCO^

Q c3 M .3

CO <!

Plh 2^ H ^

w f^ ^ SJ

.S o

. <r3

00 PQ f/2 fi^ f^

"^ . . .

'■5 'op S
.2 i ^
m O m

S O

O l=i

^ .2

c3 O!

bJO

(^ 02

55

NOTES on some FOKAMINIFEKA from the ElVER
MERSEY.

By E. Buhgess.

[Read November 14tli, 1890.]

Last year Mr. I. C. Thompson gave me a bottle full of a
black mud to examine for Forarninifera. The mud had
been collected at low-water in the Mersey, near Aigburth,
on the Lancasliire side, where the exposed part is all soft
mud. It is of importance with gathering's of Foraminifera
to give the local conditions, and to determine, if possible,
which of the forms are associated together in a living state
and which have been washed from greater distances and
depths. Both J. D. Siddall {" Foraminifera of the River
Dee," Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci., part II., 1878) and
H. B. Brady (in Brady, Robertson and Brady on
" Ostracoda and Foraminifera of Tidal Rivers," Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. vi., 1870, pp. 273—306, pis.
xi., xii.) have given us information of the greatest impor-
tance on the brackish water Foraminifera. The wonder-
ful variety of texture, size, and form that is to be found
is surprising. The tests or shells are formed both from
the lime to be extracted from the water (where the water
seems to contain but very little lime, the envelope becomes
of a chitinous character), and also from lime in the shape
of minute grains cemented together, along with spicules,
grains of sand, and at times smaller foraminiferous shells
also agglutinated together, each species having its own
peculiar form of shell,

56 teansactions liveepool biological society.

Notes on some of the Foems.*

BilocuUna elongata, only a few found. There being no
other forms would lead one to think that elongata under
such conditions was a starved variety.

SpirolocuUna, d'Orb. The few examples of i)himdata,
consisting of from three to five or six chambers, would
lead one to think them starved also. But when one finds
S. acutimargo comparatively frequent, having been only
found as a great rarity before, it would seem as if it w^ere
more at home in brackish water. J. Wright gives as
habitat 45, 50 and 25 fathoms; J. D. Siddall, one from
estuary of the Dee ; H. B. Brady gives from 15 to 1425
fathoms, also shore sand, Madagascar. The Mersey
specimens are smaller and not so robust as the
** Challenger" specimens.

Miliolina, Will. The species M. semimdum and M.
suhrotunda are the only ones common in this district, and
the latter are principally chitinous examples of Miliolina ;
one example might perhaps have been classed as M.
tricarinata, but under such altered conditions it was
thought better not to include it in the list of species.
The M. sclerotica was compared with Karrer's plate before
naming.

Adelosinaj d'Orb. A. bicornis, the earlier chamber of
which is rather rare in this gathering. Mr. CD. Sherborn
has kindly given me a translation of the description of
this form from ''Note sur le Genre Adelosiiia," Charles
Schlumberger, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xi., 1886,
p. 546.

" Adelosina, shell free, insequilateral when adult, angu-
lar, commencing with a compressed chamber, suborbicular,

* See list given below, p. 59.

FOEAMINIFERA FROM RIVER MERSEY. 57

provided with a prolongation ; the chambers being placed
in a winding series on five opposing faces. The first,
circular and compressed, forms a complete whorl ; the
others occupy a portion of the whorl, rolling themselves
round with age, so that it appears that there are five cham-
bers with a simple cavity. Mouth armed with teeth, as
in other Agathisteques, and in adults alternately at one or
the other extremity of the longitudinal axis."

Oplitlialmklium incoiistans, Br. Here again it would seem
as if the ground was adapted for the growth of this species,
many having been found here.

Haplophragmium canariense, d'Orb. Found in abundance
in this mud.

Ainmodiscus gordiaUs, J. and P. Of this only one speci-
men was found. In appearance it is flattened, and like
an unwound Trochammina squamata, without septation.
On the suggestion of Mr. J. D. Siddall I have placed it
under the above heading.

Trochammina, P. and J. Of this four forms were found,
and though marked rather rare, compared with many
gatherings, the rather rare might be called frequent in the
amount of material to be examined ; several of the variety
macrescens consisted of but very few chambers.

Textidai'ia, Defrance. The few specimens found here
named T. aggluthians are very small, and might, in some
gatherings, but for the earlier chambers, have been mis-
taken for T. Jiliformis.

BuUmina, d'Orb. Of the five species of the above that
were found, B. elegant'issima was the most frequent, except
the ever present B. pupoides.

Lagena, Walker and Boys. Seventeen species or
varieties of this genus would seem to show that this

58 TBANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

locality was favourable to their existence. And, indeed,
of all the Foraminifera these were found in greatest
abundance.

Nodosaria, Lamarck. Both N. communis and N. scalarls
were found of but from two to three chambers, and in
great rarity.

Polymorphina, d'Orb. P. lactea was frequent, but only
one specimen of P. concava was found, which is not sur-
prising, as it is very small and of great rarity.

Uvigerina, d'Orb. L. angidosa were frequent, but no
other variety found.

Patell'nia, W., P. corrugata, are small but of great dis-
tinctness in their spiral formation, a form almost peculiar
to muddy bottoms.

DUcorhina, P. and G. The form recently described as
D. ocliracea, both figured and described by Prof. Williamson
(Eec. Foram. Gt. Brit., 1858, p. 112 ; pi. v., fig. 113), has
been removed to Trochammina ochracea. Of the three forms,
D. glohularis and D. rosacea are frequent, but of D. parlsiensls
only two were found.

Pidvlmdhia, Parker and Jones. P. repanda, variety
concamerata, Mont, is figured as a Kotaline shell, both faces
convex. But the British forms figured by Williamson
(1858, Kec. Foram. Gt. Brit., pi. iv., figs. 101—103), are
concave on the inferior side. H. B. Brady (Syn. Brit.
Kec. Foram., 1887, p. 921), speaks of there being no record
of the above form either on the east coast of England or
Scotland, nor in the Irish sea ; if the last is correct, this
form is new to the latter neighbourhood.

Noiiionina, d'Orb. A^. depressula is common, and shows
such variety of form and marking that at times it is puzzl-
ing to identify it, as it runs so close to other varieties.

FOEAMINIFEEA FROM RIVER MERSEY. 59

N. scapha is very rare, and so also is N. pauperata, which
H. B. Brady describes as " Possibly only the starved
condition of N. scapha.''

Polijstomella, Lamarck. P. striato-punctaia is ever pres-
ent, but P. crispa is rather rare.

List of the Aigburth (K. Mersey) Foraminifera.

Family II. — Miliolid^.

Bilomllna elongata, d'Orb., rare, an elongated variety of

B. rlngens.
SpiroloGullna plamdata, d'Orb., rare, and consisting of only

a few chambers.
S. acutimargo, Brady, comparatively common, frequent.
Millolliia ohlonga, Mont., rare.
M. seminulum, Linn., common.
*Jf. auheriana, d'Orb., very rare.
*iVf. sclerotica, Karrer, very rare.
M. suhrotunda, Mont., very common.
M. fusca, Brady, rare.
Adelosina hicornis, W. and G., rare.

Ophthalmldium inconsfans, Brady, comparatively common.
Cornusp)ira involve iis, Kss., common.

Family IV. — Lituolid^.

Reopliax nodulosa, Brady, rare.
Haplophragmium canariense, d'Orb., common.
Ammodiscus gordialis, J. and P., specimen doubtful.
* Trochamniina sqitamaia, J. and P., rare.
*T. ochracea, Will., rather rare.

* Those species marked with a star are new to the L.M.B.C. district.

60 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

T. inflata, Mont., rather rare.

do., var. macrescens, Brady, rather rare.

Family V. — Textularid^.

Tej'tularia agglutinans, d'Orb., very rare.

Bigener'ma diyitata, d'Orb., very rare.

Verneuilinapolystropha, Ess., frequent.

Bulhnina piqxndes , d'Orb., frequent.

B. ovata, d'Orb., rare.

* B . fusiformis , Will., frequent.

B. marginata, d'Orb., rare.

B. elegantissima, d'Orb., frequent.

Virgulina schreihersiana, Csjzek., rare.

Bolivina punctata, d'Orb., frequent.

B.plicata, d'Orb., frequent.

B. diformis, Will., very rare.

B. dilatata, Ess., very rare.

Cassididina crassa, d'Orb., very rare.

Family YII. — Lagenid^.

Lagena glohosa, Mont., rare.
L. la^vis, Mont., very rare.

do., var. clavata, d'Orb., common.
*iv. lineata, Will., rare.
L. sulcata, W. & G., frequent.
L. wllUamsoni, Alcock, common.
L. costata, Will., very rare.
L. striata, d'Orb., common.
L. gracilis. Will., very rare.
L. semistriata. Will., common.
L. squamosa, Mont., frequent.
L. he.mgoaa, Will., rare.
L. melo, d'Orb., rare,

FOEAMINIFEEA FEOM EIVER MEESEY. 61

L. marginata, W. & B., frequent.

L. lucida, Will., frequent.

L. orhignyana, Seg., very rare.

L. ornata, Will., very rare.

Nodosaria pyrula, d'Orb., very rare.

N. communis, d'Orb., very rare.

N. scalar is, Batsch., very rare, two to three chambers.

Margimdina glabra, d'Orb., very rare.

Cristellaria crepidula, F. and M., rare.

C. rotulata, Larak., rare

*(7. variabilis, Ess., very rare.
Polymorphina lactea, W. and J., frequent.
P. concava, Will., very rare.
Uvigerina angulosa. Will., frequent.

Family VIII.— Globigerinid^.

Globigerina hulloides, d'Orb., rare.

Orhulina universa, d'Orb., rare, and of a brown colour.

Spliceroidina dehiscens, P. and J., very rare.

Family IX. — Kotalid^.

Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenb., very rare.
Patellina corrugata, Will., frequent.
Discorbina globular is, d'Orb., frequent.

D. rosacea, var. mammilla, Will., frequent.
^ D . pavisiensis , d'Orb., very rare.
Plano7'bulina mediterranensis, d'Orb., frequent.
Truncatulina lobidata, W. and J., frequent.

T. haidingerii, d'Orb., very rare.

*Pulvinidina repanda var. concamerata, Mont., very rare,

concave on inferior side.
Rotalia beccarii, Linn., frequent.
R. nitida, Will., frequent.

62 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family X. — Nummulinid^.

Nonionina depressula, W. and J., common.
^N. pauper ata, B. and W., very rare,
N. scapha, F. & M., very rare.
Polystomella crispa, Linn., rare.
P. striato-p>unctata, F. and M., common.

NOTE. — The previously published lists of the Foramin-

ifera of the Liverpool Marine Biology Committee's District

are : — Eeport on the Foraminifera by J. D. Siddall, in

"Fauna of Liverpool Bay" vol. I., 1886; and List of

Foraminifera dredged during 1890, in Fourth L.M.B.C.

Puffin Island Eeport, App. A., Trans. Biol. Soc, L'pool,

vol. V.

[Editor L.M.B.C. Keports] .

-ro^v

63

NOTES on CUCUMAKIA PLANCI.

By Herbert C. Chadwick.

With Plate I.

[Read December 12tli, 1890.]

On June 26th last, while dredging in the Turbot Hole, off
Puffin Island, I obtained about twenty specimens of the
Holothurian Cucumaria planci. The majority of these
were of small size, not more than five or six exceeding an
inch in length. Selecting three of the largest and most
vigorous looking, I placed them in a glass jar holding about
a pint of water, in order to watch their habits. Two days
later one of the specimens discharged about fifty ova.
These were rather less than 50 of an inch in diameter, pale
cream in colour and quite opaque. Each ovum had a
mucilaginous investment which, after some hours contact
with the surrounding water became distinctly thicker.
During the following two or three days I had a number
of ova under observation, but beyond the extrusion in one
instance of two polar bodies, I saw no signs of develop-
ment.

On July 6th one of the adult specimens assumed the
condition represented in fig. 1, and remained almost
motionless until early on the morning of the 8th. The
middle portion of the body then became much more at-
tenuated, and a slowly elongating rupture, of which an
enlarged representation is given in fig. 2, brought the
tightly stretched intestine into view. Then the two ends
snapped asunder, and the anterior slowly crawled onward,

64 TRANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

leaving the posterior motionless. Fig. 3 represents the
condition of things at noon, and immediately afterwards
the intestine was detached at its junction with the cloaca
in the posterior end p, and during the next two or three
days was trailed about by the anterior portion a. Even-
tually it decomposed and disappeared in fragments. At
no time during the process of division were the tentacles
visible. On July 21st I noticed that the posterior end had
developed a new mouth and a circlet of minute tentacles.
The latter slowly increased in size, but were seldom pro-
truded except after aeration of the water.

On July 26th another specimen repeated the above
process of spontaneous division in much the same way
and in about the same time, the only variation being that
the anterior portion took possession of the whole of the
intestine soon after its detachment from the cloaca. This
specimen had previously discharged a large number of ova,
assisting their dispersion by active play of the tentacles.
The process of division was again repeated at the middle
of August by the third specimen, and a fortnight later the
posterior end of this divided, so that at the end of the
month I had seven specimens. Cucumaria j^^dnci appears
to be a hardy species, and well adapted for marine aquaria.

Explanation of Plate I.

Figs. 1 and 3, show stages in the fission of Cucumaria
planet, natural size.

Fig. 2, shows rupture of middle of body, enlarged.

Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc.

Pis. 1.

P'g. 2.

P

H. C. C, del.

CUCUMARIA PLANCI.

65

A REVISED LIST of the MAKINE ALGiE of the
L.M.B.C. DISTKICT.

By R. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,

LECTURER ON BOTANY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plates II., III., IV., V.

[Read December 12th, 1890, and January 23rd, 1891.]

The present Report on the Marine Algae of the district
mapped out by the Liverpool Marine Biological Com-
mittee as the area of their explorations is a revision and
extension of the First Report on the same subject
presented to this Society in 1889.* In that paper I
incorporated the observations of previous investigators
so far as these seemed of value for the purposes of the
Report, and recorded all the species noted by them
v^hether I had myself observed them or not. The list so
compiled was necessarily incomplete and faulty — incom-
plete, seeing that a more careful examination of our coast,
keeping in view the very numerous additions to the list of
British Marine Algae since the days of Harvey and
Greville, could not but result in a substantial increase to
a local list such as the present, — faulty, because many
species have been recorded as occurring on our shores
almost certainly through mistaken identification, although
I was not able at the time to express an opinion on the sub-
ject. After consulting algologists like Mr. E. A. L. Batters,
Mr. A. W. Bennett and others who have carefully studied
the British Marine Flora, I have decided to exclude all such

* Proc. Biol. Soe., Liverpool, vol. iii., pp. 128 — 1.54.

66 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

doubtful forms from my list, although I have added an
appendix (I) in which these are enumerated, together with
the reasons which lead me to suppose that they are very
doutfully natives to our area.

The rapid development of our knowledge of the mor-
phology and hfe history of Marine Algae renders necessary
many alterations in classification and nomenclature. I
have followed the nomenclature and classification used in
Messrs. Holmes and Batters' recently pubhshed list of the
Marine Algae of Britain.*

At first I fancied that an appendix containing records of
new species and localities, together with abstracts of any
observations I had been able to make on certain forms,
would meet the present case, but I soon found that
scarcely a single line of my former and provisional list
expressed precisely what I wished to say with regard to
the species therein enumerated, and, moreover, that the
additional notes which I desired to insert were so numer-
ous that I felt that it would be much the better w^ay to
reprint the entire list, introducing these alterations and
additions in their proper places. Where I have altered
the name of a species in accordance with more recent
views as to its affinities, I have given as well the name
(within brackets) by which I designated it in my previous
paper. Save in these and other special cases I have not
given synonyms nor references to literature. It seemed
to me unnecessary to do so, seeing that these are given in
full in such easily accessible works as Hauck's Meeres-
algen, Kjellman's Algce of the Arctic Sea, Farlow's Neiv
England Algce, kc,

I have added, with certain necessary modifications, the
artificial key to the genera of Marine Algae, appended to

^^ Annals ol' Hutany, vol. v., \\. 6u.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE AhGM. 6.7

Prof. Farlow's List of New England Algce, and I have to
record my best thanks, not only to Dr. Farlow for his kmd
permission to use his tables, but also to my friend Mr. E.
A. L. Batters, LL.B., F.L.S., for his kindness in adapt-
ing the tables to suit our local Marine Flora. I must also
express my great indebtness to Mr. Batters for constant
help and advice freely given me during the compilation of
this list. My thanks are also due to Mr. George Murray,
F.L.S., Mr. A. W. Bennett, F.L.S., and Dr. Edouard
Bornet for help in indentification of specimens, &c.

My attention has been drawn to certain additional
works in w^hich references are made to the Marine Algae
of our district. These are as folio w^s : —

(1) Welsh Botanologij (1818) by Kev. H. Davies, F.L.S.
I am indebted to Prof. Phillips of Bangor for a
copy of this w^ork ;
('2) Marine AlgcB of the I. of Man, {Ann. Nat. Hist.,
vol. vii.) by Dr. G. S. Brady, F.K.S. to whom I
beg to return my best thanks for the use of his
M8. notes on an interleaved copy of his paper ;

(3) Marine Algce of Douglas Bay, I. of Man, {Proc.

I. of Man Nat. Hist. Soc, 1890) by Kev. T.
Talbot.

(4) Marine AlgcB of the I. of Man, {Wesley Naturalist,

1889) by Mr. King.
My 0^11 work, since the publication of my former report,
has consisted of investigations on the Algae of Puffin
Island during a number of visits to the Biological Sta-
tion there. On one of these occasions I had the advantage
of the company of Mr. Batters and Mr. Murray, when
many additional forms nev/ to our list w^ere observed.
Mr. Batters and I also paid a visit to Hilbre Island and
were successful in making further records. During the
Xmas vacation (1890), I paid a visit to Port Erin, I. of

68 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Man, when I was able to confirm many records from that
locahty made by previous observers. I have incorporated
abstracts of two morphological investigations published
in the journal of the Linnean Society. I have to record
my thanks to the Council of that Society for their kindly
granted permission to reprint Plate III.

Much yet remains to be done both on the general
Marine Flora and on certain special points in Morphology,
Physiology and Distribution. On some of these points I
have already prepared a few notes, but they are not in a
sufficiently advanced state of preparation to warrant pub-
lication at present.

The British Algge number according to Holmes and
Batters over 500 species. The present list includes the
names of 256 species and varieties, of which 21 belong to
the Cyanophyceae, 41 to the Chlorophyceae, 65 to the
Phaeophyceae, and 129 to the Khodophycese. Of these 66
were not recorded in my previous list. Several additional
species are recorded in Appendix I. as doubtfully natives
of our shores.

The following are the names of the species added to the
list previously published.

Cyanophyce/E.

Dermocarpa i^rasina, Born. Sijmphca Jiydnoides, Kiitz.

D. schousbcei, Born. Lynghya spectahilis, Thur.

Spirulina tenuissima, Kiitz. Nodular iaharvey ana, Meit.

S. pseudotenuissima, Crn. Calothrix pulvinata, C. Ag.
Osclllaria coraUince, Gom.

Chlorophyce^.

Praslola stipitata, Suhr. Epicladla JiuHtne, Kke.

Enteromojpha canaliculata , Diplonema confervoides,
Batt. Holm, et Batt.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^E.

69

Entoderma wittrockii, WiWe .
Urospora hanqioides, Holm,
et Batt.

Ulothrix implexa, Kiitz.
C odium tomentosum, Stakh.

Ph^.ophyce^.
Punctaria latifolia, Grev. Asperococcus echinatufi, var.

P.latifolia, f. zostercB, Le Jol.
Desmarestia ligulata,lja>m.x .
StictyosipJwn suharticula-

tiis, Hauck.
Ectocarp us terminalis, Kutz.
IstJi mop lea sp hcerop h or a,

Kjellm.
Halopteris filicina, Kiitz.
Ascocijclus reptans, Rke.
Spkacela ria plumigeixi ,

Holm.
Elachista flaccida, Aresch.

vermictilaris, Griff.
Sporochnus pedunculatus,

C. Ag.^
Arthrocladia villosa, Duby.
Laminaria hyperborea,Fos.
Saccorhiza bulbosa, De la

Pyl.
Fucus ceranoides, Linn.
Dictyota dichotoma, var. ivi-

plexa, J. Ag.
Taonia atoinaria, J. Ag.
Phyllitis zosterifolia, Eke.

KHODOPHYCE.E.

Cha n transia secu n da ta ,

Thur.
Helminthodadia purpurea ,

J.Ag.
Helmintlwra diva rica ta ,

J.Ag.
Phyllophora trailUi, Holm.

et Batt.
P. palmettoides, J. Ag.
CaUibIepharisjubata,Ki\tz.
Lomentaria c/a?;e//osa, Gaill.
Champia parvula, Harv.
Bostrychia scorpioides,

Mont.

Laurencia obtusa, Lamx.
L. hybrida, Lenorm.
Chondria tenuissima, C. Ag.
Polysiphonia urceolata, var.

patens, J. Ag.
P. parasitica, Grev.
Dasya arbuscula, C. Ag.
D. ocellata, Harv.
Spliondylotliamnion multifi-

dum, Nag.
Spermo thamnion tumeric

Aresch.
Bhodocho7'ton membranac-

eum, Magn.

70 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

B. seiriolanum, Gib. Poly ides rotundus, Grev.

Compsothamnion gracilli- Schmitziella endophlcea,

mum, Schmitz. Born, et Batt.

CaUitham7iio7i tetragonum, Lithophylhmi lenorinandi,

var. brachiatum, J. Ag. Bosan.

Halymenia ligulata, C. Ag. Chylocladia ovalis, Hook.

Hildenhrandtia prototypiis, Melobesia confervoides,

var. rosea, Kiitz. Kiitz.

In Professor Herdman's Third Eeport on the Marine
Biological Station on Puffin Island,* reference is made to
the presence in the sea of vast numbers of " gelatinous
spherical bodies containing minute spicules." The occur-
ance of these bodies in countless myriads renders the
water "foul," and the phenomon has been observed not
only at Puffin Island by members of the L.M.B. Com-
mittee, but also at Sheerness by Mr. Shrubsole, at St.
Andrew's by Professor Mcintosh, and by the naturalists
at the Plymouth Station. I have tried to obtain some of
this material on several visits to Puffin Island, but hither-
to without success. Mr. I. C. Thompson has, however,
kindly given me a bottle containing the organisms in
question, and this material I handed on to Mr. A. W.
Bennett, P.L.S., who is a well known authority on the
lower forms of algal life. I am glad to be able to incor-
porate the following notes which he has kindly sent me.

" The sample sent to me by Mr. Harvey Gibson, from
the Menai Straits, contains various diatoms in an inter-
esting condition, but in a very fragmentary state. They
belong mostly to the families Melosirese and Biddulphiese,
and are most nearly allied, as far as I am able to deter-
mine, to Melosira numviuloides Kiitz. and Biddiilphia
aurita, Breb. {Odontella aurita, Ag.) The siliceous coating

* Liveri)ool ]^in], Soe. , vol. iv,, )>. 40,

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGiE. Vl

is always excessively thin and entirely destitute of mark-
ings as far as is shewn by the highest powers at my
disposal, though it is probable that under exceptionally
good conditions as to light and with still more powerful
objectives, the characteristic markings of these famihes
might be detected. But the interesting fact is that the
contents of some of the cells are to be found floating free,
destitute of any siliceous envelope, and (apparently) in a
living condition. This is frequently the case with deep
sea species belonging to the allied genus Bhizosolenia. I
also noticed detached "hones" of Chcetoceros, and fi-onds
which I should refer to Fragilaria stria tula, Lyngb.
Besides diatoms there are several other marine algae, but
mostly in a fragmentary condition. There is a Bhizo-
clonium, probably B. 7'iparium, Harv. and what I take to
be fragments of an epiphytic E ndocladia ."

Mr. Bennett expresses a desire to see further samples
of "foul" water, and I take this opportunity of making his
desire known, in the hopes that members of the L.M.B.
Committee may be able to send him material in a fresh
condition.

NOTE. — In using the nomenclature and classification
employed by Messrs. Holmes and Batters {loc. cit.), I
have thought it best to give their authorities for specific
nomenclature also. I do so, however, with great reluc-
tance and for the following reasons. In the paper referred
to (p. 64) these authors say: — "The authority given for
the name of a species is in every case that of the botanist
w4io first employed the name as it now stands, not that of
the author who first described the species under another-
name." Thus, to take an instance, TJrospora hangioides ap-
pears in their list with the authority "Holmes et Batters."
This species was, I believe, first described and published

72 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

by Harvey under the name of Conferva hangioides (Phyc.
Brit., pi. 268). Holmes and Batters have on the strength
of my observations on the tailed spores of this species,
placed it in Areschoug's genus Urospora. I think that
such a system, substituting as it does the name of the
botanist who simply renames for the name of the first dis-
coverer and describer is fundamentally wrong in principle.
" Palmam qui meruit ferat," and he who discovers and
describes is surely much more worthy of honour than
he who merely changes the name originally given. If this
system be logically followed out by other botanists, we may
expect soon to have a flora in which not a single species
appears with the name of the first describer appended to it.
Urospora hangioides, Holm, et Batt. ought, in my opinion
to be Urospora hangioides, Harv. placed under the genus
Urospora, Aresch. In the present paper I have used
Holmes and Batters' system, only because I do not feel
myself competent to say in all cases who deserves to be
named as the authority, without referring (which I cannot
at present do) to the original specimens. In Zoology, I
believe, the authority given by almost all authors is the
name of the first describer, and that seems to me to be
the most just principle on which to go in such matters.

Localities where I have myself collected a species are
distinguished by marks of exclamation.

Series L— GYANOPHYCE^.
Cohort L— CHKOOCOCCIN^.
Order I. — Chroococcace^.
Glceocapsa crepidinum, Thur.

Puffin I, !, Point of Ayr,

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGM. 73

Order II. — CHAMiESIPHONACE^.

Dermocarpa pnisina, Born.

Puffin I.!, Hilbrel.!
D. scJioushcei, Born.

Puffin I.!, Hilbrel.!

Cohort IL— NOSTOCHIN^.

Section I. — Homocystece.
Order I. — Oscillariace^.
Tribe I. — Oscillariese.
Spirulina tenuissima, Kiitz.

Menai Bridge.
S. x>seudotenuissima, Cm.

Point of Ayr.
Oscilian'a nigroviridis, Thw.

Eastham.
0. coraUince, Gom.

Point of Ayr.
Phormidlum jjapyraceum, Gom.

{Oscillaria spiralis, Eeport I.)

Point of Ayr, Eastham, Anglesea.
Tribe II. — Lyngbyese.
Lyngbya semiplena, J. Ag.

Point of Ayr, Puffin I. !
L. cestuarii, Liebm.

Bromborough Pool, Hilbre I. !, Point of Ayr.
L. majiiscula, Harv.

Hilbre I., Eastham, Wallasey, Puffin I.! I
found this plant growing at the last mentioned
locality in colonies often half a foot or more in
diameter.
L. spectahilis, Thur. in herb.

Point of Ayr.
Symploca hydnoides, Kiitz.
Puffin I. !

74 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Tribe III. — Vaginariese.
Microco/eus chthonoplastes, Thur.
Point of Ayr.

Section II. — HeterocystecB.
Order II. — Kivulariace^.
Tribe 11. — Mastichotricheae.
Calothrix confervicola, C. Ag.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man, Anglesea.
C. pulvinata, C. Ag.

Puffin I. !
C. scopulorum, C. Ag.

Puffin I. !
Riuu/aria hiasolettiana, Menegh.

Eastham!, Hilbre I.!, Point of Ayr.
B. atra, Koth.

Hilbre I., Mersey, Anglesea. .

Order V. — Nostochacej^.
Anabcena toridosa, Lagerh.

{SphcBTOzyga carmichcBlii, Eeport I.)
Eastham, Point of Ayr, Anglesea,
Nodularia harveyana, Thur.
Point of Ayr.

Series II.— CHLOROPHYCE^.
Cohort II.— CONFERVIN^.
Order I. — Blastosporacej^.
Prasio/a stipitata, Suhr.
Hilbre I. !

Order II. — Ulvace^..
Monostroma grevillel, J. Ag.

Puffin I. ! , I. of Man ! . En teromorpha iiitestinalis,
var. cornucopia', Ahln. recorded from the I. of
Man, is only a form of this species.
Diplonema confervoicles, Holm, et Batt.
Point of Ayr.

EEVISED LIST OF MAETNE ALG.Tl. 75

Enteromorpha cJathrata, J. Ag.

Eastham, Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man. !
E. ralfsii, Harv.

Bangor. Though a rare species I retain it on the
authority of Mr. Kalfs. Marrat records it as
** general," which is very unhkely.
E. erecta, J. Ag.

New Brighton.
E. ramulosa, Harv.
Hilbre I. !
E. jyercursa, C. Ag. var. ramosa, J. Ag.
(E. 2)ercursa, Keport I.)
Point of Ayr.
E. compressa, Grev.

Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, I. of Man!, Mersey and
Dee estuaries !
E. linza, J. Ag.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, Anglesea, I. of Man.
E. intestinaUs, Link.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, Anglesea.
E. canaliciilata, Batt.
Point of Ayr.
U/ua latissima, J. Ag.

(JJlva lactuca, var. gemiina, Keport I.)

Hilbre I.!, New Brighton, Puffin I.!, Anglesea,
' I. of Man.

Order HI. — Ulothrichace^.
Ulothrix implexa, Kiitz.
Point of Ayr.

Order IV. — Ch.etophoeacej^.
Entoderma icittrockii, Wille.

Puffin I. !
E. flustrcB, Eke.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. ! T have found this species

76 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

more frequently on zoophytes than polyzoa, and
especially on Diphasia piimila.

Order V. — Cladophorace^.
Urospora pencilliformis, Aresch.

{Conferva yoiingana, Eeport I.)
Puffin I. !, Anglesea !
U. flacca, Holm, et Batt.

{TJlothrix flacca, Eeport I.)

I. of Man, Anglesea, Puffin L]
U. hangioides, Holm, et Batt.
Puffin I. !, Anglesea !

I found this form growing in considerable quantity at
the situations named, in the spring of 1890, and thinking
at the time that I had found the rare species Urospora
collahens, I made a careful study of its structure and hfe
history. Through the kindness of Professor E. P. Wright
I was enabled to compare my plant with the type specimen
of U. coUahens in the Harveyan Herbarium at Dublin,
with the result that my plant proved to be not that
species but Urospora hangioides. I pubhsh, however, my
observations on the species, although in doing so I in
great measure repeat Areschoug's work* on the allied U.
penciUiformis. The filaments vary greatly in length ac-
cording to age, an average full grown frond being 6 — 10
cm. long. The frond is unbranched and tapers to base
and apex. Narrower regions also occur in the course of
its length. The base is an irregular disc formed by the
terminal cell, and frequently two or more cells above the
terminal cell. The cell wall is markedly two layered.
Cell division is usually regular, but frequently irregular.
I have found that this oblique mode of division is asso-
ciated with a peculiar method of vegetative multiplication.

* Observationes Pliycologicce, Pt. I.

EE VISED LIST OF MARINE ALGiE. 77

Separation of pale green or colourless portions of the
protoplasm first of all takes place, followed by oblique
septation of the green central portion. One of the taper-
ing cells thus formed then grows outwards, forming a
pseudo-branch. The filament then separates into two
parts, the isolated portion fixing itself by means of the
pale thick- walled process, whilst the already attached part
is terminated by a tapering pale green or colourless fila-
ment.

Two kinds of zoospores are formed, large and small.
The megazoospore is pear-shaped, with a long, tapering
hyaline tail, and a large, often distinctly knobbed, colour-
less but granular head, from the centre of which arise
four long flagella, which project at right angles and bend
backwards along the sides of the conical body when at
rest. When in motion all four flagella move together
with a paddling movement. The megazoospores are more
plentiful than the zoogametes. Their mode of development
is as follows : — A cell usually about the middle of a fila-
ment enlarges, the chlorophyll retreats to the centre, and
a broad, granular, colourless layer is seen lying nearest to
the w^all. Eadial segmentation then takes place, and the
chlorophyll again spreads outwards, still leaving, however,
a narrow outer portion colourless or only faintly green,
more difficult to see at this stage owing to the spores
being crushed against the wall by their rapid increase in
size. When ripe the cuticular layer of the cell- wall bursts,
and the entire inner wall, with the enclosed spores, escapes.
The inner wall speedily deliquesces and the spores are set
free. They move slowly, and after a time settle down on
some adjacent rough surface. I have watched them settle
on a sporiferous filament of Bangia fuscopurpiirea, and
observed the first stages in the development of new fila-
ments. In the course of examination of hundreds of

78 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

filaments I have never seen fewer than 32 megazoospores
in a cell.

The microzoospores, or zoogametes, are much smaller.
They are ovate biciliate, actively motile cells, very pale
green at the broader end, and colourless at the point of
attachment of the two long cilia. They are produced in
vegetative cells, and, so far as I could make out, in other
filaments than those which produce megazoospores. The
contained mass of zoogametes is much paler in colour than
is the content of a megasporangium. The number of
zoogametes is 64 or more. Their movements are so rapid
that it is almost impossible to count them as they escape,
the calculation " 64 or more" is based, therefore, on the
appearance of the gametangium previous to their escape.
I have no doubt that conjugation takes place between
cells of the same filament. The mode of conjugation does
not differ from that described for Ulothrix zonata, by
Dodel Port,* although the tailed megazoospore and the
number of these produced in a sporangium places this
species in the genus Urospora, Aresch. I have not been
able to trace the after history of the zygote.

The extrusion of mega- or micro-zoospores from a cell
lying between two others whose contents have not been
shed is followed by the protusion of the special cell-wall of
one of the lateral cells into the cavity, the gametes, or
spores of the latter escaping by the rupture already formed
in the outer wall of the empty cell. (See PL III.)

Chcetomorpha tortuosa, Kiitz.

Prince's Pier, I. of Man, Angiesea.
C. linum, Kiitz.

Angiesea !, Puftin I. !
C. melcKjoiiium, Kiitz.

Puffin I. ! I. of Man. Marrat records this spe-

■'■'■ rriiiir«liciiu's Jalub. f. Avis.s. But., Bd. X.

liE VISED LIST OF MA1U^•E ALG.E. 79

cies as "general." He probably mistook C.

liiUDii for it.
C. cerea, Kiitz.

Mersey, I. of Man, Pufdn I. !
Rhizoc/onium riparium, Harv.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, Eastham.
Cladophora peUucida, Kiitz.

Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I. !

C. liutchinsice, Kiitz.

New Brighton, Anglesea, I. of Man, Hilbre I.
G. utricidosa, Kiitz. var. Icetevirens, Hauck.

New Brighton, Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I. !
C. rupestris, Kiitz.

Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !, Puffin I. !, Anglesea !
C. glaucescens, Griff.

Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!
C.fracta, Kiitz.

Bromborough Pool, Anglesea.

C. flexiiosa, Griff.

New Brighton, Hilbre I., Eastham, Anglesea,
I. of Man, Puffin I. !

C. alb Ida, Kiitz.

Eastham, Puffin L[!, I. of Man.
, var. refracta, Holm, et Batt.
Puffin L, I. of Man.

G. cu'cta, Kiitz.

Bromborough Pool, Eastham, Wallasey Pool,
Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I. !

G. lanosa, Kiitz.

Puffin I. !, I. of Man, Anglesea.
var. luicialis, Thur.

Puffin I., I. of Man.

80 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cohort III.— SIPHONING.
Order I. — Bryopsidace^.
Bryopsis hypnoides, L amour.

Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I.
B. plwmosa, C. Ag.

I. of Man !, Hilbre L, Puffin I. ! Anglesea! New
Brighton.

Order III. — Vaucheriace^.
i/aucheria cUchotovia, Lyngb. var. marina, C. Ag.

New Brighton. I have found Vaucheria fila-
ments frequently, but as none were in fruit it is
impossible to say to what species they belonged.
V. thuretii, Woron.
Eastham.

Order IV. — Codiace^.
Codium tomentosicm, Stackh.
I. of Man !

Series III.-PHiEOPHYCE^.
Cohort L— ECTOCAKPIN^.
Order I. — De share stiace^.
Desmarestia viridis, Lamx.

I. of Man, Puffin I. !
D. acideata, Lamx.

I. of Man!, Puffin I.!
-D. ligulata, Lamx.

I. of Man, Abergele.

Order II. — Dictyosiphonace^.
Diotyosiphon /(emculaceus, Grev.

Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Penmon Point!, Isle of
Man.

Order III. — Punctariace^.
Litosiphon pusillus, Harv.

Hilbre I., Bangor, I. of Man, Puffin I.!

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGiE. 81

Stictyosiphon suharticulatus, Hauck.

Carnarvon.
Punctaria plantaginea, Grev.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man !
P. latifolia, Grev.
I. of Man.
var. zostercB, Le Jol.
I. of Man.

Order IV. — AsPEROcoccACEiE.
Myriotrichia davceformis, Harv.
I. of Man, Hilbre I. !
var. filiformis, Farl.

{M. filiformis, Keport I.)
Hilbre I. !
Asperococcus echinatus, Grev.

Hilbre I. ! Puffin I. !, I. of Man.
var. veniiicularis, Griff.
Puffin I. !
Streb/onema velutinum, Thur.

{Ectocarpiis velutinus, Eeport I.)
Puffin I. !

Order V. — EcTOCARPACEiE.
Ectocarpus terminalis, Kiitz.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
E. coufervoides, Le Jol.

var. siliculosus, Kjellm.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. ! New Brighton, I. of Man.
E. fascicidatics, Harv.

Hilbre I.!, Puffin I. !
E. granulosus, C. Ag.

New Brighton, Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !
E. tomentosus, Lyngb.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, New Brighton, I. of Man.

82 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Isthmoplea sphcerophora, Kjellm.

Puffin I. !
Py/alel/a litomlis, Kjellm.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man!

Order VI. — Arthrocladiace^.
Arthroc/adia villosa, Duby.
Anglesea.

Order VII. — Elachistace^.
Elachista scutulata, Duby.

I. of Man.
E.fucicola, Fries.

Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !
E. Jiaccida, Aresch.

Penmon Point !

Marrat records this species on Cystoseira harhata
at Puffin I., though the host plant does not
occur in his list nor on the island.
Order VIII. — Sphacelariace^.
Sphacelaria radicans, Harv.

Mersey, New Brighton, Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!,

I. of Man!
A specimen which I collected in Nov., 1890, at
Hilbre I. is, I am informed by Mr. Batters, a
monosiphonous variety of this species.
S. cirrhosa, C. Ag.

Eastham, Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man !
YSiT.fusca, Holm, et Batt.
{S. ftisca, Report I.)

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man, Anglesea.
S. plumigera, Holm.

Carnarvon {fide Holmes).
Chcetopteris plumosa, Kutz.

I. of Man !, Anglesea, Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^. 88

Halopteris filicina, Kiitz.

Anglesea, I. of Man !
Stypocaulon scopariitm, Kiitz.

{Sphacelaria scoparia, Report I.)

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man !, Anglesea.
C/adostephus spongiosus, C.Ag.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, L of Man !, Anglesea.
C. verticiUatus, C.Ag.

Puffin L, Anglesea, I. of Man.

Order IX. — Myrionemace^.
Myn'onema strangulans, Grev.
Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
var. punctiforme, Thur.
{M. punctiforme, Eeport I.)
Hilbre I.
Ascocyclus leclancherii, Magn.

{Myrionema leclancherii, Report I.)
Hilbre L, I. of Man.
A. yeptans, Eke.

Puffin I. !
Ralfsia verrucosa, Aresch.

Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!

Order X. — Chord ariace^.
Ohordaria flagelliformis, C.Ag.

Hilbre L, Eastbam, I. of Man !, Puffin I. !
Mesog/oea vermiculata, Le Jol.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man.
Castagnea virescens, Thur.

I. of Man.
Leathesia difformis, Aresch.

Hilbre I., Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I. !
Cohort II.— LAMINARIN^.
Order I. — Scytosiphoxace^.
PhyUitis zosterifolia, Eke.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I., I. of Man.

84 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Scytosiphon lomeiitarius, J. Ag.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man !
Order II. — Chord ace^.
Chorda Jilum, Stackh.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. ! I. of Man.
'^ . Order HI. — Laminariace^.

Laminaria saccharina, Lamx.

I. of Man !, Puffin I. !, Anglesea.
L. hieroglyphica, J. Ag.
var. phyllitis, Le Jol.

New Brighton, Puffin I. !
L. digitata, Edm.

Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man ! Hilbre I. !
L. hyperborea, Fos.

Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man!, Hilbre I. !
For a discussion of this and the preceding species,
usually grouped under L. digitata, see Foslie's
ContrihutioJi to K^iowledge of the Marine Algce
of Norway, Tromso, 1890, p. 80 et seq., or
Batters' Algce of Berwick-on-Tioeed, p. 77.
Saccorhiza bidbosa, De la Pyl.

I. of Man!
A /aria esculenta, Grev.

I. of Man !, Hilbre I., Anglesea.
I have never met with this species either at
Hilbre I. or Puffin I., though it occurs in
abundance at the I. of Man.

Cohort III.— SPOEOCHNIN^.
Order I. — Sporochnace^e.
Sporochnus pedunctilatus, C.Ag.

Anglesea, I. of Man, Puffin I. !
I found only a few fragments of this species at
the last-named locality. These were kindly
identified for me by Mr. Batters.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALGJ?.. 85

Cohort IV.— CUTLEKIN^.
Order I. — Cutleriace^.
Cut/erla mult if id a, Grev.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man.
Cohort v.— FUCIN^.
Order I. — Fucace^.
Fucus ceranoides, Linn.

Hilbre I. !, Anglesea.
F. vesiculosus, Linn.

All rocky parts of the coast !
F. sermtus, Linn.

All rocky parts of the coast !
F. platycarpus, Thur.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, Point of Ayr.
Ascophyllum nodosum, Le Jol.

All rocky parts of the coast !
Himanthalia lorea, Lyngb.

Anglesea, I. of Man ! and cast up on the beach
at Southport.
Halidrys siliquosa, Lyngb.

Puffin I. !, Anglesea!, I. of Man !
Peluetia canaliculatay Decne. et Thur.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. ., Anglesea! I. of Man !
I have gathered this species in situations considerably
above high water mark. The plants were in a quite
healthy condition, although a dash of spray or an occa-
sional wave at high tide must have furnished them with
their entire supply of salt water for twelve hours at a time.
I have no doubt that the canaliculate nature of the frond
enables them to retain what little water they obtain on
these occasions to serve them until the recurrence of high
tide. It is worth noting that Enteromorplia canaliculata
is also a characteristically high water species.

86 TRANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cohort VII.— DICTYOTIN^.
Order I. — Dictyotace^.
Di'ctyota dichotoma, Lamx.

I. of Man, Puffin I., Anglesea.
var. i77iplexa, J. Ag.
Puffin I. !
Taoni'a atomaria, J. Ag.
Anglesea.

Series IV.— KHODOPHYCE^.
Cohort I.— POEPHYKIN^.
Order I. — PoRPHYRACEiE .
Porphyra laciniata, C. Ag.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !
Bangia fuscopurpurea, Lyngb.
Puffin I. !, Anglesea !

Cohort II.— NEMALIONIN^.
Order I. — Helminthocladiace^.
Tribe I. — Chantransiese.
Ghantransia virgatula, Thur.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, Eastham, I. of Man !
G. secundata, Thur.

Puffin I. !
C. daviesii, Thur.

Puffin I. !, I. of Man, Anglesea, Mersey.
Tribe II. — Nemalieae.
Helminthocladia purpurea, J. Ag.
I. of Man.
I leave this species in the list, and do not place it among
the " doubtfuls " in Appendix L, because the flora of the
I. of Man appears to include many rare forms which one
would not expect so far north. I have my doubts, how-
ever, as to its being a native of our district. Tliis i-ecord
stands on Mr. Talbot's authority.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALOM. 87

Helminthora divaricata , J. kg.
Anglesea {fide Kalfs).

Order III.— Gelidiace^.
Tribe III. — Wrangelieae.
Naccaria wigghii, Endl.
I. of Man.

Tribe IV.— Gelide*.
Gelidium corneum, Lamx.

I. of Man !, Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !
G. crinale, J. Ag.

Eastham, Hilbre L, I. of Man.

Cohort III.— GIGAKTININ^.
Order I. — Gigartinace^.
Tribe L — Gigartineae.
Chondrus crispus, Stackh.

Hilbre I.!, Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, L of Man!,
Eastham.
Gigartina mamiUosa, J. Ag.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man !
Tribe 11. — Tylocarpese.
Phyllophora riihens, Grev.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man !
P. inembranifolia, J. Ag.

Hilbre PI, Puffin I. !, I. of Man !, Anglesea.
P. traillii, Holm, et Batt.

. Puffin 1.1
P. palmettoides, J. Ag.

I. of Man.
Gymnogongrus griffithsice, Mart.

New Brighton, I. of Man.
G. norvegicus, J. Ag.

Hilbre I., I. of Man, Ehyl.
Ahnfeltia plicata, Pries.

Hilbre I., I. of Man, Puffin I. !

88 TBANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Tribe III. — Callymeniege.
Callophyl/ls laciniata, Kiitz.
Anglesea !, Puffin I. !

Order II.— Ehodophyllidace^.
Cystoc/onium purpurascens, Kiitz.

Anglesea !, Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. ! , New Brighton,
I. of Man.
Gatenella opuntia, Grev.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, Eastham, I. of Man,
In the end of October, 1890, whilst on a visit to the
Biological Station on Puffin I., I devoted part of my time
to collecting Catenella opuntia, which grows there in
abundance on the protected faces of rocks near high water
mark. On examining the plants on my return to Liver-
pool I was glad to find many, if not all, bearing cystocarps,
antheridia and tetraspores. The structure of the cys-
tocarps is practically unknown, indeed they have seldom
been seen. I believe that this is the third time they have
been found in Britain, and Prof. Schmitz alone has found
them abroad. Mr. Buffham found some at Sidmouth in
1886, and Harvey says he received specimens from Mrs.
Griffiths. Harvey's figure and description are totally
wrong, and as no detailed account of their structure exists
anywhere, I examined them minutely, and the conclusions
I arrived at were communicated to the Linnsean Society
in Dec, 1890. I may here briefly summarise the main
points in that paper. The cystocarpic ramuli are borne on
erect branches, each articulation bearin^j one or two such
ramuli. The ramulus is spherical and has imbedded in it
50 to 200 carpogenic systems. Only a few of these ( 10 —80)
however come to maturity, although most seem to be fertil-
ized. A large placental cell occupies the centre of the
ramulus, and radiating from it are numerous branched fila-
ments, which on approaching the surfa-ce become short rows

KE VISED LIST OF MARINE ALG.'E. 89

of bead-like cells. From several of these filaments there arise
the female organs, each consisting of a carpogenous cell,
a miicellular trichoj^hore and a long dehcate trichogyne
which passes outwards and appears on the sm^face of the
ramulus as a short hair. After fertihzation the carpogenous
cell produces a mulberry-hke mass of carpospores which
oraduallv increase in size and deepen in colour. Pollinoids

Since the printing oft' of the pages on which the accompanying account of
the cystocarps of Catenella apuntia occurs, better sections of very 3'oung cys-
tocarpic ramuli, together with critical remarks kindly furnished me by Prof.
Schmitz, have led me to considerably modify my interpretation of the struc-
ture of the " fruit " of this species. In place therefore of the sentences from
"The ramulus is spherical" on page 88 to "with that genus" on page 89,
read : — " The ramulus is spherical and shortly stalked. "When young it con-
sists of a central axial filament composed of four or five cells, surrounded by
a reticulum of short hyphse from Avhich branched chains of coloured cells
arise as in the ordinary vegetative ramulus. In the iimer rind of the ramulus
there arise very numerous trichophoric systems, each composed of a long and
delicate trichogyne which appears on the surface of the ramulus as a short
process, and a trichophoric portion of one or sometimes two cells. After fer-
tilization of the trichogynes (many or all) chains of carpospores are given oil
from the reticulum of hyphae surrounding the axis, and the terminal cell of
the axial row enlarges to become a nourishing cell for the carpogenous reticu-
lum. Frecpiently secondary vegetative cells appear round the trichophoric
cells, but these do not (as I at first thought) become carpospores. After
fertilization the trichogynes wither and the carpospores are seen forming a
dense spherical layer among the sterile hyphse which lie between the rind
cells and the inner reticulum."

For further details I would refer the reader to my Linnpean paper soon to
be published. I may add that Plate II. is draAvn in accordance with this
revised account.

L. Oi i>iail, i:\.li^lt;bect :, J- Liiiiii -L. ;, xxix«^i.^^ a.. ;

C.jubata, Kiitz.

I. of Man.

^System, uber d. Florideen, Flora, 1889.

88 TBANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Tribe III.— Callymeniese.
Callophyl/is laciniata, Kiitz.
Anglesea!, Puffin I.!

Order II.— Ehodophyllidace^.

Gystoc/onium purpurascens, Kiitz.

Anglesea !, Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. ! , New Brighton,
I. of Man.

» O > VvJ

.^ ov^iiic tu liictiuniy, aiinougn most seem to be fertil-
ized. A large placental cell occu^^ies the centre of the
ramulus, and radiating from it are numerous branched fila-
ments, which on approaching the surface become short rows

EEVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^.. 89

of bead-like cells. From several of these filaments there arise
the female organs, each consisting of a carpogenous cell,
a unicellular trichophore and a long delicate trichogyne
which passes outwards and appears on the surface of the
ramulus as a short hair. After fertilization the carpogenous
cell produces a mulberry-like mass of carpospores which
gradually increase in size and deepen in colour. Pollinoids
may be seen in the act of fusing with the apex of the
trichogyne. The carpogenous cells nearest the placental
cell most frequently develop carpospores, though rudimen-
tary cystocarps are common nearer the periphery. The
conclusion come to by Schmitz* is that Catenella belongs
to the Cystoclonium group of the Ehodophycese, although
the great number of carpogenic systems, it seems to me,
does not point to a very close relationship with that genus.
I have represented some of the more important features
on Plate II. (see explanation of Plates).

Tribe II. — Ehodophyllideoe.
Rhodophy/lis bifida, Kiitz.

Pufdn I.!, I. of Man.

Cohort IV.— RHODYMENIN.E.
Order I. — Sph^roccace.^.
Tribe I. — Sphaerocceae.
Sphcetococcus coronopifolius, Grev.
I. of Man.

Tribe II. — Gracilarieae.
Gracilaria confervoides, Grev.

I. of Man, Coast of Wales, Hilbre I. !
Oalliblephan's ciliata, Kiitz.

I. of Man, Anglesea !, Puftin I. !, Hilbre I. !
G. jubata, Kiitz.

I. of Man.

^System, iiber d. Florideen, Flora, 1889.

90 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Order II. — Ehodymeniace^.
Tribe I. — Ehodymenieee.
Rhodymenia palmata, Grev.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !

B. palmetta, Grev.

Puffin I.. Aiiglesea.
Lomentaria articulata, Lyngb.

{Chylocladia articulata, Eeport I.)

Hilbre I.!, New Brighton, Puffin I.!, Eastham,
I. of Man !
L. clavellosa, Gaill.

I. of Man. !
Ghampia parvula, Harv.

I. of Man.
Chylocladia kaliforniis, Grev,

I. of Man, Anglesea.

C. ova lis, Hook.

I. of Man.

Tribe II. — Plocamiese.
Plocamium coccinemn, Lyngb.

Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!
New Brighton.

Order III. — Delesseriace^.
Tribe I. — Nitophyllese.
Nitophyllum j^unctatum, Grev.

New Brighton {^fide Marrat), I. of Man.
N. laceratum, Grev.

Puftin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !
Tribe II. — Delesserieae.
Delessen'a alata, Lamx.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !, Anglesea !

D. sinuosa, Lamx.

Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man '

KE VISED LIST OF MARINE ALCx^.. 91

B. Jujpoglossujii, Lamx.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin IJ, I. of Man !
D. ruscifolia, Lamx.

I. of Man,
jD. san guinea, Lamx.

{Hydrolapatlium sangiiineiim, Eeport I.)
Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man !

Order lY. — Bonnemaisoniace j^^ .
Bonnemaisonia asparagoides, C. Ag.
I. of Man.

Order V.— Ehodomelace^e.
Tribe I. — Ehodomelete.
Bostrychia scoipioides, Mont.

Point of Ayr !, Anglesea.
Rhodomela suhfitsca, C. Ag.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man !, Anglesea.
B. hjcopodioides, C. Ag.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I., Eastham, I. of Man.
Odonthalia dentata, Lyngb.

1. of Man!, Hilbre I., Puffin I. I have not
seen this plant at the two latter localities, but
it may occur there as it is fairly common at
the I. of Man.

Tribe II. — Laurenciese.
Laurencia ohtusa, Lamx.

I. of Man.
L. hyhrida, Lenorm.

Puffin I. !
L. pinnatifida, Lamx.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !
Tribe IV. — Polysiphonieae.
Chondn'a teniiissima, C. Ag.
I. of Man.

92 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Po/ysiphonia sertidarioides, J. Ag.
(P. pidviJiata, Report I.)

Puffin I., Eastham, New Brighton, Hilbre I.
All these locahties are on Marrat's authority,
but I have not been able to confirm his record.

P. fihrata, Harv.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man.

P. 2irceolata, Grev.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
var. patens, J. Ag.

Puffin I. !
Y^Y. forniosa, J. Ag.

Puffin I. !
P. elongella, Harv.

Puffin I. !, Anglesea, I. of Man.
P. elongata, Grev.

Puffin I. !, I. of Man !
P. violacea, Wyatt.

Carnarvon, I. of Man.
P. fihrillosa, Grev.

Anglesea!, I. of Man.
P. fastigiata, Grev.

Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!, Anglesea!, I. of Man!

Mersey !
This species is an almost constant epiphyte on
Ascophyllum nodosum ; I have found it however more than
once on Fucus vesicuJosus. Some notes of observations
which I made on the minute structure of the frond and
on the origin and development of the tetraspores will be
published in an early number of the Journal of Botany.
P. atroriibescens, Grev.

I. of Man.

REVISED LIST OF MAllINE ALGM. 93

P. nigrescens, Grev.

Aiiglesea !, Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !,

Eastham, New Brighton.
P . ^j)« ra si tica , Grev .

I. of Man.
P. byssoides, Grev.

I. of Man. I have not found this species

growing, but have often met with it in rejecta-
menta and in dredgings at Puffin I.
P. hi'odicei, Grev.

Puffin I., I. of Man.
P. thityoides, Harv.

{BhytipJiloea thicyoides, Keport I.)

Puffin I., Hilbre I., I. of Man.
P. fruticiilosa, Spreng.

{Bhytiphlcea friUicidosa, Report I.)

Puffin I., Hilbre I., I. of Man.
Tribe V. — Dasyese.
Dasya cocclnea, C. Ag.

Puffin T. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !, Anglesea !
D. arhiiscula, C. Ag.

I. of Man.
D. ocellata, Harv.

I. of Man.

Order IV. — Ceramiace^.
Tribe I. — Spermothamnieae.
Sphondylothamnion multifidum, Niig.

Port Jack, I. of Man (1876) {iide Talbot).
Spermothamnion twrneri, Aresch.

I. of Man.
var. repens, Lie Jol.

Puffin I.!, Hilbre I.!

Tribe II.— Griffithsiese.
Griffith sia corallina, C. Ag.

I. of Man.

94 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

G. setacea, C. Ag.

I. of Man !, Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, New Brigliton.
Halurus equisetifolius, Kiitz.

{Griffithsia equisetifolia, Eeport I.)

North Wales {fide Kalfs).

Tribe III. — Monosporeae.
Monospora jMclicellata, Solier.

Hilbre I.!, Puffin I. !
Pleonosporium borreri, Nag.

I. of Man, Hilbre I., New Brighton.
Tribe IV. — Callithamnieae.
Rhodochorton rothii, Nag.

Puffin I.!, Anglesea!, Hilbre I.!, I. of Man!
Mersey.
B. florididum, Nag.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man !
B. memhranaceum, Magn.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !
B. seiriolaiium, Gib.

This species of Bhodocliorton I have ventured to record
as new to science.* In character it seems intermediate
between the genera Callitliamnion and Bhodocliorton. The
erect filaments are unbranched and spring from a mem-
branous disc. The tetrasporangia are borne secundately
near the apex of the filaments, the oldest near the
apex. The species is a very minute one, the filaments
being on an average less than 1 nnn. long. I found it as an
epiphyte on the main stems of PolysipJionia urceolata var.
patens, in the Beacon Channel, West Spit, Puffin I. In
the same paper {I.e.) 1 described the mode of formation of
sporangia in the genus Blwdochorton by a process of in-
novation, a phenomenon which has been observed in

'Jour. Linn. ISoc. liot. Vol. part 33.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE AhGJE. 95

certain Phaeophyceae also. After the tetraspores have
been shed the cell next below the empty sporangium
grows up within the empty cell-wall and by abstriction
and segmentation of its contents forms a new sporangium.
This process may be repeated several times. For per-
mission to reprint Plate III. I am indebted to the
courtesy of the Council of the Linnaean Society.

Callithamnion poly sper mum, C. Ag.

Hilbre I. !. Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man.
C. roseum, Harv.

Hilbre I.!, I. of Man.
C. hookeri, C. Ag.

Puffin I. !, New Brighton, I. of Man.
C. arhuscula, Lyngb.

I. of Man.
G. tetragomun, C. Ag.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
var. hrachiatum, J. Ag.

I. of Man.
C. corymhosum, Lyngb.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man.
C. granulatiim, C. Ag.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man!
C. seirospermum, Griff.

Hilbre I.!, I. of Man.

Tribe V. — Compsothamnieae.
Compsothamnion thuyoides, Schmitz.

I. of Man.
C. graciUimum, Schmitz.

Beaumaris (fide Gulson).
Tribe YI.— Ptiloteae.
Ptilota plamosa, C. Ag.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, I. of Man !, Holyhead.

96 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Plum aria elegans, Schmitz.

(Ptilota elegans, Eeport I.)

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man !
Tribe VII. — Crouaniese.
Antithamnion cruciatmn, Nag.

Hilbre I. !
A. plumula, Thur.

I. of Man {fide Brady, Gatty).
Tribe VIII. — Spyrideae.
Spyridea filamentosa, Harv.

Holyhead (fide Marrat).

Tribe IX. — Ceramiese.
Oeramium tenuissimuvi, J, Ag.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of man.
C. fastigiatum, Harv.

Hilbre I., I. of Man.
C. deslongchampsii, Chauv.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, New Brighton, I. of Man !
C. strictum, Harv.

var. divaricata, Holm, et Batt.
(C. diaphanum, Eeport I.)

New Brighton, Hilbre L, Puffin I. !, I. of Man.
C. circinatum, J. Ag.

(C. decurrens, Eeport I.)

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, I. of Man.
C. ruhrum, C. Ag.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man!
var. proliferum, J. Ag.
I. of Man.
C. ciliatum, Ducluz.

Puffin I. !, I. of Man.
C echionotiim, J. Ag.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man.

REVISED LIST 01^ MARINE ALG^. 97

C. flabclllgenim, J. Ag.

Puffin I. !, I. of Man.
C. acanthonotum, Carm.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. ! I. of Man !

Cohort v.— CKYPTONEMIN^.
Order I. — GtLceosiphoniace.e.
Gloeosiphonia capillar is, Carni.
I. of Man, Anglesea.

Order 11. — Grateloupiace/E.
Halymenia ligidata, C. Ag.

Anglesea, I. of Man.

Order III. — Dumontiace^.
Dumonti'a filiformis, Lamx.

Hilbre L, I. of Man, Anglesea !, Puffin I. !
Dilsea eclulis, Stackh.

{Sarcophyllis edidis, Keport I.)

Puffin I. !, I. of Man !, Anglesea.

Order IV. — Nemastomace^.
Tribe II. — Halarachnieae.
Fu reel /aria fast ig ia ta , L amx .

I. of Man !, Hilbre I. !, Eastham, New Brighton,
Eock Ferry. The last three localities stand on
Marrat's authority. I have never met with it in
these situations.

Order V. — Khizophyllidace.^ .
Polyldes rotitndus, Grev.

Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man !
Order YI. — Squamariace^.
Tribe L— Cruorieoe.
Petroeells cncenta, J. Ag.

Puffin I. !, Hilbre I. !, Mersey, New Brighton.
Tribe II. — Squamarieae.
Peyssonnella duhyi, Crn.

I. of Man {fide Leicester),

98 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Order YII. — Hildenbeandtiace^.
Hildenbrandtia inototijims, Nardo.
var. rosea, Kiitz.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man!

Order YIII. — CoRALLiNACEyE,
Schmitziella endophloea, Born, et Batt, MS.

Puffin I. !
"This very interesting endophytic alga, which forms
rose-red, membranous, veined expansions within the outer
cell-wall of the articulations of Cladophora pellucida, was
first noticed on the coast of France by Dr. E. Bornet, in
1854. Dr. Bornet delayed publishing a description of the
plant as he wished to more thoroughly examine it in a
living state. Meanwhile I found the plant at Torquay, in
1885, and, believing it to be an undescribed alga, proposed
to call it ErytJu'ocelis dadopliorcB, but on learning that
Dr. Bornet had previously found and provisionally named
the plant, I discarded my manuscript name of Erytlirocelis
in favour of his name of Schmitziella, and we propose to
publish a description of the plant under that name very
shortly. The alga has been found at various places in France
and England, and I may here mention that Mr. G.
Murray has kindly called my attention to the fact that in
Edw. Forbes' s collection of Algae, now in the British
Museum, there is a specimen of Cladophora pellucida
apparently gathered by Dillwyn at Yarmouth wiiich has
this curious alga endophytic in it. Dr. Bornet informs
me that he has seen similar specimens gathered by
Ealfs." (E. A. L. Batters).

Melobesia confervoides, Kiitz.
I. of Man.

M. pustiilata, Lamx.

Puffin L!, I. of Man.

I

Revised list of marine alg.e. 09

M,farinosa, Lamx.

Puffin I. !
M. memhranacea, Lamx.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man.
M. verriicata, Lamx.

Puffin I. !
Lithophyllum lichenoides, Phil.

I. of Man !
L. Icnormandi, Kosan.

Puffin I.!, I. of Man!
Lithothamnion 2)ohjmorplium, Aresch.

I. of Man !
L. calcareitm.

Dredged from the Irish Sea !

Corallina officinalis, Linn.

Hilbre I. !, Puffin I. !, Anglesea !, I. of Man !
C. ruhens, Elhs et SoL

Puffin L!,L of Man!

100 TRANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Appendix I.

I have thought it best to add in an appendix species
recorded by previous collectors which require confirmation,
or are almost certainly recorded through mistaken identi-
fication.

Cyanophyce^.

Bivularia nitida, Ag., recorded by Brady and Talbot from
the I. of Man.

Chlorophyce^.

Enteromorpha granulosa, ? recorded by Marrat from

New Brighton is not a species of Enteromorpha
known to science.

Bliizocloniitm casparyi, Harv., recorded by Marrat from
Eastham must be considered as doubtful. Harvey
himself was doubtful of its specific value, and Holmes
and Batters make it a variety oiB. riparium.

Cladophora rudolphiana (Ag.) Harv. Hilbre I. (Marrat),
very doubtful and certainly wants confirmation.

Ph^ophyce^.

Litoslplion laminaricB, Harv., is recorded by Marrat as
epiphytic on Chorda JiluDi at Bangor and Hilbre
I. This species is an epiphyte on Alaria esculenta.
Marrat records Alaria esculenta from these locali-
ties, but, as I have stated above, I have not been
able to confirm his observation.

Stria r la attenuata, Grev., is recorded by Marrat, but he
gives no locality.

Asperococcus hiillosiis, Lamx., is recorded by Marrat with-
out locality.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^. 101

Aglaozonia parvida, (Grev.) Zanard. ''General " (Marrat) !
The "general" occurrence of the species (which
is A. reptans, Kiitz.) is, I fear, not correct. Even
its local occurrence is doubtful and requires con-
firmation.

Sargassum linifolium, (Turn.) Ag., recorded in my last
report, is of course an ocean waif, and has no place
amongst British Algae.

AscopliyUum nodosum, var. scorpioides, Hauck., was re-
corded in my last Keport. I withdraw it as my
plant turned out on further examination to be only,
a dwarf specimen of the ij^Q.

Cysfoseira,Ag. Four species of this genus, viz. : ericoides,
/(eniculaceus, fibrosa, and harhata, are recorded by
Garner and Marrat from I. of Man and Hilbre I.
It is certainly remarkable that these species should
be found growing with Odonthalia dentata at the
I. of Man, and I prefer to place them in this list of
''doubtfuls" until authentic specimens are forth-
coming.

Dictyopteris polypodioides, (Desf.) Lamx. is recorded by
Garner from I. of Man. This must also be con-
firmed before it can be received as a known native
of our coast.

Khodophyce^.

Nemalion muUifidum, (Web. et Mohr.) J. Ag., recorded as
" general " by Marrat !

CaUithamnion hrodicei, Harv. I. of Man (Marrat) is
probably a mistake for C. Jwokeri.

Callithamnion pliuna (Dillw.) Ag. A mistaken identi-
fication of my ow^i for Spermothamnion turneri, var.
repens.

Griffithsia harhata, (Eng. Bot.) Ag. New Brighton!
(Marrat). This is almost certainlv a mistake.

102 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Microcladia glandulosa, (Soland.) Grev. , recorded by Garner

from the I. of Man requires confirmation.
EutJiora cristata (Linn.) J. Ag., recorded by Talbot from

I. of Man, but marked doubtful.
Bhytiphloea pinnastroides, Harv., which has now been

placed in the genus HalopitJiys, is recorded w^ithout

locality by Marrat.
Melohesia rubra, Menegh., recorded by Marrat, is a name

unknown to me and to other algologists to whom I

mentioned it.
Lithothamfiion fasciculatum, (Lamx.) Aresch. Puffin I.

(Marrat), requires confirmation.

Appendix II.

LITEKATUKE deahng with the LOCAL
MAKINE FLOKA.

1. Welsh Botanology (1813), by Eev. H. Davies, F.L.S.

2. Alg£e of the L of Man, &c., by Dr. G. S. Brady, F.K.S.

Ann. Nat. Hist., Jan., 1861.

3. Articles by F. P. Marrat of the Liverpool Museum.

Liverpool Nat. Scraphook, 1863 — 4.

4. Preliminary hst of Algae of L. M. B. C. District, by Alf.,

Leicester. First Beport upon the Fauna of Liver-
pool Bay, 1886.

5. Algae of Puffin I.,by C. S. Gregson. Naturalist, Vol. II.

6. First Keport on the Marine Algae of the L. M. B. C.

District by E. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.L.S.
Proc. Liv. Biol. Soc. Vol. III.

7. Marine Algae of Douglas Bay, by Kev. T. Talbot. Yn

Lioar Manninagli., April, 1890.

8. Kecords in Greville's Algce Brltan niece, Croall and

Johnstone's British Seaweeds, Harvey's Phy-
cologia Britannica, kc,

EEVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^.

103

Appendix III.

I have subdivided the coasthne of the district into
four sections : — (1) The Mersey and Dee Estuaries, (2)
Hilbre I., (3) Anglesea and Puffin I., (4) I. of Man. The
first is characterised by mud fiats and sand banks with
occasional rocks ; Hilbre Island has many forms not
found in the estuary which prefer caves and rock shelves ;
Anglesea and Puffin I. have a rich flora, the coastline
being precipitous and more favourable to Rhodophycese
and Phgeophycese, whilst the I. of Man is peculiar on
account both of its isolated position and also of its
climate, which permits of an approximation of northern
and southern forms.

Uap of tlie L. M, B. C. District. H, Hilbre I. ; P, Puffin I. (The island
itself is not marked) ; D, Douglas; R, Ramsey; E, Port Erin; C, Calf of Man.

The tables of distribution indicate only records of ob-
served occurrence, and are not to be taken as indicating
negative as well as positive distribution.

104 TKANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

^X XX X xxxxxxx

CO

X X

XXX

X

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

CM

X

XXX

X

X

XXX

tH

X X

XXX

XXX

X

XX XX

is

Pi p

5^

^ j^ ^ so ^~~>

e «

si: ^

?:i o

^ =e

^•^

.11

~ iS ^

q&qi^[^i^Ki[^&qPqbbf^FiqbbbooooP^ooo

-:h X

X

coXXXX XX X X XXX XX

X

c^XX XX X XX

X

1H X XXXXXXXX X xxxx

SI

a

O

5

is S

ii

<i3

o

.^1^:^

5J CC "J^

;::i '^ ^ «

^?^ o ^ ^g

. CO

^ O

~-^

■+0 Q)

^ .2 ^ ^ ?=^ >^

CO !3 ^ r^ .^ s; -^

■r«^ lO O S "^ K) rv

2^«

CO'

« >:: ^ J

■■+0 r-O ;o

^ g

rc^dO^qq^q ^"^ d O O P^ 0^ ^ J^

cc 55

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^.

105

-^ X X XXX X X

XX XXX X XX

CO xxxxxxxxxxx

xxxxxxxxxx

c^XXX XXXX X

X XXX X XX

-H XXXX

X X

CO

CO

5^

^

«

^ :

g

^ •

^

•2 ^ *

<^ : :

§

> =o

^ =s

§^ rS

^

o

Jo
■+0

^fcqf^&q

=: ?^ ^:

5>.

.^ ^ ■

>^ ^ c; =:

•II -HI

-^X XXXXXXXX X

xxxxxxxxx

coXXXXXXXXXXX

X X X X X X X

cq X X X X XX

XXXX

rHX XXX X XXX

c5

5C »^

S-^

^" C d O C

jj -^

C^

sq K^h^

5 W
^ c

-^

5 ^

(^c;qq^^a,p::

106 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

-^ XXXXX X X XX xxxxxxx

CO X X

XXXXX

XXXXX

X

X XXXXX

^ X X

X

X X

X XX XX X

tH X X

X X

X X

oo ^ ?;

o r:^ o
o

^ .. ^ ^

o
o .5

Jo ^
^ so

.3 ?^^:

fe; ^ t^ tq p:; q

5t^

^ • —

o

§ e e

^5^ ^ g ^

^ S S o

■^ -+0 .i^ ?: j;^ :^^

<VD CO

o ~

-^ -r^ rO --i.
J~ -o ..^ r-.^

.!2 « ^ ^

* 2 ^:§

^ „ ?; ^ ro ^2:
•S -S 2 -S ?^ r^^ ^ o^ ^ '2

-^ X X X XXXXXXXX XXXXXX XX

CO X X XXXX XXXXXXXX

XXXXXX

csi XX XXX XXXX XX

X XXXX

rH X X

X X

■+0 C/3

O

b"^^ ^'^

• 2 ^

■^D O <^« ^

N~5so f- — > -c>

"^ "^ ^ ^

o S :^

« r^ ^ 2 r:s

s^ ~*~^ ^r:? HO ;-

CO
O

CJ 5^ r^

o ?i

I^E VISED LIST OF MARINE ALGA^..

107

-^XXXX xxxx

XX XX xxxxxxx

CO X X xxxx

XX XXXXXXXXXX X

oq X XXX

XXX XX

^ XX

X XX

5:S
^s^ CO "tie 2

5s.

gi:

.§^"^:

-.^

■O ■ ■>>

> >

^^^

?S ^ =C ^C> ^

^ e ^

q q Q f:q ?:§ ^ pq O K^ ^q ^i § f? f^ f^' R^ f^* Ch* fs' ^' ^' f^

^

XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX

CO

XXXXX XX XXX

XXX XXX

cq

XX XX XX X X

X XXX

rH

xxxx X

X X

CO

CO

.0

'+^ CO
•<o^ ^

.l^* f*

CO

5^

"^ ;$ ~ CO

CO :> ?^',^

« S o

S: CO

CO o> ••<>

■so ^
^ CO ~*o

^ >^ ^

o r^ j>
3^ :^ S

HO

e e § « ^

so

f^ ^5 ^ -^ O O O

SO

- e

■"^

?^ S ^ « :>- o

ci 0:? a^ ►■q t-^ 5 o d S; ;;^ fe-

108 TRANSACTIONS LWERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

-^ X X X X X X XX X xxxxxxxxxxxx

CO X

X X

XXX

XX X X X X

X X X X X

CM

X X

XXX

X X X X X X

X

tH

X X

=: o

^ ~

5 C2

O O

^ g ^ e ^ g
=i o o o ^ -^ « -•^•~-;:^rS ^'-^ -

^'

o

<^

<^

C)

r--^

-^

^
rO

?^

cs

';i

^

«

5^

OOOOCi

-tXXXXXXXXXX

XX xxxx xxxx

CO X X X X X

X XXX XXXXX X

CM XXX

X X XXXXX XX

7-1

XXX X

=2 o

2 ^ "r^

^.5

o ^ :: e ^

.^

-H-- S^ =o"

2 !S

•-:; o o '" "

::^ O o *fc^ -

S 5^ ~ -

CO O

d ^ ^ fts P:^ pq 0^ pq o d d d

REVISED LIST OF MAKINE ALGJk\

109

H r-

H :r

^ ^

i t-

-^

CM -^ O L-

^ rH

CO rH ^ ^ Ci 1

CO

iH CO io c:. 00

-^

t^ CO :o t- o

a5 ^

T-H CO O rH

w

1 ^i

^-^

1 i

S r-i

^ rH tH CO 1 CT. i

rH cq tH C^

|o|

F=<

O

M

CC

H

h^I

«1

b M J^ g
O S ?:' 2

5S^S

>-l

w

W

tn

00;:l^ Ph

-^ X X X X X XX XX X xxxxxx

CO X X X XX
cq X X X

X X

XX X X X X X

X X
X

s^ ^

^ 2

« ^ ^ ^ C"
^ "o ^ ^ ?=^

^

o
5^

- '^ .^

5 « 2 - "S S

>: ^ ?: s ^ 5

'^

<:> ^^

^ ^ S B - -"t^ ^

-r c^ -^ ^"^'hH S ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

^ «>• to

^ ^ ^ ^ Kq K^

11

i$ CO

110 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Appendix IV.

AKTIFICIAL KEY to the GENEEA of MAKINE
ALG^ found within the L.M.B.C. District.

(Adapted byMr.E. A. L. Batters, E.L.S., from the Artificial
Key appended to Prof. Farlow's New England Algm).

Note. — "As far as possible the characters used are those
which can be seen by the naked eye, but in many cases
the generic distinctions absolutely depend on microscopic
characters. It should, of course, be understood that the
key is entirely artificial and does not represent the true
botanical relations of our genera." Moreover, in many
cases the characters given refer only to the species found
in the L.M.B.C. District.

1. Colour bluish or purplish green*; Algae of small

size, usually more or less gelatinous

(Cyanophyce.^) 5

2. Colour grass green (CHLOROPHYCEiE) 14

8. Colour from yellowish brown to olive green or

nearly black (Ph^ophyce^) 25

4. Colour red or reddish purple, rarely blackish, in

fading becoming at times greenish

(EhodophycExE) 5G

5. Cells arranged in filaments 7

Cells in colonies, but not forming filaments ... G

6. Cells grouped in twos or multiples of two . . . Glmocapsa
Cells wedge-shaped or spherical, united into

hemispherical or irregular colonies ... Dernwcarpa

7. Filaments ending in a hyaline hair 18

Filaments not ending in a hair 8

* Glosjcapsa crcpidinum is an exception ; it is yellowish brown in colour.

KE VISED LIST OF MARINE ALG/Tl.

Ill

8. Filaments provided with heterocysts 9

Filaments destitute of heterocysts 10

9. Filaments with a thni gelatinous sheath, spores

not adjacent to the heterocysts ... Nodularia
Filaments without a sheath, spores next to the
heterocysts Anahccna

10. Filaments with a gelatinous sheath 12

Filaments without a gelatinous sheath 11

11. Filaments spirally twisted Spirulina

Filaments not spirally twisted OsciUaria

12. Filaments free Lynghya

Filaments adherent in meshes Symploca

Filaments united into a membranous layer

Fhormidium
Filaments united in bundles and surrounded by
a general gelatinous sheath ... Microcoleus

13. Filamentsfree Calotlirix

Filaments imbedded in a mass of jelly ... Bivularia

14. Fronds unicellular 15

Fronds multicellular 17

15. Cells free 16

Cells united into a branched spongy frond Codium

16. Cells large, filamentous, pinnately branched Bryopsis
Cells very long, cylindrical with irregular or sub-

dichotomous branches, spores large, solitary,

in special lateral or terminal cells ... Vaucheria

17. Minute endophytic algse, growing in the

cell- walls of Fylaiella En toderma

Algae not endophytic... 18

18. Fronds tubular Enteromorplia

Fronds membranaceous 19

Fronds filamentous 21

19. Fronds formed of a single layer of cells 20

Fronds composed of two layers of cells ... Viva

112 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

20. Fronds minute, stalked, cells quadrate Frasiola
Fronds saccate when young, more or less lacin-

iate when old, not distinctly stalked, cells
irregular in shape Monostroma

21. Fronds simple 29

Fronds branched 24

22. Fronds composed of a double row of elongated

cells ... ... ...Diploiiema

Fronds composed of a single row of elongated
cells (monosiphonous) ... ... ... ... 23

23. Small algae, filaments soft and flaccid, mega-

zoospores, not tailed ... Ulothrix

Megazoospores tailed ... Urospora

Rather coarse algae, filaments more or less rigid,

often twisted together Ghcetomorpka

24. Branches small and root-like ... Bhizoclonium
Branches distinct Cladopliora

25. Fronds irregularly globose, hollow, gelatinous,

sporangia at the base of the coloured cortical

filaments Leathesia

Fronds cup shaped, fruit on very long strap-
shaped receptacles HimanthaUa

Fronds forming crusts or expanded pelhcles ... 26
Fronds small, tufted, composed of a dense basal
portion and an outer portion composed by free

filaments Elachista

Fronds tubular ... 28

Fronds filamentous 30

Fronds membranaceous, expanded 42

26. Fronds densely parenchymatous throughout, fruit

in external spots ... Balfsia

Fronds minute, thin, formed of a basal horizon-
tal layer of cells with short vertical filaments,
between which the sporangia are borne ... 27

EE VISED LIST OF MAEINE ALG^. 113

27. Fronds furnished with colourless hairs, pluri-

locular sporangia formed by the transformation

of vertical filaments A scocychis

Fronds not provided with colourless hairs, unilo-
cular sporangia oval, plurilocular sporangia
unknown Myrionema

28. Fronds simple, hollow throughout, substance

thin 29

Fronds simple, cylindrical, somewhat cartilagin-
ous, with numerous diaphragms ... Chorda

29. Sporangia densely covering the surface Scytosiphon
Sporangia external in scattered spots Asperococcus

30. Fronds cajDillary, branching, formed of a single

row of cells (monosiphonous) 31

Fronds cylindrical, solid or occasionally becoming
partially hollow with age... 32

31. Both unilocular and plurilocular sporangia

formed by transformation of special branches,
plurilocular sporangia in the form of pod-like
branches, unilocular sporangia globose, sessile
or shortly stalked Ectocarpus

Both forms of sporangia formed from the cells
in the continuity of the branches and not by
a transformation of special branches Pylaiella

Filaments partly polysiphonous, unilocular spor-

' angia partly immersed in the frond, plurilocular
sporangia formed by direct transformation of
the cells of the branches Istliinoplea

Primary branches creeping in the subtance of
other Algae, secondary and fructifying ramuli
erect StreUonema

32. Fronds slimy, composed of an axial layer of

elongated filaments and a distinct cortical layer

of short horizontal filaments ... ... 33

114 TEANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fronds composed of elongated internal cells,
which become smaller at the surface ... 35

Fronds, at least in the younger portions, formed
of cells of nearly uniform length, arranged in
transverse bands, without any proper cortical
layer 39

33. Fronds tough and dense Chordaria

Fronds soft and flaccid 34

34. Outer cells of cortex producing plurilocular

sporangia Castagnea

Outer cells of cortex not producing plurilocular
sporangia ... Mesoglcea

35. Fronds traversed by a central filament formed of

larger cylindrical cells ... ... ... ... 36

Fronds destitute of axial filament ... ... 38

36. Sporangia inconspicuous, formed from the cor-

tical cells ... ... ... ... ... Desmarestla

Sporangia conspicuous external ... ... ... 37

37. Plurilocular sporangia moniliform, attached to

branching, monosiphonous filaments which
form tufted whorls on the hrojuchea... A rthrocladia
Unilocular sporangia spheroidal, accompanied by
club-shaped paraphyses, in stalked, knob-like,
lateral receptacles ... ... ... Sj^orochnus

38. Frond simple, beset with pellucid hairs, spores

formed from the cortical cells ... Litosiplwn
Fronds branching 39

39. Unilocular sporangia covering the surface in

dense patches, at maturity projecting above
the surface of the frond ... ... Stictyosiphon

Unilocular sporangia scattered, immersed Dictyosiplion

40. Fronds minute, ending in a hyahne hair, mon-

osiphonous ])elow, densely l^eset above with

I

REVISED LIST UE MARINE ALGJE. 115

very short branches between v^hich are the

sporangia Myriotrichia

Fronds ending in a large, single cell, the cells of
the lower part giving off descending filaments,
which become interwoven and form a false cortex 41

41. Rhizoidal filaments few and limited to base of

plant, branching irregularly pinnate... Sphacelaria
Rhizoidal filaments nmnerous 42

42. Branches whorled Cladostephus

Branches not whorled 43

43. Spores formed in the axils of the ultimate ramuli 44
Spores on special branches arising from the

cortical layers of the main axis, branches dis-
tichously pinnate Chcetopteris

44. Lower part of main stem imperfectly corticated

with rhizoidal filaments, spores solitary in the

axils Halopteris

Lower part of main stems covered with a dense
felt of interlaced rhizoidal filaments, spores
clustered in the axils ... ... Stijpocaidon

45. Fronds simple or occasionally proliferous ... 46
Fronds branching 50

46. Midrib present ... Alar la

Midrib wanting 47

47. Fronds thin, subsessile 48

' Fronds thick and coriaceous, distinctly stipitate 49

48. Sporangia densely covering the surface of the

frond Phijllitis

Sporangia immersed or partly immersed in the
frond, in scattered spots Punctaria

49. Cryptostomata present, stem flat, arising from a

hollow warty base Saccorhiza

Cryptostomata wanting, stems cylindrical attached
by branching rhizoids Lamina ria

116 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

50. Midrib present ... Fucus

Midrib wanting 51

51. Fronds destitute of air bladders 52

Fronds furnished with air bladders 55

52. Fronds thick and coriaceous, channelled, fruit

in terminal receptacles ... ... ... Pelvetia

Fronds thin, membranaceous 53

53. Sporangia sessile 54

Sporangia, and antheridia stalked, collected in

spot-like tufts on the surface of the frond Cutleria

54. Fronds regularly dichotomous, spores scattered

irregularly over the surface of the frond Dictijota
Fronds more or less fan-shaped, deeply and
irregularly laciniate, sporangia arranged in
undulating transverse bands ... ... Taonia

55. Air-bladders simple, immersed in the frond

Ascophyllum
Air-bladders stalked, furnished wdth numerous
diaphragms, fruit terminal Halidrys

56. Fronds calcareous .. 57

Fronds not calcareous ... 59

57. Fronds erect, filiform, articulated ... Corallina

Fronds thin, horizontally expanded 58

Fronds thick, horizontally expanded, but rising

at intervals in irregular knobs Litliotliamnion

58. Epiphytic Algae Melohesia

Algae growing on rocks Litlioplujllum

59. Fronds horizontally expanded or membranaceous 60
Fronds erect or umbilicate 62

60. Minute alga endophytic in Cladophora peUiicida,

fruit in hemispherical nemathecia Schmitziella

Fronds cartilagino-membranaceous 61

Fronds gelatino-coriaceous, tetraspores cruciate

Petrocelis

EE VISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^. 117

61. Spores in external warts, tetraspores cruciate

Peyssonnelia
Spores in cavities sunk in the frond, tetraspores
zonate Hildenhrandtia

62. Fronds tubular 63

Fronds filamentous or slightly compressed ... 65
Fronds membranaceous ... ... 85

63. Fronds brownish-purple, thick, soft, hollow, fruit

immersed in the frond, tetraspores cruciate

Dumontia

Fronds more or less gelatinous, compressed or
cylindrical, branches much contracted at the
base, often constricted at intervals with pseudo-
articulations, tetraspores tripartite 64

Fronds purple or nearly black, constricted at
intervals, tetraspores zonate Gatenella

64. Fronds slender, much contracted at the joints,

but without diaphragms, tetraspores tripartite

in depressed cavities Lomentaria

Fronds slender, nodose, with diaphragms at the
nodes, tetraspores tripartite in the cortical
layer Champia

Fronds contracted at the joints, but without
diaphragms, tetraspores tripartite in the corti-
cal layer Cliylocladia

65. Fronds formed of a single row of cells (monosi-

phonous) without proper cortex 66

Fronds with distinct axial and cortical layers ... 75

66. Fronds monosiphonous throughout 67

Fronds composed below of a single row of

cells, becoming densely cellular above, spores
formed by the division of any of the cells, fila-
mentous simple, gelatinous, dark purple Bangia

118 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOOICAL SOCIETY.

Fronds composed of a single row of cells above,
but below with a false cortex formed by the
growth of descending filaments given off from
the cells 72

Fronds formed of large cells placed end on end,
with bands of smaller cells at the nodes, in
some cases the nodal cells extending in a thin
layer over the internodal cells 73

67. Spores on short pedicels distinct undivided ^.. 68
Fronds composed of prostrate, creeping filaments

from which arise erect, dichotomous or irregu-
larly branched filaments Bliodochorton

Both tetraspores and cystocarps present... ... 69

68. Spores terminating short lateral hrdoWcliQ^Gliantransia
Spores axillary ... ... Monospora

69. Cystocarps terminal, involucrate, spores irregu-

larly grouped not surrounded by a common
gelatinous envelope when mature ... ... 70

Cystocarps terminal or lateral, spores irregularly
grouped at maturity, covered by a general
gelatinous envelope ... ... 71

70. Fronds formed of prostrate filaments from

which arise erect pinnate filaments Sioermothamniori
Fronds pinnate, ramuli whoiied Sphondylothamnion

71. Fronds dichotomous formed of delicate vesicular '

cells, tetraspores in involucrate whorls at the
nodes or on the inner side of short fascicled
branches ... Griffithsia

Fronds dichotomous or pinnate, branches alter-
nate, tetraspores tripartite, favellae binate,
lateral ... Callithamnioji (\\\ ]}djYi)

Fronds pinnate, favellas terminal, involucrate ;
tetraspores polysporic Pleonosporium

EEVISED LIST OF MAEINE ALG^. 119

Branches opposite or whorled, tetraspores cru-
ciate Antithamnion

Fronds with a monosiphonous axis, partly con-
cealed by the densely whorled branches,
cystocarps terminal on short branches, tetra-
spores in whorls one above another on special
branches Haluriis

72. Fronds capillary or bushy, densely branching,

cortications confined to the larger branches,
and evidently formed of vein-like descending

filaments CaUithamnion {i\\^2^Ti)

Fronds compressed, ancipital,branches,pectinate-
pinuate, covered everywiiere, except at the tips,
by polygonal areolated cells 74

73. Fronds dichotomous, tips usually incurved Ceramium
Fronds pinnate, main branches corticated

throughout with cells arranged in transverse
bands, secondary branches corticated only at

the nodes Spyridia

14. Opposite pinn« of equal size, cystocarps ter-
minal on the branches, tetraspores solitary

on the ends of the branches Plumaria

Pinnae of unequal sizes, one being short and
simple the oi3posing one comparatively long
and pinnately divided or compound, cysto-
- carps on special short pinnae or on the upper
margins of the ultimate branches, tetraspores
clustered Ftilota

75. Fronds dark-red or nearly black, substance dense 76
Fronds rose-red or purple, rather succulent or

gelatinous, sometimes capillary 78

76. Fronds compressed, fringed with minute ramuli,

cystocarps terminal on the ramuli Sjjhcerococciis
Fronds dichotomous, cvlindrical, cartilac^inous 77

120 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fronds pinnate or pinnatifid, compressed or
cylindrical, cartilaginous, purple or yellowish
tetraspores tripartite, cystocarps external
sessile ... ... ... ... ... Laureyicia

Fronds filiform, rigid, irregularly branching
forming dense intricate bundles... ... AJinfeltia

Fronds cylindrical slightly compressed, cartil-
aginous, sparingly and irregularly branching,
composed of an inner layer of very large angular
colourless cells, and a cortical layer of small
coloured cells, tetraspores cruciate, immersed
in the frond, cystocarps external sessile Gracilaria

Fronds small compressed, pinnate, forming small
tufts, spores borne on an axial placenta in
the enlarged terminal branches ... ... Geliclium

11 . Root an expanded disc, spores borne in external
flesh-coloured warts, tetraspores cruciate, im-
mersed in the frond ... ... ... Polyides

Boot attached by branching rhizoids, cystocarps
and tetraspores immersed in the swollen tufts
of the branches, tetraspores zonate Fiircellaria

78. Cystocarps immersed in frond ... ... ... 79

Cystocarps internal, ovate or urceolate, fronds

traversed by a distinct central filament ... 82

79. Fronds gelatinous, composed internally of a

dense mass of slender longitudinal filaments
which give off short corymbose, lateral branches

which form the cortex ... 80

Fronds soft, succulent, consisting of an internal
layer of slender longitudinal filaments and a
cortex composed of polygonal cells, becoming
smaller towards tlie surface ... Cystoclonium

80. Cortical filaments throughout the frond free ... 81
Cortical filaments of ramuli (only) free, main

KE VISED LIST OF MARINE ALGiE. 121

stem solid, ramuli tapering at both extremities

Naccaria

81. Axis composed of loosely woven, elongated verti-

cal filaments, peripheral filaments composed of
large pear-shaped cells. Fronds undivided,
beset with nmiierous simple or slightly branched
tapering branches ... ... Helminthocladia

Axis composed of oblong cells, smTomided by

, slender, long-jointed filaments, from which the

dichotomously radiating peripheral filaments

arise. Fronds very much and irregularly

branched Helminthora

82. Branches much contracted at the base Chondria

Branches not contracted at base 83

Fronds red-brown, hollow below, branches

tapering to both extremities, spores arranged

in irregular masses Gloeosiplionia

83. Fronds rose-red, stems slender, ramuli simple,

subulate, acute, apices not involute, cystocarps
stalked alternate with the ramuli Bonnemaisonia

Fronds dark-red, much branched, rather robust,
superficial cells small, polygonal, irregularly
placed, apices of branches not involute, tetras-
pores in the young branches or palmately

' divided receptacles (stichidia) Bliodomela

Fronds purple or brownish purple, superficial
cells quadrate, apices of the branches strongly
involute, tetraspores in swollen pod-like
branches (stichidia) Bostrjjcliia

Fronds purple or red, occasionally blackish,
articulated either throughout or at least in
the young branches, the articulations longi-
tudinally striate 84

122 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

84. Fronds brown-red (turning bright red in fading)

main stems corticated with irregularly shaped
cells, densely clothed with bright red hairs,
young branches naked, tetraspores in swollen

pod-like branches (stichidia) Dasya

Fronds purple or dark-red, tetraspores borne in
young branches Pohjsvplionia

85. Fronds gelatinous but firm ... ... ... 86

Fronds cartilaginous or rigid, sometimes dense 87
Fronds delicate or somewhat coriaceous ... 90

86. Fronds purplish, composed of a single layer of

cells, spores in marginal bands or spots Porplujra
Fronds rose-red, composed of a double layer of
cells connected by a loose network of colour-
less anastomosing filaments, spores attached to
the inner surface of the membrane Halymenia

87. Fronds formed internally of numerous anasto-

mosing filaments which divide corymbosely

at the surface ... ... ... 88

Fronds formed of roundish angular cells throughout 90

88. Fronds plain or slightly channelled ... CJiondrus
Fronds beset with small papillEe in which the

spores are borne Gigartina

89. Fronds with a more or less evident stipe which

passes into a proliferous lamina, cystocarps

external ... ... PhyUopJwra

Fronds linear, regularly dichotomous, cystocarps
immersed ... ... ... ... Gym)wgongri(s

90. Midrib present 91

Midrib wanting 92

91. Fronds rose-red, leaf-like ... ... ... Delesseria

Fronds dark brownish purple, narrow, dentate,

midrib scarcely distinct ... ... OdonthaUa

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^. 1'23

92. Fronds narrow, much divided, ultimate ramuli

pectinate Plocamium

Fronds palmately or dichotoniously divided ... 93
Fronds undivided, dull red, tetraspores and

cystocarps immersed Dilsea

98. Fronds very thin and delicate 94

Fronds thickish, sub-cartilaginous or sub-
membranaceous 95

94. Fronds rose-red or purplish, margins entire,

usually more or less veined, tetraspores cruciate

in scattered spots (sori) Nitophyllum

Fronds dark red, ciliate, tetraspores zonate

Bhodophyllis

95. Tetraspores cruciate ... 96

Tetraspores zonate Calliblepharls

96. Fronds deep red broadly palmate or dichotom-

ous, sometimes repeatedly laciniate with
narrow segments, margin proliferous Bhodymoiia
Fronds bright red, broadly palmate or dichotoni-
ously divided, spores immersed in minute
marginal ciha GallophylUs

Explanation of Plates.
Plate II.

Fig. 1. Two fronds of Catenella opuntia, shewing root-
branch, and cystocarps, terminal and lateral.
X 10.

Fig. 2. Trichophoric apparatus with one trichophoric cell,
arising from cortical filament. X 450.

Fig. 3. Trichophoric apparatus with two trichophoric
cells. X 450.

Fig. 4. Terminal cell of the axial row from which arise the
filaments which bear the carpospores. X 450.

124 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Fig. 5. Vegetative cells, with trichophoric cell and part
of trichogyne. X 450.

Fig. 6. Mature carpospores in the cortex of a cystocarpic
ramulus, two trichophoric systems nearer the
periphery. X 350.

Fig. 7. Very young stage in the development of a cysto-
carpic ramulus. X 350.

Fig. 8. Young stage in the development of an ordinary
vegetative frond. X 350.

Plate III.

(Reprinted by permission from the Journal of the Linncmn Society, Botany.)

Figs. 1 — 5. Bhodochorton seiriolaniim ', figs. 6 — 11, B.
rothii ; fig. 12, B. Jiorididitm.

Fig. 1. Part of a branch of Polijsiphonia urceolata with
B. seiriolaniim epiphytic upon it. X 55.

Fig. 2. The same, shewing terminal and secund sporangia.
X 350.

Fig. 3. The basal layer from which the upright filaments
arise. X 350.

Fig. 4. Innovation of a vegetative filament after the
escape of the tetraspores from a terminal spor-
angium. X 450.

Fig. 5. Terminal sporangium with tetraspores, and in-
novation of a subterminal sporangium. X 450.

Figs. 6, 7, 10. Various stages in the development of
sporangia formed by innovation. X 450.

Figs. 8, 9. Innovation in vegetative filaments. X 350.

Fig. 11. Development of sporangia from buds of subapical
cells ; in one case the spores have escaped and a
second bud is developing in the cavity of the
empty sporangium. X 350.

'rails. I. 'pool JJiol. Sot.

Vol. v., PI. ri.

1'

w

Fig J.

Fig.

R- J. H. G.. del.

I !-.' 1

Fi.,^ 4

-^^^^'^m^"^'

Fig. 7.

^^

#^

F!?. .5.

'A

Fig. 9.

CATENELLA OPUNTIA.

Harvey Gibson

IdT^N . Soc , JoTjRN. BoT YoL.XXVni.H. 34.

yvest,i.c//maTc-i

F1GS.1_5 HLHDDCCI-IORTOJSl SFJiaOLANUM^rv.sp.
FlGS.e_JL K.SOTHII. FIG.12.R.Ii!L0RTXi'JI.UM.

Trans, l-'pool biol. Soc.

Vol. v.. PI. IV,

% I

I k i I

Fig.

" -i d-

^ : -%

'P^

0m

C\ Fig. 5.

'¥

y--;. 9.

'1^^%-^

Fig-. 1.

m

I'

«

a

R-JH. G.del.

Fig.

UROSPORA BANGIOIDES.

Trans. Lpcol Biol. Soc,

Vol. v.. PI. V.

^^■«-% r-

•is- 2.

%F

Fig, .1.

Fier. 4.

Fi^ H.

^=^

"V

Fly. 10.

^ **"^'$93i^*|2^«^

Fig. S.

% ! ?

v *-

R. J. H. C, del

! /. *

^-jh -^ *

Fig. 11.

POLYSIPHONIA FASTiGiATA.

REVISED LIST OF MARINE ALG^. 125

Plate IV.

Fig. 1. Filaments of Urospora hem glo ides. (Nat. size.)

Figs. 2, 3. Vegetative multiplication l)y pseudo-branch-
ing. X 850.

Fig. 4. Base of filament. X 350.

Fig. 5. Micro-zoosporangia and micro-zoospores. X 450.

Fig. (3. Mega-zoosporangia and mega-zoospores. X 450.

Fig. 7. Stages in the germination of a mega-zoospore.
X 350.

Plate V.

Figs. 1 — 5. Stages in the development of the peripheral
cells and mother-cell of sporangium of Fohjsi-
plionia fast ig lata, seen from above. X 350.

Fig. 6. Tetraspores in the act of escaping from the spor-
angium. X 350.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of a frond at the level of a
sporangium shewing basal cell in connection
with three peripheral cells. X 450.

Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of a frond, shewing the
arrangement of intercellular spaces and the
''plugs" closing the canals of communication
between the cells of the frond. X 350.

Fig. 9. Isolated plugs, not yet closed by callus. X 450.

126

KEPOKT on the POLYCH^TOUS ANNELIDS
of the L.M.B.C. DISTKICT.

By James Hornell.

With Plates XIIL, XIV., XV.

[Read 13tli Maroli, 1891.]

Introduction.

The dredged material with which the following report
deals was collected in great part on the various dredg-
ing cruises instituted by the Liverpool Marine Biology
Committee during the years 1886 — 90 ; while the littoral
species were mostly obtained by myself during 1890 from
selected local centres. Great help was in addition ren-
dered by the keeper of the Biological Station on Puffin
Island, especially during the past winter.

I offer hearty thanks to Professor Herdman for the
uniform kindness he has shown in facilitating my labours.
Indeed to one with my limited leisure, his w^ords of en-
couragement and advice furnished an incentive I could ill
have spared. Messrs. A. 0. Walker, I. C. Thompson,
F. Archer, and Dr. Chaster have also at various times
kindly procured specimens for me, and I gladly avail my-
self of this opportunity to express my thanks. Finally, I
have to express my obligation to Professor Mcintosh for
help in the determination of a few of the more critical
species.

In the arrangement and nomenclature of the larger
divisions I have followed Claus,* but with the generic

* Traiic'de Zoohnjie, 1SS4

POLYCH.ETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 127

nomenclature I have used a free hand — especially among
the Polynoinae, the Syllidae, and the Nereidie where I have
followed the example set by Theel, Hansen, and other
recent authors in suppressing many of the genera insti-
tuted by Malmgi'en and adopted by Professor M'Intosh
in his "Challenger" Keport and elsewhere. Lists of
synonyms are dispensed with, as such can be found by
reference to the Nordiska Hafs-Anmdater and the Annit-
lata PolycJueta of Malmgren, and to the memoir on the
Polychceta Sedentaria of the Firth of Forth by Cunning-
ham and Kamage. The specific nomenclature of these
works I follow closely ; the few exceptions being noted.

To make the present report as far as possible, a com-
plete chronicle of the Polychaetous fauna of the district,
such species as I have not met w^ith, but which appear in
previous lists and are well authenticated, have been
inserted. Ke-examination, however, of some of the
material described by Mr. E. J. Harvey Gibson in his
paper upon the Vermes of the district, {Fauna of Liverpool
Bay, vol. L, p. 144) shows that he had fallen into the
following errors, viz. : — {a) His " Malmgrenia castanea''
found in the ambulacral groove of Astropecten turns out
to be nothing more than the u?,Vid\ Astropecten commensal
Acholoe astericola ; (6) his '' Spiochcetopteriis typicus'' is
the diagnostic portion of the body of Chcetopterus insignis;
[c) his (new British species) '' Iphione mitricata" is in
reality the not uncommon Nychia cirrosa from the tube
of Chcetop)terus ; {d) his Nereis viridis is one form of N.
pelagica ; while (e) the identity of Pectinaria auricoma
with P. belgica which he tried to prove, is, as has been
shown by Cunningham and Ramage, founded upon over-
sights and erroneous premises. There are some other
cases where I suspect Mr. Gibson's identification to be at
fault, and in this uncertain category I am inclined to place

128 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Sthenelais zetlandica — the original specimen of which
unfortunately I cannot discover.

This list — including the last mentioned doubtful species
— ennumerates 88 species and two varieties. Both the
latter — Polyno'e haliceti var. hycence, and Sahella pavoiiia
var. bicowiiata are hitherto undescribed : while of the
former, one — Dasychone lierdmanl — is new to science ;
three are new to British waters, viz. : — Polyno<" (Lagisca)
extenuata, Autolytiis alexaudri, and Ampharete gruhei;
and 39 have been found for the first time in this district.
Of these the most important are PoUpio? castanea, P.
johnstoni, Halosydna gelatinosa, Hermadion pellucidum,
Sthenelais boa and S. limicola, Spinther o)iiscoides, Eunice
harassii, Onuphis conchilega, Nereis virens, Syllis tuhifex,
Psamathe fusca, Castalia punctata , PliyUodoce maciilata,
Glycera go'i'si, Ammotrypane aulogaster, Capitella capi-
tata, Nicomache liunhricalis, Axiothea catenata, Scoloplos
armiger, Cirratulns tentaculatus, Nerine cirratidiis, Am-
phitrite figulus, Nicolea venustnia, Ampliicora fahricia,
and Serpula reversa. Species recorded for the first time
in this district are prefixed by an asterisk, thus: — *S. boa.
At the end a table is given showing the world-distribution
of local species side by side with details of the distribution
of these forms in our own area. The bathymetrical range
is also supplied so far as the often scanty data permit of.
I fear the details of distribution outside our local area are
not so complete as could be wished — several memoirs
being out of my reach for consultation. However, so
little has been done in the way of tabulating records of
distribution that I venture to think that the present may
prove useful to students of the group.

From my observations on the vertical range of local
Annelids, I would divide them under three heads — {a)
littoral forms, {h) deep water foi-ms, i.e., ranging down-

POLYCH.ETA OF THE L.M.li.C. DISTIIICT.

129

wards from low water mark, and (c) species extending
from tlie littoral to considerable depths, i.e., indefinite.
The following short list embodies these observations.

LITTORAL. DEEP WATEH.

Hermioiiinae
* Poly nut' i/nbricata Pulijno'r haliceti

casta Ilea

IXDEFINIT]?.

Polijno'c propinqua
,, inijxir

Nijclila clrrusa

Sthenelais boa

,, lunidata

,, Johnston i
AcJiolo'r aster Icola
Hennadion assiniile Lep. squamatus

,, pelliicidiini
StJienelais Umicola
Spinther oniscoides
Emiicin^ie

LumbrinerinaB
Neplitliijs cceca
Cast alia punctata

Psaniathe fusca

*Eidalia viridis

Cap itella cap Ita ta

A yen icola marina

Axiothea catenata

Cirratulidse

Spionidse

Sabellaria alveolata Sab. spinulosa

NereidcB generally

Neplithijs honibergl
Epliesia gracilis

Oplielia liniacijia

Aniniotry. aulogaster Scoloplos arniiger
Oicenia filiform is
ChlorliBemidae
TerebellidaB

Sabella pavonia
Filigrana implexa

Serpula vermicularis Pomatoc. triqueter
S2)irorbis borealis Spirorbis liicidus

Although I put the foregoing forward provisionally, I
believe it to be accurate in the main, and I would draw
attention to the graphic manner in which it depicts the

* Oeeasidiuilly t'uuiid in dee}! watei.

180 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGtCAL SOCIETY.

fact that where a species has (in the same district) one
nearly related form only, the one is nearly always found
to be littoral, the other to belong to deep water. It was
only very gradually as I gained in familiarity with annelid
life that there dawned upon me the full significance of the
fact that every organism occupies its own particular niche
in nature. It was as though a key to nature had been
placed in my hands. For instance, in this district
Sthenelais boa lives under stones between tide-marks ; its
near neighbour S. Umicola, characterised by but very
minute though constant differences, invariably frequents
deep water. Sahellaria alveolata \^\\iioYd\', S. spifiidosa
is alwaj^s dredged. Polynoe castanea is only met with
among the spines of Spatangus purpiireiis, Acholoe aster i-
cola never elsewhere than in the ambulacral groove of
Astropecten. Nereis virens burrows in boulder clay,
while its congener N. fitcata lives commensally with
Hermit-crabs (Pagurits) .

A few notes on embryology will be found under the
names of several species. Those on the development of
Arenicola marina are of the greatest interest, as they deal
with points hitherto undescribed.

The following numbers and letters will be employed to
indicate the stations where the species were collected,

viz. : —

Shore Collecting.

S. Southport and Formby (sand)

E. Egremont (sand, clay and stones)

N.B. New Brighton and Leasowe (sand)

H. Hilbre Island (sandstone)

L. Lav an sands, Bangor (mud and stones)

B. Beaumaris (mud and stones)

P. Puffin Island (limestone)

M. Port Erin, Isle of Man (Schist)

Mp. Peel, Isle of Man (Schist)

1 — 8 fathoms.

1—9

8—5

14

5—10

5—7

10—16

16—20

45—57

16—18

15—18

20—22

POLYCH^TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DlSTtliCT. 13l

Dredgings.

1. Mouth of Mersey (sand)

2. Mouth of Dee (sand) ...
8. Colwyn Bay ....

4. Turbot Hole, Beaumaris Bay

5. Menai Straits . . . _

6. OffPuftin Island

7. Off N.E. Coast of Anglesey

8. OffN. „ „ - -

9. 20 miles N.W. of Holyhead -

10. Off S.W. coast of Holy Id., Anglesey

11. AV. and S.W. of Port Erin -

12. 25 miles N.W. of Bar Lightship, -

{" Spindrift " cruise, 12 July, 1890).
18. do. do.

(" Spindrift" cruise, 27 Sept., 1890).
14. 20 miles S.E. of I. of Man - - 20—25 „

(''Weathercock" cruise, 28 Aug., 1886).
Stations 12, 18 and 14 proved the most productive in
results ; stations 1 and 2 the most meagre.

Section I.— EEEANTIA.
Family. — Aphroditid.e.
Sub-Family. — Hermionin^.
AphrocUta aculeata, Linn.
Stations :- -1, 6, 7, 8, 10, 18, 14. (From low water to 40 fms.)
This worm is generally obtained from ground of a sandy
or muddy character, thus differing markedly in habit from
the closely allied species Hennio)ie hijstrix which I have
found to prefer rougher surroundings — shell-debris, gravel
and the like. As is the case with so many of the Her-
mioninge A. acideata has a very considerable deep water
range. A specimen was brought up from a depth of 580

132 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

fathoms from oozy bottom in the Faroe Channel, "Knight
Errant " expedition, 1880.*

Hermione hystrix, (Savigny).f
Stations:— 8, 10, 11, 14 (15—40 fms.). Never fomid in
this district in purely sandy or muddy localities.
Sub-Family. — PolynoiN/E .

The genera of this division stand greatly in need of
revision. Since Malmgren's publication in 1865 of his
valuable Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, with the erection
therein made of many new genera, there has been great
confusion and changing of boundaries. Indeed when a new
species turned up, it was almost certain not to fit with any
of Malmgren's narrow generic definitions, and consequently
had to have a brand new genus formed for its special
reception. In my belief, Malmgren, misled by his great
capacity for perceiving minute differences, attached too
much generic value to what were often altogether second-
ary divergences — the result being that he erected a host
of needless new genera. To this class, I am of opinion,
belong the genera Lagisca, Harmothoe, Evarne, and
Lcenilla. All are characterized by the possession of 15
pairs of elytra, stout notopodial setae, and bidentate apex
to the setae of the neuropodium.:^ These I have placed

*M'Iiitosli, '* Challenger" Bcpirrt, p. 34.

t Brackets round author's name signifies that the generic designation of
the species is different to that originally nsed l)y said author.

J As Moquin-Tandon remarks (Clans ^^ Traitc' de Znologie''), great con-
fusion reigns in the nomenclature of the ap})endages of Polycluetes, and as a
guide I now ap})pend the following list of synomyms : —

Huxley. M'Ixtush & Malmgren. (ir.rr.E.

raraj)odium = Foot

Xeuropodiuni = Ventral branch of the foot

Notopodium = Dorsal Branch of the foot

Prcnestomial tentacle -^ Tentacle = Uni)aired tentacle

Superior pnestomial cirri =- Anteniiic = Middle tentacles

Infei-ioi' ,, ,, = Palpi = Lateral ,,

Peristomial cii'ri = Tentacuhii' cirri = Tentacular cirri

POLYt'HiETA OF THE L.M.]^,.C. DISTRICT. 183

together in the old genus Pohjiu)?, togetlier with Johnston's
Poll] nor scolopendrlna which however might peril aps with
advantage be removed to a separate genus.

CoMMEXSALisM. This favourite habit of the Polynoina^
is well illustrated in the following pages. To summarize
the local facts on this point we have Nijchia cirrosa and
Polyno? setosisslma living in the tube of Chcutopterus
uisig)iis; Poly nor castcoiea upon the test of Spatangus
purpureus ; P. lunulata and AcJioIor astericola in the
ambulacral groove of Astropecten irregularis ; P. joJuiston i
in the tube of Thelepus cincinnatus ; Herniadion assimile
close to the mouth of Echinus esculent us, and finally the
nearly allied species H. peUucicluni has been found upon
three different kinds of star-fishes.

Lepiclonotus squconatus, (Linn.).
Stations:— 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14; H, P, M. (From
between tide marks to '22 fms).

This widely distributed form is more frequently found
in deep water than Pohjno'r propinqua. The most prolific
ground was in 18 — 20 fathoms, Porthwen Bay, Anglesey,
where a large number were dredged. These were of a
greater size than any elsewhere procured, and the largest
were very strongly marked on the elytra. Many of the
warts towards the postero-internal direction were filled
with very conspicuous black pigment.

Njjchia cirrosa, (Pallas).
Hab : B, 5, 7. Low w'ater of spring tides to 18 fms. ;
sometimes commensal wdth Chcetopterus insignis and
Thelepus cinci)inatus.

Malmgren [loc. cit.) w^as the first authority to recognise
this to be an undoubted British species. He found that
certain British Museum specimens named Lepiclonotus
cirratus v. parasiticus, W. Baird, and hailing from
Beaumaris, X. AA'ales, in the majority of cases belonged

184 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in reality to Pallas' Aph. cirrosa, the remainder pertaining
to P. setosissima, 8av. {Lcenilla glabra, Mgrn.). Both
species had been found living commensal within the tubes
of Gha'topterus insignis, Baird. Curiously enough, the
first example I obtained was dredged from 5 fathoms in
the Menai Straits within a few miles of the spot whence
came Baird' s specimens in 1864. It came up from ground
covered with the valves of dead mussels, and when first
noticed it was crawling from the broken end of a Terehella
tube, probably Thelepus cincinnatus — thus denoting a w^ider
range of its commensal habit. The Iphione muricata of
Mr. Gibson's report is this species, as I can certify from an
examination of the original very fine specimen now in the
Zoological Museum of University College, Liverpool.

Poly nor (Harniotho(') imhricata, (Linn.).
Hab : 6, P. M, Mp, under stones. Abundant at low water.

But few of my specimens were dredged, and these
were from shallow water; the great majority were shore
collected. Hj. Theel however records dredging it as deep
as 80 — 100 metres.* The species is predominant and
exceedingly abundant under stones on the south side of
Port Erin Bay, attracted and provisioned — directly or
indirectly — by the large quantity of fishing refuse present
at the quay. In colouration of the elytra P. imhricata is
the most variable of our Polynoinae — from black and blue-
black it grades to grey and light rose. Usually the
colouration is more or less over the whole surface of the
elytron, but sometimes it is restricted to the inner third
or half of each elytron leaving the outer portion colourless.
Several Puffin Island specimens and others from Port
Erin with this peculiar marking are especially beautiful.
The inner black margins of the elytra to the eye appear to
coalesce and thus give the animals the appearance of having

' ''Les Ann. ])olycli. des Mur.s de la X. Zcnililc." 1879.

POLYC'H.^TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 135

a black band extending niedianly from head to tail, being
edged with a pale uncoloured margin on either side.

Theel is correct in saying that only the largest indivi-
duals possess on the scales any notable romided processes
and I cannot imagine how so able a naturalist as Mobius
could for a moment confound the species in question with
P. impar. Indeed the giobosely tuberculated elytra of
P. imbricata approach much more closely to those of
P. pwpinqua, but otherwise the differences between these
two are striking. (PL XIII, fig. 2).

PolijJio'r (Harmotho'i') halueti, (M'Intosh), var. hijceme, n.

Hab : Port Erin, Isle of Man, 15 fms.

The specimens described by Mr. Gibson (loc. cit.)
unfortunately wanted the scales, but in one recently
obtained ("Hyaena" cruise of Easter, 1889) a few scales
were present. These differ considerably from Professor
M'Intosh's description.* Instead of the margin being
" quite smooth throughout," it is densely fimbriated
after the manner seen in Lepidonotiis sqicamatus other-
wise they agreed closely with the characters given. (PL
XIII, fig. 5).

* Poly nor (Evarne) impar, Johnston.

Hab : 10, 12, S, H, L, P. From httoral to 22 fms.

The number of large jDear shaped tubercles on the
margin of the scales varies greatly, but few have so many
as Malmgren gives in his figure. Many have only one
very large one, others none whatever, while again a few
of the largest approach Malmgren' s engraving — having 8,
4, 5, and 6 tubercles. The number varies even on
adjacent scales of the same individual — some with none,
others overlapping these with one or more. A number of
the largest of these remarkable processes are made even
more so by the presence on the broad summit of numer-

* " Challenger" Report, p. 9t).

136 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ous tiny spines, (PL XIII, fig. 6). The inferior cirrus is
shortly and sparsely ciliated, not smooth as represented in
Malmgren's plate. The largest specimens were from
Southport — 38 mm. long — and in these the hristle bearing
segments sometimes reached 37. Malmgren gives 34 —
35 for the oldest. Notopodial seta, PI. XIII, fig. 3.

*Polij)W(' (Lagisca) extenuata, Grube.
Hab : Port Erin, Puffin Id., and Colwyn Bay; under stones.

A single specimen was found at each of the above
localities. This is the first record of its occurrence in
British seas. Superficially it has considerable resem-
blance to Pol jj nor (Eva rue) iinpar. The serration of the
dorsal bristles is however distinctly finer. (PL XIII, fig.
4). The bristles are nearly colourless and without the
brilliant golden hue so noticeable in those of the last-named
species. The tips of the ventral bristles are very charac-
teristic and reliable, especially among the strongly bifid
superior bristles of the bundle. Their angle of incision is
formed by nearly straight lines, wherein it differs from
what is seen in P. imhricata, impar ^i\& propinqua, where
the angle is made by curved lines. The upper median
ones, however, possess curved bifid apices, while the
inferior bristles show curved entire tips. These specimens
agree closely with the plates in Marenzeller's " Zur
Kenntniss der Adriatisclie AnneUden'' except in one point
in the structure of the scale. In mine, the surface of the
scale is mapped out into a large number of separate areas,
each containing usually several papillae, giving the appear-
ance of a line having been drawn around every three or
four papilke, thus forming tlie latter into groups (see PL
XIII, fig. 8). All the specimens show this very pecuhar
marking, which is not to be found in Marenzeller's
figures,

Tliis species must be classed close to 1\ i/itpar and P.

POLVCH/ETA OF THE L.M.B.C. BISTllICT. 137

prop'mqna, between which it is intermediate in many
respects.

Pohjnoi"' (Lagisca) propinqua, (Mahngren).
Hab : (). 8, 9, 12, 18, S, P, M, and Mp. Abmidant from
mid-tide to 57 fms. Beneatli stones and in rock cavities.

This species, which Mahngren constituted to receive a
single individual received from Bohus, and which M'Intosh
has sometimes found in the debris of fishing boats at St.
Andrews, is here one of the most constant and abundant
of the Polynoinae — present at the greatest depth yet dredged
in our local area viz : — 45-57 fathoms, 20 miles N.W. of
Holyhead, (" Spindrift" cruise, 20 July, 1889), as well as
being taken in profusion on the rocky shores of Puftin
Island, Hilbre Island and the Isle of Man. At Puffin
Island it is especially plentiful and is undoubtedly the
characteristic Polynoe of the island.

Mahngren' s figures absolutely tally with the majority of
my specimens. A few deviate in that the outer edges of
the elytra bear a few^ weak and inconspicuous cilia, and
occasionally some of the smallest show^ none of the
characteristic globose processes on the elytron edge. (PI.
XIII, fig. 7). In colour, as in most other points, my
specimens agree closely with Malmgren's, while differing
markedly from that described by M'Intosh from St.
Andrews (Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. IX, p. 875).

The structure of the bristles is identical with that of
those belonging to Polijiioi'jloccosa as figured by jMTntosh.
Were it not that all the specimens examined possess 15
pairs of el3^tra, the margins of w^iicli are unfurnished with
aught save a row of sub-globular processes, in contrast
with the more numerous and ciliate elytra of P. floccosa
I should incline to unite the two species. (PI. XIII,
fic(. 1 and 9).

138 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Pohjnoc (LcBnilla) setosissima, Savigny.

Hab : Beaumaris. Low water mark, commensal with
Chcetopterus insignis, Baird.

Kay Lankester* records it mider the name oi HarmotJio'r
malmgreni Hving with the same host on the shores of
Herm, one of the Channel Islands. His remark anent its
commensalism — " It appears to he only met with in this
habitat" I am able to confirm, as under the guidance of
my good friend Mr. J. Sinel, of Jersey, I have dug up in
Herm a number of ChcEtopteri and have found this Polyno'e
invariably present. It is the L. glabra of Malmgren.

*Pohjno(" (Mahngrenia) casta)iea, (M'Intosh).

Hab : 7, 12, 13 in 20-'2'2 fms. Commensal with Spat-
angus piDpureus.

Every living Spatangus I have examined — and this
Echinoderm was several times dredged in considerable
numbers on the " Spindrift " cruises 1890 — has had one of
these worms clinging to the test close to the mouth. All
Prof. M'Intosh's examples were obtained from the same
host. The curious fact noted in the first Report on the
Vermes by Mr. Gibson + of finding this worm in the
ambulacral groove of Astropecten turns out to be erroneous
— for having occasion to refer to Mr. Gibson's specimen, I
discovered it to be the ordinary Acliolo? astericola, which
Carrington recorded long ago as a common guest of the
starfish named. This species is very unlike P. casta )iea.

Pohjno? floccosa, Savigny.

Hab : The South of the Isle of Man.

I oive this as a member of our local fauna on Mr. Gibson's
authority. I have searched long and carefully for it
without success. Prof. Ray Lankester observes that in
the Channel Islands this form — his H. sarnieusis — seems

* '■'■ On New llrit. I'oiynoina." Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. x\v.
t Fauna of Livtrpnol Hay, p. 1 19.

POLYCH/ETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 139

to take the place of P. imbricata so common in more
northern localities.

Poly nor (Harmotlior) Innidata, Delle Chiaje.

Hab : Southport.

Found in company with P. aster icola D.Ch., occupying
the ambulacral grooves of Astropecten irregularis cast
ashore by storms.

* Polyno'c johnstoni, Marenzeller.

Hab: 8, 10 (numerous).

During the "Hyaena" expedition, Whitsuntide, 1890,
nearly every haul of the dredge (12-20 fathoms) off the
S.W. coast of Holy Island, Anglesey, brought up at least
one specimen of this Polynoe. In one case, an individual
emerged from an inhabited tube of Thelepus cincinnatns,
suggesting another instance of the habit of commensalism
so frequently noticed among the Polynoina. Quatrefages
was the first to point out the presence of certain differences
between Johnston's and Savigny's P. scolopendrina.
Subsequently Marenzeller (loc. cit.) gave this belief definite
form, by separating the two and giving separate diagnoses
of each thus : —

P. scolopendri}ia, Savigny. Tentacle much shorter
than the palps. The tentacular cirri longer than the
palps. No wart-like tubercles projecting from the dorsum
of the segments.

P. johnstoni (the P. scolopendrina of Johnston, Malm-
gren and M'Intosh.) The tentacle longer than the palps.
The tentacular cirri shorter than the palps. Three wart-
like tubercles on the dorsal aspect of each segment.

Acholor astericola, (Delle Chiaje).
Hab : — Southport, and 6 m. N. of Gt. Ormes Head 14 fms.

I have to thank Dr. G. W. Chaster, of Southport, for a
number of specimens of this interesting annelid which,
together with P. lunulata, he procured in the above

140 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

named locality from the ambulacral grooves of Astropecten
irregularis cast upon the beach. This worm ranges from
the Mediterranean to Gal way in Ireland. At Naples,
Claparede found it in company with OphiodromiLS flexuo-
siis on Astropecten aiwaiitlacits, while A. aurantiacits,
hispinosiLS, platy acanthus said pentacanthus from Trieste
all iurnished to Marenzeller {loc. clt.) the same two guests.

Examples of this worm were identified as M. castanea
by Mr. Gibson in his " Report on the Vermes " of this
district. I note that in the "Challenger" Report the
generic name is spelled Acldo?.

^Halosydiia (Alentia) gelatinosa, (Sars).

A very large specimen was found under a stone at
extreme low water at Puftin Island, October, 1887. It
measured 6 J cm. by IG mm. (including the bristles).

Herniaclion assimile, MTiitosh.

Hab : 12 (21 fms.) and 11 (10 fms.).

One small specimen was found crawling among the
spines of an Echinus esculent as dredged from 21 fathoms
in the Irish Sea, 25 miles N.W. of Liverpool Bar, and
Mr. Gibson recorded two from the same host dredged
near Port Erin.

* Hermadion peUucidum,, (Ehlers).

Hab : (>, 10, 12, 13, (16-22 fms.)

This species was taken for the first time locally at Sta-
tion 12, (^"Spindrift," September, 1890), when three small
specimens were dredged. All were commensal with
Echinoderms. One was in the ambulacral groove of
Astropecten irregularis; another upon Solaster papposa
and the third was upon a brittle-star — Ophiotlirix rosula.
Marenzeller {loc. cit.) speaks of obtaining a specimen from
Opliiotliri.r alopccunis h'om the j^ay of Muggia, near
Trieste.

One of these specimens was perhaps the most l:)eautiful

l'ULYCH.ETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 141

Pol ij nor 1 have ever met with. Each of the pellucid body
scales had on the hinder margin a crescent of orange-hued
pigment, varied on the two head scales by the orange
margin being carried completely romid as a resplendent
girdle.

Sub-family. — SiGALiONiNyE.

* Sthenelais boa, (Johnston).

Hab : P, M, Mp, under stones from mid-tide to low-water.

Malmgren {loc. cit.) stated his belief that Kathke's
>S^. idiince is synonymous with Johnston's S. boa, a view
with which I unreservedly concur. He, however, in his
list of synonyms, gives Cat. Br. Mus. 1865 as date of
Johnston's name, and omits reference to the British
author's prior description and naming of the species in
question, viz : 1833, in Loudon's Mag. of Nat. Hist. In
this way Rathke's nomenclature, dating from 1843, is
wrongly given priority and I gladly follow Prof. M'Intosh's
lead in the retention of our countryman's title.

S. boa is in this district essentially a shore species. I
have never taken it in the dredge but always littoral. The
nearly related species S. limicola on the other hand is
characteristic of a lower zone, being invariably obtained by
dredging. The fact that in " Invert. Fauna of St.
Andrew's" M'Intosh notes that storms cast up abundance
of the latter species, and gives the habitat of S. boa as
between tide mark would point to this limitation of
vertical range as a constant feature.

* Sthenelais limicola, Ehlers.
Hab: 12, 13.

As noted all specimens without exception were taken
in the dredge, at depths varying from 18-2'2 fathoms.
The present is the first recorded instance of the occurrence
of either the present or the preceding species in this
district.

142 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

StJie)ielais zetlandica, M'lntosh.

The mutilated fragment mentioned by Mr. Gibson* as
dredged from 20 fathoms off Port Erin remains without
successors.

Pholoe minuta, (Fabricius).

Dredged, Whitsuntide, 1890, in Menai Straits. Car-
rington records it as rare at Southport.

Webster and Benedict t record it from Massachusetts,
U.S.A. and it has an exceedingly wide range within the
Arctic circle. This is an interesting form, as through the
structure of its falcate compound setne it hints at the
not distant relationship of the Syllidae with the Polynoidse.
Family. — Aphinomid^.
Sub-Family. — Hipponoin^ .

^Spinthe)' o)iiscoides, Johnston.

Six specimens of the usual yellow hue were dredged
during the ''Hyaena" cruise, Whitsuntide, 1890, from
about 17 fathoms, off Holy Island, Anglesey. As they
were picked from off the yellow hydroid Antennularia
raviosa and also from the yellow HalicJwfidria panicea —
to both of which they assimilate absolutely in colouring —
they furnish another addition to the long list that is
accumulating of protectively coloured animals.
Family. — Eunicid^.
Sub-Family .—Eunicin^ .

^'Eunice liarassU, Au. and M. Ed.

Hab : 12. Dredged from 21 fms.

I refer this single specimen to the above species with
some hesitation as in the spirit preparation the character-
istic spots on the dorsum do not show, and again the
filaments to the largest branchise are more numerous
— (20) — than is given in previous diagnoses of this species.

Pvcport on Venues, Fauiui Liveijidol Hay, Vol. i.
t Aimel. Cliaet. Iroiii Prineetuwii, &e., 188i.

POLYCH^ETA UF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 143

To facilitate future reference, a figure is given of the
brancliia pertaining to the 21st setigerous somite. (PI.
XIII, fig. 10).

*OnHphis (Northla) co/ichilega, Sars.

Great numbers of this widely distributed worm were
taken on the " Spindrift " cruise (September '27th, 1890),
25 miles N.W. of Liverpool Bar — depth, 21 fathoms — for
the first time in this district. The animals are very
irritable w4ien expelled from their homes ; breaking into
fragments at once. The anterior part of the body is firm;
the middle and posterior soft and indefinite. The scabbard
shaped tubes which 0. conchilega constructs bears some
analogy to the stick or stone encrusted tubes of the larvae
of the caddis-fly. Like the latter, they are unattached to
any fixed object and can be dragged from place to place
by their owners, who can turn themselves if they please
in the tube. All sorts of shell fragments and bits of
echinid tests are requisitioned and fitted into place. When
we remember the diversity in shape and size of the material
and that wiien completed neither are the edges of adjoining
fragments allowed to overlap, nor are any unarmoured
spaces left in the tough membranous tissue forming the
framew^ork of the tube w^e must concede a considerable
amount of ingenuity and skill to Onupliis conchilega.
Such a tube is protective both by reason of its strength
and great relative size as compared with the worm itself
and also on account of the admirable way in which it
assimilates to the general appearance of the sea-bottom
w4iere it is found.

M'Intosh in the " Challenger" Eeport (where he uses
the form Nothria for Northia as the name of this geims)
says — "The Onuphididae are distinguished from the Euni-
cida3 by their bathymetrical distribution for wiiile the
latter are often found between tide-marks, the Onuphididse

144 TEANSACTIOXS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

are characteristic of deep water, many of them ranging to
very great depths. Even in our own seas they frequent
the deeper waters of the coralhne ground." None of the
''Challenger" series came from a less depth than 100
fathoms, and only one at that. Two came from 2225
fathoms.

Sub-Family. — Lumbriconerein^e.

Lumhriconereis fragilis, 0. F. Miiller.

Hab : 12—13 ; from 20—22 fms.

True to name this beautiful iridescent annelid broke
into pieces immediately on capture on the only two
occasions on which I was fortunate enough to procure it.
There is no doubt in my mind that this is a habit acquired
and practised with the aim to save its existence when
seized by enemies, as I noticed that the pieces broken
off were in both cases short lengths from the posterior
end. The piece left with the head was by far the longest
and probably sufficient to start life afresh with had the
animal escaped capture.

Family. — NereiUtE .

Nereis pelagica, L.

Hab : 13, H, P, M, Mp.

Met with at all depths and on rocky or stony ground,
with as high a vertical range as Arenicola displays on a
sandy or muddy shore.

*Nerels (Hediste) diver sicolor, Miiller.

Hab : S, 2.

A large nnmber were found burrowing in the peat at
Hightown at the mouth of the Mersey.

Nereis (Leontis) dicmerilii, Aud. and M. Edw.

Hab: E, P, M, 6, 7, 8 (numerous).

Specimens of this worm are frequently obtained lying
in cocoon-like structures composed of hardened grey
mucus, often with foreign bodies attached to the outside.

POLYCHiETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 145

In one case, an individual had seized upon a shore blown
beech leaf, constructing on its surface a mucus tunnel in
which it lay hid — very similar in appearance to the cocoons
of many insects. A species of pycnogonid is frequently
found parasitic (?) clinging to the outside of these mucus
tubes.

Nereis (Nereilepas) fucata, (Savigny).

Hab : 4, 8, 10, 11, S, M, Mp.

The Nereis hilineata of Carrington. It is frequently
met with in dead Fnsus and whelk shells. Also in
about 90^/o of such shells w4iich have been taken
possession of by Hermit-crabs {Pag urns). If a shell
containing one of these strangely assorted couples be
watched in an aquarium, the forepart of the worm's body
will be seen to emerge slowly from the interior depths
and sway gently from side to side, above the back of the
crab, surveying keenly the environment. The fellow-
lodgers together dwell in amity, though what the mutual
relationship existing between the tw^o is I have never seen
explained. My own opinion — seeing how often the w^orms
occupy otherwise uninhabited shells — is that Nereis fucata
is the first tenant and that it tolerates the intrusion of the
Hermit-crab chiefly because it can easily steal morsels of
the plentiful supply of food w^iich the latter can generally
manage to procure. Besides the Pagurus furnishes means
of locomotion unattended with danger, and his presence in
the mouth of the shell prevents other intruders who might
be unwelcome from getting entrance. The Hermit-crab
on the other hand, I believe, derives no benefit from the
partnership and takes no notice of the worm as long ex-
perience has taught him that he cannot dislodge the
latter, who occupies the coign of vantage, possesses
superior agility and a pair of stout mandibles. Indeed
the worm can easily turn the Hermit out if so disposed,

146 TRANSACTIONS LIVEKPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

N. ficcata is sometimes taken free. Such specimens,
as well as those forcibly taken from their refuge in shells,
display a very peculiar mode of swimming. Turning on
their side they assume the outline of an S much drawn
out, and move through the water with a gentle undulat-
ing shivering motion with a weakness suggesting want of
training, and without any of the vigorous lashing seen in
Nephthys and in Nereis vlrens, N. pelagica, &c. These
latter swim upon the ventral surface of the body. Used
for bait sometimes by the Manx fishermen.

* Nereis (Alitta) virens, Sars.

Hab: E,NB.

Abundant between tide-marks along the Mersey shore
from Egremont to New Brighton, burrowing in patches of
very stony boulder clay. Its extensive burrows are
mucus lined. This mucus is secreted by enormous
numbers of tubules found along the dorsum and in the
lobes of the feet, especially in the great leaf-like upper
lobe of the notopodium, the so-called " branchia " of
Kinberg. This lobe seems pre-eminently modified to act
as a great secretive organ, its great expanse and lamellar
form giving the maximum of available surface while occu-
pying the minimum of room. Each is richly supplied
with blood vessels and its substance is crowded with
masses of tubuli opening on the surface. The cirri (dorsal
and ventral) contain no tubules. Immense quantity of
mucus is thrown off very rapidly after capture, so filthy
and dense that it is difficult to make out the presence of
the worms at all.

N. virens (the N. Yankiana of Quatrefages) is the most
esteemed of bait worms in tin's district. The fishermen
have given it the name of "Creeper."

I

POLYCH.ETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 147

Family. — NEPHTHYDiE.

* Nep htlujs cccca , (F abr . ) .

Hab : " Hyjpna " and " Despatcb " expeditions, 1886.

In this district much less common than N. liomhergi.
Its range is also more restricted than the latter, having
been taken only by the dredge.

Nephthijs liomhergi, kxx^. and M. Edw.
Hab : S, E, NB, L, 8, 6, 10, 13, ''Despatch" exped., 1880.

The characteristic Nephthijs of the Irish Sea, common
along the N. Welsh, English and Scottish coasts bordering
this basin, wherever sand occurs. Together with this
constancy on all our shores it posesses a wide bathymet-
rical range, having been taken frequently with the dredge
at varying depths. Thecate Infusoria are frequently met
with parasitic upon the bristles. This is the N. assimilis
of Malmgren and A^. lougisetosa of Oersted.
Family. — Glycerid.e .

Glycera capita ta, Oersted.

Hab : P, S, 10. The G. alha of previous local hsts.

* Glycera nigrijjes, Johnston.
Hab : Puffin Island ; 5 fathoms.

* Glycera cluhia, Blainville.

I have several times found traces of a large species
— referred provisionally to G. dithia — within the stomachs
of Cod. The length would be nearly six inches and the
four stout black teeth present within each were of corres-
ponding size.

* Glycera goesi, Mgrn.
Hab: B, 10; common.

Family.— Syllid.e.

* SyUis (Eusyllis) tub if ex, Gosse.
Hab : 3, 12, 13, 10, 6.

Common in dredged material — 3 to 21 fms,

148 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

SyUis arm ilia ris, (0. F. MiiUer).

Found at low water Puliin Island, August, 1889.

Specific characters : — Dorsal cirri quite short, of 8 — 10
joints. Seta? falcate with entire apex. Two more or less
interrupted transverse markings on the dorsum of each
segment.

* Autohjtus alexandvi, Malmgi'en.
Hab : Tow-netted off Puffin Island.

A single specimen, a male as shown by possessing the
curious forked palps characteristic, as Yerrill remarks, of
the sex in this genus. The anterior falcate setae-bearing
segments numbered II. The dorsal cirri were somewhat
shorter than depicted by Yerrill* Length of body 1*2' 5 mm.

This species has not before been recorded from British
waters.

Autohjtus proUfer, (0. F. MiiUer).

Eecorded by Carrington as abundant at Southport.

Ephesia gracilis, H. Rathke.

Hab : S, P, 12, II.

This aberrant annelid is not uncommon under stones
at low water mark at Puffin Island. It is the Sphccro-
dorum Jiavum of Oersted and the PoIIicita perip^atus of
Johnston and Carrington.

Family. — Hesioxid.e.

* Psd m a th e fuse a , Johnston .

Hab : Puffin Id., and Lavan sands, Bangor ; under stones.
Two large specimens. The feet are uniramous. with
compound bristles.

* Castalia jyuncfafa, (Miiller).
Dredged off Anglesey, ^Mlitsmltide, 1890.

The foot is biramous, the notopodial set^ being simple,
the neuropodial compomid, thus sharply marking the
animal off' from the preceding.

* Xew England Annelida. ISSl-

POLYCH^TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 149

Family. — Phyllodocid^.

* PhyUodoce maculata, (0. F. Midler).

Hab: Fgremont, under stones in clay, near low water
mark, and dredged of S. W. coast of Anglesey.

Malmgren's exclusion of Johnston's P. maculata is, I
believe, incorrect. Many of the latter author's figures are
very poorly draw^i and in the case in question the figure
does not agree with the letterpress, the markings on the
back being represented while the dot on each lamellar
process of the feet is omitted. I can easily reconcile my
specimens with both author's figures and descriptions.
Length 3' 5 cm.

Phyllodoce laminosa, Sav.

Hab : P and M. Under stones, Laminarian zone.

Of a most lovely delicate yellow-tinged green in life.
It is able to secrete very great quantities of mucus — from
the large leaf- like lobes of the feet as in Nereis virens —
which in spirit becomes very tough, enveloping and bind-
ing together the body and feet as in a web.

Eulalia viridis, (Miiller).

Hab : P, M, Mp. Over the entire tidal zone.

This bright, dark grass-green Phyllodoce is unquestion-
ably the characteristic errant annelid of Puffin Island,
finding in the weathered and molluscan bored {Saxicava
rugosa, L.) cavities and tunnels of the limestone rocks
and boulders, the perfection of sheltering places always at
hand to which to retreat on sign or suspicion of danger.

From my observations of annelid life characteristic of
localities having different geological formations, I arrive at
the inference that this species can appear in great abund-
ance only in spots where its environment provides in-
numerable retreats always open. The honeycombed
surface of limestone rocks answers such requirements
admirably, and in this district such spots — of which

150 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Puffin Island is typical — are homes of Eulalia viridis.
The only other rock surroundings where I have found this
species in any number was on rock surfaces encrusted
with large Balani shells, many of which being dead and
empty formed fairly good hiding places.

I cannot think that its bright green colour is in any
way mimetic and protective as has been suggested. For
it is most numerous on brown Fucus-covered rocks w^here
green algae are conspicuous by their absence. Besides its
activity is incessant, and this alone prevents its enemies
passing it unnoticed. Protectively coloured animals as
far as I know, are usually sluggish in their movements,
as for instance VorceUana platijcheles as noted by Professor
Herdman.

Family. — Tomoptet^id^.
Tomopteris onisciformis, Esch.

Tow-netted off Puffin Island and Port Erin.

Section— SEDENTAKIA.
Family. — OpheliadtE .
* Ophelia Umacina, Rathke.

Hab : " Despatch" expedition, 1886, from 18 fms.
The dredge, during this expedition ("central area")
brought up two individuals — the only ones I have been
able to obtain in this district, although the species is not
uncommon in the stomachs of Cod.

^Ammotrijpane aulogaster, H. Rathke.

Hab : 3, 0, 12. Dredged from 8—21 fms.

To judge by the great number of examples dredged at
each of the above stations, this worm seems to be very
plentiful in our local area. The great majority were
collected in May, and these were in all cases minute, not
exceeding 4 nun. in length.

POLYCH.ETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 151

Family. — C apitellid^ .
* Capitella capitata, (Fabr.).

Hab : Port Erin, and Lavan sands, Bangor.
Very numerous amid decaying Fiicus under overturned
boulders.

Family. — Telethusid/E .
ArenicoJa marina, (Linn.).
Hab : S, E, NB, H, L, B, P, M, Mp.
Abundant everywhere, between tide marks wherever a
patch of sand or mud occurs.

Note on the Embryology of Arenicola and Scoloplos
(Plate XIV.)

Max Schultze in 1856 {Entwickelung von Arenicola)
described certain egg-masses and embryos found on the
Cuxhaven shore as belonging to Arenicola. In 1887 Cun-
ningham and Eamage figured and described identical em-
bryos in the Trans. Roy. Soc. of Edinburgh, Vol. XXXIII,
part 3, {Pohjclueta Sedentaria of the Firth of Forth), but
in the text they point to certain facts, chiefly connected
with characteristics of form in the larvae, which inclined
them to believe that the parent was in reality Scoloplos
arniiger and not Arenicola as Bchultze averred. These
authors w^ere, however, unable to describe either the
embryos or the manner of spawning of Arenicola, though
they give a sketch of innnature ova taken from the body
cavity in February. This gap I am fortunate enough to
be able to fill up from observations made in 1890 — 91, and
I am also able to confirm in its entirety, Cunningham
and Eamage's correction of Schultze.

On 2nd March, 1890, I procured on the sandy beach at
Egremont several small pear-shaped brownish egg-masses
and a few larger green ones about the size and shape of a
large grape. The latter were invariably associated with

152 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Arenicola castings, while wherever I found the smaller
the worm Scolo2:>os armiger was sure to be piesent. Both
kinds of egg-cocoons were anchored in the sand by a
gelatinous cylindrical stalk descending some two or three
inches into the sand. In the case of the green cocoons
the stalk soon became ragged and shredded ; in the brown,
it continued perfectly cylindrical and entire for most of the
distance traced.

I. Development of Scoloplos : — The small brown cocoons
certainly appertain to this animal, for besides the fact that
this worm is always found close to the egg masses —
animals examined February '21st contained ova identical
with those least developed in the cocoons. The size of
the cocoons differed somewhat ; the largest being 2 cm.
by 1 cm., stalk 10 cm. at least. The later stages of
development are well figured by Cunningham and Kamage
and also by Schultze, and I have nothing to add to their
descriptions. As to the progress of segmentation, hither-
to undescribed, the following is a summary of what I have
observed: — The ova are 0'25 mm. in diameter. Each
shows a very distinct germinal vesicle. Two polar bodies
are excluded and following quickly is the division of the
vitellus into macromere and micromere (PL XIV, fig. 3).
The latter very rapidly sub-divides into very small cells
which gradually overspread the few large cells derived
from the primitive macromere, until finally only a small
opening — the blastopore — is left in the enveloping layer
of micromeres. Usually the number of derived macromeres
is either two or four at the stage of enclosure by the
micromeres. These latter are, I believe, not all derived
from the primitive micromere, being added to from time
to time by small cells fissioned off from certain of the
macromeres. (Salensky observed a similar process during
his elal)orate investigation of the embryology of Nereis

POLYCH^TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 153

cidtrifera and oi Psygmohranchus protensus). This being
so, it is evident that the primitive niicromere in this case
contains a part only, of the entire epiblastic materiaL
The cocoons were found at various dates ranging from
March '2nd to April 18th. (PI. XIV, figs. 1—11).

II. Development of Arenicola marina'. — The ova are
deposited in vast numbers within a grape-shaped gelatinous
matrix furnished with an anchoring stalk as described.
The mass is delicate ulva-green in hue due to the colour-
ation of the contained ova, the matrix being transparent
and colourless. In size the masses vary from 2 to 2*5 cm.
in length by 1" 75 to 2 cm. in breadth. The ova are spherical
and 0"08 mm. in diameter. Segmentation is unequal
and a cephalotrochous embryo is the result. I w^as
anxious to watch the stages of segmentation but beyond
the bare fact noted nothing could be made out, owing to
the opacity of the vitellus.

To describe the embryo (PI. XIV, figs. 12—21) :— The
first appearance of cilia is in the form of an equatorial zone,
and a tuft of long cilia at the anterior pole or apex of what
eventually develops into the prgeoral segment. With the
advent of these organs the embryo begins to rotate slowly
within the gelatinous matrix of the cocoon ; and shortly
two reniform pinkish eye-spots appear on opposite sides
above the zonal band of cilia : soon after this the embryo
become free-swimming. Either upon liberation or it may
be a little prior thereto, a ciliated pit — which eventually
becomes the mouth — makes its appearance a little behind
the zone of cilia, and this again becomes connected with the
posterior pole by a band of short cilia. In this advanced
stage — the latest I was able to observe — it is noteworthy
that what was the apical tuft of cilia in the first stage has
changed its position, moving a little distance ventrally ;'
one of the cilia of this tuft has become extremely elongated

l,M TKANSAcrioNs iJVi'iiM'ooii luouo^; U'A L sDciiyrv.

^\llilt^ (lu> ii^sl live s\\o\iv\\v(\. \\\\c\\ ['vccd iVoiu (bo
in\i>s(in;; mass o( llio i'i>i'(>i)ii. (his (rooliospluM'o ino\(^s
throiii^h i\\c walcM' with ;i ri>t;u\ motion, thi^ loni; ciliiim
ol {\\c a.iittMior tiitt coiispu'iiously ilirtH'tinl stitlly Corwards,
and a.pp;ir(Mi(:ly ('ormini; a. hn\al sonsr or^an. 'V\\o nu)st
Mclvaiu'iHl (Muhryos sho\M\l ii decided lon^tluMiiiii; of tho
Inuly. rhiiMly ot" {\\c post-i>ral part, aiul thc^ l>i\i;iiimn^i;' o(" a
I'oiist lirt ion a littK> l>i^hind tlu> mouth.

lja.st y(^ar I ohsiM\rd thosi^ (\L;'i;'-uiassos oi' A rrnici^lii
ahou(. th(> nuililK^ ot' Maich. o\\ {\\c l\«;r(MU(Mit shoro; Aj^ril
•1th. at Port l-liin. I.O.M.. and April 'JIth. at llill)iv
Island. Mr. Smol. of Joist>y, has also sont \\\c spiHMUUMis
pitluMwl m tliat Island o\\ l-'ohniary '2\H\\. Tins yoar. on
April 11th. 1 I'omid larj;\^ mnnhiMs oi' tho usual hrii^ht
*;ri\Mi luio m sandy pools auiouL; iho sandstoiu^ rooks o(
Ihlhro Island, assiu'iatiul w uh nuiuiM'ous I'asi m^s. I notod
on iho last miMitioncni oooasion and also in tho Islo o( Man.
that wo ooioons woro to ho soon o\\ thoi^xposod sandy
tlats. thouLih oastmj;s mnunuMahlo woro ihoro. and m tho
pools \N hori> tlu^y woro ahundant woic^ massc^s o( ilrd
and (A l\ii(<Toni(^rpJi{f to whioli tho ooooons assnndatc\l
i^xaotly m oolour. (hi tlio othor hand, tho ovu'oons oi'
N(V »/(»/)/(>>• wiMo hoquontly to hi^ noliood anohorod amoni;'
tho haro ripplo-Un row s of tlu^ sand oxpansc^s. Now thoso
c\i;'i;-niassos o( S('o/()/)/(>n aro hardly to lu^ distin^uisluni in
oolour tVvMU tho nniddy sands, tho surt'aoo o( tho ooooons
Ihh'vmuuil: so ooatod with uuul that [\\c hrowiush oontonts
— thomsolvos only a httlo darkor than tho sands do not
shoNN throuidi.

b\unily. M.vi.nAMiw,.

* Xici^fUdclw li(fnhn'ci(lis, t^l-'ahr.).

llah: 10.

Throi^ oi tho hmdmost so^;n\onts tOLiotluM' \\ith tho
oharaoloristio iHpiall\ lohod anal funnol. wori> drodi^od otV

I

I'OLW'ILETA OK THE L.M.IJ.C*. DISL'KK'T. 155

lloly Islaiul, Ani;U>st.'\ , iVoin l() fatlioius. C\)loiir, rosy
pink. 'r\\v two aiito-aiial soi^nuMits iwv without scta\

*Axi(>t/if(( ci(tt'fU(t((, Maliu,i;rtMi.

Ilab: li.

IiunuMisi> luinihers Vwc in [\\c iiuuUiy, i>vil-snu>lliiiL;-
saiuis strt^c'luiiL;' out iVoui r>an,i;or \\\{o [\\c Mniai Straits.
Cunniii^i;haui aiul l\auiai;o aptly remark on the siunlituilo
of tho })rojoc'tini;" ends oi' [\\c\v numberless tubes to a
miniature forest. A sinular rai;*;ed appearanee on a
lari^er seali* is L:i\(Mi to the l^i-remont and X(.>\v Hriijhton
shore by the exposed ends o( Lmiicc co/whihujd (^specially
when a storm has removed some o( the surface sand.
Tubes 5 — 7 inches loni;- and 1 — 1.] nun. broad. The anal
huniel is distinj^uislied h'om that oi' the preceding species
by thc^ tact tluvt the processes are o( uncnpial liMi^th, tluM-e
being about seven long tapering ones, each separated from
its ncMgbbour by tVom one to three sliort ones, and instead
o( two ante-anal segnu>nts being witlK)ut seta^ four are
nakc\l in the present species.

h'amily.— AMMcH'iiAinixi:.

Oirniiii jilij\>r/iiis, l\d. Chiajc\

Ilab: i'2, 18, :>, S, L.

Is plentiful at all these stations; but nu>st nunuM\>us in
the deep water. It ranges h'om extreme low water mark
to'*21 fathoms. It is the . I ///;//(>('// (//•<*• otfouis of Grube ;
and is the worm described by Carrington under the name
of 0^)8 di<jifat((.

l'\unily.- Akiciii>-i:.

* Scoloplos (trnii(/('r, (^liiller).

Ilab: 1. -2, 0, E, KB, Mp.
A connnon species in sand from mid-tide nuirk to (> fms.

From observations made in the begiiming o( ^larch,
iSlK\ and April. 181)1, uju^n the egg-cocoons c^f this worm.

156 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BlOLOOICAL SOCIETY.

I confirm Cunningham and Kamage's statements and
deductions {loc. cit.). Max Schiiltze* certainly described
the eggs and cocoons of S. armiger in error for those of
Aroiicola marina. His figures, if we remember them to
represent S. armiger, are accurate and beautifuL For
details of early embryology see notes mider Arenicola
marina, page 249.

Family. — Cirratulid^ .

*CirratiLlus tentacidatns, (Montagu).

Attains to a large size at Puffin Island, where it is
commonly found under stones partly buried in mud near
low water mark.

Cirratulus cirratus, (Muller).

Hab : P, M.

During Easter, 1890, I collected a large number of
small specimens — about f — 1 in. in length — from narrow
clefts in the schist rocks of Port Erin Bay, Isle of Man.
The colour varied ; very beautiful were a few where the
entire body and long branchial filaments were intense
black, relieved by the tentacular filaments of the anterior
end being milk white.

This species can be distinguished from C. tentaculatus
among other characteristics by («) having a transverse
series of tentacular filaments on the 1st setigerous somite
and not on the 5th and 6th as in C. tentaculatus, (b) the
lateral filaments are fewer and usually originate at a
distance from the bases of the notopodia ; in the other
form they are more numerous and arise close to bases of
notopodia ; (c) annulations are much finer on buccal somite
in C. tentaculatus.

Mr. Gibson enumerates, in this district two species of
this family, viz : — G. borealls, Lamarck, and C. cirratus,

* Eutwick. V(jii Arenicohi 2nscatnru)n, 185G.

POLYCH.ETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 157

0. F. M. In fact, these two names are now accepted by
all authorities as synonyms.

*ChcBtozone setosa, Malmgren.

Hab : Egremont, in clay between tide-marks.

Specimens found February 21st, 1891, contained ova
quite ripe. An egg mass found on the same spot with
these I believe belongs to this species. It was about the
size and shape of a pea, of a faint green colour, and was
anchored in the sand by means of a cylindrical stalk.
The embryos which I was unfortunately unable to
examine in detail appeared to be cephalotrochs approach-
ing closely in form to those of Arenicola.
Family. — Spionid^ .

Carrington [loc. cit.) mentions three species from
Southport, viz: — Spio seticornis, (Fabricius), Spio quad-
ricornis, Lamarck, and Nerine coniocephala , Johnston
(=^N. foliosa, Sars), and catalogues N. vulgaris as doubt-
ful. I have not had the good fortune to find the second
or the third of these, but on the other hand I have pro-
cured a number of specimens of N. clrratulus which
previously has been but once recorded as British (Firth
of Forth). I am also able to say with certainty that
N. vulgaris is included in our local fauna.

Spio seticornis, (Fabr.).

Very abundant on the Mersey shore between Egremont
and New Brighton — chiefly about or a little above mid-
tide level. As half-an-inch of their fragile sand-tubes
projects from the surface, their multitude gives some
patches of sand quite a ragged appearance.

* Nerine cirratulus, (D. Chiaje).

Hab : Egremont (common between tide-marks).

Specimens found 1st March, 1890, were full of elliptical
ova exhibiting the peculiar and characteristically marked
vitelline membrane described by Claparede {Chet. du Golfe

158 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

de Naples, 1868). This is so sculptured as to present the
appearance of a network of hexagonal meshes, each mesh
being a concavity.

Diagnosis: — the first setigerous somite bears no
branchiae. The lamina extends, at most, little more than
half-way along the branchial process. In N. coniocephala
the lamina extends to the tip of the branchia in the
anterior somites.

Nerme (Scolecolepis) vulgaris, Johnston.

Hab : Port Erin and Southport.

Plentiful in mud, under stones, at the former locality.
On none of the branchial filaments does the lamina extend
to the tip. The first setigerous somite bears branchiae,
thus differing from N. cirratidus. There appears to me
no sufficient reason for excluding this species from the
genus Nerine as Malmgren has done. I revert to
Johnston's nomenclature.

Leiicodore ciliata, Johnston.

Hab : Port Erin and Southport. .

A few were found living in narrow clefts in schist rock
near low water mark. Also in old shells.

Family. — Magelonid^ (Cunningham and Eamage).

Magelona papillicornis, Fr. Midler.

Hab : New Brighton and Southport.

Found not uncommonly in sand between tide-marks.
The Mcea mlrabills of Johnston and Carrington.
Family. — Ch.etopterid.e .

ChcEtopterics insignis, Baird.
Hab : Beaumaris (low water) ; and Turbot Hole off Puffin
Island (14 fms.).

An excellent illustration, together with figures of the
various kinds of setae, is given in a paper by Mr. J.
WilHams, pubhshed in vol. xviii of the Proc. of the Lit.
and Phil. Soc. of Livei'pool, 1864, A number of Mr.

POLYCHiETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 150

Williams' specimens gathered from extreme low water at
Beamiiaris are now in the British Museum. Examina-
tion of the large specimen of " Sjjioclio'topterus typicus,
Sars," described by Mr. K. J. H. Gibson (loc. cit.) as
obtained at Beaumaris shows it to be in reality an example
of C. insignis.

Nychia clrrosa and Polynoi' glabra — one or other — are
usually present in the tubes as commensals ; N. cirrosa
more frequently of the two in this district ; P. glabra {H.
malmgreni of Ray Lankester) in the Channel Islands.*

Our local species is identical with specimens from
Herm, Channel Islands. The species differs from
Quatrefages' C. valencinii procured from St. Malo, in
that the latter shows a bundle of black bristles on the 4th
and 5th pairs of feet, whereas the Herm and the Beaumaris
specimens have these on the 4th pairs of feet only.
Quatrefages' species has also a larger number of segments
in the posterior section of the body. A Herm specimen
procured for me by Mr. Sinel of Jersey had about 21
segments in this part.

Family. — Chlorh.emid^ .

*Troplionia p)lumosa, (Miiller).

Hab : f), 9, P. A few small specimens from 5 fathoms
off Puffin Island ; numbers from the deep water (45 — 57
fathoms) betw^een Anglesey and the Isle of Man.

Parasitic thecate infusoria are occasionally to be seen
on the head tuft of bristles and also much minute fila-
mentous matter similar to that clogging the dorsal bristles
and the fimbriae of the elytra of Lepidonotus squamatus.

Siphonostoma cUplochaitos, Otto.

Hab: H, P, 6, 7, 9.

The S. gelatinosuin of Mr. Gibson's previous local list.
It is more frequently taken on the littoral than Trophonia

* On soiiio new Biitisli Polvnoina. 1866.

160 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

pkmwsa, indeed it is fairly common at low water at Puffin
Island. After careful examination of specimens of the
undoubted S. diplocha'itos obtained from the Naples Zoo-
logical Station and home specimens of Flahelligera affinis,
Sars, I cannot but conclude that specifically they are
identical. The slight differences there are, are amply
accounted for by the varying states of contraction con-
sequent upon divergent preservative agents and to the
considerable difference in latitude between the two
habitats. Quatrefages could certainly never have seen a
specimen of the Naples S. diplocha'itos else he would not
have defined the genus Siphouostoma as destitute of hairs
or glandular papillae.

Family. — Terebellid^..

^Ampliitrite figulus, (Dalyell).

Hab : Puffin Island and Egremont.

The A. Johnstoni of Malmgren according to Marenzeller.
The presence of 24 pairs of notopodial fascicles of capill-
ary setae is characteristic of this species. Tube of mud,
the corrugated end projecting about an inch above the
surface of the mud-flat where it is found.

Terebella nehulosay Montagu.

Dredged off Port Erin.

Lanice conchilega, (Pallas).

Abundant on the littoral, and taken frequently in the
dredge.

Thelejjus cincmnatus, (Fabr.)

Hab : 4, 8, 10, 13, 14, P. Littoral to '22 fms.

Shares with Lanice conchilega the honour of being the
characteristic species of Terebellidsfi of this district. It
however has not so high a littoral range as the latter, but,
on the other hand, it is, of the two, much the more
frequently found in deep water.

Since Malmgren's time the name has continually been

POLYCHiETA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 161

spelled wrongly '* circinnata.'' As Marenzeller points out
{loc. cit.) Fabricius called the branchiae " cincinni " (locks
of crisped hair) hence the species " cincinnata." It is the
Venusia punctata of Johnston.

*NicoIea venustida, (Montagu).

Hab: 12, 13, 14, i.e, the central area of the Irish Sea.

Dredgings in deep water (20 — 22 fms.) usually yield
specimens of this worm — the N. zoster icola of Malmgren.

The species seems subject to frequent variation in
the number of bristle tufts and of branchiae. Malmgren
defines it as having 2 pairs of branchiae and 15 pairs of
bristle-bundles; Tauber {Ann. clanica) gives 16 — 17 pairs
of the latter and 3 pairs of the former. Again, E.
Leuckart's T. parvida { = N. venustida, Mont.) is endowed
with 15 pairs of bristle bundles and 3 pairs of branchiae,
while Marenzeller who first pointed out the agreement
of N. zostericola, Malmgren, with the Terehella venustula,
Mont., diagnoses the same species, from specimens
gathered both at St. Malo and in the Adriatic as possessing
17 bristle-bearing fascicles and 2 pairs of branchiae.* Fin-
ally all of the individuals I have examined from the Irish
Sea have had the characters as given by the last named
author, with the exception of two half-grown ones which
differed in having 15 pairs of fascicles.

Family. — Ampharetid^e.

*Aiiipharete gruhei, Malmgren.

Hab : Station 14. A single specimen.

Two species of the genus Ampharete have previously
been reported as British, viz : — A. gracdis, and A. arctica.
The former is characterized according to Malmgren — by
elongated filiform branchiae and apex of palmular setae
much attenuated ; the latter by stout short branchiae, the
palmular seta3 havmg a mucronate apex. The present

* Zur Keiiutuibs tier Achiat. Ainicliden.

162 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

species (recorded now for the first time as British) has
short branchiae and apices of pahnular setae very much
drawn out.

Family: Amphictenid^.

This is a family wherein Malmgren has introduced much
unnecessary sub-division. For instance, take his two
genera Amphictene and Pectinaria, the former contain-
ing P. aurlcoma, the latter, P. helgica. His generic
definitions for the two are nearly word for word the same,
almost the only divergence being that he states that in
Amphictene the margin of the post palmular area is cirrate-
dentate whereas in Pectinaria the same region is entire.
Again, the former constructs a curved tube — the latter a
straight one — all which, while they may be good specific
distinctions, seem to me altogether too trivial to possess
generic value. Again, Malmgren erects the genus Lagis
to contain species possessing 15 and 12 pairs of capillary
and uncinigerous setae respectively in contradistinction to
Amphictene and Pectinaria with 17 and 18 pairs. This
division is apparently founded upon an error as both
P. {Amphictene) auricotna and P. helgica possess only 15
and 12 pairs. If Malmgren' s Lagis really possesses the
number of bristle bundles stated by him, then Lagis as a
genus must cease to exist and must be merged into
Pectinaria,

Pectinaria (Amphictene) aicricoma, (Miiller).

Hab : 12, 18.

Dredged from 20 — 22 fathoms in company with P.
helgica, which they generally surpass in size. Not found
at any time in great number. Malmgren gives the number
of fascicles of capillary bristles as 17 pairs, and the uncinig-
erous rows as 18 pairs, but careful examinatio.n of all the
specimens available showed but 15 pairs of the former
and 12 pairs of the latter.

POLYCH^TA OF THE L.M.Ii.C. DISTRICT. 163

Pectinaria belgica, (Pallas).

Hab: 1, 2,4, 12, 13, E. NB.

Iinmeiise numbers people the far- stretching sandbanks
skirting the Lancashire and Cheshire coasts. The animals
hve head downwards in the sand, and range from mid-tide
mark (exceptional) to a depth of 21 fathoms.

As in the preceding species there are 15 pairs of capil-
lary fascicles and 12 pairs of micinigerous rows, not 17 and
13 as stated by Malmgren, nor 15 and 11 pairs respectively
as amended by Cunningham and Eamage.
Family. — HERMELLiDiE .

Sahdlaria alveolata, Linn.

Hab : S, E, NB, H.

Enormous encrusting masses attaining in favourable
situations a thickness of quite tw^o feet, occur at the tide-
swept end of Hilbre Island. As the geological formation
of the Island is soft Ked Triassic sandstone liable to rapid
denudation, these incrustations have an important retard-
ing effect, as has been pointed out by Prof. Herdman.*
Damage wrought by storms on the brittle sand con-
structed tubes is very rapidly righted by the gregarious
occupants. A species of mite is frequently found parasitic
upon this species.

* Sabellaria spinulosa, E. Leuckart.

H^b : 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 10—50 fms.

This animal is met with everywhere in deep water in our
area often in considerable abundance, and is without doubt
one of the commonest worms. It is brought up both in
broken masses and also singly upon valves of dead shells.
It appears to be confined pretty straitly to the depths of
the sea and not to trench on the shallow w^ater and littoral
range of S. alveolata.

*Proc. L'[)uul Biul Sue. vol. II. |». li\).

164 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family. — Serpulid^ .
1. Sub-family. — Sabellin^e.
Sabella pavonia, Savigiiy.
Hab: 4, 7, 8, E, H, M.

I have found considerable variation in this species, both
in size and in the colouration of the branchial filaments.
In this district it ranges from some feet above low water
level to 16 fathoms, but specimens which are ever left
uncovered by the tide never attain to the largest size.

Sahella pavonia, var. hicoronata, n.

Hab: Kock pools at extreme low water at Hilbre Id.

This variety is found in considerable numbers as above.
From the type it differs in nothing save the arrangement
of the branchisB. These are in two unequal tufts forming
two closely superposed cirles of filaments when expanded —
nearly 4 in. in diameter in large specimens.

Of the two fully grown specimens obtained one had 61
filaments in one tuft, and 30 in the other. The second
had 55 and 37 respectively. The smaller tuft usually forms
more than half a circle, the larger meets this on one side
and forms the remainder of the outer circle and then curves
inwards to make a more or less complete inner circle. The
anterior part has 8 — 13 segments. At first I was inclined
to form a new species for this animal and to place
it in the genus Spiwgraphis but for the present I
incline to count it merely a variety. Numbers of normal
S. pavonia are found associated. Probably many of the
species of Spirographis described in various works will in
time be eliminated and found to be varieties of different
species of Sabella. In Dasyclione herdviani, mentioned
next a specimen is noted having unequal tufts after the
same manner.

POLYCttiETA OL^ THE L.M.B.C. t)[STRICT. 165

*Dasijchone herdmani, n. sp. (PI. XV, figs. 1 — 9.)
Hab : Puffin Island and off the coast of Anglesey, from
low water to 18 fms. Stations 5, G, 10, P.

The body is short and thick, composed of about 60
segments. The anterior or thoracic region is about as
broad as long, having 8 bristle-bearing segments. The
dorsal edges of the cephalic collar incline towards each
other and nearly touch. Thence the collar is continued
as a slightly everted rim of even height, terminating in
two boldly everted lappets on each side of the median
ventral line. A shallow notch separates the lappets from
the rest of the collar laterally. The branchiae are in tw^o
equal tufts of 15 — '20 filaments each. Apex of each radiole
is naked, rather stout or digitate. The distal pinnae
rapidly diminish and end as mere bud-like eminences at
the base of apex. At equal distances on the rachis are
disposed paired e3^e- spots. Between each two pairs of eye-
spots is a pair of dorsal appendages ; usually the position
is just behind one of the pairs, but in some specimens it
is nearly midway between the two. In shape they are
ample, long, and broadly spathulate, the margin of the
broad apex being puckered and indented. There are in
general 20 — 22 pairs of these processes on each filament
and an equal number of eye-spots. The tentacula are
two in number, channelled on the opposing faces, acumin-
ate, about a third as long as the filaments.

Colour. Body of dark yellowish or brownish red ; a
dark brown spot below each tuft of capillary setae in the
thoracic region, but above each tuft in the posterior or
abdominal portion of the body. Collar pale and uncoloured
as are also the tentacula. The branchiae are white, beauti-
fully variegated with narrow bands of intense purple,
brown and yellow\

The tube is short and corrugated, dark grey in colour

166 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and chitinous in structure. Length about 3 to 5 cm.
Animal about the same length.

This species while agreeing in all other essential details
with the previously known British representative of this
genus, Basyclwne dalijelli, KoUiker (the Sabella homhyx
of Johnston) is sharply differentiated by the shape of the
dorsal processes. A similar difference marks it off from the
NeapoHtan D. lucuUana with which species Mr. Gibson,
in the previous local hst erroneously identified the present.
In both B. dahjelli and D. lucidlana, which I fancy will
be found t(^ be one and the same species, the dorsal append-
ages have the form of elongated sublinear processes slightly
dilated at the apices— giving them a graceful club-hke
form— totally different from the broad spathulate append-
ac^es of D. henlmani. This latter form approaches more
closely to that seen in D. infcD'cta, (Kroyer), but Kroyer's
species has no eye-spots.

In one specimen I noticed with interest a similar
varietal departure from the normal arrangement of the
branchia3 such as I elsewhere note concerning Sabella
pavonia. In the individual I refer to, the left tuft of bran-
chial filaments was much larger than the right— containing
33 filaments for the other's 16.

*Amphicora {Othonia) fabric ia, (Miiller).
It is to the courtesy of Mr. C. H. H. Walker that I am
indebted for having my attention directed to this tiny tube
builder as an inhabitant of this district. It is fairly num-
erous attached to the surface of seaweed, &c. at the
extremity of Egremont slip — than which no more prolific
hunting-ground exists in the Mersey whenever the Ferry
authorities for even a short period cease from troubling
about repairs. A.fabricia is at times met with free —
without trace of any protecting tube — ^crawling about
amon^f weed.

POLYCHiilTA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTllICT. 167

2. Sub-family: — Serpulin^.

Fillgrana implexa, Berkeley.

Hab: N. E. coast of Anglesey and south coast of Isle of
Man — Low water to 18 fms.

Serpida vermicular is, (Ellis).

Hab: Deep water area of Irish Sea, about t20 fms.

* Serpida reversa, Montagu.

Hab:— P, 6, 12, 13.

From low^ water mark to 22 fathoms. The most abun-
dant deep water Serpulid. I have seen a crab dredged
up carrying two or three large ones upon its carapace ;
the usual situation is upon shells of dead molluscs.
Probably the Eupomatus pectinatas of Philippi.

Pomatoceros triqueter, (Linn).

Hab: P, 5, 10. Common on the httoral, extending
more sparingly to deep water — 18 fms.

Apparently a variable species — in the colour of the bran-
chige and in the shape of the operculum. Cunningham
and Kamage are in error in giving S. conica, Johnston, as
a synonym, unless indeed it be that the latter is found
to be a variety P. triqueter. In any case Johnston's figure
of the operculum of S. conica is not a typical form of that
of P. triqueter, while that figured under the name of S.
armata is perfectly characteristic, agreeing even with C.
and K.'s own delineation of the operculum of the present
species.

Spirorbis horealis, Morch.

Hab : — On all our rocky shores and wherever it can find
lodgment, characteristic of the littoral — Fucus serratus is
its commonest host.

S2)irorbis luciclus, (Mont), Morch.

The characteristic Spirorbis of deep w^ater. Its tiny
translucent spirals frequently occur in rows along the stalk
and branches of Sertularia dredged from various depths.

168 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Geographical and Bathymetrical range of local
PoLYCH^Tous Annelids.

NOTE. — The following abbreviations are used: — E =
East coast of Great Britain ; Ch = English Channel coasts ;
Ir = West and South coasts of Ireland ; WS = West Scot-
land ; Shet =- Orkney, Shetland and Faroe region; UK =
all British coasts. US = East coast N. America, south
of Labrador and north of N. Carolina; Gr = Greenland
and Arctic America; Sp = Spitzbergen ; NZ = NovaZem-
bla; Sc-= Scandinavian, Danish and German coasts;
Med = Mediterranean Sea.

L = Littoral ; 0 ^- Low water mark. ( X ) cast ashore by
storms.

SPECIES.

ApJi. (ir.uleata

Hermione hystrix
Lep. squdviatuf! ...
Nychia cirrosa ...
Pi)lyn<'e imhricata,

,, halia'ti.

,, inipar

,, extenuata ..
,, pfiipin<iUH, .

,, casC'inea , ..

,, fj >cc <S<i'

,, lunuhda....

,, joh.nsUmi . . .
Acholoc' astericola . .
Hal. yelatinusa

Local— Irish Sea Area

4i<n3 ^ ^

%

X i X
X i X
X

1^ =a 1^

3

RANGE I

in
BRITISH
SEA. !

OTHER SEAS.

...0— 20 UK.

...15—401 Ch, Ir.

X L— 22 ! UK.

... ,0—18 1 E, Ch.

L— 5 UK.

(X)

' 15' WS, Sh.
X L— 22 Sh, E, Ch.

J L
..iL — 57 E, Shet.
..| 0 I E, Ch.
..20— 22Shet,Ir,Ch

i L I E, Ch.

US, Sc, Med.
Sc, Ued, C. Verde I.
US, (Jr, Se, Azores.
US, (Jr, Sp, NZ, Se.
US, Gr, Sp, NZ, Se, S.
; Jpu, Oehotsk S, Sitcha

luS,Gr,NZ,Se,oti"Gib-

Iraltar, M ed ( prol )abl3^)

JMed.

!US, Se, ^huU'ira.

Se, ^led (probal)ly).

;deei)w
112—20

i(x) I 14

UK. Med.
Sh,WS, Ch. Se. La Roelu'llc
Ir I Med

0 E, WS, Ch.lSc.

POLYCH^TA

OF

THE L.M.B.C. DISTRICT. 169

Hz'i'madion assimile

x

X

10—21

E, Ir, Ch.

off C. do Gatte (M'l).

,, pellucidum

X

X

16—22

E, \VS.

Med.

Sthenelais boa

X

X

...

L

20—22

UK.

Shet, E.

Se.

,. limlcohi

X

US.

,, zeiJandica (f)

X

20

Shet.

Ph iiini'' minnta

X
X

X

17
20—22

E, Cli.

WS,& Blfast

Ch.

US, Or, Si), NZ, Sc.

S}nntkei' oniscoides . .

...

So.

Eunice harassii

X

...

Omiphis concliUega ..

X

...

...

20—22

UK.

US, Or, Sp, NZ, Se,
Portugal.

Lumhr. jraijilis

X

X

X

20—22

E, Shet.

US, Gr, Sp, XZ, Sc.

Nereis pelaij ica

X

X

X

X

L— 20

UK.

US,Gr,Sp,NZ,Sc,Jii.

,, dive rsicolnr

X

L

UK.

Gr, Sc, ]\[ed, Japan.
US, Sc, Med, Madeh-a,

„ dumerilii...

X

X

X

L— 16

UK.

C.Verde Ids. & Japan.

, , virens

X

L

E, WS.

US, Sc.

, , fucata

X

X

X

L— 18

E, Ch.

US, Sc.

NephtJiys cceca

X

18

E. WS, Ch.

US, Gr, Sc.

,, hombergi..

X

X

X

X

L— 20

E, WS.

US, Gr, XZ, Sc.

Goniada maculata , , ,

X

L

E.

US. Sc.

GJycera capitata

X

X

L-17

E, WS, Ch.

US, Gr, Sp, XZ, Sc,
Portugal and Azores.

,, nigripes

X

5

E.

, , dubia

St

om

ach

so

f Cod

E, WS, Ch.

qoi'si

X

E.

Sc.

SylUs tuhifex

X

X

3—21

E, WS, Ch.

X. Scotia, Madeira.

,. armillaris

X

0

E, Ch.

Sc.

Autulytas alexandri.. To

\v-

X

nett

ed

US, Gr.

„ _ proUfer....

X

'£

Sc.

Ephesin, gracilis x

X

X

0-25

UK.

Gr, Sp, XZ, Sc.

Psaniatlie fuscii

X

L

E, Ch.

CastaHa punctatu

X

18

E.

Sc, Iceland.

PhyJI. maculata

X

X

0—18

E.

Iceland.

,, laminnsa

X

X

0

E, Ch.

Med.

Eulalia viridis

X

X

L

E, Ch.

Gr. Sc.

Toiii'ipt. onisciformis

X

X

To

w-

netted

E, Ch, Shet.

?

OpheHa limacina

X

18

E.

Gr, Sp,' XZ, Sc, US.

Ammot. aulogaster... x

X

3—21

E, WS.

Gr. Sp, XZ, Sc.

CapiteVa capitata. ... x

X

L

E, WS.

Gr, Sp, XZ, Sc, Med.

Arenicola marina — x

X

X

X

L

UK.

US, Gr, Sp, Sc, Ued.

Nic. InmbHcalis

X

E.

US, Gr, Sp. XZ, Sc.

Axiothea catenata,...

X

0

E, Sliet.

US. Gr, Sp.

Owenia jilijormis. . . .

X

X

X

0—22

E.

Gr, Med.

Scoh)2)los arniiger . . .

X

X

X

L— 6

Sh, E, Ch.

US, Gr, Sp, XZ, Sc.

Cirratulus cirratus...

X

0

UK.

US, Gr, XZ, Sc.

,, tentaculatus

X

X

L

E, Ch.

Med.

Cluetnzone set^'sa

X

L

E.

US, Sp, XZ, Sc.

Spio seticurnis

X

L

E Ch.

Gr, Sc.

iVe rine cirratulus

'

X

L

E.

Med.

, , vulgaris

X

X

L

E, Ch.

Sc.

Leucudore ciliata

X

X

L

E, Ch.

Iceld, Sc, Philippus &
Australia (Haswell).

Mag. papillicornis ...

X

L

E.

Chcetopterxis insignis

X

1

0—14

WS, Ch.

Trnphonia plumns<i-..

X

X

0—57

Sh. E, Ch.

Gr, Sp, XZ, Se.

Siphon, diplochaitns

X

X

L— 18

WS, E, Ch.

US,Gr,Sp,XZ,ScMed

Araphitr'de figulus... .

X

1 ^

L

E.
^ UK.

US, Sc.

TerebeJIoj nebulnsa. . . .

^ X

1

1

i

14

Sc, Med,

170 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Lanice conchilega ....\ X x x

TJiehjius cincinnatus x

Nicolea vemistula x

Aiiqjharete gruhei.... x

Pectin, auricnma x

„ helgica x

SaheUaria alveolata .
SabeVaria spinulosa x

Sahella p avonia i

Dasychove herdmani
Amphicora fahricia. . ,
Filigrana implexa. . . .
Serpula vermicularis x

,, reversa x

,, trlqueter ....\
Spirorhis horealis — '
lucidus ..., X

X

X

X

L— 22

X

L— 22
20—24

20—22

X

X

0—22

X

X

L

X

10—50

X

X

X

M— 16

X

0—18

X

0

X

0—18
20

X

0—22

X

L-18

X

X

X

Litt.

X

1

10—20

E, Cli.

UK.

Sh, E, Ch.

E, WS.

UK.

E, Ch.

E, Ch.

E,Sh,ChWS

E, Ch,'wS,

E, Ch.

UK.

E, Cli, Ir.

E, Ch.

E, Ch.

E.

Cattegat, Belgium,

Med, and Madeira.

US,Gr,Sp,NZ,ScMed

(Ir, Se, ]\led.

Cr, Sp, NZ, Sc.

Sc, Med.

Sc.

Med.

Sc.

US, Sc.

Gr, Sc,
US, So.
Sc, La Rochelle

Sc, Med.
US, Gr, Sc.
US, Gr, NZ.

Explanation of Plates.

Plate XIII.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig. 7

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

1. ^oto-podml ^eta> o( Poly uoi'jyropinqua, X 250.

2. ,, ,, ,, imhricata, X 250.

3. ,, „ „ i77ipar, X 250.

4. ,, ,, ,, extenuata, X 250.

5. ,, ,, ,,haU(eti,YSiY.hij(EncB,X 250.
(These figures show the minute but constant rela-
tive differences in the degree of serration exhibited
by the bristles of the respective species.)

6. Poljjnor impar. Portion of scale showing single
large pear-shaped papilla, X 130.
PohjuoP propinqua . One of the large sub-globular
margin processes, X 11)0.

8. Polij)wr extenuata. Entire scale, X 44.

9. Polynoi' projnnqiia. Parapodium, X 20.

10. Eunice harassii. Parapodium and branchia
from the 21st setigerous somite, X 20,

POLYCH^TA OF THE L.M.B.C. DISTEICT. 171

Plate XIV.

Fig. 1. Egg capsule of Scoloplos armiger, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Ovum separated from capsule, X 80.

Fig. 3. Extrusion of polar bodies, X 80.

Figs. 4 — 11. Stages in segmentation of an ovum, X 80.
p.h. polar bodies; mic. micromeres; mac. macro-
meres.

Fig. 11. Shows macromeres entirely enclosed by micro-
meres except at the blastopore.

Fig. 12. Egg capsule oi Arenicola marina, nat. size.

Figs. 13—18. Stages in the larval development of same,
X 225. e.g. eye-spots ; z. zonar band of ciha ;
a. anterior tuft of cilia; in. mouth; v. ventral
band of cilia ; c. first segmental constriction of
larval body.

Figs. 17, 18 are diagrams to show the ciliary arrangement.

Fig. 19. Appearance of zonar cilia as seen from above
while the embryo is whirling rapidly, X 225.

Figs. 20, 21. Most advanced embryos observed; c. first
segmental constriction, X 400.

Plate XV.

Dasijchone herdmani, n. sp.
Fig. 1. Entire animal, dorsal view, X 3.
Fig. 2. Lateral view^ of anterior portion of body, X 4J.
Fig. 3. Ventral view of same, X 4J.
Fig. 4. Part of a branchial filament, X 44. a. dorsal

processes; h. eye-spots; p. pinnae.
Fig. 5. Extremity of a radiole, X 44.
Fig. 6. Dorsal process from a different specimen to Fig.

4 ; here the margin is less puckered, X 60.
Figs. 7, 8. Capillary setae. 7, superior; 8, inferior, X

250.
Fig. 9, Uncinus, X 250,

Trans. Lpool Biol. Soc.

VoL v., PI. XIII.

fn^

t-^i

\ \

Si I m, 1

yLy ■■■■■■Miiiik'

fci-'X

,.-| I. T +'"'*/',

' fct- I

,/> . .- Aff/'i'-,/'

Fig. 7.

Fig. 1

^ ^ ^ ^^^^sM^j^i^^^ :•

'S' i£^ .--t i,".

Fig. 10.

Jas. HorneU. del

POLYNOIN/£ AND EUNICIN/E.

Vol. v., PI. XIV.

EMBRYOLOGY OF SOOLGPLOS ARMIGER.
AND AR£NICOLA MARINA,

Trans. L'pool Uiol. Soc.

Vol. v., PI. XV.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Jas. Hornell, del.

DASYCHONE HERDMANI, n. qp..

[From Trans. Biol. Soc, L'pool. Vol. V.]

FIFTH ANNUAL EEPOKT of the LIVEEPOOL

MAKINE BIOLOGICAL STATION now on

PUFFIN ISLAND.

By W. A. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S., F.R.S.E.,

DERBY PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE,

LIVERPOOL; CHAIRMAN OF THE LIVERPOOL MARINE BIOLOGY

COMMITTEE, AND DIRECTOR OF THE PUFFIN

ISLAND STATION.

[Read 11th December, 1891.]

The Year.
The past year has been a most unfortunate one for marine
biological work on account of the storms during the
summer and autumn which interfered with our usual
dredging expeditions in Liverpool Bay, and did great
damage to the boats at Puftin Island. Still work has been
carried on continuously at Puftin Island and in other parts
of the district, and as a result not a few additions to
knowledge, and advances along lines of investigation
previously started, claim record in this annual report.

The Biological Station w^as not closed during last winter,
and will be kept open during the present winter also.
The keeper, Thomas Jarrett, and his wife are still in
charge. At the end of autumn (October 31st, 1890) the old
sailing boat, "Bonnie Boon," which had for some time
been leaking badly and required frequent patching and
caulking, was taken up to Cadnant (Menai Straits) and
beached for the winter. A thorough examination of her in
the spring showed that she was really past work. Some
of her planks were so rotten that they would not bear
further caulking, when a leak was stopped in one place
it broke out in another, and the boat did not seem worth

2 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the very extensive repairs which would be necessary in
order to render her safe in the strong winds and heavy
seas which come upon us with very short warning in the
neighbourhood of Puflin Island. So the executive of the
committee after full consideration reluctantly decided that
the "Bonnie Doon " must be condemned and sold for
what she would bring.

A new sailing boat to take her place at the island was
now necessary, and a timely donation towards that pur-
pose from Mrs. C. W. Jones encouraged the Treasurer to
provide the amount required for the purchase of the
" Morning Star," a second-hand, but almost new, 4 ton
cutter, 21 ft. in length, which was in first rate condition
and bore an excellent character at Beaumaris. She has
been in constant use during the summer and autumn and
has proved perfectly satisfactory.

Unfortunately during the severe gales which com-
menced on October 13th and continued for some time,
the " Morning Star," like so many other small yachts
in the neighbourhood, was sunk at her moorings, and
had to be left at the bottom until the gales were over
and boats and men could be got down from Bangor
to raise her. After several attempts she was got up
on November 24th, brought in to low water mark,
bailed out, floated, and afterwards taken up to Beaumaris
where she has been hauled up for the remainder of the
winter. Fortunately her hull has received no damage,
but several of her spars are broken or lost and the sails
and rigging are destroyed and will have to be replaced in
spring. To finish the record of the disasters to our boats,
the old black rowing boat " Ascidian " was smashed to
pieces on the beach during one of the storms ; and the
small blue punt was, on another occasion, sunk between
tide marks, but was afterwards recovered. She has

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND,

suffered no damage to speak of, and is still in fairly
serviceable condition, though showing signs of wear.

Station Eecoed.

The Journal at the Laboratory records that the follow-
ing naturalists have been working at the Biological Station
for longer or shorter periods during the present summer :

DATE.
1891.
February.

.'Iprt/.

June.

Juhj.

Aujust.

Octoher.

I. C. Thompson, F.L.S., Liverpool Copepoda.

Alfred Leicester, Soutliport Land Mollusca.

W. A. Herdnian, Univ. Coll., Liverpool ... Nudibranclis, &c.

Dr. R. Hanitsch, Univ. Coll., Liverpool ... Sponges.

I. C. Thompson Copepoda.

W. A. Herdman Nudibranchs.

W. Thornely Zoophytes and

F. v. Mil ward Polyzoa.

Dr. G. S. Brady, F. R. S Copepoda.

L C. Thompson Copepoda.

R. J. H. Gibson, Univ. Coll., Liverpool ... Algre.

Rev. T. Shankland, Univ. Coll., Bangor ... Land Mollusca.

Miss A. E. Warham, B.Sc, U.C.L'pool. ... Ascidians.

Miss L. Buckley, B.Sc, U.C.L'pool General.

Alfred Leicester, Soutliport Land Mollusca.

Miss J. Leicester ,,

J. Coventry, Liverpool General.

Rev. T . Shankland Land Mollusca.

L C. Thompson Copepoda.

W. A. Herdnian Nudibranchs, &c.

This list contains rather fewer entries than the corre-
sponding ones for the last two years, but that may
probably be accounted for by the miserable w^eather
during the greater part of the season. Several parties
which were organised to visit the Station had to be broken
up, and on one occasion several of our local biologists got
as far as Beaumaris on their way to Puffin Island in very
bad weather, and after waiting there for a few days had to
return.

4 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

It is experiences such as these, during a summer like
the one we have just encountered, which unpleasantly
emphasize the inconvenience of having the biological
station at a somewhat inaccessible spot ; and which are
causing the Committee to consider the advisability, now
that we have had five years work at Puffin Island, of
moving the centre of operations to some suitable spot
nearer home. Although a marine fauna seems practically
inexhaustible, still we have certainly now found and
recorded the great majority of the animals and plants of
the Menai Straits, and have investigated to some extent
the more characteristic and interesting forms of life, and
some of the problems they present to us for solution. So
it might well be found more profitable to break ground in
some new part of our area, and if a suitable local habita-
tion could be obtained somewhere in the neighbourhood
of Hoy lake. West Kirby, or Hilbre, although the fauna
would not be so rich and varied as at Puffin, still the
proximity to Liverpool would greatly facilitate work.
Then again, with our biological station near a fishing
centre like Hoylake, we would also be able to carry on
investigations with a practical bearing which might be of
importance to the fishermen, and so help our friends on
the Sea Fisheries Committee of the County Council in
their most necessary and valuable work for the benefit of
the local fisheries. Several of the lines of investigation
started by our L.M.B. Committee during the last few
years — such as the distribution and composition of the
surface life of the sea and its relation to the food of fishes,
statistics in regard to the life-history of shrimps, and
habits, growth, &c., of young mussels — have opened up
avenues leading to practical results, and which ought to be
pursued further ; while many other problems and lines of
inquiry of equal biological interest and economic import-
ance still await investigation.

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 5

On the other hand it is possible thcat all such purely
local work might be adequately undertaken in connection
with the College Laboratories, and that the L.M.B.C.
Station should be regarded as a means of investigating
more outlying areas ; and therefore several of the Com-
mittee are strongly of opinion that if we leave Puffin
Island the station should be established at Port Erin,
near the south end of the Isle of Man, for a few years, in
order that the rich marine fauna of that neighbourhood
may be more fully investigated.

Fig. 1.— Map of the L.M.B.C. District.

Publications.

It is proposed to issue the third volume ot reports on
the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool Bay during the coming
season. Most of the sheets and plates for it have been
printed off and stored, but as it is desired to include also
those papers on the marine biology of the district which

6 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

will be laid before the Biological Society during the
present session, and especially the revised reports upon
the Copepoda (by Mr. Thompson), the Mollusca (by Mr.
Archer), and the Pycnogoiiida (by Dr. Hurst and Mr.
Walker), the volume will probably not be in the hands ol
the public until early summer.

The various L.M.B.C. papers which were announced in
last year's Keport as being nearly ready for publication
were communicated in due course to the Biological
Society and printed in the fifth volume of Transactions.
The two most important of these are : — an extensive
report by Mr. Harvey Gibson on the Marine Algae, in-
cluding records of 256 species of which 66 are additions to
our list ; and a report on the Polychaetous Annelids, by
Mr. J. Hornell, in which 88 species (one new to science)
and two new varieties are given, three of the species
being new to British waters and 39 additions to our local
fauna. Mr. Moore's long promised report upon the
Fishes is not yet ready. This is the more to be regretted
as in view of the ever increasing attention which is being
directed towards fishes, the formation of a Fisheries
Committee of the County Council, the establishment of a
Sea Fisheries District in our neighbourhood and the
appointment of a superintendent (Mr. E. A. Dawson),
with a steamer at his service and a staff of assistants, it is
most desirable that we should publish a report upon the
local fishes without further delay. It is hoped that Mr.
Moore's improved health will permit him now to make
more rapid progress with the work.

Dredqinct Expeditions.

For the first time in the history of these annual reports
we have no " Hyaena " expedition to record. The Salvage
Association, with their usual kindness, permitted us to

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 7

organize an expedition during Whit-week, ])ut most un-
fortunately at the last moment when our party was
assembled ready to embark for a 4 or 5 days cruise it was
found to be so rough outside the river, and the telegraphic
reports from Hol34iead were so bad, that the captain and
the officials of the Salvage Association reluctantly decided
that it was not fit for the '* Hyaena" to go, so the expedi-
tion was postponed for a few weeks. The decision,
although disappointing at the moment, was a wise one,
as it blew hard for the next three days, and even if the
''Hygena" had succeeded in reaching the north coast of
Anglesey, our proposed destination, it was clear from the
weather reports that we could have done no w^ork there.
A few of our party from other towns, who were to join us
at Beaumaris, unfortunately did not hear of the change of
plan in time and reached the Menai Straits next day by
train, and spent a day or two there dredging in sheltered
waters.

A second time, a few^ w^eeks later, the party was organ-
ized and all arrangements made, when a couple of days
before the proposed start a disastrous collision occurred
in the Mersey, a steamer was sunk, and the "Hyaena"
was consequently called off to her ordinary salvage duties.
The Salvage Association most kindly offered to let us have
the boat later in the summer, but we were unable to take
advantage of it then, and must look forward to better luck
and less boisterous w^eather next spring.

Early in June the Sea Fisheries Committee, through
their superintendent, Mr. E. A. Dawson, invited us along
with some of the Southport Biologists to organize a single
day dredging trip in their new Fisheries steamer " The
Mavis." On this occasion (June 20th) we had beautiful
weather, and did a good deal of dredging and tow-netthig
in the neighbourhood of Southport. The party consisted

8 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of Mr. Fell, Mr. Muspratt, Mr. Ascroft, and Mr. Dawson
of the Fisheries Committee, Dr. Chaster and several others
of the Southport Natural Science Society, and Mr.
Thompson, Mr. Leicester, Mr. Comber, Mr. W. J.
Stewart, the Mayor of Bootle, and others of our own
Committee. Although many specimens were obtained on
this occasion none, so far as yet determined, were specially
noteworthy or new to our records, except some fine
typical specimens of the Foraminifer Vaginulina linearis
obtained from 20 fins., about 23 miles out from Southport.
Later in the summer a few of the Southport biologists
went out again for a day's dredging in the " Mavis."
They report having found good ground and got good
hauls (Ascidians, &c.). Unfortunately our Committee
were not able to take part in that expedition, and the
specimens were not preserved nor recorded.

On September 26th we chartered the tug '' Spindrift "
for the day, and a considerable party left the Landing
Stage in the morning, hoping to have some dredging in
that central area, half-way to the Isle of Man, which
seems so difficult to reach on our expeditions. With our
usual luck we found on getting out of the river that there
was a heavy sea, and although we persevered for some
hours it was getting worse all the time, and so about
one o'clock we turned back and had some hauls of the
trawl in the afternoon in the Rock Channel where we got
Starfishes, Zoophytes, Polyzoa, and other common things,
none of them new to the locality.

SuEFACE Fauna.

Mr. Thompson, who has been receiving and examining
the tow-nettings taken by the keeper at Puffin Island
throughout the year and also those collected on the few
expeditions, says that although valuable for statistical

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 9

purposes there is comparatively little that is specially
worthy of note. January (1891) was remarkable for the
enormous profusion of Sagitta in all the tow-nettings from
the neighbourhood of Puffin Island. From later in the
spring on to July the gatherings from the same region
were characterised by the abundance of Diatoms and a
slimy Conferva.

In a ten-fathom dredging taken by Mr. A. 0. Walker
off the Little Orme, near Colwyn Bay, on May 6th,
one species of Copepod occurred which is new to
the district, viz., Thalestris peltata, Boeck. It has
apparently only once been taken before in British Seas,
as Brad}^ says in regard to it " One specimen only was
found in dredged material from a depth of 40 fms. off St.
Agnes, Scilly Is." The material from this same dredging
off the Little Orme contained also several other rare
species, viz., Artotrogus magniceps, Zaus goodsiri, Thales-
tris hihernica, and Thalestris helgolandica, the last named
being also new to our district. On the " Mavis " expedi-
tion of June 20th Anomalocera patersojiii and PonteUa
wollastoni, both notable species, were taken in the tow-
nettings about 20 miles off Southport (see also p. 20).

Mr. A. 0. Walker gives me the following additional
list of Higher Crustacea taken in our district since his last
report deahng with the subject : — Schizopoda, Nyctiphanes
norvegica, M. Sars (off Puffin L), Leptomysis lingoura,
G.O. Sars (Colwyn Bay), Siriella armata, M. Edw\ (off'
Puffin I.) ; Cumacea, (Aimopsis goodsiri, v. Ben. (off
Puffin I.), Eudorella truncatula, Bate (off Puffin I.) ;
Amphipoda, Hyperoche lufkeni Bovall. (tow-net on D.
buoy near Puffin I.), Gitana sarsi, Boeck (off Little
Orme), Ptilocheirus pectinatus, Norman (Menai Straits,
"Hyaena" cruise, 1890), Podocerus cumhrensis, S. and K.
(Menai Str. and Colwyn B.), Erichthonitis difformis, M.

10 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Edw. (I. of Man, "Hya3na," electric light, 1888), Sq^h-
oncccetes typicus, Kr. (Little Orme), and Guernea coalita,
Norman (off Great Orme).

Land Mollusca.

In several previous reports Mr. A. Leicester's work on
the Land Mollusca at Puftin Island has been alluded to.
During the last year he has made tv^o special expeditions
to the island, and has been indefatigable in his search,
exploring the bushes, tufts of grass, and rock crannies
high and low from unconscionably early hours before
breakfast till dark night, and leavmg literally not a stone
unturned in his track. He is now supported in his labours
by the Rev. T. Shankland, formerly of the University College
of Bangor, now at Mold, who made three or four trips to
Puftin Island during July and August for the purpose of
comparing the molluscan fauna with that of Anglesey and
North Wales, and for the purpose of introducing certain
species not found on the island. Altogether they have
found during the year 2'2 species of land Mollusca on
Puftin Island, of which 5 are new records (including
Amalia marginata, A. gagates, and Vertigo 2^!J9'^^(P<^)-

Mr. Shankland has drawn up comparative lists show-
ing which of the British genera of Pulmonata have been
found (1) at Pufhn Island, (2) on Penmon Point, Anglesey,
and (3) on the Great Ormes Head, as follows :--

Testacella not found at all.

Avion Penmon Great Orme.

Amalia Puffin Penmon Great Orme.

L imax Puffin Penmon Great Orme.

Buccinea Penmon Great Orme.

Vitrina Pufhn Penmon Great Orme.

Zonites Puffin Penmon Great Orme.

Helix Puffin Penmon Great Orme,

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON TUFFIN ISLAND. 11

BuUmns Puffin Penmon Great Orme.

Pupa Puffin Penmon Great Orme.

Vertigo Puffin Penmon Great Orme.

Balea not found at all.

Cla usilia Puffin Penmon Great Orme.

CochUcopa Puffin Penmon Great Orme.

Achatina not found at all.

Garycliium not found at all.

Acme not found at all.

[Cyclostoma Great Orme.]

As was to be expected, this list shows a close similarity
between the three districts. Mr. Shankland also investi-
gated and arranged the varieties of Helix nemoraJis on the
island. He found 14 distinct band-varieties, several of
them very rare ones, and he remarks in regard to this
species " I have never met with such a variety and richness
of colour." On August 19th and 20th Mr. Leicester and
Mr. Shankland were occupied in planting in appropriate
spots (all duly recorded in the journal at the laboratory)
batches of the following species, which ought to do w^ell
on the island, and which they had brought over in con-
siderable quantity from the mainland, viz.. Avion ater,
Avion hortensis, Avion suhfuscus, Avion houvguignati,
Limax flavus, Limax maximus, Amalia mavginata, Helix
aspevsa, Helix riifescens, CochUcopa tvidens, and Cary-
chiiun minimum.

Faunistic Woek at Puffin.

Our first visit in this year to Puffin Island was at the
end of February, when three members of the Committee
went down to the Biological Station for a few days, partly
for the purpose of collecting animals on the shore, and
partly to examine into the condition of the boats, the fresh
water cistern, the rain gutters on the roof, kc, and give
directions to the keeper.

12 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

After sailing down from the port of Bangor, taking
surface gatherings on the way, we reached the island in
good time for the evening low tide, and spent the hours
till dark collecting amongst the reefs and boulders of the
South Spit. One of the first objects found on the shore
was a rather interesting specimen. It was an example
of the common limpet (Patella vulgata) , which, in place
of being attached to a rock, was sticking firmly to the
rounded surface of a piece of iron bar from a wreck. The
limpet was moulded to the surface. Its lower part was
strongly concave, and the edge of the shell was curved up
in the middle on each side, and down at each end, so as to
be able to embrace about half the circumference of the
cylindrical bar. The animal had evidently grown so as to
stick closely and tightly to the surface. Now, this would
not be at all surprising in a coral or an ascidian, or any
animal which remained adhering to one spot all its adult
life ; but it is remarkable in a case like the limpet, which,
it is generally supposed, does not remain rooted to one
spot, but wanders about in search of food.

Although when we notice limpets on rocks between
tide marks they are generally fixed and motionless, still
Prof. J. R. A. Davis has shown that they can loosen their
hold and crawl over the rocks for some distance. It is
noticed, however, that when the rock is not very hard, as,
for example, in the case of the limestone blocks at Puffin
Island, each limpet occupies a well-marked depression
exactly its own shape. From this it is clear that the
animals are not on mere temporary resting places, but
are in their own "roosts" or homes, to which, if they
leave them, they return regularly, and which they have
themselves excavated to a considerable depth and with
the precise shape of the outline of their own shells.
So much so that they have to place themselves with the

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 13

head always facing the one way in order that they may fit
into the depressions.

It is not yet known by what sense the hmpets are able
to find their way back to their roosts when they leave them
in search of food. It is certainly not by sight, as the eyes
are very simple and imperfect. It has been proved by
experiment that it is not by smell ; w^hile taste, and feel
can scarcely help. There may be a sense of direction
different from anything we know of in our own experience ;
but what the exact method is by which the limpet finds its
way about, can go back the way it has come, and can
recognise its own roost amongst a number of similar
neighbouring depressions, has still to be discovered.

Now^ for the interest of the present specimen. It is so
closely moulded to the iron bar that I am of opinion that
it could not have been in the habit of leaving its home and
prowling about. In the first place, the bar was short, and
was loose, and free to roll about, and it would be very
difficult for a crawling snail-like animal such as the limpet
to cross from the bar to the rocks even if its support was
stationary, but if, as seems likely, the bar was being rolled
about by the waves, one does not see that it would be
possible for the limpet to re-find its roost, if it ever left it.
Possibly, how^ever, as some think, the limpet never loosens
its hold when covered by the tide. This would remove
the difficulty partly but not wholly. Then, in the second
place, the shape of the shell in this specimen is such that
I do not see that the animal could crawl over the rocks, or
could occupy any position other than that on the bar in
which we found it.

After examining this specimen, I looked carefully at
the limpets scattered over the rocks, and found several
in w^hich the animal was situated at the bottom of a
deep pit, from which it would be very difficult, if possible

14 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

at all, for it to extricate itself; and one in which the shell
was SO jammed in between projecting points of rock romid
which it was moulded, that I was not able even with the
careful use of a strong knife-blade to get the shell out
entire. Whether the limpet is sometimes able to obtain
sufficient food by raising slightly the edges of its shell I
cannot say, but certainly the last few cases mentioned
seem to prove that individuals now and then fix themselves
in positions which after a time they cannot leave on
account of the growth of their shells.

For the rest, our programme at Puffin Island was much
as usual. We bathed about 7.30 a.m., and collected
specimens on the rocks at low tide for an hour or so before
breakfast ; Mr. Thompson took tow-nettings from the
punt round the shore, and Mr. Leicester searched the
cliffs and the bushes for land mollusca. We examined
into the condition of the boats, the rain gutters on the
roof, and the water cistern, and made arrangements for
the necessary repairs. Finally, we gave instructions to
the new keeper in regard to the tinned meats and other
stores to be laid in, and the best way of providing meals
for the biologists who might be going down to work at the
station during the Easter vacation.

One noticeable feature of the shore at this time was that
the specimens of Littorina rudis, which are so very abun-
dant in summer and autunm on the rocks above high
water mark, were now almost entirely absent. The only
ones left were a few odd individuals down at bottom of
deep clefts and crevices, perhaps unable to get out.

On April 8th, Dr. Hanitsch went down to Pufiin Island
to work at Sponges. He obtained Tetliya hjncurium and
Baspailia ve/itihihrum which had not been found on the
island before and also three other species new to the dis-

MAllINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 15

trict, all from the walls of the sponge caves on the north
side.

On April 11th, Mr. Thompson and I went to join
Dr. Hanitsch for a few days in his sponge hmiting.
We thought we had experienced all possible methods of
reaching St. Seiriol's Isle, except, perhaps, by means of a
balloon or a submarine tunnel, but this occasion showed
that our resources w^ere not yet quite exhausted. When
we arrived at Garth Ferry we found a rough sea, with a
strong head wind, and our man in a small ten-foot punt,
while the large boat we had expected to meet us was
delayed further up the straits, and could not be brought
down for some hours. No other boat of sufficient size
w^as obtainable, and the boatmen and pilots at the ferry
declared that there was a big sea running beyond Beau-
maris, and that it would be impossible for anyone to reach
Puffin for some hours at least, until the tide had ebbed, and
the sea and wind had fallen considerably. But as w^e had
determined to be at the island, and make various prepara-
tions before the low^ tide, our prospects looked rather blank,
and we were just on the point of starting off overland
through Anglesey to Penmon, in the hope of being able to
get a boat there, and approach our destination from the
opposite side, when w^e fortunately caught sight of a small
steamer out in the channel with steam up, and in process
of weighing anchor. To jump, all three of us, into our
punt with our bags and collecting bottles and other impedi-
menta, and start in pursuit of the steamer was the work
of an instant, and apparently caused no little amusement
to the assembled natives on the pier. We pulled furiously,
shouting as we went, and waving our handkerchiefs, but
our hearts sank as the anchor appeared above the water,
the screw began to revolve, and the steamer moved rapidly
away from us. Our final yell, however, reached its des-

16 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

tination, and with joy we saw the burly captain on the
bridge turn round, look at us for a moment, and then apply
his mouth to the speaking tube, and we fancied we almost
heard the obvious " stop her," which enabled us two min-
utes later to dash alongside the steamship St. Seiriol (most
appropriately named), and, fastening our painter round
her rail, clamber on board, state our case, and claim the
protection and help of our patron saint with such success
that Captain Hughes most kindly welcomed us, and agreed
to tow^ our little punt down to somewhere near Puffin
Island. The St. Seiriol was bound to Dingwall with a
cargo of slates. A good little boat she is, with a worthy
captain, and we had half a mind to go the whole round
in her. However, business is business, and the lowest
spring tide of the year was awaiting us, so after photo-
graphing Captain Hughes and the crew with our Kodaks,
we were cast off in the little punt in the middle of the
stormy channel, through which the tide runs with great
force, between Anglesey and Puffin, and so we made our
way to the shore, to the great astonishment of Dr.
Hanitsch, who did not expect to see us till some hours
later.

During the remainder of our stay the weather was per-
fect. In fact, on the second day it was so calm that in the
evening at low tide we were able to row into the wonder-
ful " sponge caves " on the north side (which can only be
entered at the lowest of tides and on a calm day, and then
only in a small boat), and inspect their treasures. The
two large caves are close together, and have been hollow^ed
by the sea out of the bases of the high limestone cliffs.
Their mouths face seawards towards the Irish coast, and
on entering the boat has to be pushed (it is too narrow to
row) through a long tunnel-like passage, with vertical walls,
to the inner end, with its small piece of sloping gravel

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 17

beach, where one can land — in the dark. On striking a
match it is seen that the sides of the cave are closely en-
crusted with various kinds of colonial and sessile animals,
especially with sponges, the characteristic feature of the
place. Here Dr. Hanitsch revels in P achy mat isma joJin-
stoni, Dercitus hucklancli, PhtmoJialichondria atrosan-
guinea, and other many-hued slimy-looking Tetractinellids
and Monactinellids. Here he first found, a few years ago,
the rare new genus which has been named " Seiriola,'" in
honour of our sainted predecessor on the isle (probably a
good biologist according to the lights of his day and
generation), who lived, as the naturahst always loves to do,
beside the sea, the rocks, and the Puffins, and who possibly
shoved his coracle on a cahn evening into the sponge caves
and saw in the dim light those curious white masses on
the rock which some thirteen centuries after were dedicated
to his memory.

The calm weather also enabled us to land upon the
Beacon rocks and explore their recesses and fissures. By
the way, why has this beacon, standing on a dangerous
rock surrounded by strong currents and eddies, in a
channel frequented by fishing boats, flats, and other small
coasting craft, not got any means by which a man reaching
its base might cling on for a time or even chmb to the
top ? A close-fitting iron ladder and a few rings and hooks
would probably offer but little opposition to the flow of
water over the smooth rounded masonry, and might at
any time be the saving of the occupants of a boat carried
against the rocks or upset in the immediate neighbourhood
of the beacon.

Wliile suggesting improvements, I may be allowed to
point out the excellent opportunity which the walls of our
biological station would offer to an art teacher, and say
half a dozen students, for the planning and carrying out

18 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of schemes of decoration. Some simple artistic designs,
applied in co-operation, mider the direction of the teacher,
might convert our wide expanses of whitewashed walls in
the rooms, and the broad yellow planks between and
around our sleeping bunks, into things of beauty, which
would be a joy for ever to the sojourning biologists, and a
constant reminder that there is something else in the
world besides science, and another side to nature from
the one they are especially observing in the field and in
the laboratory. We have made a feeble beginning by
cutting our initials on the front of the bunks we usually
occupy, and by labelling the head planks with their official
designations, such as "hon. treasurer's bimk ; " but there
is still abundant opportunity for further decoration.

One of the most interesting animals obtained this time
was the sea slug Dendrojiotus arhorescens of which a
specimen was dredged in the channel about a quarter of a
mile off the south-west end of the island. This animal is
not uncommon at many places round our coast, but the
special interest of this particular one is as follows : — Until
lately Dendronotus has not been found anywhere near
Puffin. Five years careful shore-collecting and dredging
in the neighbourhood failed to turn up a single specimen.
At Hilbre Island, on the other hand, this magnificent sea
slug is abundant, and forms one of the most characteristic
features of the fauna. With the view of introducing this,
which is certainly the finest of our British nudibranchs, at
Puffin two separate batches were taken down alive from
Hilbre in September, 1888, and were set free at low tide
on the South Spit. They had disappeared before the next
tide, and all further search for them or their progeny, both
by sea and shore, during the following two years was
fruitless, and we were beginning to think that the experi-
ment had failed. During the " Hyyena " cruise of last

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 19

summer, however, when dredging in the straits between
Puffin and Beaumaris, we brought up one very young
specimen oi Dendronotus, which, if it had any connection
^\'ith the specimens from Hilbre, was only one of their
descendants, and now we have found another Dendronotus
of much larger size, but still not quite full grown, close to
Puffin Island. These are, perhaps, too slender grounds
for drawing any definite conclusion from, but it is at least
quite possible that these specimens may be descended
from those set free in September, 1888, and if so, the
species is probably now established in the neighbourhood
of Puffin Island, and may be expected to turn up frequently
in our future operations.

We collected altogether on this occasion 13 species of
Nudibranchs, including the rare Eolis landshurgi; also a
very remarkable sponge belonging to the genus Suherites,
and another sponge of a dark orange colour — one of the
Desmacidonidae — which was found by Dr. Hanitsch in one
of the caves. This w^ill probably turn out to be a very
rare and interesting sponge as it is in symbiosis with a
Zoophyte. The hydrorhiza of the Zoophyte permeates the
sponge in all directions and replaces to a certain extent
the missing spongin fibres. The spicules of the sponge
are found echinating the hydrorhiza of the Zoophyte.
The only other notable sponges obtained from Puffin
during the year were an undetermined species of Des-
macidon from the caves, and a Chalinopsis found washed
up, by the keeper, in February.

The first Puffin was seen by the keeper on the island
on April 9th, Dr. Hanitsch saw 2 or 3 on April 10th, and
we all saw several pairs on April 12th.

At the end of June and beginning of July Mr. W.
Thornely and Mr. F. Y. Milward from Cambridge were at
the station collecting Zoophytes and Polyzoa. Of the

20 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL STATION.

former group tliey obtained 24 species, of which 4 (includ-
ing Eudendrium rameiim) were new to Puffin Island. Of
Polyzoa 19 species and 2 varieties were found, and of
these 1 species {ScJiizoporella unicornis, only found
previously in our district at the Isle of Man) and 1 variety
{Pedicellina cernua, var. glabra) were new to Puffin.

The visit of Dr. G. S. Brady and Mr. I. C. Thompson
to Puffin in July for the purpose of studying the Copepoda
resulted in the capture of 2 species of Copepods new to
the district, dredged from a depth of 10 fms., off the north
side of the island, viz., Pontella acuta, Dana, and
Misophria loallida, the first being new to Britain and not
before recorded north of the Indian Ocean. The same
dredging contained 2 specimens of another rare species
Cyclopicera lata, Brady.

Early in August two former students of the Biological
department of University College, Liverpool, and gradu-
ates in Science of Victoria University, Miss Amy Warham
and Miss Lucy Buckley, went to Puffin for the purpose of
collecting compound Ascidians and making some observa-
tions upon them in the living state. I extract the follow-
ing from their record in the journal as a sample : —

" Aug. 5th. Morning, collecting on shore under house.
After breakfast went dredging with flood tide along north
side of island towards Conway Bay — dredge full of
Ascidians, Zoophytes, Hermit-crabs and Sea-urchins.
Arrived back at 4 p.m. After tea, shore-collecting on spit
— most beautiful sunset. Examining and sorting the
material dredged, in evening. Station very comfortable
and clean."

" Aug. 6th. Left by morning tide and intend having a
haul of the dredge in the straits."

marine biological station on tuffin island. 21

Faunistic Work at Hilere.

As usual members of the Committee and others have
tried to go to Hilbre Island at the very low tides as often
as possible during the year. On a visit in April Mr.
Christophers, a student of the Biological department of
the College, found a species of sponge (Baspailia sp.)
which is at least new to the district. We also on that
occasion obtained various Nudibranchs, some of them
spawning. The starfishes w^ere very abundant on the
rocks, and seem to be yearly increasing in number.
Young mussels were also at this time very plentiful all
over the rocks. Later in the year we found that the
mussels had entirely disappeared. To some extent no
doubt they are eaten by the starfishes and other animals,
but we have reason to believe that their disappearance as
they get large is chiefly due to the fact that on account of
the layer of fine mud which covers all the rocks at Hilbre
they are unable to attach themselves firmly to any solid
support and merely cling together by the interlacing of
their byssus fibres, so that when they come to be of appre-
ciable size and offer resistance to the sweep of the waves,
they are readily detached from the surface of the rock in
large sheets a j^ard or two in length. We have seen this
process going on on more than one occasion — the sheets
of half-grown mussels being rolled up by the waves, and
then washed about the sands.

On November 14th some of us went to Hilbre Island
with Professor Howes (S. Kensington), Mr. Garstang and
Mr. Bles (Owens College) and some others, when we
found 8 species of Nudibranchs, Garveia nutans, a SipJioii-
ostomiun, the Nemertean Ampliiporus lactlfloreus, and
other interesting forms.

The amount of Zoophytes and Polyzoa found cast up
by the recent gales was most astonishing. A few hand-

22 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

fuls of these brought home have been examined by Miss
L. K. Thornely who finds in them 18 species of Polyzoa,
of which 3 {Cellar ia fistulosa, Cellepora avicularis and
Bowerhanhia ptcstulosa) have not been previously recorded
from Hilbre ; and 22 species of Zoophytes of which 8 are
new to the locahty.

The Shrimp Enquiry.

The collection of statistics in regard to the life-history
and habits of the common shrimp {Crangon vulgaris) in
this neighbourhood has been continued for a second year.
The circulars asking a few simple questions such as a
shrimper could readily answer were taken charge of at the
five fishing centres by the same gentlemen who kindly
helped me in the matter last year, viz., Mr. T. Comber,
F.L.S., and Mr. Comber, Junr. (Parkgate), Mr. K. L.
Ascroft (Lytham), Mr. A. Leicester and Dr. Chaster
(Southport), Mr. A. G. Haywood (Crosby), and Mr. Henry
Isaacs (Hoylake) ; and most of the circulars have been
returned to me, duly filled up, with regularity throughout
the twelve months. I wish to express my acknowledg-
ments to all those friends for their hearty co-operation.
I knovv^ a few of them have had some difticulty and
trouble in collecting the information — for example, one of
my correspondents writes to me that he could not get
continued replies to the enquiries "because a tory
canvasser spread the report that I had a political purpose
in view."

The questions asked for each month were : — "(1) Have
shrimps been plentiful this month ; what was the average
catch per boat ? (2) Were they of large size ? (3) Were
any young or immature ones seen ? (4) Had any of them
eggs ? (5) In what locality were they caught ? (6) In
what depth of water, and on what bottom ? (7) What

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON rUFFIN ISLAND. 23

were the shrimps feeding on ? (8) Did you see anything
eating the shrimps? (9) What has been the general
weather and state of sea this month ? (10) Have you any
other remarks to make ? ' '

Last year I reduced the reports to a tabular form*
showing the answers to each question in each month at
each locality. There is no need to construct a similar
table this year as on the whole the answers are the same
as before, I shall therefore refer readers to last year's
table and mention merely the few points of difference or
of special interest which these reports present.

In January, in all localities, the shrimps were smaller
than in the previous year : the weather was colder, frosty.
Mr. Ascroft writes from Lytham in February that there
are '' a great number of Crangon allmani amongst the
shrimps."

The prawners are reported as finding lumps of the sand
tubes built up by the gTegarious annehds Sabellaria
alveolata to be full of prawns. This year again there is
much evidence that few shrimps are to be obtained in
cold and in unsettled weather. The food matters generally
attributed to the shrimps are : — worms, shore worms,
long fine green worms, dead fish, sweet cockles and lug-
worms, stones and shells, and finally " suction." One
correspondent mentions that sometimes the anterior end
of the shrimp is coloured green by the green worms it has
eaten. Some of these matters require investigation.

By universal consent the worst enemies of the shrimp
are crabs [Carcimis moenas and Folijhius hensloioi) and
fishes, especially whiting, young haddock, small cod,
skates, and flukes. Mr. Ascroft mentions in February
having taken a quart of shrimps out of a skate's stomach.
It is reported from Parkgate that in the summer time the

* See Trans. L'pool Biol. Soc, vol. v., p. 32, 1890.

24 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

hand or push nets kill great numbers of young shrimps in
the shallows; and there certainly seems abundant evidence
that a great destruction of immature flat fish (soles and
flukes) is caused by the shrimpers generally. It is worth
consideration and experiment whether it would be possible
to construct in the tail end of the net some form of metal
sieve with narrow elongated meshes of such a size and
form as would allow small soles and flukes to w^riggle
through while retaining at least the larger shrimps. This
would be in constant action while the net was being
worked, and would take the place of the apparently in-
adequate operation of sifting, which is performed in the
boat after the net has been emptied and which is probably
too late to save the lives of many of the young fishes. Mr.
E. A. Dawson has just informed me that a few years ago
he experimented with a shank trawl which had the lower
edge of the net fixed to a bar set a little w^ay off the
ground so that only the shrimps, which spring well up-
wards when disturbed, were captured and most of the
young fishes were passed over. Mr. Dawson intends to
have another net of this kind made, and to give it a fair
trial during the fishery investigations he is now carrying
on.

If, as seems likely, it will be soon found necessary in
the interests of the young flat fish to restrict somewhat the
operations of the shrimpers in space or time, or in both,
a compensating addition to the supply of shrimps might,
I think, be obtained by artificial cultivation. Some parts
of our sandy estuaries might be enclosed as shrimp
preserves to be stocked, supplied with food, and carefully
attended to. The shrimps breed practically all the year
round, are hardy and prolific, and if supplied with
plenty of food and protected from their enemies would
probably increase greatly in numbers in a very short time.

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFF[N ISLAND. 25

In discussing this matter lately with Mr. A. 0. Walker,
he suggested that without going so far as a definite scheme
of artificial cultivation, a good deal might be effected by
selecting as breeding grounds certain portions of the coast,
say one mile in length and extending from the shore out
to a depth of a few^ fathoms, on which large stones should
be put down a hundred yards or so apart in order to prevent
any trawler from working on those areas. This would be a
very inexpensive method of making what would probably
form an admirable and safe breeding ground for both
shrimps and fish.

Other Investigations.

Mr. Chopin of Manchester did some collecting work at
the south end of Isle of Man in August, and succeeded in
finding Lucernaria which had not previously been re-
corded in our district. He also made a collection of
sponges which Dr. Hanitsch, who is examining them,
reports will probably be found to contain 2 or 3 species
new to the neighbourhood.

Mr. G. Swainson of St. Anne's has been indefatigable
in tow-netting at night from the end of the pier, and has
been rewarded by the capture of a number of interesting
forms of surface life, including the Tunicata FritiUaria
fiu'cata, not previously recorded, and a form of Oihopleura
with a remarkable investing test or "Haus" on which
Mr. Swainson read a paper at the Cardiff meeting of the
British Association.

Specimens collected at Puffin Island and elsewhere
have, as usual, been distributed to our specialists, and
have afforded material for a number of investigations
which have been or will be shortly laid before the
Biological Society. A small collection of typical marine
Invertebrata has also been sold to the Yorkshire Colleo-e,

26 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Leeds, for laboratory use. The Committee would be glad
to add to the income of the Station in this way in the
future. Most ordinary marine types for laboratory work
can be supplied either fresh or preserved in spirit.

The usual balance sheet is appended, by the Hon. Treas.,
along with a list of the subscriptions and donations to the
L.M.B.C. funds received during the last year.

Applications* to be allowed to work at the Biological
Station, or for specimens (living or preserved) for Mu-
seums, Laboratory work, and Aquaria, should be addressed
to Professor Herdman, University College, Liverpool. ,

Subscriptions and Donations should be sent to Mr. I.
C. Thompson, F.L.S., 19, Waverley Eoad, Liverpool.

The L.M.B. Committee are publishing their Reports
upon the Fauna and Flora of Liverpool Bay in a series of
8vo. volumes at intervals of about three years. Of these
two have appeared : — vol. I. containing 372 pp. and 12
plates, price 8/6, was issued in 1886 ; vol. II. containing
240 pp. and 12 plates, price 7/6, was issued in 1889.
Vol. III. is nearly ready and will be issued in the summer
of 1892. Copies of these may be ordered from the Liver-
pool Marine Biology Committee, University College,
Liverpool, or the Hon. Treas., 4, Lord Street, Liverpool.

* Subscribers of a guinea or upwards to tlie funds are entitled to work at the
Station, when there is room, free of charge (except the keeper's weekly-
account for food) College Students of Biology are offered lodging (not
including food) and tli3 use of the laboratory at the Station at tlie rate of ten
shillings per week, payable to the Hon. Treasurer. All visiting the Station,
including Members of the Committee, Subscribers, and Students, pay the
keeper daily or weekly for their food. Four simple meals (breakfast, dinner,
tea, and supper) are provided at about cost price, averaging three shillings
a day.

MAEINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 27

Appendix.

SUBSCRIPTIONS and DONATIONS.

Archer, Francis, B.A., 21, Mulgrave-street

Banks, Prof. W. Mitcliell, 28, Roduey-st.

Bickersteth, Dr., 2, Rodney-street...

Brook, George, 19, Greenliill-gardens, Edin-
burgh ...

Brown, Prof. J. Campbell, University
College, Liverpool

Brown, J. Harvie^ Dunipace House,
Larbert, N.B

Bulley, Arthur K., West Kirby

Burton, Major, Fryars, Beaumaris...

Caine, Natli., 10, Orange-court, Castle-street

Caton, Dr. 31, Rodney-street

Comber, Thomas, Leighton, Parkgate

Coventry, Joseph, 34, Linnet Lane

Davidson, Dr., 2, Gambier-terrace...

Denny, Prof., Firth College, Sheffield

Derby, Earl of, Knowsley ...

Drysdale, Dr., 36a, Rodney-street...

Gair, H. W., Smithdown-road, Wavertree...

Gamble, Col. David, C.B., Windlehurst
St. Helens

Gaskell, Holbrook, J.P., Woolton Wood,
Much Woolton

Gibson, R. J. Harvey, 41, Sydcnham-avenue

Gifford, J., Whitehouse-terrace, Edinburgh

Glynn, Dr., 62, Rodney-street

Subscriptions.

Donations.

£ s. d.

£ s. d

1 1 0

—

2 2 0

—

.220

1 1 0

1 1 0

2 2 0

— 110

0

10

0

1

0

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

I

1

0

1

1

0

5

0

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

2 0 0

1

1 0

1

1 0

1

0 0

1

1 0

1 0 0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

0

0

0

5

0

5

0

0

28 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Halls, W. J, 35, Lord-Street 110 —

Henderson, W. Gr., Liverpool Union Bank 110 —
Herdman, Prof., Univer&ity College. L'pool. 2 2 0 —
Higgin, Thos. (the late), Ethersall, Roby... 110 —
Holder, Thos., 1, Clarendon-buildings Tithe-
barn-street
Holland, Walter, Mossley Hill-road
Holt, George, J. P. Sudley, Mossley Hill ...
Johnstone, Rev. Geo., M.A., 41, Bentley-rd.
Jones, Chas. W., Field House, Wavertree
Jones, Mrs. Chas. W., Field House, Waver-
tree — 5 0 0

Jones, J. Birdsall, 10, St. George's-crescent 110

Leicester, Alfred, 24, Aughton-rd, Birkdale 110 —

Lomas, J., 23, Avondale-road ... ... 0 10 6 —

Macfie, Robert, Airds 100 —

Marshall, Prof. A. M lines, Owens College

Manchester ... ... ... ... 1 1 0 —

McMillan, W. S., 17, Temple-street ... 2 2 0 —

Meade-King, R. R., 4, Oldhall-street ... 0 10 0 —
Meade-King, H. W., Sandfield Park, West

Derby 10 0 —

Melly, George, 90, Chatham-street 10 0 —

Melly, W. R., 90, Chatham-street 10 0 —

Miall, Prof., Yorkshire College, Leeds ... 1 1 0 —

Monks, F. W., Brooklands, Warrington ... 1 1 0 —

Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall 5 0 0 —

Phillips, Prof. R. W., Univ. College. Bangor 110 —

Poole, Sir James, Tower Buildings ... 2 2 0 —

Rathbone, R. R., Glan-y-Menai, Anglesey 2 2 0 —

Rathbone, S. G., Croxteth-drive, Sefton-park 2 2 0 —
Rathbone, Theo., (the late,) Back wood,

Neston 220 —

Rathbone, W., M.P., Greenbank, Allerton 2 2 0 —

Roberts, Isaac, F.R.S., Tunbridge-wells ... 1 1 0 —

Shankland, Rev. Thos., Wheat-villa, Rhyl 0 10 6 ^

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION ON PUFFIN ISLAND. 29

Shepheard, T., Kingsley Lodge, Chester ... 1 1 0 —

Simpson, J. Hope, Annandale, Aigburgli-

drive 2 2 0 —

Smart, Kev. E. H., Kirby-in-Clevelaiid,

Northallerton ...
Stewart, W. J., City Magistrates Office ...
Tate, A. Norman, 9, Hackin's-hey...
Thompson, Isaac C, 19, Waverley-road

Sef ton-park
Thornely, James, Baycliff, Woolton
Thornely, The Misses, Baycliff, Woolton ...
Toll, J. M., 340, Walton Breck-road
Vicars, John, 8, St. Alban's-square, Bootle
Walker, Alfred 0., Nant-y-glyn Colwyn Bay
^Valker, Horace, South Lodge, Princes-park
AVatson, A. T., Tapton-crescent, Sheffield
Westminster, Duke of, Eaton Hall
Wiglesworth, Dr., Rainhill

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

1

0

2

2

0

3

3

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

5

0

0

1

0

0

. 100 10 0 9 3 0

Royal Society Grant, per Professor Herd man ... 50 0 0

O
O

y

o

X

Q

(3

H

^

o

Ct5

w

O

^"^

^

o

O

1 — 1

n

m

W

H

w

!2^

<1

«

1— 1

<^

H

Fb

T3

o o o o ^ ^

tc

CO

oo

o

rH O O CO O CO C

CO

o o

o

w

i-^

I— ( I— 1

(MO '^

^

O CO CO

lO

o ir:

IC

=+i

CO o

'^l

oo CM

o

O

o

^

"^

-H

o

i^

VO

o

(M

^

'. ""^

: ,o

^

4J

'. '

f-^

m

(H

J3

• <:;.

• .^

a

<u

it|l

— 1 iC '-' t/J

M

: ^
: ^

PPco

II

c

m

- 2

1

: c
: o

11

I
9-

c,

0,

s
s

r2

1 1

o +:

D

1^5

o

■^

^

WP^P^

'^' CO

o -

O T-H

^

O -O 1-

C£

'sO

r- 1

yi' CO

O CO r-H

c

'sD

1^

Oi (>i cr

cr

5 O

r-l

■H

■—I

""I

^ CO

tM CO CO

o o

CO

i^ O C]

y^

CO

U^

CM

CM

CM

-^

^

} :

6

\

=«

X

0)

o

o

: 6

Oj

: ^

s

M

s

: M

r-

t»

y.

o

; '§

-(J

CO

: 6

fcp

rt

^

; i

?

Td

-5

.^

?^

+-

c«

C« r

i>

s

o

0«

O

<3 1

Qj *

pi

?

S

fc/

i ^2

c3

2

■1^ r^

c

bD

o

o i

o

<D

^o ^

-

^ S

CC

2 &c ^

o

1

i 1

02 J

1 -'i

2 Ph

1

1

Ph e^ a

■"^ o

„

,

^

^

>?

E-

■1

"

""

r.

'

'~

"

''

P3

o ^

31

[From Trans. Biol. Soc, L'pool. Vol. VI.]

NOTES on the STEUCTUEE of OIKOPLEUEA.
By W. a. Herdman, D.Sc, F.L.S.,

PROFESSOR OF KATUllAL HISTORY IN UNIYERSITY COLLEGE, LIVERPOOL.

With Plates I— IV.

[Read 12tli February, 1892.]

Foe several years, as opportunity offered, I have been
making occasional observations on the structure of Appen-
dicularians, living and preserved, from Puffin Island and
other parts of Liverpool Bay. Mr. G. Swainson, F.L.S. ,
of St. Annes-on-the-Sea, Lancashire, who has been
successful in capturing several curious forms of Appen-
diculariidge, lately sent me for examination a very good
specimen of an OiJcoj^Ieura (probably 0. flahellum, J.
Miill.) which he had caught in his surface net from St.
Anne's pier in August, and had preserved in graduated
alcohols from 307o to absolute, and which had been im-
bedded in paraffine, stained with Babes' safranin solution
and sectionised by Dr. E. C. Bousfield with the Caldwell
automatic microtome. My thanks are due to Mr. Swainson
and Dr. Bousfield for their kindness in enabling me to ex-
amine this form. As their specimen seems to have been
in excellent condition, and shows some interesting points
rather well, I have made it the basis of the following
observations (in which the substance of my former notes
is incorporated) and have drawn in the accompanying
plates the more important of the sections, enough of them,
I think, to form a guide to the complete structure of the
animal. I have also given in figure 9 on plate IV. a
lateral view of the animal, reconstructed from the serial
sections, which may be useful in interpreting the individual

32 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

sections, and also as an approximately trne-to-natnre dia-
gram of the typical structure of the group. The structure
of various Appendiculariidse examined whole as transpar-
ent objects has been described and figured by Huxley,
Gegenbaur, Fol, Eisen, Sanders, Moss, Chun and others,
but the method of serial sections has not apparently been
applied before to this group, and I do not think any
figures of sections have yet been published.

The size of the specimen was: — length of the body 1.5
mm., and length of the ''tail" 4—5 mm. On commencing
at the rounded posterior end of the body (see PL IV. fig.
9) it is found that the first few sections consist of ovary
alone surrounded by a delicate inembrane, the ectoderm.
There is no trace of cuticular test on this part of the sur-
face. Then, after a few sections, a small crescentic or
lenticular piece of testis begins to appear on each side of
the ovary and gradually increases in size as it is traced
forwards. Consequently in some sections near the pos-
terior end (see PL I. fig. 1) the ovary seems to be a single
median organ placed between a pair of lateral testes. In
a few sections considerably further forward, however, (PL
II. fig. 2) we find two lateral pieces of ovarian tissue,
while the testis is a single organ. The fact is both are
single, but lobed : the ovary being slightly bifurcated at
its anterior end and having an overhanging dorsal lobe
near its posterior extremity (see PL IV. fig. 9, ov), while
the testis consists of two great posterior lateral lobes
connected anteriorly and ventrally (PL II. fig. 3, sp.).

The outlines of the ova are not distinct, but the germinal
vesicles and germinal spots are very conspicuous even
under a low power (PL I. figs. 1, 2, &c.), while a higher
magnification shows them as represented in Plate I. fig. 4.
The spermatic tissue in the testis shows merely a number
of fine rounded dots in a faintly stained protoplasm, the

NOTES ON THE STRUCTURE OF OIKOPLEURA. 33

dots being evidently the deeply stained nuclei of the small
spermatic cells (see PL I. figs. 3 and 5).

After about 20 sections from the posterior end the
lateral lobes of testis are found to be encroaching upon
the ovary in its centre so as to divide off a smaller dorsal
lobe from the ventrally placed main mass (PL I. fig. 2).
In this region is found the apparently single genital duct.
The dorsal ectoderm bends down in section 24 to form
a slender epithelial tube v^hich seems to join the v^all
of the ovary (PL IV. fig. 9, o.d.). The testis lobes come
in contact dorsally at this point and may possibly join
(PL I. fig. 3), so the tube might be vas deferens, or act both
as oviduct and vas deferens. The dorsal lobe then dies
out after a fev7 sections, and the ovary is then represented
by a nearly flat ventral plate v^hich can be traced forwards
to about the 90th section (counting from the posterior end).
Figure 3 on Plate I. shows the typical arrangement in a
number of sections, say numbers 25 to 45, where the
ventral ovary and the two lateral testis lobes enclose a
small triangular area, which will be occupied a little
further forward by the alimentary canal. The whole is
still surrounded by a delicate ectoderm with no trace of
a distinct test.

The next figure (PL I. fig 6) shows, in the 48th section,
the most posteriorly placed part of the alimentary canal.
It is a short dorsal diverticulum from the point where the
oesophagus joins the stomach, and can be traced forwards
through the sections into the oesophagus and then the
pharynx or branchial sac. In about the 50th section we
come upon the first trace of the test in the form of a thin
layer of cuticle dorsally placed and co-terminous with an
area of rather larger ectoderm cells. As one traces the
sections forwards these ectoderm cells get larger, and the
layer of test over them becomes thicker (see PL I. figs. 7

34 TRANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and 8). Inside the ectoderm on this dorsal aspect a very
thin layer of connective tissue (parietal mesoderm) can
now be recognised (fig. 8, mes).

We now come upon the posterior end of the stomach.
This organ is of large size and complicated shape, it
extends from about the 50th to the 160th section. There
are two great laterally placed posterior lobes which join
anteriorly. Into one of these lobes, the left, the oesophagus
opens, while the intestine emerges from the other, on the
right side. They may be conveniently referred to as the
cardiac (left) and the pyloric (right) sacs respectively.
These lateral posterior parts of the stomach are of con-
siderable dorso-ventral extent (see PI. 11. fig. 1, st, st'),
while the anterior or median part of the stomach where
the cardiac and pyloric sacs join is low, but very wide from
side to side (PI. II. fig. 5). The greater part of the
alimentary canal is richly ciliated (PI. I. fig. 10). I have,
however, not been able to find any trace of cilia in the
cardiac sac which is very much more glandular, especially
in its ventral end (PL II. fig. 1, gl) than any other part of
the stomach.

The pyloric sac extends a little further posteriorly than
the rest of the stomach, and is seen in fig 7, PI. I. with
the flattened diverticulum from the oesophagus lying
dorsally. In the next figure (PI. I. fig. 9), which shows
the 61st section, the cardiac sac is just beginning to
appear below the oesophagus, and ten sections further
forward (PI. I. fig. 10) the two are found to communicate,
the oesophagus having turned ventrally with a slight un-
dulation. The pyloric sac is now large and lies with its
long axis dorso-ventrally. Its interior, and that of the
oesophagus, is ciliated while the cardiac sac shows glandu-
lar cells at its ventral end (PI. I. fig. 10, gl.).

The last three figures show the gradual reduction in

NOTES ON THE STRUCTUEE OF OIKOPLEURA. 35

size of the lateral testis lobes which now no longer invade
the dorsal part of the body ; these figures (PI. I. figs. 7, 9,
10) also show the increase of the dorsal cap of large
ectoderm cells and of test both in thickness and in super-
ficial extent. About the 70th section (PI. I. fig. 10) it may-
be noticed that the test is becoming thinner in the medio-
dorsal line and thicker in its lateral parts. The most
posterior (curved) part of the nerve cord (myelon) is seen
in figs. 9 and 10. Its two ends diverge, the one {n.s.)
dorsally and to the right to become continuous anteriorly
with the cerebral ganglion, and the other {n.) ventrally and
to the left to join the caudal ganglion and nerve (compare
PL IV. fig. 9,71.).

Ten sections further forward (PL 11. fig. 1) the cardiac
and pyloric sacs are found to join at their dorsal ends, and
from this point forward to its anterior extremity, in section
163 or so, the stomach is seen as a single cavity which
gradually diminishes in its vertical and increases in its
horizontal (lateral) extent. The oesophagus is still seen
running forwards over the stomach dorsally, and the cilia
and gland cells are distributed as before. After another
ten sections we find that the two lateral testis lobes
become connected by a median band immediately above
the much reduced ovary w^hich now bifurcates (PL II. fig.
2) and then dies away. This last figure shows the con-
striction marking the separation of the intestine (i) off
from the pyloric sac.

We now come to the point where the oesophagus passes
into the pharynx or branchial sac, and in section 103 (PL
II. fig 3, ph.) it is seen that the lumen of this dorsal cavity
has become distinctly triangular with a medio-dorsal
groove which is the posterior end of the well marked
epipharyngeal groove corresponding to the dorsal lamina
of Ascidians. The stomach and testis are much as before,

36 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and the intestine is now seen to be completely separated
off from the pyloric sac, while the csecal extremity of a
new tube — a diverticulmn rmniing posteriorly and to the
left from the rectmn is seen in the middle line between
the stomach and the intestine. In the next section
figured (PL II. fig. 4), which is just ten further forward,
this diverticulum is seen as a large distinct tube lying
near the centre of the body and between stomach and
intestine. It can be traced alongside the latter (see PI.
II. fig. 5) for about 20 sections when (PL II. fig. 6) the two
tubes communicate, and finally after another 20 sections
the two have completely coalesced to form a single medio-
ventral tube, the rectum. PL II. fig. 6 (section 134) shows
the two tubes communicating by a narrow passage pro-
vided with long cilia; PL 11. fig. 7 (section 151) shows the
tubes almost completely joined there being only a small
chink left to represent the intestine, the greater part of
the lumen being derived from the diverticulum ; finally
PL III. fig. 1 (section 155) shows the median rectum, still
a little unsymmetrical in shape. It results from this
arrangement seen in the last 50 sections that there must
be only a very narrow slit-like opening from the intestine
into the point of junction of the rectum and its CEecum.

These sections (103 to 155) show also the gradual but
marked growth of the pharynx in size and differentiation
as it is traced forwards. Figures 4 and 5 on PL II. and
fig. 1 on PL III. show the triangular shape, the broad
ventral base, the thin lateral walls, and the formation of
ciliated tracts dor sally and ventrally, the dorsal being a
pair of prominent pads which bound the epipharyngeal
groove (see PL 11. fig. 5, ep.p.), while the ventral is a flat
hypopharyngeal plate (hy.p.) which can be traced forwards
to near the endostyle. Section 113 (PL 11. fig 4) shows
the anterior bifurcation of the testis (sjj.) which dies out

NOTES ON THE STEUCTURE OF OIKOPLEURA. 37

a few sections further forward, thus bringing us to the
anterior end of the very extensive hermaphrodite repro-
ductive system (compare PL IV. fig. 9).

The gradual increase of the dorsal area of large ectoderm
cells, and of the thickened test covering it, is very notice-
able, and the point where ectoderm and test join and thin
off into a delicate membrane ( X in PI. II. fig. 5) can be
seen to advance further and further down the wall of the
body until in section 155 (PI. III. fig. 1) it has almost
reached the ventral surface. We are now approaching the
anterior end of the stomach. This extensive cavity has
been gradually changing its shape in the sections from a
vertical bilobed to a single horizontal space lying across
the middle of the body (see PL III. fig. 1) between the
dorsal branchial sac and the ventral rectum. In the next
few sections the walls are found encroaching irregularly
upon the lumen, and in section 163 (PL III. fig. 2) the
lumen has completely disappeared, and a couple of sections
further forward (PL III. fig. 3) no trace of the wall of the
stomach is left.

Just before we finally leave the stomach behind we come
upon the posterior end (really the morphological anterior
part) of the great ventral appendage or "tail" (PL III.
fig. 1, app.). Consequently the tail joins the body just
about on a level with the anterior end of the stomach.
No trace of the tail is visible in section 125 (PL II. fig. 5,)
while it is seen just completely separated off from the
ventral body-wall in section 155 (PL III. fig. 1). It first
appears a few sections behind this, and it is the lateral
edges of the tail which first become free, and lastly the
median part lying between the notochord and the rectum
separates off from the ventral wall of the body. From this
point the tail is present in all the sections forward to the
front or oral end of the body, and even for a considerable

38 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

distance beyond that. It contains in its centre the noto-
chord (or urochord, n. ck.) and on the left side of that the
nerve or myelon (n.). In section 155 (PI. III. fig. 1) we
see the latter greatly enlarged to form the caudal ganglion
at the base of the tail. The heart is placed just above the
base of the tail (PI. IV. fig. 9, h.). We see a part of it
between the stomach and the rectum in PI. II. fig. 5, at h.
We now come to the important region, about section
170, where the branchial sac or pharynx connnunicates
with the exterior by a pair of ventral tubular ciliated
openings or stigmata. The series of sections represented
by figures 3 to 6 on PI. Ill show the structure of these
openings and the passages leading to them. The first
change as one approaches the stigmata is seen at a on the
right hand side of fig. 3, (section 165) where the lateral
edge of the branchial sac bends down ventrally while at
the same time the ectoderm on the surface of the body
over this region is invaginated, so that only a narrow
bridge of tissue is left between the two cavities. The
next stage is seen a couple of sections further forward at
b in fig. 4, where a few large cells appear in the bridge of
tissue and then become arranged, as at c, in two regular
rows. These rows of cells draw apart (see d, fig. 5),
then additional rows appear till there are in all 4 series of
cells with narrow slits between the rows {e. fig. 3). [On
account of a slight obliquity in the sections or because of
one of the stigmata being slightly further forward than
the other, the two sides of the body show different con-
ditions in the same section, consequently these four
sections figured show us eight or nine different stages
{a to i, figs. 3 to 6)] . The middle cells of each row then
die out as we trace the sections forwards (see/, fig. 4)
leaving merely a set of four pyramidal richly ciliated cells
{g. fig. 5) on each wall of the tubular passage which places

NOTES ON THE STliUCTURE OF OIKOPLEURA. 39

each side of the branchial sac in free communication with
the external world. For some few sections from No. 170
forwards this is tlie state of affairs, and these sections are
evidently cut through the middle of the stigmata. It is
clear then that we are dealing with four horizontal rings
of ciliated cells encircling the middle of the passage.

Then these passages begin, about section 180, to be
closed in by the ectoderm growing across the external
aperture, outside the ciliated cells. It is the most ventral
extension of the area of large test-producing ectoderm
cells which effects this change. In fig. 3 it is seen that
the conspicuous ectoderm has exactly reached the lateral
angles of the triangular body, immediately external to the
openings (atrial) of the stigmata ; in fig. 5 a little thick-
ened ectoderm is seen on the ventral surface just internal
to these openings ; while in fig. 6, at A on the right side,
the ectoderm is seen to have grown across the opening in
the form of a fold from each side ; and finally at i, on the
left side of the same figure, the folds have completely
united and there is now a wide bridge of tissue, both cov-
ered and lined by ectoderm, separating the remains of the
stigma from the exterior. The ciliated cells now die
away a few sections further forward leaving the lateral
edges of the branchial sac very much as they were
immediately posterior to the stigmata (see right side of
fig. 3 and fig. 7). This series of sections in which the
stigmata are present shows also the rectum changing
from a triangular (fig. 3) to a circular lumen (fig. 6), and
then opening to the exterior at the anal aperture. Fig. 7
(section 190) is immediately in front of the anus, so the
rectum is no longer present.

The ectoderm cells on the lateral walls of the body are
becoming still larger and more conspicuous (fig. 7), and
they now extend well on to the ventral surface from each

40 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

side, leaving only its middle third uncovered. In the
dorsal part of the branchial sac the two ciliated pads
which further back lay one at each side of the narrow
epipharyngeal groove are now seen to have moved further
ventrally, and they continue as traced forwards to run
obliquely down the lateral walls of the branchial sac (see
figs. 7 and 8), being now in fact the peripharyngeal ciliated
bands of ordinary ascidians, till finally they meet in the
ventral median line in the region of the endostyle. In the
middle of the lateral surface of the body (fig. 8) the ecto-
derm is more than one layer deep. There are large
columnar cells,* in each of which several nuclei are present,,
while at the bases of these there are smaller triangular
cells with their apices running in between the adjacent
columnar ones (PL III. fig. 10).

The tail in the last few sections while remaining of about
the same width from side to side has become a good deal
thicker dorso-ventrally, and the dorsal and ventral surfaces
in the middle third have become covered by a thicker
layer of ectoderm, while inside that and co-terminous with
it is a well marked layer of muscle fibres (see PI. III. figs.
8 and 9). In the centre of the tail and occupying all
the extent between the two muscle layers is the notochord
with its usual undulating outline, and on its left side the
delicate nerve cord (see PI. III. fig 7). The tail retains
this structure through all the sections forwards to and in
front of the oral end of the body proper.

The next section figured, No. 216 (PI. III. fig. 8), shows
the body becoming rapidly smaller, while the ectoderm
cells on the lateral walls have become enormous, and

* It is probably these cells which Sanders (]\[on. Micros. Jour., Ap. 1874,
p. 141) mistook for stigmata in his Olkophuro, from Torquay. Possibly the
supposed gill-slits in Moss's remarkable appendicularian (Linn. Trans. XXVII,
p. 299.) may have been either large ectoderm cells or large glandular cells of
the endostyle.

NOTES ON THE STRUCTURE OF OIKOPLEURA. 41

show distinctly the arrangement in more than one layer
noted above (see fig. 10). The entire ventral surface is
now covered with large ectoderm cells, and there is a con-
tinuous layer of test all over the body. With the excep-
tion of the small dorsal nerve cord (n.s.), the branchial
sac or pharynx is the only organ inside the ectoderm. It
is roughly of triangular form with a ciliated pad projecting
inwards from each of its sides. The two lateral pads are
the peripharyngeal bands and the third is a median ventral
ridge (the hypopharyngeal) which shortly becomes con-
verted into a ciliated groove leading forward to the
endostyle. Six or seven sections further on (PL IV. fig. 1)
this ventral ciliated area is seen as a shallow groove, two
sections in front of that (PL IV. fig. 2) it has become a
deeper, narrower groove, and in another couple of sections
it forms, along with the peripharyngeal grooves (p.p.)
which have now moved down veiitrally and coalesced
with it, the sloping lateral edges of the aperture of the
endostyle into the branchial sac (PL IV. fig. 3).

The posterior end of the endostyle is found about section
220. PL IV. fig. 1, en., shows its appearance in section
223 where it is composed of a mass of glandular cells lying
half-way between the ventral surface of the branchial sac
and the ectoderm, and having no connection with the
pharynx. In section 225 (PL IV. fig. 2) the endostyle is
larger and has a central lumen around which the glandular
cells are placed ; it has now nearly come into connection
with the deep hypopharyngeal groove. In another couple
of sections we find this connection established as is shown
in section 228 (PL IV. fig. 3) where the endostyle has a
considerable cavity opening by a narrow slit into the
ventral part of the pharynx. The glandular cells are not
equally developed around the whole wall of the endostyle
but are arranged in four definite longitudinal tracts. After

42 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a few sections the endostyle becomes again shut off from
the pharynx, so that the opening between the two is very
small and the greater part of the endostyle is not a canal
as in most Tmricata, but a closed in tube (compare PL
IV. fig. 9, en.). Its close resemblance both in transverse
(PL IV. fig 3) and in longitudinal (fig. 9) section to its
homologue the thyroid involution in the larval lamprey is
more marked in this form, I think, than in any Tunicate
yet figured. This endostyle differs considerably from that
of Vexillaria speciosa as figured by Eisen.

Twenty sections further forward (PL IV. fig 4) we find
the body greatly reduced in size, as we are now not far
from the anterior end ; while the tail is still very large.
The branchial sac or pharynx is small and is transversely
elongated. Above it we find the nervous system now
becoming of considerable size, and ventrally is the closed
endostyle composed of large glandular cells arranged below
a small circular lumen. Six sections further forward (PL
IV. fig. 5) we find the body and the branchial sac still
smaller, the endostyle large but with no lumen now, and
the nervous system larger than before with the otocyst
attached to it, on the left side. On each side of the bran-
chial sac is seen a large glandular mass w^hich is the
posterior end of an elongated cylindrical or sausage shaped
closed gland lying at the side of the mouth (PL IV. fig. 5).

This section shows also the very large ciliated infundi-
bulum (fig. 5, d.t.) which opens into the dorsal edge of the
branchial sac, on the right side, and which probably corres-
ponds to the opening of the hypophysial duct on the dorsal
tubercle of an Ascidian. A few sections further forward,
in No. 257, we see this organ still better, and the middle
portion of this section is shown more highly magnified
(X600) in PL IV. fig. 6. The pharynx is thin walled and
irregular in shape with the ciliated funnel opening into the

NOTES ON THE STRUCTURE OF OIKOPLEURA. 43

right hand end of its dorsal surface. The cells near the
aperture of the funnel are very large and distinct while
the cilia they bear are long and numerous and lie directed
upwards towards the inner end of the funnel. That csecal
end is supplied by a nerve. The central nervous system
is here at its largest. It shows large granular nerve cells,
and the otocyst (PI. IV. fig. 6, o.c). The endostyle and
the lateral oral glands are very much as before.

Ten sections further forward, No. 266 (PL IV. fig. 7)
we find the body still smaller. It is now close to the
anterior end, and this is the last section we figure. The
pharynx is now small and will shortly terminate in the
oral aperture. The two large glands lie alongside it, but
the endostyle is no longer visible ventrally, we are in front
of its anterior end. Dor sally the nervous system is seen
attached to the inner surface of the ectoderm, where it
extends outwards into two lateral processes. Figure 8
shows this region more highly magnified (X 600). The
ectoderm is here distinctly two layers thick, and is covered
by a cuticle or test which can be traced as a distinct
though thin layer completely round the body in this
region.

The nervous system, then, when traced through the
whole series of sections is seen to be connected anteriorly
with the dorsal ectoderm close to the mouth ; then it
becomes free from the ectoderm and expands to form the
large ganglionic mass or brain placed above the front of
the pharynx (see PI. IV. fig. 9, n.s.) and having two sense
organs, the ciliated funnel and the otocyst, connected with
it. The ganglion then tapers posteriorly to form a slender
nerve cord, the myelon, which runs backw^ards over the
pharynx, rather on the right side of the medio-dorsal line
(PL III. fig. 3), until it reaches the oesophagus where it
turns ventrally and runs down between the pyloric sac

44 TRANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and the right lateral lobe of the testis until it reaches the
ventral surface between the stomach and the anterior end
of the ovary (PL I. fig. 9). It now turns forwards, reaches
the base of the tail, enlarges to form the caudal ganglion,
and then continues onwards through the length of the
tail lying on the left side of the notochord.

I have not discussed specially those detailed points in
which the preceding account differs from those of Fol,
Eisen and other authors. The new method of investigation,
serial sections in place of transparent objects, might be
naturally expected to yield some new results in matters of
detail : besides I cannot be certain that my form is speci-
fically identical with any of those previously described. I
may mention, however, as perhaps the most interesting
points shown in my figures : — the condition of the endo-
style as a diverticulum to a great extent shut off from
the branchial sac, the presence of a genital duct, the distri-
bution of the enlarged ectoderm cells and the cuticular
test, the exact course of the nerve cord through the pos-
terior part of the body, and finally the shapes and relative
positions of the alimentary and reproductive viscera.

Explanation of the Plates.

All the figures with the exception of fig. 9 on PI. IV.
were drawn from the sections, which were placed so that
right and left sides of the figure represent right and left
sides of the animal. With the exceptions of figs. 4, 5, and
8 on PI. I. figs. 9 and 10 on PL III. and figs. 6 and 8 on
PL IV. which show more highly magnified details, all the
figures were drawn under a moderate magnification, about
115 diameters. The following abbreviations are used : —

NOTES ON THE STEUCTURE OF OIKOPLEURA. 45

a. anus, app. appendage or tail, d.t. dorsal ciliated
funnel, ec. ectoderm, ep.p. epipharyngeal ciliated groove,
671. endostyle, gl. glandular cells in left side (cardiac sac)
of stomach, //. heart, hy.p. hypopharyngeal ciliated ridge
or groove, i. intestine, ??l mouth, mes. connective tissue,
n. caudal nerve (posterior part of myelon), n.ch. notochord
(urochord). n.s. nervous system (cerebral ganglion and
anterior part of myelon, oes. oesophagus, ov. ovary, o.g. oral
glands, o.c. otocyst, o.d. oviduct, jj>A. pharynx, (branchial
sac), p.p. peripharyngeal ciliated bands, r. rectum, st.
pyloric sac of stomach, st'. cardiac sac, sp. lobes of testis,
t. test, sg. stigma leading to atrial pore.

Plate I.

Section 8 (from posterior end) showing ovary
and lobes of testis.

Section 22, showing separation off of dorsal lobe
of ovary.

Section 35, immediately behind the alimentary
canal.

Small part of ovary from last section more highly
magnified (X 600).

Small part of testis from last section highly mag-
nified (X 600).

Section 48, showing posterior end of stomach.

Section 54, showing stomach and oesophagus.

A part of surface of section 54 more highly mag-
nified (X 600).

Section 61, showing parts of alimentary canal,
and nerves.

Section 71, showing oesophagus opening into
stomach.

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

Fig.

10

46 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Section 81, showing cardiac and pyloric sacs of

stomach, &c.

Fig. 2. Section 95, showing junction of lobes of testis.

Fig. 3. Section 103, showing intestine leaving stomach.

Fig. 4. Section 113, showing diverticulmii of rectmn, &c.

Fig. 5. Section 125, showing branchial sac, heart, &c.

Fig. 6. Section 134,) showing the narrow opening of the

Fig. 7. Section 151, J intestine into the rectmn.

Plate III.

Fig. 1. Section 155, showing the beginning of the tail.

Fig. 2. Section, 163, showing the anterior end of the
stomach.

Fig. 3. Section 165,\

Fig. 4. Section 167, showing the structm^e of the stig-

Fig. 5. Section 169 r mata.

Fig, 6. Section 183,,

Fig. 7. Section 190, showing the branchial sac in front
of the stigmata.

Fig. 8. Section 216, showing the large lateral ectoderm
cells.

Fig. 9. Part of tail from last section more highly mag-
nified (X 600).

Fig. 10. Ectoderm cells from about section 200, highly
magnified.

Plate IV.

showing the relation of the endo-
style to the branchial sac.

Fig. 1. Section 223,^
Fig. 2. Section 225,
Fig. 3. Section 228,^
Fig. 4. Section 248, showing anterior csecal part of
endostyle, &c.

Trans. L'pool. Biol. Soc.

Vol. VI, PI. I,

^^Bt. ^

n.s-

Fig. 10.

W.A.H. del.

OIKOPLEUEA.

Trans. L'pool. Biol. Soc.

Vol. VI, PI. II.

Fig. 5. '.

^' 'i

W.A.H. del.

OIKOPLBURA.

Trans. L'pooi. Biol. Soc.

Vol. VI, PI. II

oes

.ec

oes

W.A.H. del.

OIKOPLEURA.

Trans. L'pool. Biol. Soc.

Vol, VI. PI. IV.

,,^..p'-

y^- ^

'•{' Fig

W.A.H. del.

OIKOPLEURA,

Fig.
Fig.

5.
6.

Fig.

7.

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

NOTES ON THE STRUCTUEE OF OIKOPLEURA. 47

Section 254, nervous system, sense organs, &c.
Section 257, part of the centre, showing nervous

system, &c., highly magnified (X 600).
Section 266, showing anterior end of nervous

system, oral glands, &c.
Dorsal part of last section more highly magnified

(X 600).
Diagrammatic reconstruction of the animal from
the sections, seen from the right hand side,
showing the extent of the thickened ectoderm
and test dorsally and ventrally, the course of
the nerve cord, and the shapes, sizes and
relative positions of the other organs, about 60
times natural size.
PosT-scEiPT. — March 1 ;— Mr. W. Garstang, who was
present when this paper was read, has kindly
written to me since stating that in some sections
of Oikopleura (? dioica) which he has made the
endostyle is an open canal in the greater part of
its extent. On the other hand Dr. Bousfield has
very kindly sent me three additional series of
sections of the same species of Oikopleura as
before {? flabellum), and in these I find as in the
one described above that the cavity of the endo-
style is shut off from the pharynx above for
rnore than half of its length. The actual numbers
of sections involved in these new series are : —
I. closed posterior 7 sects., open 14, closed anterior 12.

n. „ 6 „ 14, „ 11.

III. „ 10 „ 18, „ 19,

48

[From Trans. Biol. Soc, L'pool. Vol. VI.]

EECOED of Additional HYDKOIDA from the
ISLE OF MAN.

By G. W. Wood, F.I.C.

[Read April 8tli, 1892.]

I HAVE much pleasure in submitting to the Biological
Society a list of some Hydroida from the Isle of Man,
which have not been previously recorded.* I have made
numerous dredgings there during the last few years,
chiefly in moderately deep water (20 — 30 fathoms). The
forms belonging to other groups which I have preserved
may be reported upon on some future occasion.

Hydroida have also been procured for me by some of
the Manx trawlers, and parcels continue to be forwarded
from time to time, so that the present list is likely to be
extended. I have confined my attention to the fauna of
the N.W. and N.E. coasts, the south end of the Island
having already been investigated during the L.M.B.C.
dredgings, and those of Prof. Herdman, as recorded in the
first volume of the Fauna of Liverpool Bay.

Although the area represented by the Isle of Man is
comparatively small, the habitats of some of the species
are somewhat sharply defined. Some of the species found
by the L.M.B.C. in the S. and other species reported from
the N. are altogether absent from the N.E. and N.W. and
vice versa. Diphasia pinaster, a species not hitherto
reported from the N. or S., is quite common in the N.W.
but absent again in the N.E. Another species, Sertularia

* [The Report iii)on the Hydroida of the L.JM.B.C. District will be found
in Vol. I, of the " Fauna of Liverpool Bay," p. 95. — Ed.]

RECORD OF ADDITIONAL HYDROIDA FROM THE I.O.M. 49

argentea, which is abundant (in the young state) in the
N.E. is represented in the N.W. by only two or three
small fragments, and only "several very small pieces"
w^ere obtained by the L.M.B.C. in the S. Of the rare
Thuiaria articulata I have found several good specimens
in the N.W., none on the other side. I have also dredged
fine specimens of Aglaophenia mijriophijllum in plenty off
the Dhoon, but one small colony only has appeared in the
N.W. Neither of the two last-named species has, I
believe, been reported from the Isle of Man since the time
of Forbes.

As a summary of my results up to the present time I
have the gratification to record 12 Hydroida not hitherto
reported from the Isle of Man, of which 5 are new to the
district of Liverpool Bay. They are as follow^s : —

New to Isle of Man only.

Tubular ia coronata, Abildg. From the N.W.

Ohelia geniculata, Linn. From the N.W. and N.E.

Ohelia longisswia, Pallas. From the N.W.

Diphasia attenuata, Hincks. From the N.W. & N.E.

Biphasia pinaster, Ellis and Sol. From the N.W.

Dipliasia tamarisca, Linn. From the N.W.

Sertularia cupressina, Linn. From the N.W.
New to the Isle of Man and L.M.B.C. district.

Tubular ia attenuata, Allman. From the N.W.
. Gainpanularia (^) raridentata,A\dei. From the N.W.

Halecium muricatum, Ellis and Sol. From the N.E.

Halecium tenellum, Hincks. From the N.E.

Sertularella tenella, Alder. From the N.W. and
N.E. (abundant).

50

[From Trans. Biol. Soc, L'pool. Vol. VI.

KEYI8I0N of the PODOPHTHALMATA and

CUMACEA of LIYEKPOOL BAY to May, 1892.

By Alfred 0. Walker, F.L.iS.

[Read May 13th, 1892.]

The following list comprises all the Podophthalmata and
Cumacea recorded from Liverpool Bay up to date. The
Edriophthalmata will follow, but it is considered advis-
able to delay these until the completion of Prof. G. 0.
Sars' fine work on the Amphipoda of Norway so that our
species may be named in accordance with it.

In the references to the Eeports previously published it
may be well to mention that Eep. I, is contained in the
first volume of the Eeports of the Liverpool Marine
Biological Committee, (1886) pp. 221—226 ; Eeport II
and III, are in the second vol. of the above (1889) pp.
171 — 181 and App. pp. 68 — 86 ; Eep. II, is also published
in the Proceedings Liverpool Biological Society, Yol. II,
1887—8, pp. 171—181 ; Eep. Ill, in Yol. Ill, 1888—9,
pp. 195—213; and Eep. lY, in Yol. lY, 1889—90, pp.
239—51.

PODOPHTHALMATA,

Brachyura.
Goiioplax angulata, Eabr. (Eep. I, 225).

One specimen said to have occurred at Southport
(C. H. Brown). A Mediterranean species.
Pinnotheres jyisuvi, Penn. (Eep. I, 225).

In Mussels as a commensal. — Dawpool ; Conway ;
Coast of I. of Man.

REVISION OF PODOPHTHALMATA AND CUMACEA. 51

Corystes cassivelaunus, Herbst (Kep. I, 225.)

Not uncommon on sandy gromid at various depths
and between tidemarks throughout tlie district.
Thiapolita, Leach. (Rep. I, 224).

Constable Bank, ''Hyaena," 1885, 10 to 17 miles
N.W. of Mersey Bar ; " Spindrift," 1890.
Atelecijclus septenidentatus, Mont. = A. heteroden, Leach.
Off Fleswick Bay, Station 1, 20 fath., 2 specimens, and
Station III, 30 to 33 fath. 1 specimen, June 5, '92.
Platijonijchus latipes, Feiin., Portunmus variegatus, Leach.
(Rep. I. 225. II, 180).

Between tidemarks on sand in which it buries itself.
Penmaenmawr. Colwyn Bay.
Garcinus mmnas, Baster (Rep. I, 225).

Very abundant in the Dee and Mersey. Not so
common at Colwyn Bay.
Portiuius puber, Linn. (Rep. I, 225, III, 69).

Point of Ayr, 1875. Bull Bay, Anglesey.
Portiuius depicrator, Linn. (Rep. I, 225).

Abundant everywhere : generally on stony ground
3 to 7 fath.
Portunus arciiatiis, Leach. (Rep. I, 225).

Mouth of the Dee. Colwyn Bay. Not common.
Portiuius holsatus, Fabr. (Rep. II, 180).

Garth Ferry, Menai Straits— 10 fath. (H. C. Chadwick)
Portunus lyusillus, Leach. (Rep I, 225, IV, 243).
Port Erin, I. of Man ; Dulas Bay, Anglesey.
Pilumniis hirtelhis, Penn. (Rep. I, 225, II, 180).

Orme's Heads ; Puffin Island ; Bar of Dee. Shore
to 15 fathoms.
Xantho rivulosus, Risso, and var. tuberculatus, Couch (Rep.
II, 180, III, 69, IV, 244).

Beaumaris, shore (Chadwick). Port Erin. 16 miles
N. of Holyhead 40 to 60 fath. " Spmdrift," 20/7/89.

52 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cancer pagur US, Linn. (Eep. I, 226).

Ehos and Colwyn Bays : Common but small.
Eurijnome aspera, Penn. (Eep. I, 226, II, 180).

Puffin Island, 15 fatli. S. end of I. of Man. Between
Liverpool and I. of Man, 20 and 30 fath.
Hyas araneus, Linn. (Eep. I, 226).

Off the Little Orme ; Puffin Island, &c., in stony
places 2 to 10 fath. : not so common as the next species.
Hyas coarctatus, Leach. (Eep. I, 226).

Stony places, shore to 10 fath. Common.
Inachus dorsettensis, Penn. (Eep. I, 226, II, 180).

Off Port Erin ; between Liverpool and I. of Man,
"Weathercock," 28/8/86.
Stenorhynchus rostratus, Linn. (Eep. I, 226).

Common in stony places.
Ehalia tuberosa, Penn., E. pennantil, Leach (Eep. I, 224,
II, 180, lY, 243).

S. end of I. of Man ; Dulas Bay ; between Liverpool
and I. of Man " Weathercock," 28/8/86, 20 to 30 fath.
Ehalia ticmefacta, Penn"., E. hryerii, Leach (Eep. I, 224,
II, 180, IV, 243).

S. end of I. of Man; "Weathercock," 28/8/86; Dulas
Bay, 20 to 30 fath.; Penrhos Bay, May, 1890; 10 to
17 m. N.W. of Mersey Bar, Sept., 1890.

It is remarkable that the two last species, if they be
distinct, should have been taken together in every case.

Anomura.

Eupagurus bernhardics, Fabr.

Abundant everywhere.
E. prideauxii, Leach (Eep. I, p. 223j.

Off Port St. Mary, Isle of Man (Herdman).
E. piibescens, Kroyer (Eep. Ill, p. 69).

Dredged W. of Calf of Man, May, 1888, " Hyc^na."

EEVISION OF PODOPHTHALMATA AND CUMACEA. 53

Eupagurus cuanensis, Thompson (Kep. I, 224, II, 179).
Off S. end of I. of Man, 1885. Between Liverpool
and Isle of Man, 20 to 30 fath., Aug., 1886.
Spiropagurus hevis, Tliomp. (Rep. II, 180).

One specimen, Douglas, I. of Man, 1886.
Poixellana platyclieles, Pennant (Rep. I, 224).

Under stones at low tide. Colwyn Bay ; Hilbre
Island; Puffin Island. Sometimes abundant, especially
in spring.
P. longicornis, Penn. (Rep. I, 224).

Common everywhere under stones.
Galathea nexa, Embleton (Rep. lY, 243, 244).

Off Anglesey Coast, June, 1889; about 16 miles N.
of Holyhead in 40 to 60 fath., July, 20th, 1889; several.
G. dispersa, Bate, (Rep. Ill, 69, IV, 244).

Off I. of Man, May, 1888, about 16 miles N. of Holy-
head, 40 to 60 fath., July 20th, 1889. One specimen
taken off Calf of Man, April, 1889, had the 3rd
maxillipedes as figured by Henderson, " Anomoura of
Challenger Expedition," PI. XII, fig. 6a.
G. intermedia, Lilljeborg, G. andrewsii, Kinahan (Rep. I,
223, II, 179).

Menai Straits ; Hibre Swash ; Port Erin ; between
Liverpool and I. of Man, 20 to 30 fath. ; coast of I. of
Man ; rather common.
G. squamifera, Leach (Rep. I, 223).

Off S. end of Isle of Man.
Miuiida hamffica, Penn. (Rep. Ill, 70).
Off S. end of I. of Man, May, 1888.
Mackura.
Palinurus vulgaris, Latreille.

Anglesey Coast near Valley ; Isle of Man.
Homarus vulgaris, M. Edw. (Rep. I, 223).

Rhos Bay ; Puffin Island ; Anglesey Coast ; Hilbre
Island.

54 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Neplirops norioegicus, Linn. (Kep. I, 223).

Said to have been taken at Holyhead (Bell's Brit.
Crust, p. 254).

Carida.

Crangon vulgaris, Linji.

Common ; sandy shores.
Crangon allmanni, Kinahan (Eep. IT, 179, IV, 243).

Between Liverpool and Isle of Man, 20 to 30 fath.,
August, 1886, three miles off Dulas Bay, Anglesey,
June, 1889 ; Little Orme.
C. trispinosus, Hailstone (Kep. I, 222, II, 179).

Turbot Hole ; Puffin Island ; Colwyn Bay low tideJ
C.fasciatiis, Kisso. (Eep. T, 222, H, 179).

Turbot Hole ; Colwyn Bay.
0. sculptics, Bell (Eep. I, 222).
Off S. end of Isle of Man.
C. nanus, Kroyer = G. hispi)iosiis, Westwood, (Eep. IV,

243,) Turbot Hole, 2 females with ova.
Pasiphoea sivaclo, M. Edw. (Eep. I, 221).

Mouths of the Dee and Mersey, scarce.
Virhius varians, Leach (Eep. I, 222).

Common in tidal pools and down to 15 fathoms.
Hippolyte spinus, Sowerby (Eep. IV, 224).

One specimen 16 m. N. of Holyhead, 40 — 60 fath.,
'' Spindrift," July 20, 1889.
H, crancliii, Leach (Eep. II, 179).

Turbot Hole and Puffin Island, low water ; Colwyn
Bay; Towyn, Anglesey, 5 fath.
H.pusiola, Kroyer (Eep. II, 179).

Turbot Hole, between Orme's Head and I. of Man,
30 fath. ; off Porthwen Bay, Anglesey, 21 fath. ; Towyn,
Anglesea, 5 fath. ; Amlwch Bay ; Little Orme, 8 to 10
fath.

EEVISION OF PODOPHTHALMATA AND CUMACEA.

55

Caridion gordoni, Bate (Kep. Ill, 70).

One female with ova, between Calf of Man and Port
Erin, May, 1888.
Pandalus annulicornis, Leach (Kep. I, 222).
Abundant everywhere on stony ground.
P. hrevirostris, Eathke = Hippohjte Thompsoni, Bell.
(Rep. I, 222, II, 179, III, 70).

Turbot Hole; between Ormes Head and I. of Man,
30 fath. ; S. end of I. of Man, 21 fath. ; 16 m. N. of
Holyhead, off Red Wharf Bay, 20 fath. ; Towyn, Angle-
sea, 5 fath.
PalcE77ion serratus, Penn. (Rep. I, 221).

Stony ground; not abundant.
Palcemon squilla, Leach. (Rep. II, 179).

One specimen in tidal pool at Beaumaris (Chadwick).
Pal(27nonetes varians, Leach.

In brackish w^ater. Wallasey Pool, Birkenhead (W.
J. Halls).

SCHIZOPODA.

Nyctiphanes norvegica, M. Sars.

Tow-net, about 1^- m. N. of Puftin Island, 6.30 a.m.,
November 30, 1890.
Leptomijsis Ungoura, G. 0. Sars.

Colwyn Bay, 2^ fath., Sept. 15, 1890; Port Erin
Harbour, 2 to 5 fath., June 4, 1892.
Siriella norvegica, G. 0. Sars (Rep. IV, 211, 244-5).

Port Erin, April 20, 1889, Electric Light and tow-
net on surface.
Siriella armata, M. Edw.

Puffin Island, tow-net, 1890.
Gastrosaccus spinifer, Goes. (Rep. IV, 241-2).

Colwyn Bay, 2^ fath., October 2, 1889; Port Erin,
Electric Light, April 20, 1889.

56 TEANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mysis flexuosa, Mnller (Kep. I, 221).

Dee, off Flint ; tidal pools, Khos Bay, April and
May; Puffin Island, S. side.
M. neglecta, G. 0. Sars (Eep. IV, 242-245).

Ehos Bay, low tide, June, 1889, July, 1890.
Distinguishable from the last species by the anterior
tarsal joints having 5 joints and the posterior 4, instead
of 6 and 5 respectively. The antennal scale is also
shorter and proportionately wider in this species.
M. inermis, Eathke (Eep. IV, 242).

Colwyn Bay, low tide, Sept., 1889 ; Puffin Island, off
Dinmor Point, April, 1890 (I. C. T.) ; Douglas, I. of
Man, August, 1886 ; Dulas Bay,
M. spiritus, Norman, tow-net.
Puffin Island, 1890 (I. C. T.)

In Eeport I, p. 221, for M. sjjiritiis, Norman, read
M. hervillei, Sars.
M. ornata, G. O. Sars (Eep. IV, 242-3, 245).

Colwyn Bay, May, 1887 ; off Lighthouse, Puffin
Island, 1888 ; Little Orme, 8 fath., August, 1889.
M, hervillei, G. 0. Sars, (Bull, de la Soc. des Amis des
Sciences Nat. de Eouen, 1885, p. 92, PL V. Hoek,
Tijdschrift der Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereen,
1887, p. 11, PL VII.)

Little Orme, 8 fath., August, 1889 (with M. ornata);
12 to 17 m. N. of Mersey Bar, Sept., 1890; Colwyn
Bay, Jan., 1890 and 1891.

I have called the specimens w^ith 5 tarsal joints (exclud-
ing the nail) M. ornata, and those with 6 joints M. hervillei.
I am unable to see any other constant difference between
the 2 species. I have specimens with 6-jointed tarsi
which have the cleft of the telson and the position of the
spine of the antennal scale (which are the parts relied
upon by the author for the specific difference in addition

REVISION OF PODOPHTHALMATA AND CUMACEA. 57

to the tarsal joints), exactly the same as other specimens
which have only 5-jointed tarsi.* Generally the spine is
nearer to the apex of the antennal scale than to the hase.
The colour of M. kervillei is greyish-white, thorax spotted
w^ith dark red or brown, one dorsal and two lateral (one
on each side) spots on each abdominal segment ; proximal
fom'th of telson also dark red, succeeded by a white ar-
borescent patch.
M. lamorncB, Couch (Kep. II, 178).

Colwyn Bay, May, 1887, 3 fath. ; Little Orme, August,

1889, 8 fath.
M. vulgaris, Thompson (Kep. II, 178).
Mouth of the Alt, in brackish water.

CUMACEA.

Cuma scorpioides, Montagu = C. edwardsii, Goodsir
(Kep. Ill, 70 ; IV, 242-3, 246).

Off Great and Little Ormes, 5 to 10 fath. ; Kamsey
at Electric Light and Port Erin, males and females, 3
fath. below surface ; Dulas Bay and Forth Dafarch,
Anglesey ; Puffin Island ; Hilbre Swash ; Menai Straits.
For remarks on the identity of C. scorpioides and C.
edwardsii see Kep. IV, 246.
Iphinde trispinosa, Goodsir = I. gracilis, Sp. Bate and
Sars, Middelhavets Cumaceer p. 36, PL 10 — 14. Iphinoe
serrata — Norman — under Plates (Kep. Ill, 71, IV, 242.)

Port Erin at Electric Light, very abundant ; Colwyn
Bay 21 fath. dredged, ; Puffin I. 5 fath.; Porth
Dafarch, Anglesey.

The females only have a row of spines on the dorsal
surface of the cephalothorax. An old male measured
11 J mm., colour bright red.

* I have also an adult male with the cleft of the telson and antennal scale
as figured for M. kervillei but with 7-jointed tarsi.

58 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Cumopsis goodsiri, Van 'Beneden = Bodotria goodsiri, Van

Ben. Eechercbes sur la Faime littorale de la Belgique,

p. 77, PI. Xlll= Cumopsis goodsiri, Van Ben. — G. O.

Sars, Middelhavets Cumaceer p. 52, PI. XIX to XXI.
One female in tow-net off Puffin I. Nov. or Dec. '90;

several young dredged off Puffin I. in 10 fath., July '91

(I.C.T.).
Lamprops fascia ta, G. 0. Sars. Om den aberrante Krebs-

dyrgruppe Cumacea, Cbrist. Vid. — Selsk. Forhandl.

1864— (Kep. IV, 242/3, 247.) Colwyn Bay, 2J fath. ; 3

miles off Dulas Bay, 20 fatb. ; Little Orme 8 fatb.;

Puffin I. 5 fatb.
Eudorella truncatula, Sp. ^?iie, = Eudora truncatula, Sp.

Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 2, Vol. 17, p. 457,

PJ. XIV. Off S.W. end of Puffin I. 5 fatb. May '90,

Colwyn Bay, 1 young male, colour pure wbite.
Biastylis ratJikel, Kroyer, (Kep. IV, 249), Little Orme

--two immature males; Puffin I. 5 fath, off S.W. end,

two females.
Biastylis spinosa, Norman (Eep. II, 178, PL XII I, f. 10

Kep. IV, 242, 247). Male = D. Bradyi, Norman, female.
Colwyn Bay— females and young abundant, males

scarce ; Puffin I. 5 fath. S.W. end, two females ; Towyn

5 fatb.

For remarks on the identity of the above species see

Kep. IV, 247.
Pseiidocuma cercaria, Van Beneden, (Kep. Ill, 71, IV,

242, 248.)

Port Erin at Electric Light — males only, abundant ;

Colwyn Bay, abundant ; Puffin I. 5 fath.

59

[From Tians. Biol. Soc, L'pool. Vol. VI.]

8UPPLEMENTAKY KEPOKT upon the

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA of the

L.M.B.C. DISTKICT.

By the late Francis Archer, B.A.

[Read 13th May, 1892.]

Editorial Xote.

It is well known to members of the Biological Society
that for some years past the late Mr. F. Archer has had
charge of the Mollusca obtained in the dredging and other
collecting expeditions, and has been accmnmnlatmg
material for a report supplementary to that given by Mr.
E. D. Darbishire in the first volmne of the " Famia of
Liverpool Bay."

During last winter Mr. Archer decided that his records
and notes were sufficiently complete to permit of publica-
tion this session, so the title of the report was printed on
the Society's circular for reading at the March meeting.
After his sudden death in February, and in consultation
with his brother Surgeon-Colonel S. Archer, it was decided
that the report (the materials for which were found very
carefully and systematically recorded in five large note
books) should be edited and published with as little delay
as possible, in order that it might be incorporated in the
forthcoming volume III of the ''Fauna" as originally
intended. At Surgeon-Colonel Archer's suggestion I
wrote to his brother's friend Mr. Brockton Tomlin, of

60 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Chester, and asked him to undertake the responsible work
of putting the notes and records in proper form for the
printer. This Mr. Tondin kindly consented to do, and
the following report has accordingly been arranged and
corrected by him. I wish as editor of these L.M.B.C.
reports to thank Mr. Tomlin, and express the satisfaction
of the Committee, that one so eminently qualified both as
a conchologist and also from his knowledge of Mr. Archer's
collections and notes and methods should have been found
willing to undertake this w^ork, and carry it out without
delay. The following introduction is by Mr. Tomlin.

W. A. H.

Introduction.

This Eeport is strictly supplementary, and must be read
entirely by the side of that in vol. 1 of the "Fauna,"
pp. 232 — 266. Nor must it be supposed that all new
records are included, especially in the case of the com-
moner species, the aim being primarily to record extensions
in the habitat or apparent habitat of the species, but not
to publish all the occurrences of dead specimens, while our
knowledge of the district is so imperfect and the collecting
disconnected. It will be noticed that the chief centres of
thorough exploration since last report have been Port
Erin in the Isle of Man and the N. and E. coasts of
Anglesea, all worked by the late F. Archer : the Southport
neighbourhood by Dr. G. W. Chaster : Fleetwood by W.
H. Heathcote and others : and the central area by means
of several dredging expeditions, the details of which will be
found in the successive annual reports upon the work of
the L.M.B.C.

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 61

To the list of 1886 we are enabled to add 37 species
(marked by asterisks in the following pages), of which the
Spirida is a pelagic cephalopod, accidentally drifted to
our shores. The 9 species enclosed in square brackets
are for various reasons doubtful. Five of them, viz..
Pinna ricdis, Trochus lineatus, Odostomia conoidea, 0.
pusilla, and Gerithiopsis tubercularis, may quite possibly
occur but require confirmation : Donax trunculus is a
certain error in Eep. I and should be expunged, the speci-
mens being referable to D. vittatus : Aplysia depilans is
an almost equally certain error : Fits us islandicus of Forbes
and C. H. Brown = F. gracilis, DaC. ; while there is much
reason to believe that Cardiiim ecliinatiun was mistaken
for G. acideatum by Forbes in his " Malacologia Monensis."
The following should be added to the bibliographical
references on p. 247 of Kep. I.

Forbes and Hanley's '' History of Brit. Mollusca" (1853).
Dr. J. G. Jeffrey's "Brit. Conchology" 5 vols. (1863).
Thos. Pennant's "Brit. Zoology" vol. IV (1777).
Chas. H. Brown's Mollusca in Dr. Nichol's " Southport,"

3rd edition (1883).
Kev. Carleton Greene's "Marine Moll, of N. Wales"

in " The Conchologist " vol, I, No. 1.
B. Tomlin's " Notes on N. Wales Mollusca " in " Quar-
terly Journal of Conchology," vol. VII, No. 1 (Jany.,
1892), also containing some corrections of Kev. C.
Greene's paper.
Dr. G. W. Chaster's " Mollusca of Southport and Dis"
trict " in Eep. I of Southport Soc. Nat. Sc. (1892).

62 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

BKACHIOPODA.

* Crania anomala, MiilL, omitted in Eep. I.

A single specimen dredged off Ballaugh in 1834 by
Forbes (Mai. Mon.).

MOLLUSCA.

Lamellibranchiata.

A)iomia ephippiiim, L.

The vars. sqiuimida, aculeata, cijlindrica are all
recorded from the I. of Man. General throughout
the district but characteristically dwarfed.

Anomia patelliformis, L.

Common at Port Erin (F.A.): var. striata common
on shells in deep water (Forbes; Mai. Mon.).

Ostrea ediclis, L.

Kecorded by Forbes as plentiful off N. and E. coasts
of I. of Man, a bank existing off Laxey (Mai. Mon.)
two beds known to exist off Bull Bay, Anglesea
occasionally brought in alive to Southport (C.H.B.)
beds used to exist on Penmon side of Kedwharf Bay,
at Pwll Buchan, and at Dulas Bay.

Pecten var ins, L.

common living, 5 m. outside Fleetwood, especially a
white var.

Pecten opercular is, L.

A bed outside Port Erin and smaller patches nearer
shore, especially off Bradda Head (F.A.).

Pecten tigrinus, Miill.

Occasionally living, Port Erin (F.A.) : Birkdale, valves
rare (G.W.C).

* Pecten striatus, MiilL, omitted in Rep. I.

Isle of Man (Jeff. B.C. II, 70).

* The additions to the tbnner list are marked by an asterisk.

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 63

Pecten similis, Laskey.

Valves only from dredgings off Puffin I. ('' Hyaena "),
Southport, Bay Fine (common), and in Central area.

Lima loscombii, Sow. see Eep. I. since taken alive.

Two living at Bull Bay in 20 fms. (F.A.) : also alive
off Bradda Head and Bay Fine (F.A.).

\ Pinna rudis, L.

The keeper of the cave on the Gt. Orme's Head shows
a large specimen said to have been dredged 7 or 8
miles off shore. Query — British at all?j

Mijtilus modiolus, L.

Many dredged living 5 miles off Fleetwood : living off
Port Erin (F.A.).

Mytilus harhatus, L.

Many off Fleetwood with the last.

Modiolaria marmorata, Forb.

Common near Southport in tests of Ascidians and in
Alcyonium digitatiim (G.W.C.) : also in Ascidians
off Fleetwood.

Modiolaria discors, L.

Abundant in rockpools, Moelfre Bay, and occasional
at Bull Bay (F.A.) : Southport, rare in Alcyonium
(C.H.B.).

Nucula nucleus var. radiata, F. and H.

Commoner than type at Port Erin (F.A.) : fairly c.
ahve in central area : Bull Bay, occasional (F.A.).

Nucula nitida, Sow.

Has now occurred commonly alive at Tynygongl, Bull
Bay (F.A.), Carnarvon Bay ('' Hysena," 1890), and in
central area : rare alive Birkdale (G.W.C.) : Port Erin
occasional (F.A.).

Leda 7mnuta, Miill.

Carnarvon Bay, alive (" Hyaena," 1890): abundant
hving off Amlwch (F.A.) : occas. living in central area.

64 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Lepton squamosum, Mont.

One perfect but dead, 20 m. W. of Southport (G. W.C).
^Lepton nitidum, Turton.

New to the district : 5 specimens in dredgings from

central area and several in the same from Port Erin

(F.A.).
Montaciita sithstriata, Mont.

Common in central area on Spatangus piupiireus.
Montacuta bidentata, Mont.

Now very common, dead on Birkdale shore (G.W.C.),

cf Kep. I : dead also in most localities.
*Lucina spinifera, Mont.

New to district : several dead off Bay Fine (F.A..).
Lucina borealis, L.

Dead shells and valves common off Port Erin (F.A.).
Cyamium minutum, Fab.

Common alive in weed at Bay-ny-Carrickey, and at

Porthwen, Anglesea (F.A.).
[Cardium acideatum, L.

Point of Air, Isle of Man, dead only (Forbes Mai.

Mon.) but an extremely doubtful record and should

almost certainly be referred to C. echinatum: cf.

Jeff. B.C. II, 209. J
Cardium echinatitm, L.

An immense quantity thrown up at Southport in

January, 1891, many alive (G.W.C.) : living but gen-
erally young off Port Erin, Bull Bay, Tynygongl

(F.A.) and in central area.
* Cardium nodosum, Turton.

New to district : common alive off Bay Fine and

Bradda Head (F.A.) : central area and Bull Bay (F.A.)

valves only.
Cardium norvegicwn, Sp.

Very large and living off Morecambe (W.H.H.); valves

only, of general occurrence.

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 66

Astarte sulcata, DaC.

Frequent alive in Carnarvon Bay (" Hyaena," 1890) :
sparingly off Bradda (F.A.) : rare alive on Birkdale
shore (G.W.C.)-

var. scotica, M. and R. Isle of Man, N., rare in deep
water (Mai. Mon.).

* Venus cJiw)ie, L., omitted from Rep. I.

Carnarvon Bay in 12 fms. (McAndrew), cf. Jeff. B.C.
II, 333: valves in same loc. (Forbes and F.A.). This
is the northern limit of the species on our coasts.

Venus fascia ta, DaC.

Common alive at Beaumaris (R.D.D.), off Port Erin
(F.A.), at Llandudno, in 1878 (B.T.), and in Carnar-
von Bay ("Hyaena," 1890) : records numerous.

Venus ovata, Penn.

Frequent alive at Port Erin (F.A."*, and in Carnarvon
Bay ("Hytena," 1890).

Tapes virgineus, L.

Very abundant at Port Erin and quite the character-
istic shell though by far the greater number were fresh
dead shells (F.A.) : also Bull Bay and Tynygongl
(F.A.), Birkdale (G.W.C.), dead only.

Lucinopsis undata, Penn.

One small living specimen in central area, valves
common: valves at Port Erin, Tynygongl (F.A.),
Southport (G.W.C.).

Tellina fahula, Gron.

Port Erin c. dredged and on shore (F.A.).

^Tellina squaUcla, Pult.

Between Southport and Blackpool (W.H.H.), valves
only.

Tellina donacina, Don.

c. in central area, young shells alive, adults dead;
valves recorded passim.

66 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Can any of these " yomif^ shells " possibly be T. iJiis-
illa ?

Vsammohia tellinella, Lam.

Abundant m one haul off Bradda Head (F.A.).

[Donax trunculus, L.

An undoubted error in Kep. I, p. 252 for D. vittatus,
DaC. or a variety : the true D. triinculus is a mediter-
ranean species of which 2 specimens have occurred
on the S. coast of Devon. The mistake must have
originated from Forbes' nomenclature, as in his time
all British authors called our common species trun-
ciihis. cf. Jeff. B.C. II, 405.^

Scrohicidaria prismatica, Mont.

Occasionally living, more frequent dead at Bull Bay
with S. alba (l^'.A.) : Port Erin, living (F.A.) : very
rare at Southport, dead (G.W.C.)-

Soleii peUucidus, Penn.

Abundantly, living in several parts of central area,
and at 4 — 10 miles W. of Southport : more sparingly
at Bull Bay (F.A. ).

"^ Pandora inaeq nival vis, L., omitted from Bep. I.

Isle of Man in 20 fms., and N. AVales in 12 fms.
(Forbes, as P. ohtusa) : Carnarvon Bay ("Hyaena,"
1890) : Port Erin and central area (F.A.): Llandudno
(F.A.) all living : one dead specimen at Birkdale
(G.W.C).

Lyonsia norvegica, Chem.

Alive in 20 fms.. Isle of Man (Forbes) : one fine
specimen alive off Bay Fine (F.A.) : one dead in
central area with valves united.

Corhula gibba, 01.

LiiYmg passiju, usually frequent.

My a bingliami, Turton.

Moelfre Bay and Bull Bay (F.A.).

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA.

67

Saxicava rugosa, L.

Abundant in many places, living : the var. arctica, L.

also occurs.
* Teredo navalis, L.

Southport, once in driftwood (G.W.C.) : one valve in
sand (W.H.H.). New to district.

SCAPHOPODA.

DentaUum entale, L.

Colwyn Bay (F.A.), and once abundantly in central
area— living : dead at Bull Bay and Tynygongl (F.A.).

Dentaliiim tarentinum, Lam.

Central area, 25 m. N.W. of Bar Lightship, '2 or 3
dead shells (" Spindrift ") ; several 20 m. W. of South-
port (G.W.C).

POLYPLACOPHORA.

Chiton fascicular is, L.

Scarce Hving at Porthwen (F.A.) and Llandudno

(B.T.).

Gastropoda.

Tectura testuclinalis , Miill.

Now abundant at Fleetwood (W.H.H.) : dredged
Kving but small at Port Erin, and one littoral speci-
men at Llandrillo (F.A.) : one fresh shell, Carnarvon
Bay (" Hyaena," 1890).
Tectura virginea, Miill.

Common at roots of Laminaria on Piiftin Is. (A. Lei-
cester) : rare living at Llandudno (B.T.) : abundant
alive off Port Erin (F.A. ).
*Pu)ictureUa noachina, L.

New to district. 2 dead in central area dredgings
(" Spindrift").
Emarginula fissura, L.

Dead shells of general occurrence. Tlie same applies
to Fissurella grcvca, L.

68 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

^Cyclostrema serpuloides, Mont.

Isle of Man in 20 fms. (Forbes, as Skenea divisa,

Fleming) : abundant living on seaweeds at low water

in Flesh wick Bay (F.A.).
[Trochus lineatiis, DaC.

Anglesea (Donovan) in Jeff. B.C. Ill, 318. This

certainly requires confirmation as Forbes (Brit. Assoc.

Kep. 1850, p. 255) says that the range of this species

ceases in Cardigan Bay or a little higher up, the

latter expression probably referring to the 8. coast of

Carnarvonshire where it does occur.]
Truchus moutacicti, Wood.

Frequent living at Port Erin with T. titmidics (F.A.).
Trochus millegranus, Phil.

2 or 3 small ones living at Port Erin (F.A.).
Trochus granulatus, Born.

Alive off Morecambe (W.H.H.) : occasionally thrown

up dead on Lancashire coast.
Trochus zizyphinus, L.

Large and abundant at very low-water, Bhos Point

near Colwyn (B.T.).
var. lyonsii, Leach, c. alive off Pt. Lynas (Forbes) ;

living at Bull Bay and dead off Tynygongi and in

Carnarvon Bay (F.A.).
var. Icevigata, 'Sow. Menai Straits and Bull Bay in

Anglesea: littoral and dredged at Port Erin (F.A.) :

Ehos Point (B.T.).

A specimen of the monstrosity mentioned by Jeffreys

was dredged in the Menai Straits by Bev. A. H. Cooke.
Lacuna crass lor, Mont.

Several alive 5 m. outside Fleetwood, in Sept., 1891.
Lacuna divaricata, Fab.

Young c. in seaweed at Porthwen and Fleshwick

Bay (F.A.) : abundant on La?;i/;mrm beyond the pier

at Llandudno and of very large size (B.T.).

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 69

^Lacuna picteolus, Turton.

New to the district : Douglas Bay, among sand (Mai.
Mon.) : small living at Bull Bay, and several off Port
Erin (F.A.) : one living with L. cUvaricata at Llan-
dudno (B.T.).

Lacujia jxiUidida, DaC.

Common alive at Moelfre Bay and Forth wen (F.A.),
and at Llandudno with the last '2 species (B.T.),
where both green and orange forms occur of all sizes.

*BissocL cancellata, DaC.

One broken specimen h-om deep water off the Isle of
Man, N. coast (Forbes in Jeff. B.C. IV, 10), omitted
from Rep. I.

*Bissoa calathus, F. and H., omitted from Rep. I.
Isle of Man (Packe in Jeff. I.e. 11).

Bissoa punctura, Mont.

Dredged off Fleetwood (W.H.H.).

Bissoa costata, Ad.

Dead in Bull Bay (F.A.), one at Rhyl (B.T.).

Bissoa joarva, DaC.

Abundant, living at Porthwen, Llandrillo, Llandulas
Point, and Port Erin district (F.A.) : do. at Llan-
dudno (B.T.) : Puffin Is. (A. Leicester).
Forbes (Mai. Mon.) says that var. interrupta is
abundant in Isle of Man, N. but rare at S. and E.
where it is replaced by B. cingillus.

Bissoa striata, Ad.

Living at Moelfre Bay, Porthwen and Bull Bay (F.A.)'
at low water on Puffin Is. (A. Leicester.) : Fleetwood
(W.H.H.).

Bissoa vitrea, Mont.

One in central area : rare in drift at South port
^G.W.C. and C.H.B.).

70 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

*Bissoa sohota, Phil.

Very rare at Southport (G.W.C.).
*Bissoa semistriata, Mont.

This and the last are new to district : seaweeds at

low water, Puffin Is. (A. Leicester) : Fleetwood

(W.H.H.).
Bissoa cingillus, Mont.

Dead from Bull Bay, Porthwen (F.A.): abundant

above Laminarian zone at Port Erin and Bay-ny-

Carrickey (F.A.).
*Hydrohia ventrosa, Mont.

var. ovata, Jeff. Debris at h.w. mark near the border

of Pilling Marsh (W.H.H.).
*Jeffreysia diapJia7ia, Alder.

Abundant on weed at low water at Porthwen (F.A.) :

one at Bull Bay (F.A.) and one at Puffin Is. (A.L.).
Skenea 'planorhis, Fab.

Porthwen at low water, and abundant near Pt. Erin

(F.A.), always on seaweed.
Homalogyra atomus, Ph.

Sparingly near Port Erin and at Porthwen (F.A.) :

among Laminaria roots at Puffin (G.W.C.).
*Cceciivi glahrum, Mont.

Bare at Southport (C.H.B. and G.W.C.).

""Aclis unica, Mont. ] ,^n^7^Tn\

^ , -,. • TT. . ^both rare at Southport (G.W.C.).

^Aclis ascaris, Turton.J

Aclis supranitida, S. Wood.

Dead records also from Bull Bay (F.A.) ; Crosby
(A. Keade) ; central area, 2 specimens.

*Odostoviia rissoides, Hanley.

Abundant living at Puffin under stones and at Lam-
inaria roots (A. Leicester) : var. duhia, Jeff, (teste
Jeffreys) Southport drift (C.H.B.) .

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 71

*Odosto7ma pallida, Mont.

One from Puffin Is. (G.W.C.).
[Odostomia conoidea, Broc.

'^sle of Man (Forbes, as 0. plicata apparently)"
Jeff. B.C IV, 1'28. An undetermined species dredged
alive and dead in central area is probably to be referred
here (F.A.).]
"Odostomia conspicica, Alder., omitted in Kep. I.

"Douglas, I.M. (Alder) "—Jeff. I.e. 133, F. and H.
Ill, 263.
*Odostomia dolioliformis, Jeff.

Southport (W.H.H.).
*Odostomia decussata, Mont.

One dredged at Port Erin (F.A.).
"Odostomia indistincta, Mont.

Soutliport drift (C.H.B.), teste Jeffreys : do. frequent
(G.W.C.).
var. hrevior, Jeff. Soutliport (W.H.H.).

Odostomia rufa, Ph.

" Anglesea (McAndrew) " Jeff. I.e. 163.
YQsV.fulvocincta, Thompson, c. dead in central area.

[Odostomia pusilla, Ph.

Douglas Bay, scarce in sand (Mai. Mon.) : Southport,
V. rare (C.H.B.). Looking at the pubhshed locahties
of this critical species, I am of opinion that these
records require confirmation : it is so easily confused
with 0. lactea which is widely diffused in our district.]

"Odostomia scillce, Scacchi.

Central area, living and dead : new to district.

Eulima distorta, Desh.

Dredged at Fleetwood (W.H.H.).

Eulima suhidata, Don.

c. at Crosby (A. Keade) ; several in central area and

72 TRANSACTIONS LIVERPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

20 m. W. of Southport : one at Pt. Erin (F.A.) : not
yet taken alive.

*Adeorbis sicb carina fits, Mont.

4 dredged dead at Bull Bay : one in central area
("Spindrift," 1890).

Velutma laevigata, Penn.

One dredged dead at Bull Bay, and young on seaweed
at Porthwen (F.A.).

[Cerithiopsis ticberciilaris, Mont. " C. tuherculata'' by
error in Eep. I, p. 261.

Mr. Arclier records 2 worn specimens, from the
" Spindrift," 1890, as apparently belonging to this
species. It therefore requires confirmation ]

Fur pur a lapillus, L.

A narrow elongated form occurs rarely at Llandudno
(B,T.) : an instructive comparison is to be drawn
between the ordinary clean, well-coloured Purpuras
so common at Llandudno by the pier, and a very
large solid, muddy-looking form which occurs at
extreme low water on the '' Conway shore " (so-called)
along the Morfa. By the pier shells of a rather un-
usual colour, pinkish mauve, are not uncommon,
var. imhricata, Lam. In the McAndrew Coll. (Camb.
Univ. Mus. of Comp. Anatomy) may be seen a mag-
nificent suite of some 40 specimens of this var.,
beautifully frilled. They were dredged in Khoscolyn
Bay, Anglesea, in 4 — 7 fms.

*Lachesis minima, Mont.

Prestatyn, N. Wales (Grosvenor Mus., Chester).

Trophou truncatus, Strom.

c. young living in Bull Bay (F.A.) : many dead off
Tynygongl and in central area (F.A.).

[Fusus islandicus, Chem.

Of Forbes (Mai. Mon.) and C. H. Brown is of course

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 73

not the true islaudicus, — a very rare species, — but
=■■ gracilis, DaC. The confusion has been general, cf.

Jeff. B.C. IV, 334, sqq.]
Fusus gracilis, DaC.

Is found to be generally distributed in a live state :

common in winter at Port Erin on. the crab -pots

(F.A.).
Fusus propinquus, Alder.

Llandulas Pt. (F.A.), Birkdale (G.W.C.), rare and

dead only.
Nassa incrassata, Strom.

c. alive at Port Erin (F.A.).
Defrancia linearis, Mont.

One alive and several dead at Port Erin (F.A.).
*Plewrotoi)ia costata, Don., omitted from Rep. I.

Dead in 15—20 fms., N. Wales (Forbes).
Pleurotoma nehula, Mont.

Dead at Tynygongl and Bull Bay (F.A.), and at

Southport extremely rare (G.W.C.).
Pleurotoma tiirricida, Mont.

Has now been dredged alive as follows : — central

area : Bull Bay and Colwyn Bay (F.A.) : c. 23 m. W.

of Southport (G.W.C.).
*Utriciolus truncatulus, Brug., new to district.

Fleetw^ood (W.H.H.) : Puffin Is., small specimens

(G.W.C.).
TJtriculus ohtusus, Mort.

6 living at W. Kirby (F.A.), thus confirming Byerley's

locality between Hilbre Is. and mainland (teste F. P.

Marrat).
Scaphander lignarius, L.

2 living off Bradda Head, and taken also near Kitter-

land, Port Erin (F.A.).

74 TKANSACTIONS LIVEEPOOL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

*Philine punctata, Clark.

One from roots of Laminaria on Puffin Is. (A.
Leicester) : new to district.

*PJiiline nitida, Jeff.

Two specimens off Southport in 12 fms. (J. T.
Marshall).

Philine aperta, L.

Frequently dredged living near Tynygongi and in
central area (F.A.) : 3 alive off Colwyn Bay (F.A.).

[Aplysia dejnlans, L.

According to Pemiant, Laplijsia (sic) depilans has
been taken off Angiesea. Probably his species was
the common A. punctata, Cuv.]

^Pleurohranclius plumula, Mont., omitted from Rep. I.
Isle of Man, F. and H. Ill, 561.

Pleurohranchus memhranaceus, Mont.

A Fleetwood fisherman stated that this species is
frequently fished up between Walney Is. and N. of
Man especially about Easter, and that they are called
"lumps of pork" : one specimen received thence by
W.H.H. Shore, Bay-ny-Carrickey (W. A. Herdman).

PULMONOBEANCHIATA.

^Melampus hidentatus, Mont.
One at Port Erin (F.A.).
Otina otis, Turton.

R.D.D. is under the impression that Dr. Alcock
and he many years ago got this species on stones
at the foot of the lighthouse at the entrance to
Channel at Fleetwood.

Cephalopoda.

^Spirilla peronii, Lam.

One or two authentic fragments of this species were

TESTACEOUS MOLLUSCA. 75

presented to the Grosvenor Museum, Chester, by a
lady, with a lot of other ordinary beach shells, — all
gathered at Khyl.

[Note. — The Mollusca of the future L.M.B.C. expeditions
will be worked up and reported upon by Mr. Alfred
Leicester, Priory Gardens, Birkdale, who will
gladly receive and acknowledge records of specimens
from other conchologists in the district. Ed.
L.M.B.C. Eeports.]

#■■■

mm.

1, ■.■>*.-'•

U.'»-

« *